Digital PDFs

XX-36F7F-B7

May 1985

640 pages

Original

43MB

Document:	Professional Series Handbook
Order Number:	XX-36F7F-B7
Revision:
Pages:	640
Original Filename:	Professional_Series_Handbook_1985.pdf

OCR Text

The information in this document is subject to change without notice and
should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation.
Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that
may appear in this document.
The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corporation:
DIGITAL LOGO
AtL-IN-1
cos-310
CTS-300
DATATRIEVE
DEC
DECdirect
DEclander
DECmail
DECmate
DECnet
DEC service
DEC support
DEcsystem-10
DECSYSTEM-20
DEC touch
DEC US
DIBOL
!VIS
LASO
LA100
Letterprin ter 100
LQP02
PDP-11

p/os
PRO/ Applications Starter Kit
PRO/BASIC
PRO/Communications
PRo/DataManager
PRO/Graph
PROINAPLPS
PRO/Office Workstation
PROSE
PRO/Spreadsheet
PRO/Tool Kit

iii

Professional 325
Professional 350
Professional 380
Professional Host Tool Kit
Professional Series
Rainbow
RSTS
RSX
RT-11
SIGHT
VAX
VMS
VT100
VT102
VT180
WPS

ADRIDATA is a trademark of Applied Data Research, Inc.
AMS Realstar is a trademark of AMS Realstar, Inc.
Apple is a trademark of Apple Computer, lnc.
APS is a trademark of Arrix Logic Systems, Inc.
AT&T, Calling Card, and Touch-Tone are trademarks of American
Telephone & Telegraph Company.
ATllI'NA/graph, Company Chart Set, and Product Chart Set are trademarks of
Ship Analytics, Inc.
AVID is a trademark of Advanced Interactive Systems, Inc.
BASIC-80, BASIC Compiler, COBOL-80, FORTRAN-SO, Microsoft, MS, MultiPlan,
and XENIX are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
BLAST is a trademark of Communicatious Research Group, Inc.
c-CALC is a trademark ofDigitec Corporation.
CALC-11 is a registered trademark of Computer Systems Corporation.
CalcStar, DataStar, MailMerge MicroPro, SpellStar, SupcrSort, and WordStar
are registered trademarks of MicroPro International Corporation.
CBASIC, CPIM, and cr/M-80 are registered trademarks of Digital Research, Inc.
CIS COBOL and PL/ 1-80 are trademarks of Digital Research, Inc.
CLIN TEAMS is a registered trademark of Technical Evaluation and Management
Systems, Inc.
COBOL-PLUS, RTSORT, and TSX-PLUS are trademarks of S&II Computer Systems,
Inc.
Condor is a registered trademark of Condor Computer Corporation.
Compu-Share is a trademark of Compu-Share, Inc.
CompuServe is a registered trademark of CompuServe, Inc.
Corgraph and Cortex are trademarks of Cortex Corporation.

CPA-11 is a trademark of Franklen Computer Systems, Inc.
CT* os is a trademark of Compu-tome, Inc.
Daisy-Aids is a trademark of Escape Computer Software, Inc.
Data General is a registered trademark of Data General Corporation.
DataCalc is a trademark of Digital Business Computers.
dBase II is a registered trademark of ASHTON-TATE.
DBL is a trademark of Digital Information Systems, Inc.
DESIGN GRAPHIX is a registered trademark of Engineering Systems Corp.

DI!' is a trademark of Software Arts Products Corp.

Dow Jones, Dow Jones News/Retrieval Service, Corporate Earnings Estimator,
and Economic Update are trademarks of Dow Jones & Company, Inc.
EasyEntry and EasyEd are trademarks of Applied Information Systems, Inc:
l'ASTEXT, TSX-NET and vs/vT are trademarks of Glenn A. Barber & Associates,
Inc.
FASTTEST and PSYCHSYSTEMS are trademarks of PSYCHSYSTEMS.
FinalWord, Mince, and Scribble are trademarks of Mark of the Unicorn.
Fingraph is a trademark of Fingraph Corporation.
GeoPod 124 and GeoTrack IMS are trademarks of Hollis Geosystems
Corporation.
Horizon Spreadsheet and Horizon Word Processor are trademarks of Horizon
Software Systems, Inc.
IBM is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.
IBM PC and Graphics Printer are trademarks of International Business Machines
Corporation.
Idris is a trademark of Whitesmiths, Ltd.
INFORMIX is a trademark of Relational Database Systems.
InfoStar, ReportStar, Starlndex, and WordMaster are trademarks of MicroPro
International Corporation.
INTELLECT-UL, MEDOFFICE, and NUTRI-CALC are trademarks of PCD Systems, Inc.
Legal Center Management System is a trademark of BETA Computer,
Corporation.
Legal System Series I is a trademark of Cognition Corporation.
Leverage is a trademark of Urban Software Corporation.
LEX-11 is a trademark of EEC Systems, Inc.
MAPS/PRO is a trademark of Ross Systems, Inc.
MASS-11 is a trademark of Mierosystems Engineering Corp.
MBSI and RealWorld are trademarks of Real World Corporation.
MCI is a trademark of MCI.
MDX is a trademark of Clinical Data Design.
microArt is a trademark of MicroArt Corporation.
microMagic is a trademark of Intelligent Industrial Systems, Inc.
MJA Accounting is a trademark of PRODATA, Inc.

MMS-1 Materials Management System is a trademark of RGTI Systems Software,
Inc.
Motorola is a registered trademark of Motorola, Inc.
MX80 is a trademark of Epson America, Inc.
NPL is a trademark ofDeskTop Software Corp.
Official Airline Guide Electronic Edition and OAG are trademarks of Official
Airline Guide, Inc.
On-Line Accounting is a trademark of Applied Software Development,
Corporation.
p-System is a trademark of SoITech Microsystems, Inc.
Palette is a trademark of Palette Systems, Inc.
Pascal-2 is a trademark of Oregon Software.
Pascal/Mand Spellguard are trademarks of Sorcim/ius Micro Software.
PC-BRIDGE and Phonelink are trademarks of Virtual Microsystems, Inc.
Perfect Cale, Perfect Filer, Perfect Speller, and Perfect Writer are trademarks of
Perfect Software.
Pertmaster is a trademark of Westminster Software.
Polaroid is a registered trademark of Polaroid Corporation.
poly-XFR is a trademark of polygon associates, inc.
PRISM is a trademark of Advanced System Concepts, Inc.
PRO-Accountant is a trademark of decComp Corporation.
PRO/ DIGICALC is a trademark of WHY Systems, Inc.
Propel is a trademark of Pro Computing, Inc.
ProtoCall is a trademark of Software Insights, Inc.
Q'TEXT is a trademark of Queens University.
Quickcode is a trademark of Fox & Geller Associates.
R:BASE 4000 is a trademark of MicroRIM.
RAD is a trademark of Interactive Technologies, Inc.
RM/coBOL is a trademark of Ryan-McFarland Corporation.
Rs/1 is a trademark of Bolt, Beranek and Newman, Inc.
RTFILE is a registered trademark of Conte! Information Systems, Inc.
SATURN-CALC, SATURN-DIARY, SATURN-GRAPH, and SATURN-WP are trademarks of
Saturn Systems, Inc.
SCADA is a trademark of American Computers & Engineers.
SDM is a trademark of CADMATICS.
SHARE-11 is a trademark of HAMMOND Software.
SPELL is a trademark of Creative System Designs, Inc.
Spellbinder is a trademark of Lexisoft.
SPRINT is a registered trademark of GTE Corporation.
SPSS is a trademark of SPSS, Inc.
Statpak is a trademark of Northwest Analytical.
Super Cale is a registered trademark of Sorcim/ IU'i Micro Software.

Supercomp-Twenty is a trademark of Access Technology, Inc.
T /Maker is a trademark of T /Maker, Inc.
TaskMaster is a trademark of Dawn Computer Corporation.
Tektronix is a registered trademark of Tektronix, Inc.
Telenet is a registered trademark of GTE Telenet Communications.
Tcxtwriter is a trademark of Organic Software, Inc.
The Accounting Partner is a registered trademark of Star Software Systems.
THE BOSS is a trademark of Balcones Corporation.
The Office Menu Tool is a trademark of Unisource Software Corp.
The Source is a trademark of Source Telecomputing Corporation.
TK!Solver is a trademark of Software Arts, Inc.
Tynmet is a registered trademark of Tymshare, Inc.
ucsn and UCSD Pascal arc registered trademarks of the Regents of the University
of California.
UMD is a trademark of Boston Systems Office, Inc.
UNIPLEX is a tradenurk of Redwood Bureau Services, Ltd.
UNIX is a trademark of AT&T Bell Laboratories.
VDS is a trademark of St. Mary's Hospital Medical School.
VENIX is a trademark of VenturCom, Inc.
Viewcornp is a trademark of Unicorp Software, Inc.
WORD-11 is a trademark of Data Processing Design, Inc.
WordMARC is a trademark of MARC Software International, Inc.
WPsSO is a trademark of Exceptional Business Solutions.
XOREN IPL-11 is a trademark of Xoren Computing Ltd.
z80 is a trademark of Zilog, Inc.

Contents
Overview .......................................... .

Chapter 1
An Introduction to the Professional Series ............... 1-1
Chapter 2
A Closer Look at the Professional Series ................ 2-1
Chapter3
Application Development and the Professional ........... 3-1
Chapter4
The Professional Environment ........................ 4-1
Chapter 5
Service For Your Professional Series Computer ........... 5-1
Chapter6
Professional 300 Series Hardware Specifications ........... 6-1
Chapter7
Printers for the Professional .......................... 7-1
Chapter8
Operating Systems for the Professional ................. 8-1
Chapter9
Professional Software Catalog ........................ 9-1
Chapter 10
Professional Development Tools and Languages ......... 10-1

Appendices
Appendix I
IVIS-Digital's Interactive Video Information System ...... I-1
Appendix II
The Professional as a Technical and
Commercial OEM Computer........................ 11-1

viii

Chapter Overviews

Chapter 1
An Introduction to the Professional Series
The Professional Series offers a versatile combination of minicomputer power and personal computer friendliness. This chapter
outlines how the Professional provides ease-of-use as it works as a
distributed workstation, a communications tool, and an application development computer.
Chapter2
A Closer Look at the Professional Series
This chapter highlights the Professional's ease-of-use features, its
numerous software offerings, and its compatibility with Digital's
other PDP-11s. It provides an overview of the Professional's
extensive communications and graphics capabilities.
Chapter3
Application Development and the Professional
This chapter discusses application development both on and for
the Professional. It introduces the development packages available
on the Professional itself, and discusses how the Professional fits
into a distributed development environment. The chapter also
covers using Digital's VAX or PDP-11 computers to develop for the
Professional, and addresses how to move existing software to the
Professional environment.
Chapter4
The Professional Environment
This chapter uses real-life scenarios to illustrate how the Professional can be used in a variety of working environments. The
scenarios describe: realtime data collection and analysis in a
research laboratory; a UNIX-based college computer center; using
videotex as a sales aid; computer-aided aerospace design; and
coordinating purchasing, production, and quality control in a
large manufacturing company.

Chapters
Service For Your Professional Series Computer
Service and support are important factors in a computer purchase.
This chapter describes Digital's service and support for the
Professional, including Customer Services, Digital Classified
Software, Educational Services, and DECUS.
Chapter6
Professional 300 Series Hardware Specifications
This chapter begins with an overview of the Professional's hardware systems and options, then goes on to provide descriptions
and ordering information for each component. You will find full
descriptions of the System Units; Keyboard Country Kits (including Gold Key and Foreign Language); Monochrome and Color
Monitors; Extended Bit-Map Graphics Option; 5-, 10-, and 33Mbyte Hard Disk Systems; 256- and 512-Kbyte Memory Options;
Telephone Management System; Mini-Exchange; DECNA
Ethernet Controller; DELNI Local Network Interconnect; H4000
Ethernet Transceiver; cPIM-80 Operating System Option; PCBridge MS-DOS for the Professional; Realtime Interface; Analog
Data Module; Professional 325 to 350 Upgrade Kit; Professional
350 to 380 Upgrade Kit; and Floorstand.
Chapter?
Printers for the Professional
This chapter describes the printers and the graphics plotter
available for the Professional: LA50 Personal Printer, LA210 Letterprinter, LQP02 Letter-Quality Printer, LQP03 Letter-Quality
Printer, and LVP16 Six-Pen Graphics Plotter.

Chapter8
Operating Systems for the Professional.
The Professional lets you decide which operating system(s) best
suits your needs. Chapter 8 catalogs: Professional Operating
System (P/os), PRO/VENIX, RT-11, CTS-:3'00, MS-DOS, CP/M-80,
p-System, STANDARD MICRO MUMPS 300, TSX-Plus, XENIX, and Idris.

Chapter9
Professional Software Catalog
This chapter describes software packages available for the Professional, including Digital as well as third-party products. Within the
PI os Software Library, products are grouped into the following
categories: Accounting, Communications, Data Management,
Decision Support and Spreadsheets, Education and 'fraining, Engineering and Scientific, Graphics, Office Productivity, Personal Productivity, Word Processing, and Vertical Market Software.
The chapter also includes alternative operating system Software
Libraries.

Chapter 10
Professional Development Tools and Languages
This chapter catalogs the tools available to develop both on and for the
Professional Series computers. Described are: PRo/Tool Kit, Professional Host Tool Kit, Tool Kit FORTRAN-77, Tool Kit FORTRAN-77
DEBUG, Tool Kit Pascal, Tool Kit COBOL-81, Tool Kit DIBOL, Tool Kit
BASIC-PWS-2, Professional Realtime Interface Libraries, Whitesmiths
C for Professional Tool Kits, PRO/BASIC, FORTRAN-77 for p-System,
UCSD Pascal, PRO-IV, PRO/FORTRAN IV (RT-11), FORTRAN-77 for RT-11
on the Professional, PROIBASIC-11 (RT-11), COBOL-PWS for RT-11,
Pascal-2 for RT-11, Development Tools for PROIVENIX, for XENIX, for
Idris, and for STANDARD MICRO MUMPS.

Appendices

Appendix I
IVIS-Digital's Interactive Video Information System
This appendix describes IVIS, its applications, and Digital's support
programs for IVIS System-Based Education programs.
Appendix II
The Professional as a Technical and COII1JI1ercial OEM
Computer
This appendix outlines the features and capabilities that make the
Professional the perfect computer for Digital's Original Equipment
Manufacturers. It includes licensing information for the Professional's CTI bus.

Chapter 1 ·An Introduction to the Professional Series

1-2 •An Introduction to the Professional Series

The Professional is for individuals and organizations that have
outgrown the capabilities of conventional personal computers.
It is for the manager who would like to use remote files and data in
his own desktop applications; for the lab technician who must
collect, process, and analyze an ever-increasing amount of data; for
the MIS department planning Local Area Networks and desktop/
minicomputer/mainframe communication links; for the developer who must produce increasingly sophisticated, but
increasingly user-friendly applications.

The Professional answers these needs in a way no personal
computer can: with minicomputer processing power, largesystem compatibility, state-of-the-art networking options, and
sophisticated development tools.
Yet the Professional is easy to learn and easy to use. It is compact
and completely user-installable. It can even run many popular
Ms™-nos and cPIM® personal computer applications. But the
Professional is not a personal computer: it is a desktop version of
Digital's most popular minicomputer, the PDP-11.
The Professional offers multitasking operating systems, a rich
portfolio of minicomputer applications, Ethernet networking
capability, an advanced graphics architecture and many other
large-system features_ It is capable of running the most demanding
standalone applications, or providing the desktop link in a fully
distributed data processing environment. The Professional is even
powerful enough to support a variety of multiuser configurations.
In short, the Professional combines the best qualities of a personal
computer with the power and capabilities of a true minicomputer.

1-3

As Versatile as It Is Powerful.
The Professional is a valuable tool for managers, scientists,
technicians, engineers, programmers-anyone whose work
depends on fast, reliable computer support.

There are three members of the Professional Series family, each
representing a distinct level of price, performance, and expandability. The Professional 325 is a low-cost, diskette-based system for
standalone minicomputer applications. The Professional 350
adds hard-disk storage, networking, and other system expansion
possibilities for sophisticated database management and communication capabilities. The Professional 380 incorporates a
higher-performance microprocessor, higher-resolution graphics,
and even greater expansion possibilities. It is ideal where additional
speed, power, and graphics performance are needed.
Each Professional computer comes standard with 512 Kbytes of
RAM memory, floating-point processor, dual 400-Kbyte diskette
drives, bit-mapped graphics, printer port, communications port,
and a network interconnect port. Each provides a platform from
which you can build the system you need for the job you have to
accomplish.
Because no single operating system is right for everyone, the
Professional gives you a choice. For distributed processing applications, there is the user-friendly Professional Operating System
(P/os). p/os is highly compatible with Digital'SRSX-nM-PLUS and
VMS operating systems, and supports many PDP-11 and VAX
applications.
Alternatively, you can choose PRo/vENIX™ or one of two other
UNIX™-based operating systems; Digital's compact RT-11 operating system; STANDARD MICRO MUMPS 3oo;M ucsn® p-System™-

1-4 •An Introduction to the Professional Series

even cPIM-80 and MS-DOS. These and other available operating
systems make the Professional equally at home in an office, in a lab,
in a classroom, or in an R&D center.
A long list of hardware features and options let you tailor the
Professional to your specific needs. Standard monitors include a
12-inch monochrome monitor or 13-inch color monitor. Monochrome monitors are available with white, green or amber screen
displays. Memory options let you increase the Professional's main
memory to over one Mbyte (two Mbytes for the Professional 380).
Internal hard-disk mass storage of 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbytes is available
for the Professional 350 and 380.

1-5

The Professional offers better and faster ways to communicate
with other people and other computers. Networking solutions
range from the low-cost Mini-Exchange switching device to a full
implementation of Digital's DECnet Ethernet network. A unique
telephone management system with integral modem can simplify
voice, text, and data communications.
The Professional even works the same way you do-on several jobs
at a time. The p/os and other operating systems can direct a
number of operations simultaneously. This multitasking capability lets you print a document, transmit a lengthy report, receive
mail, and draft a memo all at the same time.

Think oflt As Your "Personal PDP-11."
The Professional's extraordinary power and versatility is made
possible by its 16-bit PDP-11 microprocessor. Hundreds of thousands of PDP-11s arein use today, makingit one of the most popular
16-bit minicomputers in the world. The Professional Series is built
on this rich PDP-11 tradition.
The continuing success of the PDP-11 family is easy to understand.
PDP-11s offer across-the-board compatibility, from the single-user
Professional Series to the largest multiuser systems. There are
literally thousands of PDP-11 application software packages available, most of which can be easily moved from one PDP-11 to the
next.
The Professional offers all the advantages of larger PDP-11s-a
proven architecture, powerful applications, large-system development tools, a logical growth path-at a much lower cost. Like any
PDP-11, the Professional will protect your hardware and software
investment for years to come.

1-6 •An Introduction to the Professional Series

But perhaps most important is the fact that the Professional is one
of the few desktop computers that is truly part of a larger system
architecture. The fact that the Professional can run many programs written for larger PDP-11 and VAX computers with little or
no modification is solid testimony to its compatibility.

The Desktop Link in Distributed Data Processing.
Personal computers are fine for personal productivity. They handle
routine text editing chores, spreadsheet calculations, and other
standalone applications. But they perform these tasks in relative, if
not total, isolation. Personal computers are limited in their ability
to communicate with other computers and other individuals. The
Professional Series offers a better approach.
The Professional was designed to be part of a fully distributed data
processing system. A Professional running p/ os, for example,
shares common file structures, utilities, languages-even
applications-with larger Digital computers.

- - ~DI

II
The Professional is designed to be
part ofa fully distributed data processing system.

1-7

Tied to Digital's larger PDP-11 and VAX computers, the Professional lets you access and process information in many new ways.
You can access data from larger systems to use with your own
applications. You can process your data locally or send it to a
remote system for processing. You can even transfer data from one
Professional, process it on another, then forward it to still another
Professional or remote host. And you can do it all quickly and
easily.
The Professional can also help you standardize applications
throughout your organization. Standardized applications give
you consistent formats to simplify data entry and transfer; consistent analysis of data to eliminate unexpected variations in results;
and consistent output to help you interpret data more quickly and
more accurately.
A spreadsheet application such as Supercomp-Twenty,™ for example, is available for VAX, multiuser PDP-11, and Professional Series
computers. A spreadsheet model developed in one office could be
applied in other offices, in other departments, or at any other level
of the organization. The model could be executed on any computer from the desktop model to the minicomputer cluster. And
the Professional doesn't limit you to standardized spreadsheet
analysis. Distributed applications for the Professional range from
word processing and accounting to scientific analysis, database
management, and graphics.

A Solutions-Oriented Approach to Software.
The Professional Series offers a broad cross-section of software
geared specifically for the performance-oriented technical professional. Many applications have been transported from larger
Digital computers, others have been developed specifically for the
Professional. Most importantly, the Professional offers complete
software solutions in areas from research, data analysis, and
database management to office automation and graphics.

1-8 •An Introduction to the Professional Series

Distributed Applications
p/os-RSX-11M-VMS

Function
Accounting

Product*

Compu-Share
Multi-Journal Accounting
Communications
PRO/DECnet
Database Management PRO/DATATRIEVE
RDM300
Decision Support
MAPS/PRO Fin'! Modeling
PRO/DIGICALC
SUPERCOMP-TWENTY
Tool Kit & Languages
DeveloEment Tools
Graphics
ATHENA/Graph
Design Graphix/Executive
Fingraph
MAPS/PRO GraEhics
MMS-1
Manufacturing
Office Automation
PRO/Office Workstation
Scientific/Eng.
RS/1
SPSS
Videotex
PRO/NAPLPS
Word Processing
CT*OS
LEX-11
TaskMaster

P/OS RSX-UM VMS

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x

*Actual product names may vary from operating system to operating system.

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

1-9

For example, a scientist using Rs/1,™ the sophisticated data
analysis package, will find the scientific character set contained in
cT*os™ word processing useful as well.
A telemarketing manager in a large corporation can use distributed PRO/DATATRIEVE to access customer profiles from the corporate DATATRIEVE database. At the same time, he can be fully tied
into the corporate ALL-IN-1 office automation system with PRO/
Office Workstation_
A financial analyst in a regional office can use Supercomp-Twenty
to produce spreadsheets that are fully compatible with a VAX-based
Supercomp-Twenty application at corporate headquarters. The
analyst has similar compatibility with other financial tools such as
MAPS/PRO™ Financial Modeling and MAPS/PRO Graphics.

You Choose the Operating System That's Right for You.
The Professional's power and compatibility make it well suited to
many environments: scientific, decision support, office automation, engineering, and applications development. A broad choice
of standard operating systems let you tailor your Professional to
the environment you'll be working in.
The Professional Operating System (Pl os) is based on Digital's
Rsx-11M-PLUS-a standard PDP-11 operating system. p/os adds
menu systems and other user-friendly features to what is already a
highly versatile multitasking operating system. p/ os is ideal for
distributed workstation applications since many RSX-11 and VAX/
VMS applications can be easily migrated to the Professional.
For those who require a UNIX-based system, there is PRolvENIX,
developed by VenturCom, Inc. PROIVENIX carries an AT&T™
System V binary license and offers several of the more popular

1-10 •An Introduction to the Professional Series

Berkeley extensions, including the vi screen editor and C shell as
well as the Bourne shell. PROIVENIX is also capable of supporting
several users, providing the platform for a multiuser Professional.
For engineering and scientific applications, the Professional can be
equipped with Digital's popular RT-11 operating system. This
powerful operating system can perform both realtime and data
processing. It offers a full range of system utilities to make
interactive program development fast and easy.
For users who have moved from cPIM- or MS-DOS-based systems,
versions of these operating systems are also available for the
Professional. This allows you to continue to use your existing
applications as you move into the powerful multi-tasking p/os
environment.
Several other special purpose operating systems are also available.
For complete information, see Chapter 8.
Breaking the Desktop Communications Barrier.
The Professional has the tools you need for data, text, voice, and
graphics communications.

PROIDEcnet provides the desktop link in a high-speed Local Area
Network (LAN) that could support over 1000 computers. A DECnet
network might include Professionals, larger PDP-11s, VAXes, even
DECSYSTEM-10 and DECSYSTEM-20 mainframe computers. Other
computers can be reached via gateways and packet-switching
networks. Using PROIDE<:;net, there is virtually no limit to the
Professional's communication capabilities.

1-11

Other communications software for the Professional supports
many types of terminal emulation, file transfer operations, telephone management, even videotex decoding. A variety of software packages also allow you to integrate your Professional into an
IBM environment.
The Professional is a powerful, capable communicator. Yet it
requires no special knowledge o~ extensive training to use. Many
communication and transfer operations involving remote systems
are virtually transparent to the user. Making a communications
connection can be as simple as selecting a host system from a menu
list and pressing the ''no'' key.

The PRO/DECnet connection:
fast, efficient local area networking.

1-12 •An Introduction to the Professional Series

Options Tailor Your Professional to the Job at Hand.
A variety of hardware options are available for the Professional
Series, ranging from additional memory and internal mass storage
systems to color graphics and communications options. The
Telephone Management System offers new time-saving ways to
handle voice, text, and data communications. Its integral modern
and voice recording and playback capability make it ideal for
anyone who does a lot of telephone work.
A Realtime Interface Option turns the Professional into a powerful laboratory workstation. It contains three of the most widely

1-13

used 1/ o interfaces: an IEEE-488 general purpose interface bus, two
EIA RS232c/ 423c-compatible serial asynchronous ports, and a 24line bidirectional parallel 1/ o port interface.
The Professional's color graphics are among the finest available on
a desktop computer. The Extended Bit-Map Graphics Option and
color monitor produce precise color graphics that make any
presentation more clear, more dramatic, and more persuasive.
Hardcopies of your color graphics can be produced on Digital's
LVP16 six-pen color plotter.
For more complete information on hardware and system options,
see Chapter 6.
Minicomputer Power, Personal Computer Friendliness.
Increased performance doesn't have to mean increased complexity.
The computer-based instruction program provided with each
Professional quickly teaches you all the basics of operation: file
services, diskette services, print operations and more.

The p/os menu tree guides you quickly and efficiently through
any computer operation. There's no need to learn complex
command languages or memorize command keystroke sequences.
To execute a command, simply move the cursor to the appropriate
menu command, and press DO.
The special-function keys on the Professional keyboard are clearly
labeled in English. These put options such as EXIT, RESUME,
CANCEL, MAIN SCREEN, and PRINT SCREEN right at your fingertips.
If you do happen to get stuck, pressing HELP gives ye~ instant
online help.

p/ os also offers an "expert mode" based on the popular Digital
Command Language (ncL).

1-14 •An Introduction to the Professional Series

Help is always available thanks to
extensive HELP menus.
Custom Applications Quickly, Reliably, Inexpensively.
The Professional offers sophisticated application development
tools that let you develop programs not only for the Professional,
but for other compatible Digital computers as well. These tools let
you create, or modify, applications that will run throughout a
distributed Digital system.
Two developer's tool kits are available for developing applications
under p/ os. The PRO/Tool Kit allows you to work directly on the
Professional. The Professional Host Tool Kit is used on a Digital
PDP-11 or VAX computer. Each offers a true minicomputer development environment for a fraction of the cost normally associated
with custom application development.

1-15

Both tool kits let you take full advantage of the Professional's
hardware and system software features. They contain mature RSX
development utilities, installation and menu development tools,
program debuggers-everything you need for trouble-free application development. Available languages include MACR0-11,
FORTRAN-77, Pascal, COBOL-81, DIBOL, BASIC-PLUS-2, and Whitesmiths C.

The Professional brings largesystem development tools to the
desktop.
A Desktop Computer for Professionals, from
Professionals.
A final impressive feature of the Professional Series is its manufacturer: Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital has over 25 years of

1-16 •An Introduction to the Professional Series

experience designing and building interactive, user-oriented computers. Digital manufactures all of its own computer products~
from mainframes to microcomputers. And Digital's standards are
among the highest in the industry.
To help you make the most of your Digital computer, support
programs are broad and diverse. There is Customer Services for
hardware and software support, Field Service for your maintenance needs, Educational Services for courses and seminars, and
DECUS, the Digital user organization. In addition, the Professional
is covered by a comprehensive warranty that's one of the best in the
industry.
Today, Digital is the world's second-largest computer manufacturer. Hundreds of thousands of businesses, organizations, and
individuals count on Digital for quality products and service. You
can, too.

Chapter 2 ·A Closer Look at the Professional Series

2-2 •A Closer Look at the Pr<jessional Series

The Professional is more than a single computer-it is a family of
systems and options known collectively as the Professional 300
Series. The Professional Series offers a broad range of hardware and
software products to provide the best desktop solutions in distributed processing, networking and communications, graphics, and
program development.
The series consists of three basic models: the Professional 325, the
Professional 350, and the Professional 380. All models include 512
Kbytes of memory, a dual 5¥i-inch diskette drive with 800 Kbytes
of formatted storage, a 12-inch monochrome or 13-inch color
monitor, and a choice of 16 country-specific keyboards.
Each· model is characterized by several basic features: storage
capacity, expansion capacity, processing speed, and graphics capability. Each is optimized for specific tasks and applications. And
finally, each offers a distinct level of price and performance.
The Professional 325 and 350 incorporate the F-11 (PDP-11/23) chip
set, floating-point processor, and standard bit-mapped graphics
for sharp text and graphic displays.
The Professional 325 is a diskette-based system offering one slot for
user-installable options. Available options include additional
memory, color capability, or one of several data collection or
communication devices. The Professional 325 runs diskette-based
versions of p/os, RT-11, CTS-300, cf PM, and STANDARD MICRO
MUMPS 300. It has the distinction of being the lowest-cost PDP-11
system ever produced.
The Professional 350 has three available option slots, and will
accept an internally mounted 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard-disk
storage system in addition to its standard dual-diskette drive. The
Professional 350 also offers Ethernet Local Area Network capability using PRO/DECnet software.
.

2-3

The Professional 350 is ideal for data management applications
requiring fast, large-capacity mass storage; where Local Area
Networks are planned or in place; and where multiple system
options are required. The Professional 350 (and 380) run all
available operating systems, including the UNIX-based products.
The Professional 380 offers the powerfulJ-11 (PDP-11/70) chip set,
state-of-the-art CMOS gate arrays, and a higher degree of system
board integration. The result is increased processing speed, faster
response and quicker display rates. The Professional 380 also offers
a higher-resolution ''interlaced'' graphics mode to provide twice
the vertical resolution of other Professional models. Finally, the
380 has five available option slots for system expansion, and will
run every available system option.
The Professional 380 delivers real performance gains in a number of
applications: a multiuser Professional running PRo/vENIX, CPUintensive scientific and engineering applications, or large database
management systems. The 380's higher-resolution graphics also
provide the basis for a powerful low-end CAD workstation.

Up and Running in Less Than an Hour.
Whichever model you choose, the Professional comes as a complete, ready-to-use system. It can be set up and operational-from
box to desk-in less than an hour. No special tools are needed.
Each Professional has three basic parts: a keyboard, a monitor and a
system unit. Connecting the components is simple: the keyboard
plugs into the back of the monitor, the monitor plugs into the back
of the system unit, and the system unit plugs into a standard
electrical outlet.
This simple, modular design gives you many arrangement possibilities. For example, you can stack the monitor on top of the
system unit, and place the keyboard in front ofit. Or, you can place

2-4 • A Closer Look at the Professional Series

the system unit on a separate table, keeping just the keyboard and
monitor on your desk. If desktop space is really at a premium, you
can position the system unit vertically under your desk in the
optional floorstand.
Clear, easy-to-follow installation guides are provided with the
system itself as well as with any hardware options, operating
systems, and application software you may install.
You'll Feel Comfortable From the Very Start.
The best way to acquaint yourself with the Professional's features
is to simply sit down and try it. Your Digital sales representative
will be happy to arrange a demonstration. And you'll be surprised
what you can learn in just a few minutes.

2-5

First, take a moment to study a few of the Professional's design
details. The sleek, sculpted look has probably already caught your
eye. But as you will see, the Professional looks the way it does for
some very practical reasons.
Notice how compact the monitor is in relation to the size of its
screen. The Professional's monochrome monitor is the smallest
12-inch monitor made for any computer.
The monitor has brightness and contrast controls to let you adjust
to any lighting situation. You will also find that you can adjust the
tilt of the screen to eliminate glare or to provide a more comfortable viewing angle.
Next, pick up the keyboard. It is light, but has a solid, durable feel
about it. On the underside of the keyboard, you'll notice that the
connecting cable can be routed to either side of the keyboard. So no
matter where you position the keyboard on your desk, the cable
can be routed out of your way.
Digital's award-winning keyboard combines striking good looks
with a common sense approach to design. Its low profile makes it
exceptionally comfortable to type on. The keys are comfortably
spaced and offer a firm, positive response to the touch. The layout
is sensible, too.
The keyboard is divided into four areas: typing keys, editing keys,
a numeric keypad, and special-function keys. The typing keys are
just like a conventional typewriter, the numeric keypad is laid out
like a calculator, the editing and special-function keys are thoughtfully positioned and clearly identified. Simple English command
keys save you time and the bother of memorizing unusual
keystroke sequences.

2-6 •A Closer Look at the Prefessional Series

The HEL~ key will guide you through any procedure or operation at
any time. The RESUME key returns you to the activity in progress. If
you accidentally press the wrong key, just press CANCEL. The MAIN
SCREEN key will take you directly to the main menu, where you can
choose a new activity or application.

2-7

A hinged plastic window runs across the top of the keyboard. The
window holds a removable legend strip that identifies the specialfunction keys. Most applications use the same special-function
keys for the same purpose_ Applications that redefine the special
function keys often provide a replacement legend strip. By changing the legend strip when you change applications, your specialfunction keys will always be appropriately labeled_
Finally, there is the Professional System Unit. A quick visual
inspection reveals many unique features. The front panel contains
one of the industry's most compact 51/4-inch diskette drives.
Digital has engineered two drives onto a single spindle, creating
the so-called "dual-diskette" drive. The dual-diskette system
offers a fast way to "back up" data from one diskette to another,
and provides 400 Kbytes of storage capacity per drive_
The back panel of the system unit contains an extraordinary
number of other standard features: a communications port, a
printer port, a network interconnect port, a switchable power
supply ( 115v I 220v), and a series of diagnostic LED displays. There
is also a slide-out panel for the Professional's Telephone Management System interface. As you can see, the Professional was
designed with flexibility and expansion in mind.
These and other design features add up to a desktop system that fits
into your environment rather than the other way around. The
result is a computer that is flexible, comfortable and easy-to-use_
To Test the System, Just Turn It On_
Each time you turn the Professional on, it conducts its own system
test. A built-in self-diagnostic routine tests all system components
as well as any options that are present. If the system is operating
properly, a message will appear on the screen telling you so.

2-8 • A Closer Look at the Professional Series

Built-in system diagnostics tell you
ifyou have a problem.
In the unlikely event that a problem should occur, the Professional
will draw a diagram of the system, highlighting the problem area.
A number code also appears on the screen to help you determine
which component is malfunctioning.
Once the self-test is complete, you are ready to begin.
The Professional Teaches You What You Need to Know.
You can learn to use your Professional at your own pace thanks to
extensive Computer-Based Instruction (cBI). These hands-on
tutorials come with the Professional, its operating systems, and
many of the software applications you will be running. They cover
all the basics, as well many more advanced features and capabilities.

2-9

You will learn about file services, disk services, communications,
loading applications and more. Better yet, you will actually
perform these and other operations on your Professional as you
move through the course.
In addition, the Professional comes with a series of guides and
manuals that document every aspect of the Professional's operation. For those who would like more detailed information on the
system and its operation, a number of technical documents are
available from Digital.

Computer-based instruction programs provide fast, easy training.

2-10 •A Closer Look at the Pr'?fessional Series

Synergy: A State-of-the-Art Approach to Personal
Productivity.
Chances are, you already have some specific applications in mind
for your Professional. After all, there are thousands of powerful
minicomputer programs written for other PDP-1 ls that will run on
the Professional with little or no modification. But what about
your day-to-day planning, administrative, and managerial chores?
Consider Synergy.
Synergy brings four of the most popular types of productivity
packages-a text and graphics editor, spreadsheet, database manager, and business graphics-into an integrated, .windowing
environment. Synergy also includes a versatile programmable
calculator, a communications package, and file service utilities.

2-11

Synergy lets you view any or all of the applications simultaneously
through windows on the Professional's screen. You control the
size and dimensions of the windows. Any single application can be
active at any time. Switching from one application to another is a
matter of a few simple keystrokes.
PROSE PLUS, Synergy's text and graphics editor, lets you create,
edit, and manipulate both words and pictures. Besides having
many standard word processing features, PROSE PLUS lets you add
diagrams, illustrations, headers and stylized text to your documents using its full screen graphics editor.

Synergy's spreadsheet module is an easy-to-use planning, budgeting, and forecasting tool. Calculations and recalculations that
would take hours by hand can be accomplished in seconds.
Synergy's datamanager module maintains any type of list, from
telephone directories to inventories. It can store, find, sort-even
create reports-from data you have entered.
Synergy's graph module takes the data and information you have
generated in the Synergy spreadsheet or Synergy datamanager and
turns it into easy-to-understand graphs or charts. The graphics
you produce can then be incorporated into PROSE PLUS documents.
Finally, Synergy's calculator combines powerful programmable
features with the simplicity and ease of use of a pocket calculator. It
also provides an on-screen printout to keep track of running
calculations.
Synergy makes sense for anyone looking for a broad set of applications in an integrated, easy-to-use windowing environment.

2-12 •A Closer Look at the Professional Series

High Performance Applications for a High-Performance
System.
Many of the applications available for the Professional have been
adapted directly from Digital's PDP-11 and VAX software portfolios. These are powerful, mature applications that have been
thoroughly proven in demanding environments. In most cases,
these applications have been carefully modified to take full advantage of the Professional's menu system and HELP key.
Other applications have been specifically developed to take advantage of the Professional's unique graphics, communications, and
application development capabilities. You'll find videotex,
networking, telephone management and distributed office automation applications that other desktop computers simply could
not run.

2-13

In all, hundreds of applications are available for the Professional.
Many are described in detail in this book. The categories you will
find include scientific and engineering, business and accounting,
word processing and office automation, decision support, graphics, education and application development.
Professional Communications: Your Window to a World
oflnformation.
Every aspect of the Professional's design promotes faster and more
efficient communication-both within and outside the Digital
environment.
Files, data-even applications-are highly transportable to and
from larger Digital systems, thanks to the Professional's common
architecture. Multitasking operating systems let you keep working while lengthy communication tasks are taking place in
''background'' mode. There is even a built-in network port capable
of supporting communications at 10 Mbits per second, and
provision for an integral modem and telephone jacks.
The Professional builds on its basic communication capabilities
with a list of hardware and software products designed to meet the
communication needs of virtually any professional working in a
Digital, IBM or any other environment.
PRO/Communications: The Vital Link.
PRO/Communications is the key to a number of communications
operations under the Professional Operating System (Pl os). This
versatile software allows you to perform a variety of communications tasks, from file transfers to terminal emulation, quickly and
easily.
When you install PRO/Communications, the menu system will
guide you through the necessary communications set-up routines.

2-14 • A Closer Look at the Prcffessional Series

Then simply choose a task from the communications menuterminal emulation, file transfer, phone book services, call services, or file conversion services-and press the "no" key.
PRO/Communications performs file transfers with other Professionals, with Digital's DEcmate II word processors, and with
multiuser PDP-11 and VAX computers running appropriate communications software. PRO/Communications also supports file
transfer and other operations over Digital's Mini-Exchange personal computer interconnect device.
PRO/Communications allows your Professional to emulate a
standard ASCII video terminal as well as Digital's vr52, vT102,
VT125, VT240/241 and VR201 terminals. In terminal emulation
mode, the Professional can perform a number of data transfers,
give you access to languages and programs on host systems, and
connect you to remote databases and information services.
PRO/ Communications also provides a phone book and call services
feature that can store and update frequently used telephone
numbers. It will even dial those numbers for you with an optional
autodial modem or the Professional's Telephone Management
System.

The Professional is a Tool for Telephone Management.
Anyone who spends time on the telephone-selling, researching,
problem-solving, even transmitting or receiving data-will appreciate the Professional's Telephone Management System.
A TMs-equipped Professional redefines the notion of the executive
workstation. TMS not only simplifies the telephone and data
communication jobs you already do, it opens the door to many
new voice and data communication applications.

2-15

TMS can simplify your everyday
telephone and data communication
tasks.
TMS can virtually replace the conventional telephones, modems,

speed dialers, Rolodex, speaker phones, answering machines and
other telephone tools you now use. In their place is an integrated
desktop communication system that fully complements the Professional's communication, graphics and multitasking capabilities.
You can start by using TMS for tasks as routine as file transfers,
telephone directory services and automatic call dialing. You'll find
that TMS helps you perform these basic but time-consuming tasks
faster and more efficiently than ever before.

2-16 •A Closer Look at the Professional Series

As your needs grow, TMS grows with you. TMS brings you closer to
the home office, the corporate database, or any other information
sources you use. You can connect to services such as Dow Jones™
or The Source™ or other host computers with a few simple
keystrokes. TMS can be a "smart" telephone directory that can
keep track of calls and billing; maintain client profiles-even
remind you when to return a call. TMS can record and deliver
telephone messages, respond to Touch-Tone™ prompts, and perform other "intelligent" telephone and vo1ce management tasks.
That's TMS today. Now consider TMS tomorrow. Using its
advanced voice capabilities, TMS could be the basis for a text editing
device that would allow you to "speak" your corrections into a
document for processing by your secretary. Using the Professional's built-in clock, TMS could perform unattended data transfers at
night, when telephone rates are lower.
TMS features an integral full-duplex autodial/ autoanswer 300/ 1200
baud modem that supports two telephone lines. Also included is
all the hardware necessary for voice recording and playback using
the Professional's hard disk. TMS options include a desktop keypad
and voice unit speaker phone, headphones, microphone and
footpedal switch.

Perhaps most remarkable is the fact that the basic TMS hardware
costs no more than a good-quality 1200-baud modem.
The Professional Provides Cost-Effective Solutions for
Office Communications.
Where several standalone personal computers exist, the Professional offers a simple, inexpensive communication solution: MiniExchange. Mini-Exchange allows Professional and other desktop
computer users to share information, share resources-in short, to
work as a team rather than as a group of individuals.

2-17

Digital's Mini-Exchange provides local communications, common access to shared devices,
and common access to remote computers via a
modem.
Mini-Exchange offers a sensible way to share expensive devices
such as letter-quality printers, modems and multiplexers. In fact,
Mini-Exchange will support most devices using RS232 connections in an asynchronous environment. Mini-Exchange can also
be used to perform file and document transfers between Digital or
non-Digital personal computers.
Most importantly, Mini-Exchange gives you powerful and versatile local communication capability for a fraction of the cost of
telecommunications-based systems. And since it allows groups of
personal computers to share peripheral devices, it can dramatically
reduce per-system configuration costs in a small office.

2-18 • A Closer Look at the Professional Series

Eight personal computers or other devices can be connected to a
single Mini-Exchange at a range of up to 200 feet. A MiniExchange network can handle four communication connections
simultaneously, and will automatically queue requests for shared
devices such as a printer. Operating speeds range from 300 to
19,200 baud.
Using PRO/Communications, the Mini-Exchange allows file
transfers from a Professional to a Digital host; from Professional to
Professional; from a Professional to Digital's DECmate II word
processor; and from a Professional to a printer or modem.
Communication software is required for any computer participating in the Mini-Exchange.
Software is also available to allow Digital's Rainbow and other
major brands of personal computers to join a Mini-Exchange
network.

PRO/DECnet: Local Area Networking Networking
for the Professional.
The Professional offers one of the most sophisticated Local Area
Network (LAN) options available on any computer, let alone a
desktop computer. PRO I DECnet provides an extremely fast method
of exchanging information; gives you access to program libraries
and storage space on larger computers; allows you to share
expensive devices such as plotters and lineprinters; and opens the
door to many new communication tools.
PRO/DECnet is a fully functional member of Digital's DECnet
family of networking software, providing many large-system
communications utilities and applications. With PRO/DECnet,
you can tie groups of Professionals or other Digital systems into
small Local Area Networks, or integrate the Professional into
larger existing DECnet networks.

2-19

PRO/DECnet supports file transfer, remote file access, terminal
emulation and task-to-task communications at speeds of 10 Mbits
per second. You can also create multiple links between your
Professional and other systems on the network. This lets you
perform one operation such as a file transfer with one system as you
perform another operation, such as accessing a database, with
another system.
PRO/DECnet not only allows computers to communicate more
efficiently, it also provides useful ways for users to communicate.
The PRO/DECnet PHONE utility offers a realtime, interactive communication system. Two users literally type their conversation on
a split screen. The PRO I DECnet MAIL utility allows users to send and
receive messages and memos across the network.
PRO/DECnet is implemented through Ethernet, a standard method
of handling local area networking. PRO I DECnet is user-installable,
and includes an easy-to-use system of network management and
maintenance.
You can start with a network configuration as simple as linking
several Professionals in an office. A network connecting device
known as a DELNI will support up to eight Professionals or other
Digital computers over an area of up to 100 meters. The hardware
and software investment is modest, yet the potential for growth
and expansion is practically unlimited.
Because PRO/DECnet is part of the Digital Network Architecture
(DNA), the Professional can be easily integrated into DECnet
networks of any size or configuration. By simply connecting to
existing coaxial cable, Professionals can be tied to larger PDP-11s,
VAXes, or DEcsystem-10 and -20 mainframes. A DECnet network
can communicate with IBM and other non-Digital systems using
gateways and packet-switching networks.

2-20 • A Closer Look at the Professional Series

Using PRO/DECnet software, the DECNA
Ethernet Controller, and an H4000 Ethernet
Transceiver, Professionals can tie into existing
Ethernet networks.

The DELNI Local Network Interconnect offers
low-cost, high-peiformance Ethernet
networking.

A DELNI may also be used in larger Ethernet
networks.

2-21

The Professional is at Home in an IBM Environment.
Where large networks and gateways are impractical, a variety of
communication software is available to allow the Professional to
operate effectively in any environment using IBM system protocols.
Two basic types of applications are available: those that transfer
files to and from an IBM computer, and those that let the
Professional copy the functions of an IBM terminal.
Software support is available for both of the commonly used IBM
protocols, Binary Synchronous (Bsc) and the Systems Network
Architecture (sNA). PRISM™ and PRO 2780/3780 allow a Professional to communicate with other devices as binary synchronous
devices. Using PRISM, the Professional can emulate an IBM 3276
Model 2 cluster controller and a 3278 Model 2 terminal. Using PRO
2780/3780, the Professional will behave like a 2780/3780 Remote
Job Entry Station.
The PRO/SNA Terminal and Printer Emulator allows you to use
your Professional as an IBM 3270 terminal within an SNA environment. Using PRo/sNA Remote Job Entry, you can use your
Professional as a 3770 Remote Job Entry (RJE) Station.
Professional Graphics: A New Standard in Standard
Equipment.
Sophisticated graphics capability is not an option on the Professional. It is standard. The Professional features bit-mapped graphics, which makes every point (or pixel) on the screen addressable
from a program. The result is crisp resolution and far greater
flexibility in producing graphic displays.

2-22 •A Closer Look at the Professional Series

PROSE-PLUS brings fully integrated text and graphics to the
Professional.

Most desktop computers use a form of "character cell graphics"
that address a block of pixels rather than each point. Character cell
graphics produce adequate text, boxes and lines, but are not
capable of drawing precise curves or intricate patterns. So while
many computers offer only primitive "line graphics"-and often
only as an option-the Professional lets you create sophisticated
graphics right from the start.
All models of the Professional Series provide a standard screen
resolution of 960 by 240 pixels. The Professional 380 offers a
second, higher-resolution ''interlaced mode,'' which provides
twice the vertical screen resolution (960 by 480 pixels). The

2-23

interlaced mode provides an exceptionally high level of detailespecially important for design and technical graphics.
Other video enhancements on the Professional 380 include a fourpage video memory. This allows the 380 to store up to four full
"screens" of information at once for a significantly faster video
display rate.
Color capability is easily added to any member of the Professional
Series. The Extended Bit-Map Graphics Option (EBO) produces
three bit-mapped planes that support the red, green and blue
planes ofDigital's 13-inch color monitor. On the Professional 325
and 350, the EBO is a module card that occupies one option slot. On
the Professional 380, the EBO is a daughter card that attaches
directly to the system board.
The Professional can display eight colors simultaneously from a
palette of 256. And unlike many personal computer systems, the
Professional's color system is sharp enough to be used for text as
well as graphics. Hardcopies of your graphics can be produced on
Digital's LASO or LA100 dot-matrix printers, or on the LVP16 sixpen color plotter.
Software Completes the Graphics Picture.
Anyone who uses the Professional can take advantage of its
graphics capabilities. Graphics applications range from decision
support to lab and scientific applications to merchandising and
training.

Business graphics packages include Fingraph, 1 MATHENA/ Graph, TM
Maps/Pro Graphics, and PRO/Graph. These applications let you
draw from data produced in other applications such as spreadsheets
or databases to create dynamic, easy-to-understand graphic
presentations.

2-24 • A Closer Look at the Prefessional Series

Business graphics by ATHENA/
graph
Data analysis packages like RS/ 1 also take full advantage of the
Professional's graphics capabilities. Using simple English commands, Rs/1 lets you create scatter plots, line graphs, histographs,
bar graphs, pie charts and three-dimensional plots.
Design/Graphix™ turns the Professional into a low-end CAD
workstation, with full three-dimensional drafting capabilities and
compatibility with large-system CAD applications.
For the graphics arts professional or presentation manager, there is
SIGHT, TM a full-function, object-oriented drawing package. SIGHT is

menu-driven, uses simple English language commands, and supports a variety of alternate input devices including a mouse or
drawing tablet.

2-25

The Professional can also capture and present graphics from many
remote sources. In fact, the Professional provides terminal emulation capability in three of the most commonly-used graphics
protocols.
The Professional emulates Digital's standard graphics terminals
such as the VT125 with full support of the ReGIS (Remote Graphic
Instruction Set) protocol.
The Pc4014 Tektronix™ terminal emulator lets your Professional
display graphics produced on non-Digital remote host systems
using the industry-standard Tektronix 4014 graphics language.
PRO/NAPLPS allows the Professional to access remote videotex

databases using the standard North American videotex protocol.

PRO/NAPLPS lets you access any

Videotex database far dynamic,
visually-oriented information.

2-26 •A Closer Look at the Professional Series

The growing list of commercial videotex databases provide timely
travel, financial and product/ merchandise information in dynamic
graphic form.
For more complete information on graphics applications for the
Professional, see Chapter 9.

Graphic Information Systems: IVIS and PRO/Videotex.
The Professional provides the computer power behind two
remarkable graphic communication systems: rvrs, Digital's Interactive Video Information System; and PRo/Videotex, a selfcontained videotex database system.
rvrs uses the Professional, a laser videodisc system, high-fidelity
sound and touchscreen technology to create a powerful, ''liveaction" information station.
rvrs presents video sequences, color graphics, text and narrative in
a way even the complete computer novice can control. Applications for rvrs include point-of-sale displays, tourism or consumer
information stands, simulation, video games, factory automation
monitoring-and especially training.
Using currently available or custom developed ''courseware,'' rvrs
can train personnel in even the most intricate subjects. It combines
the immediacy of a' 'live'' teaching situation with the consistency
and impact of a high-quality audio/visual presentation.
In addition to the rvrs hardware and standard library of courses,
Digital offers educational consulting services, custom courseware
development and development tools for those who wish to
produce their own courses.
PRo/Videotex takes the Professional beyond videotex terminal
emulation to create a self-contained videotex system capable of
storing, retrieving and maintaining graphic information.

2-27

!VIS combines text, graphics, live video and

high-fidelity sound for training. merchandising
and other applications.
As a videotex workstation, the Professional has many applications
in sales and marketing, public relations, MIS, customer service,
employee training-anywhere timely, easily understandable information must be widely distributed.
State-of-the-art Graphics for Your Own Applications.
Today's software developers need a modern, accessible graphics
architecture to produce state-of-the-art graphics applications. The
Professional gives developers the tools to create graphics applications that really stand out. Whether you are creating graphics for

2-28 •A Closer Look at the Professional Series

your own use, for end-users in your organization, or for the
workstation market in general, the Professional lets you get the
job done faster and easier.
The Professional provides high- and low-level access to its graphics
subsystem. The high-level CORE Graphics Library (cGL) and lowlevel PRO/ GIDIS (General Image Display Instruction Set) are both
device-independent graphics libraries for graphics software development. They include routines for drawing lines, curves, and
polygons; setting colors and viewports; and displaying text in
various font styles. Both support the Professional's highresolution monochrome and color bit-map display, Digital's LASO
and LA100 dot-matrix printers, and the six-pen LVP16 color plotter.
For more details on graphics application development,
see Chapter 3.
The Professional For Developers and Original Equipment
Manufacturers.
The Professional's PDP-11 architecture, wide choice of operating
systems, communication tools and graphics capabilities make it an
excellent base machine for developers and OEMs. Digital offers a
number of programs and incentives to allow individuals and
companies to take full advantage of the Professional's capabilities.

First, there are extensive application development tools, which can
be used with a host system or directly on the Professional. These
versatile tools are described in detail in the next chapter.
Second is Digital's licensed bus policy for the Professional. Any
third-party developer can design, manufacture and sell hardware
options that can plug directly into the option slots on the

2-29

2-30 •A Closer Look at the Prpfessional Series

Professional. Third-party developers must obtain a license and sign
a nondisclosure agreement to obtain the proprietary bus specs, but
there are no fees or royalties. Details of the bus licensing arrangement are in Appendix 2_
Third, developers and OEMS can count on Digital's solid technical
support and documentation. A complete library of technical
literature and specifications for the Professional is available. Ongoing support and service is also available. Digital's broad experience
with pevelopers and OEMS helps us anticipate questions and needs.

CHAPTER3• Application Development and the
Professional

3-2 •Application Development and the Professional

The Professional may look like a personal computer, but it has the
heart of a development machine. Several packages are available to
transform the Professional into a full-scale low-cost PDP-11 development environment for your desktop. And with the choice of the
Professional 325, 350, or 380, you can select the Professional model
best suited to the volume and complexity of your development
schedule.
Whether you are a novice programmer or a professional developer,
the Professional supports a development environment suited to
your needs. Development packages range from easy-to-use interpreters and fourth- generation languages to sophisticated libraries,
compilers, and other application design tools. The Professional's
high-resolution graphics capabilities, its support for Digital's
DECnet networking, and its advanced hardware options such as the
Realtime Interface (RTI)-all offer opportunities to design innovative, state-of-the-art applications. The Professional's no-cost bus
license even lets you integrate your own devices, and the necessary
device drivers, directly into the system. See Appendix II for more
information on this licensed bus policy.
The Professional's support for and compatibility with several of
Digital's operating systems and languages mean that you can
easily move your existing software to the Professional environment. Many PDP-11 and VAX applications move to the Professional
with little or no modification. In fact, with some programs you
don't even have to recompile source code.
·Choosing Your Development Environment.
The Professional supports development approaches and levels
diverse enough to suit virtually any preference. Several packages,
most notably the PRO/Tool Kit, enable you to complete the entire
development cycle directly on a Professional. If you prefer, you can

3-3

· Development Environments Supported by Professional
Models
Environment

325

p/os and PRO/Tool Kit, with Optional Languages

350

380

p/os and Professional Host Tool Kit Components, with
Optional Languages

p/ os and PROIBASIC

p/os and PRO-IV

x
x

RT-11 and Optional Languages

p/os and p-System with Optional Languages

PROIVENIX (Languages Included)

XENIX (Choice oflncluded and Optional Languages)

Idris (Choice of Included and Optional Languages)

MUMPS with Optional Language

Note: See Chapter 10 for descriptions of the languages available for these
environments.

use the Professional Host Tool Kit on Digital's VAX/VMS or
RSX-11MIM-PLUS systems to develop software that will execute under the Professional Operating System (PI os) on the Professional.
All of the operating systems available for the Professional support
complete application development facilities. p/os, in particular,
supports several extensive development opportunities. Its primary
development environment is the PRo/Tool Kit, which takes
advantage of the PI os Files-11 file structure and system resources
such as the Help frames and menu system. PI os also supports
application development with the PRO/BASIC interpreter and the
p-System layered operating system. The PRO/BASIC interpreter is a
friendly package that is especially well-suited to novice or casual
programmers; p-System lets you develop for the "universal
.
,,
micro.

3-4 • Application Development and the Professional

Development opportunities are also available for the Professional's
other operating systems. RT-11 Native on the Professional brings
the full complement of powerful RT-11 development resources to
the personal PDP-11 workstation. CTs-300, which is a special
packaging of RT-11 with DIBOL, is designed specifically for developing business applications. The PROIVENIX, XEN1x;M and Idris™
implementations of the popular UNIX operating system bring the
world of UNIX development to your desktop. And STANDARD
MICRO MUMPS 300 opens the door to interesting development
possibilities in the medical and database management fields.

·The PRO/Tool Kit-Native Development Under PI OS.
The PRO/Tool Kit transforms your Professional 350 or 380 into a
dedicated, low-cost PDP-11 development environment. This selfsufficient development package lets you complete the full development cycle from creating the source file to building the application
diskettes for distribution to end-users.
The PRO/Tool Kit gives you an inexpensive workstation that lets
you develop for several target environments. Naturally you can use
the PRO/Tool Kit to develop for the PI os-based Professional. With
this approach, all you ever need are Professionals. Or work with
the Differences Between Rsx/vMs and PI os guide to develop for
Digital's larger VAXIVMS and RSX-11MIM-PLUS computers. This
development scheme gives developers the benefits of a dedicated
workstation, while it frees the larger computers for tasks that
require their more extensive processing power and storage
resources. Since you can use the PRO/Tool Kit to develop for each
of these environments, it follows that you can use it to develop
fully distributed applications for all of these environments. The
PRo/Tool Kit is an efficient, cost-effective way to develop an
application that will run and share information across Digital's
family of computers-Professionals, PDP-lls, and VAXes.

3-5

p/ os and the PRO/Tool Kit also protect your development investment by making it easy to move your existing VAXIVMS and
RSX-llM/M-PLUS software to the P/os environment. And because PRO/Tool Kit resources are so highly cornpatiblc with the
VMS and RSX-llM/M-PLUS development tools, all of this development can start immediately, with developers feeling right at home
with their familiar Digital resources.
What's in the PRO/Tool Kit?
The PRO/Tool Kit contains both mature RSX development
resources and newer, PI OS-specific facilities. Experienced RSX
developers will be immediately at home with the Professional's
versions of the Record Management Services (RMS), File Control
Services (Fcs), Professional Application Builder (PAB), and Forms
Management System (FMS).
Perhaps the most notable Professional-specific tool is the Frame
Development Tool (FDT). FDT makes it easy for you to create the
menus and help messages that make your applications easy for
users to work with. The utility also lets you quickly tailor your
applications to take advantage of Digital's award-winning keyboard design. Moreover, Digital used FDT to create the friendly
PI os human interface, so you can use FDT to design applications
that blend transparently into the PI os menu environment. Users
will move easily between your application and such system tasks
as backup, since both use the same menu interface and system
services.
Yet another advantage to FDT is that it maintains screen displays
separately from code. The efficiency of this design is evident to
anyone who has ever had to recompile and relink an application
because of a typo on a screen display, but it is particularly
important in an international market. Consider the time you can
save when you can prepare your application for a different country
simply by translating the screen display's text files.

3-6 •Application Development and the Pr".Jessional

. .- - - - - - - - C O U R S E ' GEOGRAPHY OF NORTH A M E R I C A - - - - - - - - ·

This course covers rivers, lakes, and mountains. The first topic is mountains.
The mountains listed below are located in different parts of the world. Select
all the mountains located in North America:

->
->
->
->
->

MT. RUSHMORE
MT. WASHINGTON

MT. HOOD
GRAND TETON

MT. RAINIER
MT. FUJI

->
->

KI L!MANJ ARO
MT. ST. HELENS

->->MT. MCKINLEY

Choose one or more opt ions with the SELECT key and press the DO key:

Kilimanjaro is not in North America. It is in Tanzania, Africa.
At 19,340 feet, it is the highest point in Africa.

The Frame Development Tool lets you maintain screen text separately from code, so text
changes do not require program modification.
You work with the PRo/Tool Kit using an extended subset
of the Digital Command Language (ncL) used on VMS and
RSX-11M/M-PLUS systems. The PRO/Tool Kit subset includes commands for file manipulation and logical name assignment, the
SHOW command for debugging, and the new single-line
editor. These commands let you write, compile, taskbuild,
execute, and debug your applications-all without menus.
The PRO/Tool Kit rounds out your development environment
with invaluable file utilities generally found only on larger
systems. These mature tools include the File Compare Utility

3-7

(cMP), File Dump Utility (DMP), Librarian (LBR), Resource Monitor Display (RMD), Task/File Patch Program (ZAP), and Source
Language Input Program (SLP)-

PRO/Tool Kit Supports Industry-Standard Languages.
The PRO/Tool Kit supports several compilers to suit a wide range
oflanguage requirements. The MACR0-11 assembly language is a
standard Tool Kit component; you can order other languages
separately. Optional PRo/Tool Kit languages include industrystandard compilers for FORTRAN-77 (with optional debugger),
Pascal, COBOL-81, DIBOL, and BASIC-PLUS-2. These PRO/Tool Kit
implementations contain enhancements, such as graphics library
extensions, engineered specifically for p/ os. The languages include the option to support an additional terminal during debugging, so you can interact with the debugger without disrupting
your application's menu and message displays. Whitesmiths C,
an optional language available from Whitesmiths, Ltd. of
Concord, MA, is also available for the PRo/Tool Kit environment.

3-8 •Application Development and the Professional

PRO/Tool Kit Specialities.
The fact that the PRo/Tool Kit runs on a small computer doesn't
mean that it can produce only limited applications. The PRo/Tool
Kit includes facilities that help you create sophisticated graphics,
networking, and realtime programs. Develop applications with
large data storage requirements: the Professional 350 or 380
configured with the 33-Mbyte hard disk can handle the load. And
if processor speed is a concern, target the Professional 380, with its
powerful PDP-11170 chip set.
Draw on PIOS Graphics Capabilities.
The PRo/Tool Kit provides access to the p/os facilities that help
you take full advantage of the Professional's sophisticated graphics
capabilities. Depending on the complexity and intended use of
your application, you can choose from CORE Graphics Library
(cGL), Professional General Image Display Instruction Set (PRO/
Grms), or direct access to the video bit-map.

If you are looking for industry-standard graphics and ease-ofprogramming, CGL is the library for you. Based on the 1979 ACM
SIGGRAPH CORE standard, CGL lets you generate output primitives
(lines, curves, and text), specify attributes (colors, styles, modes,
and fonts), and· control viewing transformations and scaling
(using viewports and windows). All PRO/Tool Kit languages
include standard CGL calls that create bit-map graphics for both the
video screen and the LVP16 six-pen plotter. You don't even have to
learn a separate· plotter protocol: the same line of CGL code
generates graphics on both the plotter and the video display. (For
information on the pen plotter, see Chapter 7.) The CORE Graphics
Library Manual and the individual language manuals provide
detailed information on how to access CGL.

3-9

Local
Application
usingGIDIS

GIDIS=
General Image
Display
Instruction
Set

Local
Application
usingCGL

Local
or Host
NAPLPSD-8

CORE
Graphics
Library

PRO/NAPLPS

Video
GIDIS

File
GIDIS

1024x256x3
Bit-Map

Disk

PIOS offers several graphics libraries and proto-

cols to support your graphics development.
PRO/ GIDIS is the appropriate library to use if you are implementing
specialized graphics applications such as terminal emulators and
interactive line drawers. The lowest virtual device interface to the
Professional's graphics subsystem, PRO/ GIDIS is a collection of
device-independent graphics primitives used to draw lines and
arcs, specify colors and patterns, perform viewing transformations, and produce text. It also lets you store pictures by describing
the images with geometric entities such as lines, arcs, and uniform
areas. You can use PRO/ GIDIS to write your own applicationspecific routines and to develop protocol emulators for other
devices and for graphics utilities libraries like CORE and Graphics
Kernel Systems (GKs). The PRO/Tool Kit gives you access to PRO/
GIDIS through MACR0-11 and all of its high-level languages except
DIBOL. PRO/ GIDIS documentation accompanies both the PRO/Tool
Kit and the Professional Host Tool Kit.

3-10 •Application Development and the Professional

For complex projects such as game programs, realtime data display
packages, and the display ofdigitized photographs, you can use the
p/os special mapping mode that gives you direct access to the
video bit-map. The MACR0-11 assembly language that is standard
with both Tool Kits gives you this level of control. For detailed
information on the Professional's video hardware and its 1/0
registers, see the Professional Series Technical Manual.

Connect YcJur Applications to the T#Jrld with PRO/DECnet.
The PRO/Tool Kit helps you develop fully distributed applications
for the PRO/DECnet environment. With the Professional running
the same application that is running on your larger VAX and PDP-11
computers, all levels of your organization can be running the same
programs and sharing information. The PRO/Tool Kit even supports routines that let you create PI os applications that access files
on remote DECnet systems and perform task-to-task
communication-and all transparently to the end-user. What's
more, you can write applications that interface with a non-Digital
system on the Ethernet, because PRO/DECnet lets you bypass the
higher-level DECnet protocol to gain direct access to the Ethernet
circuit. To facilitate your development efforts, the PRo/Tool Kit
provides transparent network file access for several DCL commands, including COPY, CREATE, DIRECTORY, and TYPE.

Develop for the Professional's Hardware Options.
In addition to its support for PRO/DECnet development, the PRO/
Tool Kit supports libraries designed to help you develop applications for the Professional's other sophisticated hardware options.
The optional Professional Realtime Interface Library (PRTIL) lets
you easily develop device control and realtime data acquisition
applications for your Professional workstation. The PRo/Tool
Kit's callable routines for the Telephone Management System
(TMS) speed your development of innovative applications that
integrate the human voice into the more traditional text and
graphics communications. And with the Professional's no-cost

3-11

licensed bus policy, you are free to use the PRO/Tool Kit to
integrate your own hardware-and device drivers-into the
system. See Appendix II for more information on this licensed
bus policy.
Move Existing Applications to the Professional.
The PRO/Tool Kit and the Differences Between RsxlvMs and p/ os
guide help you protect the investment you have already made in
VAX and PDP-11 development. They combine to provide the
facilities and information you need to move your existing VMS and
RSX applications to the p/ as-based Professional.

In most cases, moving an application top/ os is a simple matter of
recompiling and re-taskbuilding the code. But if a program
accesses a feature not supported in the p/os environment, the
Differences guide helps you rework the program to take advantage
of a similar p/ os facility. With a minimum of development effort
and expense, you have a new environment for your application,
and a new application for your Professional. The guide also helps
you use the PRO/Tool Kit to develop applications for Digital's
larger VAX and PDP-11 computers.

3-12 •Application Development and the Professional

Distribute Your Development to Professional
Workstations.
The PRO/Tool Kit lets you distribute your development efforts to
make the most efficient use of your resources. The distributed
approach means developers aren't' hampered by slow response
time, and larger systems aren't overloaded by tasks that don't
make full use of their powerful resources-

Each programmer in a distributed development environment
creates a module on a dedicated development Professional, then

3-13

transfers it to the large machine. A developer on the large
computer taskbuilds the modules into one application. You can
even distribute 32-bit VAX development to the 16-bit PRO/Tool Kit
environment. Simply create the source files on the Professional
then move them to the VAX for compilation and taskbuilding.
PRO/Communications is a vital link in the distributed development chain. The File Transfer Facility that is part of PRO/
Communications supplies you with an easy, efficient means of
transferring text files between the Professional and your other
development machines. The Professional File Transfer (PFT) package (available as a separate package or as a standard part of the
Professional Host Tool Kit) runs on the VAX or RSX-based host
system to enable you to transfer binary files between the host
computer and the Professional.
Digital developed special support and training packages for developers using the PRO/Tool Kit. See Chapter 5 for an outline of these
policies. See Chapter 10 for more detailed information on the
PRO/Tool Kit.

·Use Larger VAX and PDP-11 Computers to Develop
forP/OS.
The Professional Host Tool Kit lets you use a properly equipped
VAX or PDP-11 computer .to develop applications tailored to the
p/os environment. You have the same graphics, networking, and
realtime development opportunities that are offered by the PRO/
Tool Kit, but .now you complete most of the development cycle on
the larger machine. Host Tool Kit facilities residing on a Professional 350 or 380 with a hard disk enable you to test and debug your
application, then build the application diskettes for distribution to
end-users.

3-14 • Application Development and the Professional

Host Tool Kit

Tool Kit Host
1111111111111111111111111111

llHUll!lllll!llllllllllll\I

Communications Link

The Professional Host Tool Kit is divided
between the host computer and the Prefessional
350or 380.

The Professional Host Tool Kit operates under the RSX-11MIMPLUS operating system or a VMS system that is running VAX-11 RSX.
(VAX-11 RSX runs under VMS to emulate a PDP-11 running RSX.)
This arrangement allows you to take advantage of the sophisticated development resources on the larger computers. Rather than
duplicate the facilities already on the host system, the Host Tool
Kit includes only p/ as-specific resources such as the Frame
Development Tool, the Application Diskette Builder, and the Fast
Install utility that gives you an easy way to add your application to
a p/os menu for testing and debugging. The Host Tool Kit also
offers the Host File Transfer Facility to let you transfer text and
binary files from the host to the Professional.

3-15

Digital established special support and training opportunities for
developers using the Professional Host Tool Kit. See Chapter 5 for
information on these offerings. See Chapter 10 for more information on the Professional Host Tool Kit.

·PRO/BASIC Under P/OS for Casual Programming.
If your interest in development is more casual than professional,
you may be most comfortable with PRO/BASIC. The PRO/BASIC
interpreter provides a simple, highly interactive environment in
which to create useful programs. And PRO/BASIC even gives you
access to a full range of graphics functions. See Chapter 10 for a full
description of PRO/BASIC.
·Use p-System Tools to Develop for the "Universal Micro."
ucsn p-System runs under PI os to let you develop applications for
the general microcorL. ~ter market. p-System runs on a wide
range of microcomputers to simulate a "universal micro" environment. Each computer has a p-code emulator that is the
interface between that specific computer and the application. Both
FORTRAN-77 and ucsn Pascal are available for you to develop
portable applications that will run on any computer equipped
with p-System and a p-code emulator. See Chapter 8 for a
description of p-System; see Chapter 10 for descriptions of the
languages available to run under it.
·Take Advantage ofRT-11 's Size and Simplicity.
RT-11 on the Professional, as on Digital's larger PDP-11 computers,
provides the basic development tools and services you need and
then gives you the room to work with them. The mature utilities
.and libraries that characterize RT-11 development, plus the new
VTCOM file transfer utility, are part of the RT-11 operating system
on the Professional. And RT~ 11 is so compact, you can fit an entire
development environment-RT-11 and an optional language-on
one 400-Kbyte diskette. On a Professional 325, you have the entire

3-16 •Application Development and the Professional

second diskette free for the application you are developing. On a
Professional 350 or 380 with a hard disk, you can install RT-11 on
the hard disk for even faster response time and have the rest of the
disk and the diskettes for your development work space.
RT-11 on the Professional supports a broad range of development
languages similar to those supported by RT-11 on other computers.
Among these languages are MACR0-11 (included with RT-11),
FORTRAN IV, FORTRAN-77, BASIC-11, Oregon Software's Pascal-2™,
and S&H Computer System's COBOL-PLUS"'. CTS-300 offers a
special packaging of RT-11 with DIBOL. See Chapter 10 for descriptions of these languages.
With the exception of different device drivers to accommodate the
Professional hardware, RT-11 on the Professional is virtually
identical to RT-11 on any otherPDP-11. This similarity means that

3-17

existing RT-11 applications move easily to the Professional environment, and that applications developed on the Professional move
easily to other RT-11 environments. In most cases, you can move
applications that are 16 Kbytes or smaller directly to the Professional with no modification.
You interface with the system using the familiar DCL, CCL, and UCL
command languages. You have access to the mature libraries,
editors, linker, debuggers, and additional utilities that are standard
RT-11 components. And since RT-11 on the Professional includes
the handlers for the unique Professional devices, you don't have to
add device-specific routines to your applications.
The RT-11 Virtual Terminal Communications Package (vrcoM)
enables you to transfer applications between RT-11 systems. With
VTCOM's ASCII file transfer facility, you can bring text files down to
the Professional and move Professional text files up to the larger
systems. With the TRANSF utility installed on the host system, you
can also use VTCOM to transfer binary files between the Professional
and host systems.
See Chapter 8 for more detailed descriptions of RT-11 and CTS-300
on the Professional.

· PRO/VENIX Offers Graphics, Realtime, and Multiuser
Opportunities.
PRolvENIX takes advantage of the Professional's graphics capabilities and realtime processing power to provide an enhanced multiuser UNIX workstation on your Professional. The PRo/vENIX
integrated graphics facilities include an extended set of graphics
subroutines that offer such features as interior floods, multiple
writing modes, and window specifications. Unlike other UNIX
systems, PRo/vENIX on the Professional supports and lets you

3-18 • Application Development and the Prcifessional

develop realtime applications. The operating system includes
asynchronous 1/ o and preemptive priorities so that you can
develop realtime applications that do not rely heavily on extensive
hardware support.
PROIVENIX gives you a multiuser Professional.

With a second
terminal attached directly to the Professional's communications
port or via a modem, you can offer a multiuser application in a
personal workstation package. The system includes features such
as password protection that enable you to assure users that their
data is protected against unauthorized access.

3-19

PROIVENIX includes C, FORTRAN-77, and Pascal compilers, a
RATFOR preprocessor, a BASIC interpreter, and an assembler_ It also
offers the lint C-program checker and the language development
tools yaac and lex. Its code mapping feature quickly and automatically maps portions of your program in and out of memory as
necessary. This improvement on traditional overlaying requires no
development effort from you, and no intervention by the users.
See Chapter 8 for a description of the PRO/VENIX operating system.

·Use the XENIX Software Development System.
XENIX offers the powerful Software Development System to let
you develop full-scale applications for this multiuser UNIX-based
environment. The package includes a C compiler, a linker, and a
large collection of utilities and subroutine libraries. Optional
languages are also available.
The XENIX memory-mapping overlay technique lets you write and
run much larger programs than are possible with many other UNIX
implementations. XENIX also encourages you to take advantage of
its tree-structured file system, device-independent 1/o, shared data
areas, and interprocess communication capabilities. During the
development cycle, the Source Code Control System (SCCS)
helps you keep track of the status of each file associated with a
project.
See Chapter 8 for a description of the XENIX operating system.

·Choose From Two Idris Development Packages.
Idris is the logical choice if you are looking for a UNIX-like system
that lets you develop applications for the microcomputer community. Idris is compatible across a broad range of architectures;
applications you create under Idris can be moved easily to other
UNIX-based and even UNIX systems.

3-20 • Application Development and the Professional

Idris offers two development environments: Idris with C and Idris
with Pascal Native Compiler. Both environments include the full
complement ofldris utilities and the C compiler; Idris with Pascal
also includes the Pascal translator and the Pascal support library.
The Idris Programmer's Manual comes with the Idris system to
explain the finer points of the Idris development environment.
See Chapter 8 for more information on the Idris operating system.

·Specialize in Medical Applications with MUMPS.
If you develop applications for the medical world, STANDARD
MICRO MUMPS 300 on the Professional could be the best system for
you. This implementation of the Massachusetts General Hospital
Utility Multi-Programming System is well-suited for developing
applications in the medical, financial management, process control, order entry, and general business fields.

3-21

STANDARD MICRO MUMPS 300 includes the SMM 300 ANSI-standard
high-level language. This interpretive language is a simple development tool that eliminates the need for text editors, compilers,
linkers, and loaders. The development environment also includes
interactive debugging routines that detect errors in your program
and help you modify and rerun the program.
See Chapter 8 for a description of STANDARD MICRO MUMPS 300
operating system.

3-22 •Application Development and the Professional

·The Professional-A Full-Scale Development Computer.
The Professional offers all of the development opportunities you
expect from a member of the PDP-11 family-and then some. It
supports a wide selection of operating environments and development packages so that you can use the tools best suited to your
task. It gives you resources to let you take advantage of the
Professional's extensive graphics capabilities and such advanced
hardware options as the Realtime Interface and the Telephone
Management System. And it fits into your development cycle as a
standalone system or as a full partner in a distributed development
environment.
Don't let its elegant, compact design mislead you: the Professional
is a full-fledged PDP-11 development computer.

CHAPTER 4· The Professional Environment

4-2 • The Professional Environment

· Multifunction Laboratory Equipment.
Gary is a research chemist in the Hot Melt Adhesives Development Group for a large petrochemical company. He has his own
laboratory and office in. a building complex that houses several
analytical and physical testing laboratories and their administrative
support people. The facility is located near the manufacturing
plant and is fifty miles from corporate headquarters.
Gary and his fellow research chemists have the latest in laboratory
equipment. The most recent additions to their laboratory tools are
personal workstations that are connected together into a standalone local area network. Before the workstations arrived, all
researchers shared the resources of a minicomputer located in a
computer room in Gary's building. Each building in the complex
had a terminal room where researchers were scheduled limited
blocks of time to do their computer-based work.
With the new workstations, each scientist enjoys the advantages
of a dedicated computer, yet each can share information and
devices easily with other researchers in the complex. Several
additional workstations are used for realtime data acquisition and
process control. The workstations also have communications
capabilities that give the researchers access to databases stored on
the large superminicomputers at corporate headquarters.
Gary is nearing the end of a year-long feasibility study for an
adhesive to replace the metal staples in a packing box designed for
shipping heavy plastic objects. Following his experimental plan,
Gary has been creating the polymer with differing amounts of
ethylene, propylene, and diene and varying the temperature,
catalyst, and stirring. Gary and his research assistant, Shirley, as
well as technicians in other laboratories, run tests to determine the
polymer's composition and physical properties such as stickiness,
flow, color, and resistance to aging. The first phase of the study
was not very encouraging, but Gary has recently starting working
with a different catalyst that he thinks will make the process more
viable.

4-3

A Realtime Data Acquisition Workstation.
On his way to his office this morning, Gary stops in his laboratory.
Shirley has just started the spectroscopy for the latest trial batch of
adhesive. This test uses a spectrophotometer to determine the
composition of the adhesive, providing specific information on the
amount of ethylene and propylene in the substance.

The data from the spectrophotometer is captured by a workstation
just like the one Gary has, except that it is equipped with a realtime
data acquisition interface. Sophisticated software developed by
graduate students at the state university does peak analysis of the
data and stores the relevant information in a designated file on the
hard disk.
Before they got the workstations, Gary and Shirley devoted three
full days to the data collection and analysis for each batch of
adhesive tested. Now Shirley will handle all the spectroscopy
herself in less than a day. The results are consistent, too, and
extremely accurate. While the computer collects the information
and performs the initial data analysis, Shirley prepares the next
sample. After discussing their schedule for the next couple of days,
Gary continues down the hall to his office.
Part of a Local Area Network.
This morning Gary is expecting results from both the iodine
titration tests that were conducted in the analytical laboratory in
the next building and the physical properties testing performed in
the laboratory down the hall. He turns on his workstation and
selects File Services from the main menu. The technicians always
put Gary's titration results in a file that he has sufficient privilege
to read and copy, but cannot write to or delete. He copies that file
from the hard disk on the technicians' workstation to the hard disk
on his workstation. He has a similar arrangement with the
physical testing laboratory, so next he collects the appropriate file
from the workstation in the physical testing laboratory. Then he

4-4 • The Prefessional Environment

returns to the main menu, selects Print Services, and in a few
keystrokes is printing the titration and physical testing results on
his dot-matrix printer.
While the results are printing, Gary selects the Mail utility from
his workstation's main menu and sends the lead technicians in
both groups a message thanking them for the quick turnaround
and telling them to expect more samples late this afternoon. Now
that the technicians record their results directly on workstations
that are part of the local area network, they spend much less time
on administrative details and far more time on testing. The
arrangement is also perfect for the researchers, because they can
begin their analysis as soon as the results are available, instead of
losing valuable time waiting for assistants to type the information
into the database on the minicomputer.

A Powerful Tool for Data Analysis.
A quick look at the results tells Gary that the latest experiment
may well confirm his hypothesis about the new catalyst. He selects
his data analysis program from the main menu, and in a few
minutes he is looking at tables correlating the spectroscopy
information he already had with the new titration values and
physical test results for the batch. A few more keystrokes and he
has a graph that clearly shows that-just as he expected-the
different catalyst minimized the unusable by-product of the
reaction, but had a somewhat negative impact on the adhesive's
stickiness. This immediate response is invaluable to Gary; before
getting the workstation, he had to wait to analyze his data until his
scheduled computer time and couldn't do immediate analysis on
new data.
Gary decides to vary the temperature at which the reaction takes
place to see how that will affect stickiness. He remembers that
Eileen, a research chemist for another group, did some work with
this catalyst a short time ago. He calls her, and she tells him where
he can find the information he needs in the large database stored on
one of the corporate minicomputers.

4-5

Simple Access to Corporate Databases.
With a few keystrokes, Gary selects Communications from his
workstation's main menu and specifies terminal emulation mode.
Seconds later he is logged in as a user on the corporate minicomputer that stores several large scientific databases. He goes immediately to a data analysis program that demonstrates the correlation
of temperature with the type of catalyst. Gary feels right at home
with this program on the larger computer because he is using the
same data analysis on the large machine that he uses on his personal
workstation.
He selects the option to graph the data he's interested in, and
transfers the graph from the minicomputer to the hard disk on his
workstation. Before logging off the large system, Gary uses the
mail utility to send a brief memo to his manager, who works at
corporate headquarters and uses one of the other corporate
minicomputers. When he's finished, he logs off the minicomputer and returns to the main menu on his workstation.
By this time, Shirley has mailed Gary the results from the
spectroscopy for the first set of samples for the day. He takes a
quick look at the results, then files them so that he can use them
later with the data analysis program.
Equipped for Administrative Tasks.
After lunch, Gary settles down to work on his status report for the
monthly staff meeting. He selects a scientific word processor from
the main menu, and edits a progress report he started earlier in the
week. He includes the results table from the data acquisition
package. Based on today's results on the different catalyst, and due
largely to the time the workstations save in both research and data
analysis, Gary is confident that he and Shirley can bring the project
in on time and under budget.

4-6 • The Prqfessional Environment

He files the document, then selects Mail and sends the document
to the group's secretary, along with a request to run the document
through the spelling checker, print it on her letter-quality printer,
and make several copies for distribution at his meeting with the
Marketing staff the next day. Until the workstations arrived, the
secretary had to work from Gary's handwritten drafts-an unenviable task, even Gary admits.
With the administrative chores out of the way, and armed with the
tables and graphs from his own experiments and from the
corporate database, Gary is free to spend the rest of the afternoon
on his favorite part of the job-planning explicit procedures for
creating the polymer, then working in the lab.

The Laboratory Workstations.
The workstation Gary and his fellow researchers use is Digital's
Professional 380 configured with a 33-Mbyte hard disk. He also
has an LA210 dot-matrix printer that enables him to print both text
and graphs. Gary's Professional is connected to the other Professionals in the laboratory complex via H4000 transceivers tapping
an Ethernet cable. All of the Professionals in this local area
network are running p/os Version 2.0 and PRO/DECnet. Gary's
Professional is also running PRO/Communications software to
give him access to the several VAX-111780s and VAX-11/750s at
corporate headquarters.
The Professional Shirley uses in the laboratory is equipped with
the Realtime Interface that lets it handle the realtime data
acquisition from the spectrophotometer. (The spectrophotometer
has an integral AID converter). The peak analysis software is a
custom package designed and written by computer science graduate students from the state university while they were interns at the
company. The students worked on a Professional 380 running the
PRO/Tool Kit development environment, and wrote their

4-7

FORTRAN- 77 code to take advantage of the subroutines provided in

the Professional Realtime Interface Library (PRTIL). Professional
computers in other laboratories use a single RTI to control both
balances and LVP16 Six-Pen Plotters.
The data analysis software on Gary's workstation and on the
corporate VAX is the powerful Rs/ 1 laboratory notebook application. This invaluable research tool helps Gary see quickly and
clearly the correlations between his process variables. Gary also has
CT*OS, a word processor that includes the scientific character set he
needs for his reports.
The corporation chose the Professional 380 after several months of
intensive research on workstations suitable for the laboratory
environment. A primary consideration was processing power:
Gary and his fellow researchers like the idea of having a personal
PDP-11. Another reason for selecting the Professional was its
extensive networking and communications capabilities, including
electronic mail and file transfer. The decision was further swayed
by the Professional's graphics capabilities, which met and surpassed Gary's high-resolution requirements. The availability of
Rs/1 was also important. But the deciding factor in the purchase
decision was Digital's reputation for quality-in both its products
and service.

4-8 • The Professional Environment

4-9

·A UNIX-Based College Computer Center.
Bruce is a professor in a growing Computer Science Department
at a four-year college with an enrollment just over 1700. Besides
teaching three computer science courses, he is chairman of the
Computing Resource Committee (cRc) that monitors the college's computing requirements, researches available products, and
presents recommendations to the Board of Trustees.
The college is almost a year into the program the CRC implemented
to improve the efficiency and quality of the institution's computer
use. Like many colleges and universities, the school had been using
a UNIX-based minicomputer for a couple of years. Students worked
at terminals in the Computer Center and at a few locations around
campus. With the computer science department growing,
though, and with increasing interest in computing from faculty
and students outside the computer science department, the existing scheme of a central minicomputer with several local and
remote terminals was no longer sufficient.
Bruce and his CRC colleagues designed a distributed computing
environment that replaces the existing terminals with 50 standalone workstations in the computing center and 25 additional
workstations in both faculty offices and department work areas.
The workstations are UNIX-based, standalone computers with
minicomputer processing power, extensive communications capabilities, and outstanding graphics facilities. All provide access to
the databases on the school's central minicomputer, but users are
no longer competing for this single resource. Many of the
workstations in the department work areas are equipped with an
additional terminal so that more than one person can use the
computer at a time.
A Realistic Environment for Computer Science Students.
Bruce is in his office early this morning, grading assignments from
his Application Design class. The assignment's objective is to
develop a C program to extract regional rainfall statistics from a
National Weather Bureau database on the host system, bring the

4-10 • The Prefessional Environment

information down to the workstation's hard disk for trend
analysis, make projections based on available data, and plot those
projections.
The tools and processing power needed for this project are well
beyond the capabilities of a personal computer. The UNIX-based
operating system on the workstation comes. with a full development environment that includes C, Pascal, and FORTRAN- 77
compilers, as well as a BASIC interpreter. Students have a choice of
editors, callable system routines, and powerful utilities. Moreover,
they are working with minicomputer development tools they are
likely to use in their jobs after graduation.
Personal Productivity Increases Team Productivity.
Students mail their assignments to Bruce's account on the host
minicomputer; he simply transfers their files to his workstation's
hard disk for grading. As Bruce works through the assignments,
running the programs and reading the internal documentation, he
gets a message that he has received mail. He goes into the mail
utility and reads a message from Barbara, the department secretary. Barbara needs the names of the files Bruce asked her to format
for his presentation at the next meeting of the Board of Trustees.
Gary created these files with a protection level so that Barbara has
the privilege to copy them from his hard disk to the hard disk on
her workstation. Barbara works on a terminal connected to the
department chairman's workstation. Gary replies to the message,
giving her the names of the files and asking her to edit a file
containing a few letters he drafted the day before.

Bruce finishes.grading the assignments and adds the marks to a file
listing the class grades. A simple command produces a graph
showing the distribution of grades. Bruce is pleased: the class did
considerably better than average. He logs back onto the host
system and mails the individual grades and his comments to the
students.

4-11

A Cooperative Effort.
Now it's time for Bruce's favorite class of the week. It's an
independent study designed to give advanced students a taste for
not only system development but also the cooperation and
scheduling they face in a professional environment. The computer
science students are writing a driver for a data acquisition device
that students in mechanical engineering are building for students
in the microbiology department. The microbiology students need
a device to do realtime data collection for an experiment they
designed to gather information about a particular enzyme.
Today the two computer science students have a few questions on
the finer points of their code, but they are primarily concerned
with the fact that they lost a couple of days' work when the
engineering students found they had to make several minor
changes in their design. They still think they can meet their project
deadline, but they're going to have to work several more hours a
week than they'd planned.

A Distributed System for All Types ofUsers.
After a late lunch, Bruce is off to a meeting with the faculty of the
Linguistics Department. This is one of a series of meetings Bruce
is having with all of the departments, to see how the faculty and
students in each discipline are using the computer center resources
and to ask how the center could better serve their needs.
The meeting is congenial: Faculty members are excited about how
well the workstations answer their research needs. They are also
pleased that their students are gaining hands-on experience with
the systems, since computers are playing an increasing role in the
Linguistics field.

4-12 • The Professional Environment

In their lexical analysis, these users deal primarily with strings.
The workstation's extensive set of string manipulation utilities
lets them create routines that search files for a particular pattern,
extract the appropriate sections, then pass the information to
another utility for sorting according to various criteria. In addition, they like the fact that they can easily access the large databases
on the host system, while also storing their own information
locally. They appreciate the fact that they use the same commands
on the host system as they use on their workstations.
The chairman expresses an interest in investing in several more
workstations. Bruce sees no problem with this request because,
unlike the situation before they installed the distributed workstations, additional equipment will not significantly affect the
college's other computing resources. He agrees to sponsor the
request at the CRC meeting the following week.
A Powerful Computing Resource for Everyone.
The CRC's UNIX-based computing environment is an integrated
system of Digital products. The workstations that handle the bulk
of the student and faculty needs are Professional 380s configured
with 10- or 33-Mbyte hard disks. All of the workstations run the
PRO/VENIX operating system. At the heart of the computing
system is the VAX-111750 that the school has had for a few years.
This minicomputer runs the ULTRIX-32 operating system and acts
primarily as a file server to the distributed workstations.
The 50 Professional computers in the computing center use
switches to access the host, while the workstations around the
campus use modems to communicate. Several departments connect an additional terminal to the Professional to achieve an even

4-13

lower cost per user. Through the host, all machines have shared
access to several of Digital's LA210 dot-matrix printers, LQP02 or
LQP03 letter-quality printers, an LVP16 six-pen plotter, and a highvolume Digital lineprinter. Most departments have their own
printers as well.
The CRC decided against personal computers early in their
research: personal computers don't offer the powerful capabilities
a desktop minicomputer can. The committee recommended
Professional 380s because these systems offer the processing power,
the communications facilities, and the graphics capabilities that
the users at the college need. The college's high satisfaction with
the equipment and service they already have from Digital also
made a Digital product the logical selection.
The committee selected PRo/vENIX because it offered everything
they needed in a UNIX-based operating system. It is based on
AT&T UNIX and includes several important Berkeley extensions. It
provides a full set of application development languages and tools,
data manipulation utilities, graphics utilities, and editors so that
several user groups at the college can take advantage of the same
system for a variety of uses. It incorporates powerful communication capabilities, including electronic mail and file transfer. And it
was designed specifically to take advantage of such Professional
features as bit-mapped graphics and minicomputer processing
power.

4-14 • The Professional Environment

• An Electronic Architect Sells Homes.
Kate is a Customer Service Representative for a major national
manufacturer of prefabricated homes. She works in one of more
than 500 franchise locations throughout the nation. Her company
offers a line of nearly 50 home models, each of which is available
with a number of floor plans and options.

Kate's company has introduced a revolutionary new tool to
franchise offices. It provides her with up-to-date product and price
lists, a simple method of configuring homes, order processing and
accounting functions, and most importantly, a dynamic sales
presentation tool. Kate's new tool is a workstation that runs a
custom program developed specifically for Kate's company by the
computer manufacturer.
This morning Kate is meeting with a couple who are interested in
a three-bedroom split-level ranch. After talking in general about
the family's tastes and budget, Kate turns to her workstation and
selects the Building Configurator Program from the menu.
Building a Home on the Screen.
The Building Configurator begins with a menu listing the general
categories of homes offered by Kate's company. Kate selects ''Split
Level Ranch'' and the computer produces a second menu of 12
available models. On the basis of the summary description displayed for each home, the couple pick three that pique their
interest.

With a few keystrokes, Kate selects the first of their choices from
the menu. The couple are more than impressed when the houseincluding a landscaped lot-appears on the screen. Flattering
detail shows the style and feel of the house. Another keystroke and
the screen displays a plan diagram of the living areas, bedrooms,
kitchen, entry, and garage. Attractive text highlights the surprisingly clear pictures to create a complete image of the home.

4-15

4-16 • The Professional Environment

Kate goes on to show the couple the two other houses they liked,
until, a few minutes later, they decide to focus on their preference_
Kate returns to the picture of their favorite model and begins to
discuss specifics. To clarify her words, Kate calls up detail screens
that list the price of the home, typical construction costs, and
available options_ While describing the option modules, Kate
notices that the couple seem particularly excited at the prospect of
having a solar greenhouse off the living room. She quickly
responds to this interest by redisplaying the house, this time with
the greenhouse added_
Producing a Proposal with a Personal Touch.
While they have not reached a final decision, the couple have
decided which house they like best. Kate uses her Cost and
Payments module to calculate the cost of the house as they have
defined it_ To do this manually, Kate might have spent several
hours pouring over catalogs, price lists, finance tables and other
documents. Today, she will do it in a matter of minutes.

When the couple leave, they take with them a three-page printout
showing a line sketch of the home, a company statement of terms
and conditions of delivery, and the estimated down payment,
mortgage, and taxes the family would have to pay. Kate has
provided the couple with everything they need to make a purchase
decision in a neat, personalized document. A copy of her final
proposal is automatically stored in the Prospects Database on her
workstation.
Closing a Sale on the Spot.
Later in the day, Kate meets with a .customer who is close to
buying one of the homes Kate showed him the previous week. In
the intervening days, the prospect received a mailing from the
corporate headquarters. It included a full-color brochure of the

4-17

house he had been shown, a brochure on the track record of the
company, and a personal letter from the company president
expressing his hope that the company can be of service.
Kate realizes that the man is concerned about financing, so she
shows him a series of financing alternatives. Using her workstation, she is able to calculate the possibilities in a matter of minutes.
She arrives at a plan that offers a longer than usual mortgage with a
slightly lower monthly payment. Nudged off the fence, the man
decides to close on the house.
Kate enters the final configuration of the house with the Order
Entry module. The configuration she used to develop the quoted
price becomes the order, eliminating the need for reentry of
information, the shuffling of massive catalogs for price information, and the inevitable errors that creep into so involved a process.
Automatically the complete list of components and materials is
generated. The customer gives Kate the down payment and Kate
activates the account. When the mortgage is approved, Kate will
enter the appropriate information and the system's automatic
interface with the company's Deliveries division will generate the
necessary inventory, shipping, and billing information.

A Workstation for Personalized Selling.
Kate's workstation is a Professional 350 with a 10-Mbyte hard disk
system. The system includes the Extended Bit-Map Graphics
Option (EBO) to support her color monitor. The Professional is
linked by modem to a Digital VAX 111780 located at the corporate
headquarters. Her Professional runs an integrated merchandising,
configuration, order entry, and inventory system developed under
contract by Digital's Software Services organization. The system
combines: a videotex database including color sketches of all
standard house models and selected optional configurations; an

4-18 • The Prefessional Environment

accompanying database of detailed configuration descriptions; a
Supercomp-Twenty spreadsheet template allowing easy entry of
variables (interest rate, down payment, property taxes, and so on)
for estimation of monthly property carrying costs; and FWW (a
command string formulation program) and XNET (an automatic
communications package) for communicating with the VAX host.
Kate's system also includes Digital's LA210 dot-matrix printer for
fast, high-quality customer printouts and routine office needs.
The ProfessionallvAx-based videotex system has transformed the
marketing, configuration, and administration of the company's
prefabricated house business. As a sales tool, videotex helps the
customer visualize the house, seeing how certain options will
affect its appearance. It gives Kate's prospects the feeling of
building their own house. At the same time, it helps Kate's
company avoid confusion and error by controlling the content of
sales presentations. And the company can be confident that each
franchise has current product and price information.
The system also cuts the time required for processing each order to
a fraction of that previously required. From the initial configuration of the house with the client, all aspects of the process are
automated, resulting in time savings from the showroom to the
factory and warehouse. Order processing has changed from an
administrative nightmare to an orderly system that provides a
wide range of useful marketing information.

The Ideal Videotex Workstation.
The Professional is the ideal videotex workstation. Its graphics are
superb. It offers storage capacity large enough to maintain a local
videotex database rather than having to rely on expensive on-line
links to a host computer. This not only provides much faster access
to videotex graphics, it drastically cuts communications costs .

•

4-19

Communication between the Professional and the host system can
take place at night when rates are lower. During a single communications operation, the Professional receives price, product, and
picture updates for the database as well as routine company
communications. The Professional can also transfer new orders
and the names and addresses of prospects to headquarters. This
allows the main office to follow up promising leads immediately.
The Professional is capable of taking full advantage of videotex
applications. Large-system compatibility, applications software,
and outstanding graphics hardware make the Professional,
Digital, and videotex an ideal combination for the broadest range
of merchandising applications.

•
---------·-- - - - -

4-20 • The Professional Environment

4-21

· StreaI11lining Aerospace Design.
Scott is a Design Engineer for a major aerospace contractor. He
and the other engineers in his group are part of a design team that is
working on the guidance system for a new missile. More specifically, the group is developing a subassembly for a sensor that will
be located among other guidance components in the nose of the
missile.
The group's task has been complicated by a late design modification: the space available for the sensor mount has been changed.

Designing with Distributed Graphics.
Scott's first step is to assess the extent of the problem. From his
office workstation, he accesses the engineering department's
superminicomputer computer-aided design (CAD) system and
downloads the team's current drawings to his workstation. The
compatible low-end program on his workstation provides the
design tools he needs to experiment with the existing drawings.
The workstation's high-resolution graphics are ideally suited to
this application. Scott can devote time and attention to the
problem without tying up the department's main computer
resources.
First, Scott decides to explore the possibility of modifying the
existing design. He begins by examining a number of variations on
the now-impossible design. The two-dimensional CAD package
that runs on Scott's workstation helps him conceptualize and
flesh-out rough ideas. Through simple experimentation, Scott is
able to evaluate a number of options in a very short period of time.
Realizing that a new design may be required, Scott wonders if
mounts conceived for other missiles might not provide a good
starting point. Returning to the superminicomputer host system,
he searches for other mounting designs, looking for one that
features the small size and installation angles he needs. At last, in a
plan for a missile that never reached production, Scott locates a
sensor mount that looks very close.

4-22 • The Professional Environment

Downloading the sketches to his workstation CAD package, Scott
works up specifications for the new mount. When he is completely satisfied, he combines his sketches with a detailed list of
dimensions and tolerances for the part. Scott then stores the
information for reference and, using the department's electronic
mail system, sends it to his Group Engineer and to the CAD
draftsman who supports his project.
Keeping the Departtnent Up-to-Date.
Scott realizes that it is time to bring the other designers in his
group up to date on the design modifications he has made. Using
his word processing program, he writes a brief memo outlining his
proposal and the effect it will have on the other members' work.
By selecting a "group" distribution list in his electronic mail
program, he is able to send the memo simultaneously to all
members of his group. Scott tells his colleagues that if they need
more detailed information on his design change, they can access
the plans directly from his workstation and transfer them to their
own computers.
Meanwhile, the CAD draftsman for Scott's group is working at a
dedicated CAD minicomputer terminal. He receives Scott's project
and gets to work modifying the old design to meet Scott's new
specifications. The draftsman's work involves detailing geometric
characteristics of the part including its center of gravity, rotational
inertia, and other technical characteristics.
At one time, Scott and the other design engineers would have been
responsible for this work. Typically, this meant waiting in line to
use the dedicated terminal, which was shared among members of
his group. Today, since designers can do most high-level engineering directly on their workstations, the follow-up work can be
done by a full-time senior draftsman who supports the entire
group.

4-23

Controlling Materials, Manufacturing and Production.
When Scott gets back to his office after lunch, the draftsman has
returned the new drawing and specifications through electronic
mail. The draftsman has pointed out that, as Scott suspected, the
alloy used in the original part will not meet design standards.

Scott turns to a FORTRAN analysis program 'originally developed for
one of the company's larger minicomputers, but now modified to
run on Scott's workstation. Scott's workstation has a minicomputer architecture that allows it to run many existing minicomputer
applications with little or no modification. For Scott's company,
the fact that the workstations could run much of the company's
existing software was a major cost saver.
Scott uses the program to perform an analysis of alternative
material properties and the resulting fabrication process. He
analyzes the weight, dynamics and other underlying mathematical foundations for the new part. Finally he arrives at new materials
specifications for review by the rest of the design team.
To support his proposed solution, Scott needs production data for
the new part. He returns to the superminicomputer to call up the
production plan for the part he has just modified. Downloading
the plan to his workstation, Scott examines the production budget
spreadsheet to estimate new materials and manufacturing requirements for the part. By altering just a few figures on the spreadsheets, Scott can determine the impact his material changes will
have on the production of the part. By plugging these figures into
the production plan for the entire sensor assembly, Scott can also
determine the impact his changes will have on the project as a
whole.
As he adds his information to the subassembly production spreadsheet, Scott sees that a number of other design engineers have

4-24 • The Professional Environment

begun to update their own projects based on his modifications. It
seems that the group's design efficiencies and open lines of
communication have paid off again.
The Engineer's Workstation.
Scott's workstation is Digital's Professional 350 with a 5-Mbyte
hard disk, and the Extended Bit-Map Graphics Option. His
software includes a materials analysis FORTRAN program written a
few years earlier for his department's larger PDP-11. The program
now runs on the department's Professionals. Scott also uses DESIGN
GRAPHix/Executive, a low-end two-dimensional CAD package
with a compatible three-dimensional superminicomputer implementation. For record keeping, reporting, and routine office
chores, Scott uses a number of popular software tools. Among
them are CT*OS, a word processing program with a full scientific
character set; Supercomp-Twenty, a powerful spreadsheet which
runs on the company's host computer as well as the Professional;
PRO/Office Workstation, for electronic mail and other office
automation functions; and PRO/Communications, for host communications and file transfers.

The company's host computer is Digital's VAX 11/780, running
the full three-dimensional DESIGN GRAPHIX package; host communications software; and VAX ALL-IN-1, which supports PRO/Office
Workstation's electronic mail and other office automation functions.
Scott sees two major benefits of the system his company uses. The
Professional's large-system compatibility and advanced communications capability have vastly improved his group's project control and coordination. Just as important, the system has relieved
Scott of many time-consuming secondary tasks. Scott is free to
concentrate on the work he is paid to do: high-level design and
engineering.

4-25

4-26 • The Professional Environment

· Managing Manufacturing: Purchasing, Production and·
Quality Control.
All types of businesses take advantage of computerization and
automation, but few test the limits of a given system further than a
major manufacturing company. The scene is a common one: an
organization that has strained its computer resources to the limit.
It is a problem that is often compounded by a growing list of
requests for additional computer support from virtually every
department.
One such company's response to the problem has been to distribute selected computing functions to fully integrated desktop
workstations. The company realized that the workstations they
chose would have to provide powerful local processing capability
as well as the ability to communicate with IBM, Digital and other
host systems. They have focused on three areas: purchasing,
production, and quality controL

Making a More Informed Purchase Decision.
Ray is the Purchasing Manager for the company's primary
manufacturing facility. He and his staff of purchasing agents are·
responsible for acquiring raw materials for dozens of products in
the company line.
Ray's day begins with a priority requisition for 125,000 capacitors
for one of the company's appliance control modules. His first step
is to evaluate potential vendors. Ray turns to his workstation and
calls up a database containing a list of company-approved vendors.
He selects "electrical components" from the available menu
choices. Ray's simple command invokes a search of the company's
primary source of vendor information, the centralized corporate
vendor database. The appropriate section of the database is
transferred to Ray's workstation. He is now free of the overworked, and consequently very slow, corporate mainframe.

4-27

Asking for summary listings of the firms supplying capacitors,
Ray finds six candidates. Based on the information supplied by the
database, he can eliminate three at once: one is simply too small for
the job; a second had a high reject rate on two previous shipments;
and he sees from yesterday's Vendor Status Update that the third
firm is a month late delivering a similar electrical component to
another division of the company.
Having narrowed the field of contenders, Ray draws up his
requests for bids which will go out to the companies. He uses a
word processing program to combine the standard language of the
form, which is stored on his workstation, with the specifications
of the capacitors required. Finally he drafts the cover letter and
prints several sets of the documents on his office printer. An hour
after sitting down to work, Ray has the bid letters out to the
courier. The priority requisition got priority treatment-and Ray
is on to his next project.
Now Ray needs to prepare a purchase order for a contract which is
to be awarded to another supplier. The winning bidder was chosen
in an earlier meeting with the production manager and his staff.
All that remains is for Ray to attend to the details of the contract.
Ray begins by calling up a forms generator on his screen. Selecting
the Purchase Order option, Ray spells out the specifications,
delivery date, and other requirements of the contract based on his
meetings with the production manager. As he fashions the specific
terms of the contract, he enters them onto the form. To this he will
add the standard boilerplate that is required on all such orders.
Luckily, most of the standard text is already stored on Ray's
workstation. Rather than reentering this information each time
he creates a form, Ray can simply "cut and paste" the copy into
the new form. When this is done, Ray selects the Execute
Purchase Order option. His workstation combines the specifications for the contract with the standard terms and conditions.

4-28 • The Pr<jessional Environment

Having completed the purchase order, Ray sends it via electronic
mail to the production manager for final approval. It will be
approved, printed, and in the mail well before the day is out.

The Purchasing Manager's U!Orkstation.
Ray and his staff use Digital' s Professional 350. Their MIS Manager
developed the Vendor Database Information program, which
accesses the corporate vendor database. Since that database resides
on an IBM mainframe, this program automatically invokes PRISM, a
Professional/ IBM communications software package, to download
the required information to workstations in Purchasing. Once
transferred to the Professional, data is formatted for screen and
printed reports such as the Vendor Status Update report.
Ray's workstation also runs PRo/Office Workstation, an office
automation software package that includes his word processing
program and, when linked to Digital's VAX computers running
ALL-IN-1, electronic mail throughout the company. Boilerplate
functions streamline production of standardized forms and letters
while still allowing customized content.
Finally, Ray uses Digital 's LQP02 Letter-Quality Printer to produce
crisp forms and letters in a variety of type styles.

A Plan For Keeping Production on Track.
Peter is a Production Planner who is currently developing his
production schedule for the upcoming quarter. Like his counterpart in purchasing, he will begin by accessing the information he
needs on a remote host, then transferring it to his workstation for
processing. In this case, the host is a superminicomputer that
houses the corporate Manufacturing Resource Planning (MRP n)
system. The MRP system coordinates all production activity,
allocating production resources, tracking raw materials inventory,
and assigning output requirements.

4-29

Peter downloads the output quotas assigned to his production
teams for the quarter to his workstation. Having stored the data on
his workstation's hard disk, Peter calls up his Production Planning
program. First he selects the graphing option to turn the data from
the MRP n system directly into line charts. The charts show each of
his team's production resources plotted against their respective
production targets. Looking at the charts on his terminal, Peter
sees at a glance that for most of the quarter, the demands on his
production teams will be high, but manageable. There is, however, one potentially large problem.
During the third month of the quarter, a new production
requirement will necessitate a two-to-three week shutdown for
retooling for nearly half his teams. Peter can see that production
goals will require excessive production quotas for the six weeks
following the retooling. Peter wonders whether he might not be
able to shift to moderately higher production of the current
products to allow earlier retooling and a more realistic production
schedule for the new component. He considers upcoming vacations, overtime, and juggling of team assignments, finally arriving at what seems to be a better arrangement. Though it will
involve stockpiling some inventory, the savings in overtime in the
long run and the increased likelihood of meeting long-term
production goals make it worthwhile.
Peter queues his revised charts on a six-pen plotting printer which
he shares with several colleagues. When the charts are printed he
will distribute them to each of his teams to keep them informed
about upcoming requirements. He also compiles his data in a
memo, which he will send along with copies of his charts to the
MRP management staff.

4-30 • The Prefessional Environment

The Production Planner's Workstation.
Peter uses a Professional 380 with a 33-Mbyte hard disk_ The
corporate MRP n system runs on a Digital's VAX 11/780. The heart
of Peter's system is the distributed Production Planning system
developed by his company's MIS department. It combines PRO/
DATATRIEVE, to access and manipulate data in the MRP n
database; an adaptation of ATHENA/Graph, to convert MRP data
into graphics for Peter's production teams; and some custom
resource allocation and analysis tools developed using the PRO/
Tool Kit. Peter and his colleagues share the Digital LVP16 Six-Pen
Plotter through the Mini-Exchange, a switching and queuing box
that has eight ports for input and output communications. All
communications activity among the Professionals and between
the Professionals and the host computer are controlled by PRO/
Communications. Finally, PRO/Office Workstation links Peter to
the company with electronic mail and word processing.
Peter's workstation gives him immediate access to the MRP system,
resulting in new efficiencies in planning and allocation. The
graphics module is one of the biggest time-savers for both Peter
and others who must interpret the information Peter produces.
Desktop Detective Work Improves Quality Control.
A recent corporate mandate for improved quality control has led to
some new analysis techniques for Kay, a Quality Assurance
Engineer. Kay's job is to apply advanced statistical analysis to
quality control problems, to search for answers and explanations,
and to communicate those issues to the appropriate parties such as
purchasing or production,

Today Kay is analyzing a seemingly random, yet critical drilling
machine failure that has been plaguing one of the company's
product lines. She begins by collecting data that was originally
provided by terminals located on the shop floor. This data is stored

4-31

on a minicomputer that serves the data collection terminals. By
communicating directly with the minicomputer, Kay is able to
select every type of information relevant to the problem, including
when and where failures have occurred, process temperatures, raw
material vendors and batch numbers, shipping contractors, and
manufacturing personnel involved.
Having downloaded the required data, Kay turns to a powerful
statistical analysis program which runs on her workstation. The
program includes a database manager, analysis tools including
numerous built-in statistical functions, graphics, and modeling
capabilities. A mountain of data with no clear clues makes the
analysis a painstaking process of trial and error, with each cycle
involving extensive variance and regression analysis of the information at hand.
At last Kay's hunches begin to pay off. Though her findings are
not conclusive, they indicate a correlation between the drilling
failures and batches of steel from two particular plants of one
supplier.
With this information in hand, Kay prepares a Quality Control
Alert Notice on her findings. She includes a drawing of the part in
question, produced using a simple graphics package on her
workstation. Having completed her notice, Kay clears it with her
supervisor and sends it via the company's electronic mail system to
other quality assurance engineers, Purchasing, the involved Production Planners, and the company's Field Service staff for
comments and other input.
A r¥orkstation far Quality Control.
Kay uses Digital's Professional 380 with a 33-Mbyte hard disk and
Rs/1, a statistical analysis package originally developed for use on
larger minicomputers. She downloads production information

4-32 • The Professional Environment

from a VAX-based MRP II system using her PRO/Communications
software package. The distribution of her results is accomplished
via PRO/ Office Workstation and another VAX running VAX ALL-IN1. Her graphics software is DESIGN GRAPHrx/Executive, a twodimensional computer-aided design system that lets her sketch out
the part in question for quicker identification in the field.

Chapter 5· Service, Support, and Educational Programs

5-2 • Service, Support, and Educational Programs

Digital makes every effort to make your computing simpler, more
productive, and more efficient. That commitment is reflected in
the design ofDigital's products, as well as in the size and scope of
Digital's service and support programs.
Programs and services of every type are available to Digital users.
They range from planning and consulting services to local and
regional repair centers and telephone advisory services, from
seminars and training sessions, to books and dubs for Digital
computer users.
For more information on any of the services outlined in this
chapter, call 1-800-DIGITAL.
· Customer Service
There are two components to,Digital's service program for the
Professional Series. First, Digital provides a comprehensive 90Day warranty with every Professional computer. Second, a number of post-warranty service plans are avaifable to allow you to
continue the level of service you desire.
The First 90 Days
Your Professional computer is covered by a comprehensive warranty program featuring the following:

• 90-Day On-Site Hardware l#irranty. Digital will provide limited
warranty service including repair and replacement of defective
parts. Service is performed at your site-wherever your computer
is located in the continental U.S.
• Software l#irranty. Software is warranted as stated in the applicable
Digital Software Product Description (sPb). Digital's Application
Advisory Service is also provided for Digital-supported software
(as indicated in the support category of the SPD).

5-3

• On-Site Options J.farranty. If you purchase any system options
(including printers) along with your Professional computer, these
options will be covered by your 90-Day Hardware Warranty.
Options purchased after the time of the system sales are covered for
90 days on a carry-in or return-to-factory basis.
·Newsletter Subscription. Digital's Perspective provides information
on products, services, courses, and training schedules as well as
helpful hints on how to use your Professional more efficiently.

For more specific information, consult your Digital sales representative.
After the Warranty
Digital service and support need not end with your warranty. A
complete range of on-site and off-site service programs are available to meet your needs.

5-4 •Service, Support, and Educational Programs

Digital's Full System Service gives you the most complete service
coverage. All parts and labor are included in the contract price. A
toll-free advisory service serves as your source for fast answers to
questions about hardware, operating systems or Digital Classified
Software. You will also continue to receive your subscription to
Perspective.

The following is a summary of the service plans offered by Digital.
Your Digital sales representative can help you choose the plan
that's best for you.
• Full System DECservice. Full System DECservice features committed

response times including a four-hour, on-site response if your
system is located within 100 miles of a Digital location. Coverage
includes all parts and labor performed during contracted hours.
Service is available up to 24 hours a day, seven days a week.
• Full System Basic Service. This service offers fast, on-site response as

well as all other Full System Service benefits. Service coverage is
available during standard business hours-8 A.M. to 5 P.M.,
Monday through Friday.
• FullSystem Carry-in Service. A convenient, low-cost service option.

This program offers all the benefits of a complete system support
program, with one exception. If hardware repairs are necessary,
you simply carry the faulty part into any of the 150 Digital
Servicenters around the country. Your system will be repaired and
ready for pick-up within 48 hours.
• Per Call Support. If you prefer service on a noncontract basis, Per

Call Support is available on both a carry-in and on-site basis. Per
Call support is available for system hardware only. Charges are
assessed for applicable mileage, parts, and labor.

5-5

• DECmailer Service. This alternative is intended for more technically
oriented customers. The user typically isolates the faulty component using system diagnostics, removes the part, and mails it to the
Customer Return Center (cRc). Within five days of receipt, the
'c:Rc will ship a replacement component. DEcmailer Service provides free return shipping, a 90-day warranty, optional 24-hour
emergency service, monthly billing, and quarterly activity
reports.

Special Service for Application Developers
Digital offers the tools as well as the support needed to ensure
successful application development. Whether you use the PRO/
Tool Kit or the Professional Host Tool Kit, Digital provides the
technical resources and system software enhancements to keep you
up-to-date and productive.
Services for the Professional Host Tool Kit include:
• DECstart Services. Digital offers a three day of start-up service,
either at your site or at a convenient Digital Field Computer
Center. Start-up services focus on how to use the Professional Host
Tool Kit and host computer to develop applications for the
Professional.
• DECsupport Service. The highest level of software support, including on-site software service, telephone hotline support, appropriate product updates and newsletters.
·Basic Support. This service provides appropriate product updates,
telephone hotline support and periodic newsletters.
• Self Maintenance Service. This option provides appropriate product
updates and newsletters.

5-6 • Service, Support, and Educational Programs

• Optional Seroices. Additional consulting, training programs and

other services are available from Digital. Consult your Digital sales
representative for complete information.
Service and support for the PRo/Tool Kit include:
• Telephone Support. Digital's customer support center keeps a toll-

free hotline open from 8 A.M. to 5 P.M., five days a week.
Dedicated teams of personal computer specialists and software
specialists are available to resolve problems quickly.
• Software Product and Documentation Updates. While under warranty

or service contract, you will automatically receive software product and documentation updates for your PRo/Tool Kit, and for any
of Digital's Tool Kit-dependent languages for which you are
licensed.

· Digital Classified Software
The Digital Classified Software "Seal of Approval" is your
assurance that the software you purchase will meet your standards
and expectations. Consider the advantages of Digital Classified
Software:

5-7

A Better Selection
The Digital Classified Software (ocs) library includes over 70
programs that have met our standards for the Professional Series.
More are arriving every day. ocs software products include
operating systems; communications packages; languages and
utilities; scientific, manufacturing and engineering applications;
plus word processing, spreadsheet, database-management and
:iccounting packages.

ocs offers Digital-dev~loped software as well as a number of
products created by third-party software developers. These include
Access Technology, Bolt Beranek and Newman, DeskTop Software, Fingraph, Ross Systems, Ship Analytics, Inc., Softech
Microsystem<. Software Arts, Software Insights and others.
Consistent Quality
/'dl ocs software must meet exacting engineering standards based
on the following criteria:
·Documentation. Manuals must be clear and complete, must list and
explain all error messages, and must include examples of program
operation, tables of contents, and page numbers.
• Installation. The process must be straightforward and within the
:1hlitic< of the inexperienced user.
-------

---

• Don,'•isrr,;1i,'11. :\ll ~·rogr:1111 con1nunds must perform as documcntccl. \\·ithout :imbiguitic,.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

• Opermio11. The program must be easy for the inexperienced user to
master, and must demonstrate reliability during testing.

Availability
The Digital Classified Software system offers a centralized source
for quality software. Digital Classified Software is available
through Digital Business Centers, Authorized Digital Dealers, or
from Digital's direct sales force.

5-8 •Service, Support, and Educational Programs

The Digital Classified Software system helps users locate and
choose the best current software products for their computers.
Outstanding Support
Digital's toll-free Telephone Advisory Service puts you in touch
with a Digital support team who can help you with any questions
you may have. The Telephone Advisory Service is available in
combination with other hardware and software support sen·ices.
or alone for a modest monthly fee.

Digital also offers a variety of courses on a range of subjects aimed
at improving your computer productivity.
· Educational Services
Digital' s Educational Services provides one of the largest and most
diversified computer education programs available in the industrv.
Worldwide, these resources include 27 educational centers, a staff
of over 1,700 professionals, and a curriculum of more than 500
courses.

All courses-from the Computer-Based Instruction included
with your Professional to traditional lecture and lab instruction,
on-site classes, self-paced courses, and management seminars-are
aimed at helping you make the most of your Digital computer.
Computer-Based Instruction for the Professional Series

·Professional 300 System Overview. This computer-based instruction
program is supplied with all Professional computer systems. The
course provides an overview of hardware components, emphasizing special features and capabilities.
·How to Use PRO/Communications. Covers basic principles of computer communications, set-up characteristics, file transfers, and
using the Professional as a terminal.

5-9

·How to Use TK!Solver. Discusses and defines the basic sheets available with TK!Solver, entering data into various sheets, storing and
retrieving TK!Solver modules, maneuvering between sheets, and
basic TK!Solver commands.
· How to Use Supercomp-Twenty. Covers basic parts of the
Supercomp-Twenty spreadsheet, entering labels and values,
storing and retrieving data, and manipulating portions of the
spreadsheet.
• How to Use PROIDATATRIEVE. Covers retrieving, sorting and
displaying records, creating simple reports, using simple values,
Boolean and record expressions, and domains.
· Professional Series Beginner's Guide to Repairs. Teaches users to isolate hardware malfunctions on the Professional Series and make
repairs by replacing boards.

5-10 • Service, Support, and Educational Programs

Lecture/Lab Courses for the Professional Series

• Getting Started on Your Professional. Prepares the first-time user for
an immediate and effective start in computing on the Professional.
One day.
• Basic User Operations for the Prefessional. Covers use of the PROSE
text editor, using files and directories, disk/ diskette services and
more. One day.
• Using the PIOS OperatinJ; System. Teaches Professional users the
fundamentals of PI os. One day.
• Using Communications with the Projessional. Covers communications interfaces and setcup options, terminal emulation, and file
transfer between the Professional and VAXIVMS systems, or
between two Professionals. One day.
• Using the CPIM Operating System. Gives new users hands-on
knowledge of cPIM. One day.
• PRO/DATATRIEVE. An introduction to database management
for new users of DATATRIEVE on the Professional. One day.
• PROIDATATRIEVE Application Design. This seminar examines
how PRO/DATATRIEVE, the layered application facility, networking,
ATHENA/Graph and other products can be combined to provide a
powerful workstation environment. Three days.
• Supercomp-Twenty for the Professional. Gives new users of
Supercomp-Twenty an introduction to spreadsheets and hands-on
training developing spreadsheets using selected examples. One
day.
·Advanced Supercomp-Twenty. Covers option setting, importing and
exporting data files, inserting text files, creating a command file,
utilizing bar graph notation, graph formatting and other
advanced functions. One day.
·ATHENA/Graph for the Projessional Series. How to plan, create and
print effective business graphics on the Professional using
ATHENA/Graph. One day.

5-11

• Cortex Desk Set for the Professional. Covers recording and tracking
of appointments, commitments, phone numbers, memos and
expenses as well as performing basic calculations. One day.
·Professional Developer's Tool Kit User. Prepares users, applications
programmers, and system programmers to develop applications
on RSX-11M, RSX-11M-PLUS, or VAXIVMS systems for the Professional. Five days.
· PIOS System Concepts. A two-day seminar for technical professionals involved in the design and programming of applications for the
Professional.
• Professional 300 Series Application Design. A three-day seminar for
software specialists who are designing and programming applications to run on the Professional. Requires PI os System Concepts
as a prerequisite.

5-12 • Seroice, Support, and Educational Programs

Management Seminars

• The Computer as a Management Tool. Learn how the computer can
be used as a management tool during this five-day, hands-on
seminar. Applications such as electronic mail, spreadsheet calculation, text editing, and graphics are covered in depth. Participants
will have the opportunity to develop applications during the
course of the week.
·Effective Management with Personal Computers. A three-day seminar
for novice personal computer users. The program is ideal for
managers involved in complex analysis and decision support.
• Executive Computing. A three-day course that teaches managers to
meet business goals using the BASIC computer language. Participants solve problems in a wide range of management applications.
·Local Area Networks-A Practical Approach. This three-day course
includes both a practical and technical discussion of the key design
issues involved in the selection and/ or implementation of a Local
Area Network (LAN).
· A listing of Educational Services' courses and locations is
published quarterly in Digest, a publication designed to help
customers plan and schedule training programs. Contact the
Digital Training Center nearest you for further information
about the prices and availability of the courses listed here.

5-13

Educational Services Training Centers
Boston
12 Crosby Drive
Bedford, Massachusetts 01730
(617) 276-4380
Chicago
5600 Apollo Drive
Rolling Meadows, Illinois 60008
(312) 640-5520
Dallas
12100 Ford Road, Suite 110
Dallas, Texas 75234
(214) 620-2051 x301
Denver
8800 East Arapahoe Road
Englewood, Colorado 80112
(303) 773-6535
Los Angeles
4311 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 400
Los Angeles, California 90010
(213) 937-3870
New York
One Penn Plaza
New York, New York 10119
(212) 971-3545
Santa Clara
2525 Augustine Drive
Santa Clara, California 95051
(408) 748-4048
Washington, D.C.
8100 Corporate Drive
Landover, Maryland 20785
(301) 577-4300

5-14 • Seroice, Support, and Educational Programs

DECUS-Digital Equipment Computer User's Society
Digital has its own computer society, DEcus. DEcus is one of the
largest and most active computer users' groups in the world_
Through DECUS you will be able to meet many other users of
Digital's computers to exchange ideas and information. DECUS
sponsors local, regional, national, and international meetings and
symposia for its members. It also maintains a library of more than
1,500 software packages written and submitted by DECUS members
for the use of other members.

Chapter 6 ·Professional Series Systems and Options

6-2 •Professional Series Systems and Options

The Professional Series consists of three models: the Professional
325, the Professional 350, and the Professional 380. All feature
Digital's highly acclaimed keyboard, a high-resolution monochrome or color monitor, a PDP-11-based CPU with floating-point
processor, bit-mapped graphics, 512 Kbytes of main memory, an
800-Kbyte dual-diskette drive, and communications, printer, and
network interconnect ports.
While all Professionals share many common components, each
has a number of distinguishing features and characteristics.
The Professional 325 is a diskette-based system offering PDP-11
performance in a low-cost, desktop package. The Professional 325
features the F-11 (PDP-11/23) microprocessor with floating-point
processor, and one expansion slot for user-installable options.
Available options include additional memory, color capability, or
any one of several data collection or communication devices. The
Professional 325 runs diskette versions of p/os, RT-11, CTS-300,
STANDARD MICRO MUMPS 300, CP/M-80 and p-System operating
systems. It has the distinction of being the lowest-cost PDP-11
system ever produced.
The Professional 350 is also based on the F-11 microprocessor, but
has three available option slots, and will accept an internally
mounted 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard-disk storage system in addition
to its standard diskette drive. Available operating systems (which
may require hard disk storage) include p/os, PROIVENIX, XENIX,
Idris, RT-11, CTS-300, STANDARD MICRO MUMPS 300, CPIM-80,
MS-DOS and p-System. The Professional 350 also offers local
area networking capability using PRO/DECnet software. The
Professional 350 is best-suited for applications where fast, largecapacity mass storage is required; where local area networks are
planned or already in place; and where multiple system options
are required.

6-3

The Professional 380 offers the powerfulJ-11 (PDP-11170) chip set
with integral floating-point processor and extended instruction
set, state-of-the-art CMOS gate arrays, and a higher degree of
system board integration. The result is two- to three-times the
processing speed, faster memory access, faster video response, and
greater expansion possibilities. The Professional 380 also offers a
higher-resolution "interlaced" graphics mode to provide twice
the vertical resolution of other Professional models. The 380 has
five available option slots for system expansion, and will accept
every available system option.
The Professional 380 is designed for performance-critical applications: a multiuser Professional running PRolvENIX, CPU-intensive
scientific and engineering applications, or large database management systems. The 380's higher-resolution graphics and faster
display rate also provide the basis for a powerful low-end CAD
workstation.

The Professional Series at a Glance
Model

325

350

380

CPU

F-11 (PDP-11/23)

J-11 (PDP-11/70)

Floating Point

Yes

Main Memory

512Kbytes

512 Kbytes

Diskettes

2 X 400 Kbytes

Printer Port

Serial Rs232

Serial RS232

Serial Rs23 2

Comm Port

Async/ sync RS232 Async/ sync Rs232 Async/ sync RS232

Video Memory

1 page/ plane

4 pages/plane

Clock

Yes

Bus Slots

-Allocated Slots

-Available Slots
Upgrade Kit

Yes (325 to 350)

Yes (350 to 380)

NIA

6-4 • Prefessional Series Systems and Options

Memory/Storage Options
256-Kbyte
Memory

Yes

512-Kbyte
Memory

Yes

5-Mbyte Hard
Disk
10-Mbyte Hard
Disk
33-Mbyte Hard
Disk

Keyboard
• Low-profile, detachable keyboard
• Six-foot (1.9 m) coiled connecting cord
· 105 matte-textured keys
· Four separate keypads: typing, editing, numeric and function
keys
• Compose key supporting multinational character set
Monochrome Monitor
· Choice of white, green, or amber screen
· 12-inch (diagonal) screen
· Glare-resistant coating
· Tilt adjustment: + 5 to -25 degrees from horizontal
· Standard RS170 composite video input, terminated

6-5 •System Units

·Professional System Unit (USA)
Order Codes: PC325-D2 (Professional 325)
Pc350-D2 (Professional 350)
PC325-AA (Professional 380)

The Professional's system unit houses all working components
except the keyboard and monitor. It can be placed horizontally on
a desktop or vertically in the optional floorstand (PCXXF-AA).
There are four system unit subassemblies: the main logic module,
a dual-diskette drive, the power supply, and the system enclosure.

6-6 •Professional Series Systems and Options

The Professional's modular design makes it easy to upgrade and
service. In fact, the entire system unit can be disassembled in
minutes, using nothing more than a ball-point pen. Any subassembly can be removed for inspection, repair, or replacement, and
all system options are user-installable.

Main Logic Module
The main logic module is mounted flat across the bottom of the
system unit enclosure. A panel at one end of the module serves as
the back of the system enclosure. This panel houses a communications port, a printer port, a monitor port, a network interconnect
port, and diagnostic LEDs. The main logic module also contains:
• F-11 microprocessor (Professional 325/350). All members of the Profes-

sional family contain a Digital-developed 16-bit PDP-11 processor.
The Professional 325 and 350 contain the F-11 microprocessor,
which is the functional equivalent of a PDP-11123-PLUS. Features
include 16 bit-word or 8-bit byte addressing, eight internal
registers, stack processing, programmable vector interrupts, and
16-bit ODT console emulator.
• j-11 microprocessor (Professional 380). The Professional 380 con-

tains a J-11 microprocessor, which supports most features of the
F-11 as well as offering the larger PDP-11170 instruction set (87
instructions and eight addressing modes). The J-11 also features an
integral floating-point processor, 22-bit ODT console emulator,
supervisor mode, and split I & D space.

• Floating-point processor. A floating-point processor supplements the
integer arithmetic instruction set in both the F-11 and J-11
processors. It adds a number of microcoded instructions that
perform arithmetic, logical, and conversion operations. Executing these operations in microcode rather than software increases
processing speed and saves memory space. Instructions operate
with 32-bit single-precision and 64-bit double-precision data,
which is equivalent to 7- and 17-digit accuracy, respectively.

6-7 •System Units

Professional 350 Main Logic Module.
• Memory management unit. PDP-11 computers work with 16-bit
addresses providing for 64 Kbytes of logical address space. By
constructing 22-bit addresses, the memory management unit
allows for physical memory addressing of up to four Mbytes.
• 512 Kbytes RAM memory. In the Professional 325 and 350, half of

the memory resides on two 128-Kbyte daughter modules that
attach directly to the system board. The additional 256 Kbytes of
standard memory is housed in a backplane module. Memory is
expanded on the Professional 325/350 by adding backplane modules in increments of 256 Kbytes.

6-8 •Professional Series Systems and Options

Professional 380 Main Logic Module.
In the Professional 380, all 512 Kbytes of standard memory is
located on the system board. An optional 512-Kbyte daughter
module can also be added to the system board, giving the
Professional 380 a full Mbyte of RAM without using any expansion
slots.
Professional 380 memory is also more tightly coupled to the
processor, improving memory access time by approximately 20
percent.

6-9 •System Units

• 16 Kbytes diagnostic and bootstrapping ROM. Each time the system is

turned on, the Professional runs a diagnostic test of the system and
all installed options. The diagnostics for the main system logic
module run first. After this test is complete, the system detects
which options are installed based on an option-present signal.
Each option module carries its own diagnostic test in on-board
ROM. Each test is transferred to RAM and run by the CPU. Faults
detected in any of the modules are reported by means of a monitor
display. If the video is not working, faults are indicated by a pattern
displayed on four light-emitting diodes (mos) at the rear of the
system unit.

• Nonvolatile clock and RAM. The Professional features an automatic
day, date, and time display. The nonvolatile clock and nonvolatile
RAM keep track of the date and time when the system is off. They
are powered by a NiCD battery, which is continuously charging
when the system is plugged in. When no line power is available,
i:he battery supplies power to the clock. A completely charged
battery will maintain the clock and RAM for 14 days. The battery is
completely charged after 48 hours of continuous system power.

6-10 • Professional Series Systems and Options

·Bit-map video controller(Prefessional 325/350). The Professional 325/
350 bit-map video controller is a backplane module that generates a
single-plane video map of 1024 by 256 pixels (960 by 240 displayable). The controller sends a composite video signal to the
monitor, which forms characters by' 'turning on'' the appropriate
pixels. The information required to define characters is stored in a
font table in the system memory. Three-plane color video is
possible with the addition of the Extended Bit-Map Option
Module (vc241-A).
• Bit-map video controller (Prefessional 380). A complete, single-plane
bit-map controller is integrated into the system board of the
Professional 380. It serves the same purpose as the 325/350
controller, with several important enhancements.
First, it supports an enhanced resolution mode (960 by 480) in
addition to the standard resolution mode (960 by 240). The 380's
''interlaced'' mode is selectable from the operating system SET UP
utility. NOTE: The Professional 380's enhanced resolution mode requires
a slow phosphor monitor. For monochrome applications, Digital's amber
monochrome monitor (VR201-C) may be used. For color applications,
certain third-party monitors should be used. Guidelines for selecting a
third-party color monitor are provided in the monitors section ef this
chapter.
Second, the Professional 380 video controller can simultaneously
store up to four pages of video rather than one page, which is
standard on the 325/350. The result is faster video response and
display rates.
With the addition of the Extended Bit-Map Option (vc241-B),
the Professional 380 supports three-plane color video as well as the
enhanced-resolution"interlaced" mode .. NOTE: The Professional
325/350 and 380 Extended Bit-Map Options are different parts. See
descriptions later in this chapter.

'r'
....

....

NETWORK
PORT

VIDEO
PORT

a·

I
OPTION SLOT OPEN
256 KB MEMORY
VIDEO GENERATOR
RX50 CONTROLLER

• • • •
• • • •
128 KB
MEMORY
DAUGHTER
BOARD

128 KB
MEMORY
DAUGHTER
BOARD

Professional 325 System Module Layout

FLOATING POINT
ADAPTER

9'
....
N
'"Cl
Cl
~
l:l

NETWORK
PORT

VIDEO
PORT

I
OPTION SLOT OPEN
OPTION SLOT OPEN

-:---- VIDEO GENERATOR

1
::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::.=~==~=-RR'X50CONTROLLER
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .lllj-~OPTIONSLOTOPEN.

• • • •
• • • •
128KB
MEMORY
DAUGHTER
BOARD

128KB
MEMORY
DAUGHTER
BOARD

Professional 350 System Module Layout

"~"'

"'5-..

~
g.
~

•• ••
FLOATING POINT
ADAPTER

'i"
......
<...,

c;,,
~

NETWORK
PORT

':ig~v

~
~-

I
OPTION SLOT OPEN

: : :;
I
:::::::::::::::::::::::::.~OPTION
1tt.::1:u:i:;:;:~ i:U~illH:H :nu

OPTION SLOT OPEN

VIDEO~~
GATE
ARRAY

CLOCK

•

::::J

J-11
CONTROL
GATE
ARRAY

EXTENDED BIT-MAP
OPTION MODULE
(OPTIONAL)

Professional 380 System Module Layout

512KB
MEMORY
(OPTIONAL)

SLOT OPEN

512 KB MEMORY

6-14 • Prifessional Series Systems and Options

• Printer port. The printer port is a general purpose EIA RS232/ 423
asynchronous port. It has a nine-pin male connector that accepts a
direct connection to all of Digital's serial printers. Depending on
the model, these printers offer various speeds, numerous type sizes
and fonts, draft- or letter-quality print, and graphics printing
capability.
• Communications port. The Professional system unit includes a single
serial communications interface. Program-selectable communications can be set by software to operate in asynchronous, byte
synchronous, and bit synchronous modes. The Professional communications port also supports full- or half-duplex communication mode, and features a full set of modem controls for operation
in the U.S. as well as in Europe (EIA Rs232-c/ccITT v.24).
• Network interconnect port. The network interconnect port provides
a simple means of connecting the Professional to an Ethernet local
area network. The port provides the internal connection to the
DECNA Ethernet Controller, and accepts standard PVC transceiver
cables, allowing the Professional to be connected to a number of
DECnet/Ethernet configurations. The port is a 15-pin female
D-sub miniature and is pinned in accordance with the Ethernet
specifications.
• CTI Bus. The Professional Series has a unique system bus called the
CTI, or Computing Terminal Interface bus. The bus features many
new, mechanically simple features that eliminate the need for
jumpers and switches. Like the Q-bus, the CTI bus has 22-bit
addressing (four Mbytes). It multiplexes addresses and data,
combining 16-bit data signals with the 22-bit address signals on 22
signal lines.

• Backplane module slots. Backplane module slots provide direct
access to the CTI bus. The modules slots house various hardware
subsystems, and can accept user-installed options. The Professional 325 has four slots, the Professional 350 and 380 have six slots.

6-15 •System Units

In all systems, one slot is occupied by the diskette drive controller.
The Professional 325 and 350 also use module slots for the video
controller and 256 Kbytes of RAM. Video control and memory are
located on the system board in the Professional 380.
As a result, the Professional 325 has one slot for system expansion,
the Professional 350 has three slots, and the Professional 380 has
offers five expansion slots.
Each module slot features unique zero-insertion force connectors
for simple and positive connections. All option modules are user
installable. In most cases, option modules can be placed in any
available option slot. Certain cabling requirements pose the only
limitations.
When an option module is in place, an option-present signal is
turned on so that the main system logic module knows an option
is installed. Each option contains on-board ROM with identification information. This allows the system to poll the slot location
and identify the installed option. Fixed addresses are then assigned
to the bus slots, and the module assumes the address of the slot it
occupies.

6-16 • Professional Series Systems and Options

RXSO Dual-Diskette Drive
Digital's compact RXSO dual-diskette drive system slides into the
front of the system unit base_ It connects to the diskette drive
controller, which occupies one slot in the option module cage.
Digital's dual-diskette system accommodates two 5¥!-inch diskettes on either side of a single spindle. The RX50 offers twice the
disk storage of a conventional single-disk drive in about the same
amount of space. The diskette subsystem will store up to 819,000
bytes-or over 400 typewritten pages-of formatted data in fixedlength blocks.
The RXSO subsystem includes a separate single-board controller
module, which performs many diskette operating tasks. System
diagnostics provide continuous error checking during normal

6-17 • System Units

operation by maintaining a running' 'dialog'' with the CPU. Error
messages alert the user to potential problems in the diskette
system.

Dual-Diskette Drive Specifications
Height

8.3 cm (3.3 in)

Width

14.6 cm (5.8 in)

Depth

20.4 cm (8.5 in)

Weight

1.7 kg (3.8 lb)

Diskettes per Drive

Number of Recorded Surfaces

2 (1 per diskette)

Capacity
Per Drive

819 Kbytes

Per Track

10 sectors

Per Sector

512 bytes

Transfer Rate

250 Kbits per second

Random Access Time

264 msec

Rotational Speed

300 rpm

Density

96 tracks per inch

Power Supply
The Professional's power supply converts alternating current (ac)
into the direct current (de) the system requires. It also transforms
the de power into lower voltages for the system board, keyboard,
monochrome monitor, and diskette drives. The standard system
runs from a single power cord.
A voltage-select switch at the rear of the unit allows the system to
run on either 115 or 230 volts of ac current.

6-18 •Professional Series Systems and Options

The power supply unit includes circuit breakers, a 208-watt
switching regulator module, an integral ac 70 CFM fan, and a 115/
230 voltage-select switch.
System Enclosure
The modular components of the system unit mount onto the
metal chassis of the two-piece system enclosure. All subassemblies
slide easily in and out of the enclosure, but lock securely in place
when installed. The enclosure also provides a slide mount for an
optional hard disk drive.

6-19 •System Units

General System Unit Specifications

Height

16.5 cm (6.5 in)

Width

36.3 cm (14.3 in)

Length

55.8 cm (22.0 in)

Weight

15.9 kg (35.0 lb)

Standard Memory

512 Kbytes

Clock

Nonvolatile RAM with rechargeable NiCD battery

Printer Port
Communications Port

Serial, RS232/ 423
Asynch/ sync, up to 9600 baud
with modem control

Storage

Dual-diskette drive
(2 X 400 Kbytes)

Power Supply

Transistor, switch type AC
to DC converter

Expansion Slots

1 on Professional 325
3 on Professional 350
5 on Professional 380

The Professional System Unit (PC325-D2, PC350-D2, or PC325-AA)
includes:
• System unit
• Monochrome monitor cable
• 10-foot printer cable

6-20 • Professional Series Systems and Options

• Keyboard Country Kit
Order Code: PC3K1-DA (usA and Canada)
Digital is an industry leader in ergonomic, ''human-factor''
design. Now here is this leadership more apparent than in Digital's
keyboards. The Professional's keyboard design sets the standard by
which other keyboards are measured.
The keys are sculptured to fit your fingers, have a nonslip surface
for positive touch, and are comfortably spaced and arranged to
eliminate errors and increase data entry speed.
The keyboard has a low profile to provide a more comfortable
typing position. It attaches to the monitor by a six-foot coiled
cord, so you can place the keyboard anywhere it's most
comfortable-even on your lap.
There are 105 keys divided into four areas: traditional typing keys,
a numeric keypad for data entry, screen/ cursor control keys for

6-21 •Keyboards

editing, and special command and function keys. These areas are
arranged for easy access to commonly used functions. And words,
instead of codes, are used to label important editing and special
function keys.

Traditional Typing Keys. The traditional typing keys provide the
uppercase and lowercase alphabets, numbers, and punctuation.
They are arranged exactly like the keys on a typewriter. For the
most part, the function of these keys is identical to a conventional
typewriter as well. So you won't spend time relearning the
keyboard.
Two keys you won't find on a typewriter are the CONTROL (cTRL)
key and the COMPOSE CHARACTER key. When used with certain
other keys, the CTRL key performs special functions. Different
applications may use CTRL for different purposes.
The COMPOSE CHARACTER key allows the user to create certain
international characters and accents not normally found on a U.S.
keyboard. A reference guide shows you the keystroke sequence
required to create a certain character or accent. The Professional
keyboard is available in 16 country-specific variations as well. A list
of available Keyboard Country Kits apears at the end of this
section.

The Numeric Keypad. The data entry keypad on the far right is
arranged like a calculator keypad to make number-handling or
accounting programs easier to use. The numeric keys duplicate the
functions of the corresponding numbers on the standard typewriter keyboard. All of the keys on the numeric keypad can also be
redefined by application programs to perform special tasks unique
to that program. Keys PFl to PF4 are expressly designed to be special
function keys for program use.

6-22 •Professional Series Systems and Options

Screen/Cursor Control Keys. The location of the screen and cursor
control keys allows fast, productive editing with the right hand,
while the left hand remains in the typing area. The four keys that
control cursor movement are arranged in a handy ''inverted T''
formation for fast cursor positioning with minimum finger
motion. Each key is clearly labeled with an arrow.

Six editing keys activate the prime editing functions as well as
important screen functions. They are also used in word processing
and other applications.

6-23 • Keyboards

[LJ D [] ~
Li fJ [J [J D

D fJ CJ bJ
[] [J GJ [J

i:O

[ill [ill
c

lliJ WJ ~ [!]
ITJ [] [!]

L--...1

~~ D

"~ D

D
~g D
2~

10
-10

i.J::

iD
ID
~o

:o
lD

,;D
ii D
&.;.;

6-24 • Professional Series Systems and Options

Special Function Keys. The special function keys include the row
positioned horizontally across the top of the keyboard and the top
four keys on the numeric keypad (PF1, PF2, PF3, PF4). These
versatile, programmable keys can perform a variety of functions
depending on the application. Functions can be defined by a
program or by the user.
A special label strip included with the keyboard allows you to
identify any special function keys associated with a particular
program or operating system. When you change programs (or key
functions), you can simply change the label strip at the same time.
Extra label strips can be stored in a compartment in the keyboard
when not in use.
The HELP and DO keys are positioned directly above the editing keys
for easy reach. These keys are prelabeled because they are commonly used in all types of applications on the Professional. The
HELP key is particularly important: it brings messages to the screen
to get you out of difficulty by explaining your options at any point
in a program. The DO key simply commands the computer to
proceed with the instructions it has been given.

Indicator Lights. The small red indicators in the function key strip
are labeled LOCK, HOLD SCREEN, COMPOSE, and WAIT. The LOCK
light indicates that the uppercase alphabet lock is engaged. The
HOLD SCREEN light indicates that the display has been temporarily
"frozen" to allow you to read data that may have been scrolling by
quickly. The COMPOSE light indicates that the computer expects a
compose character sequence to be entered. The WAIT indicator lets
you know that the program will not accept data entries from the
keyboard until the light goes out.

Keyclick and Bell. A speaker is built into the keyboard to provide
you with audible feedback: a slight keyclick when you press a
key, and a bell tone when you when you reach the right-hand

6-25 •Keyboards

margin. Certain programs may also use the bell to notify you if
you press the wrong key. If you prefer, the bell and keyclick can
be turned off.

· Gold Key Keyboard Country Kit
Order Code: PC3K1-EA (usA and Canada)
The Gold Key Keyboard is offered for systems that will be using
PRO/Office Workstation in a distributed ALL-IN-1 office automation setting, or where users will be working with word processing
packages such as cT*os, which resemble the DEcmate WPS system.
The Gold Key keyboard is identical to the standard Professional
keyboard except that certain keys have been labeled and coded to
take advantage of Digital's Gold Key editing and control system.
The Gold Key keyboard can also be used as a standard Professional
keyboard.

Keyboard Specifications
Height
Width
Length
Weight
Home Row Key Height
Keys

1.25-4 cm (0.5-1.6 in)
17.1 cm (6.75 in)

53.3 cm (21.0 in)

2 kg (4.5 lb)
3 cm (1.2 in) above desktop
105 keys with matte-textured
finish and concave surface
1.27 cm (.5 in) square

1.9 cm (.75 in) center-to-center
spacing between keys for singlewidth keys

Wobble less than 0.5 mm
(.020 in)

6-26 • Professional Series Systems and Options

Keypad

Sculptured key array in 4 groups
N-key rollover

Numeric Data Entry Keys

18 keys on far right

Function Keys

20 keys positioned across top

Typing Keys

57 keys

Screen/ Cursor Control Keys

10 keys in the middle keypad

Cord to video monitor

1.9 m (6 ft), coiled
4-pin telephone-type modular
connectors

Electronics

8-bit microprocessor
4 Kbytes of ROM
256 bytes of RAM

4 light-emitting diodes
Speaker for audio feedback
Diagnostics

Power-up self-test, generates
identification code upon passing
test

Conformance

Meets European 30 mm home
row requirement and provides
clearance for diskette drive media
insertion, without having to
move keyboard away from system

The Keyboard Country Kit (PC3K1-DA) and Gold Key Keyboard
Country Kit (PC3K1-EA) include:
• USA keyboard

• Keyboard/ monitor connector cord
·Power cord
• Installation guide

6-27 •Keyboards

·Professional Owner's Manual
• System test diskette
• Label strip for keyboard function keys
• 2 Keyboard feet

· Foreign Language Keyboard Country Kits
In addition to the standard United States version, keyboards are
available in 15 OTHER CONFIGURATIONS. Each kit contains the same
basic components as the USA kit.
Order codes:
PC3K1-BB

Belgium (Flemish)

PC3K1-BC
PC3K1-BD

Canada (French)
Denmark

PC3K1-BE

United Kingdom

PC3K1-BF

Finland

PC3K1-BG

Germany

PC3K1-BH

Netherlands

PC3K1-BI

Italy

PC3K1-BK

Switzerland (French)

PC3K1-BL

Switzerland (German)

PC3K1-BM

Sweden

PC3K1-BN

Norway

PC3K1-BP

France

PC3K1-BS

Spain

PC3K1-BZ

Australia

6-28 •Professional Series Systems and Options

• Monochrome Video Monitor

Order Code: VR201-A (white)
VR201-B (green)
VR201-c (amber)

.,,.

The monochrome video monitor for the Professional combines
functional styling with advanced video technology. The 12-inch
(diagonal) screen is housed in a compact body that takes up
surprisingly little space.
The Professional's monitor can be adapted to suit your work style.
The tilt of the screen is adjustable at the touch of a button.
Brightness and contrast are adjusted by dials at the rear of the
monitor. And the Professional offers a choice of screen colors to
suit your personal preference: white, green, or amber.

6-29 • Monitors

A special antiglare coating on the display screen reduces reflections
and enhances character contrast. Screen flicker is minimized by a
60-image-per-second refresh rate that keeps characters steadily
defined. The character display uses a 7-by-9 dot matrix. So
whether you view light characters on a black screen or use reverse
video to see dark characters against a light background, the
definition is crisp, the characters easy to read.
The Professional supports all of the display characteristics of
Digital's VT102 video terminal. Many other video features are
possible under software control, including:
• 80- or 132-column display. Adjustable column widths let you change

the amount of information you see on a single screen display. A
132-column display is ideal for financial, accounting, and numerical analysis applications where viewing 12 months in a single
display is desirable. Programmers can use this feature to view
statements and comments on the screen simultaneously.

• Text highlighting. Bold, underline, blink, reverse-video, vertical
lines, borders, and double-height and double-width characters let
you add emphasis on a character-by-character basis. All highlights
are shown on screen exactly as they will appear in printed text.

• Horizontal, vertical, full- and split-screen scrolling. These control
features allow you to view the information the way you want to see
it. The Professional supports both smooth and jump scrolling.
For the programmer, a variety of ANSI escape sequences are
supported, including cursor addressing, polling, and screen erase.
Graphics capability is standard with the Professional. The Professional's bit-mapped video is fully supported on the monochrome
monitor. Graphic capabilities can be further enhanced with the
optional Extended Bit-Map Graphics Module (Order Code:
vc241-A for 325/350, vc241-B for 380), which allows you to
produce gray scaling (up to eight distinct shades of gray) with the
monochrome monitor.

6-30 •Professional Series Systems and Options

Monochrome Monitor Specifications
Height

29.2 cm (11.5 in)

Width

34.9 cm (13.75 in)

Depth

31.1 cm (12.25 in)

Weight

6.4 kg (14 lb)

Adjustable Tilt

+ 5° to -25°

Standard Video Output

RS170 compatible, monochrome
character cell video

Video Screen

12 in (diagonal)
Antiglare filtering to reduce eye
fatigue

Video Display

High-resolution monochrome
with bold, underline, blink,
and reverse-video split-screen
capability
60-image-per-second refresh rate
reduces screen flicker

Characters

7 X 9 dot matrix,including 2dot descenders

Format

80 or 132 columns wide, selectable, by 24 lines for a total in
excess of 3000 characters

Graphics

960 X 240 pixels
960 X 480 pixels (380 only)

Monochrome Video Monitor (VR201-A, -B, -C) includes:

• Monochrome Monitor (white, green, or amber)
• Screen Cleaner Kit

6-31 •Monitors

RGB Color Video Monitor
Order Code: VR241-AA
The RGB (red-green-blue) Color Video Monitor brings superb
color graphics to the Professional. Color applications for the
Professional include management-oriented charts and graphs,
Videotex, data analysis and plotting, computer-aided design and
drafting, computer-based training, and computer-generated presentations. Unlike many color monitors, Digital's RGB Color
Monitor can display highly legible text as well as graphics. It is the
ideal single monitor for high-performance color graphics and text.

6-32 •Professional Series Systems and Options

The color monitor fits comfortably on a desktop in spite of its big,
13-inch (diagonal) display screen. Brightness and contrast are
easily adjustable. The monitor's high-efficiency antiglare filter
provides excellent contrast to help reduce eye fatigue under all
normal lighting conditions.
The RGB Color Monitor produces a color image that is remarkably
sharp-four to five times sharper than a conventional color
television. Charts, graphs, and other visuals can be created using as
many as eight colors simultaneously, from a palette of 256 colors
(4096 colors for the 380). Text and graphics are easy to combine on
the screen for additional emphasis.
Used for text, the color monitor provides the same high-quality
display as the monochrome monitor, with white characters on a
black background. A 60-image-per-second refresh rate reduces
screen flicker, keeping characters steadily defined and easy to read.
The high bandwidth of the monitor (18-20 MHz) allows the display
of either 80 or 132 columns of text with no loss of character
definition.

A number of sophisticated applications take full advantage of the
Professional's color capability. These include Fingraph, ATHENA/
Graph, MAPS/PRO Graphics, PRO/ SIGHT, Synergy, and others. You
can also create hardcopies of your color graphics with the optional
LVP16 six-pen graphics plotter.
For the developer, the Professional offers a solid set of software
tools to support the graphics hardware. For example, the CORE
Graphics Library (CGL) can be accessed from any of the Professional
Tool Kit's programming languages. CGL allows developers to
access the Professional's graphics hardware in a portable, deviceindependent manner.

6-33 •Monitors

To create color graphics on your Professional, you need the
Extended Bit-Map Graphics Option (EBO). On the Professional
325 and 350, the EBO is a backplane module that occupies one
expansion slot (vc241-A). In the Professional 380, the EBO is a
daughter module (vc241-B) that plugs directly onto the system
board, and does not fill an expansion slot. The color monitor also
requires its own power source. All color options are userinstallable.
NOTE: The RGB Color Monitor does not support the Professional 380's
high-resolution mode. Recommended color monitors are listed at the end of
this section.

Color Monitor Specifications

Height

31.9 cm (12.8 in)

Width

36.3 cm (14.5 in)

Depth

43.2 cm (17.0 in)

Weight

16.6 kg (36.6 in)

Video Screen

13 in (diagonal)

High-efficiency antiglare (HEA)
coated bonded panel
Resolution

1024 X 256 pixels, 960 X 240
displayable

Palette

256 (4096 for 380) colors, 8 displayable simultaneously

Format

80 or 132 columns wide, selectable, by 24 lines
7 X 9 dot matrix, includes 2dot descenders

Video Display

Bold, underline, blink, reversevideo, and split-screen capability

6-34 •Professional Series Systems and Options

Active Raster Size

240 mm (W) X 150 mm (H)

Dot Pitch

.31 mm resolution (shadowmask)

Degaussing

Built-in, automatic

Interface

Standard Rs170 RGB (red-greenblue) cable connector with builtin line termination and selectable
external sync

Power Supply

Universal, switch-selectable
90-120 V ac, 47-63 Hz or 185256 V ac, 47-63 Hz

Hardware Prerequisite

Extended Bit-Map Graphics
Module (vc241-A for Professional 325/350; vc241-B for Professional 380)

RGB Color Video Monitor (VR241-AA) package includes:

• Color monitor
• USA power cord
·Color monitor VR241-AA Installation/Owner's Guide

6-35 •Monitors

· Extended Bit-Map Graphics Option
(Professional 325/250 only)
Order code: vc241-A
The Extended Bit-Map Graphics Option (EBO) lets you create
sophisticated multicolored graphics with the optional RGB Color
Monitor or multitone gray scaling on the standard Monochrome
Monitor.
Essentially, the EBO expands the Professional's built-in bit-map
video capabilities. The standard single plane of bit-mapped memory provides for text display and black-and-white graphics. The
Extended Bit-Map Graphics Module adds two additional planes of
bit-mapped screen memory. The three planes correspond to the
red, green, and blue inputs to the color monitor. Each plane
produces a screen display of 960 by 240 pixels.
The Extended Bit-Map Option and RGB Color Monitor combination allows the Professional to display up to eight colors simultaneously, from a palette of 256. On the monochrome monitor, you
can display eight of a possible 16 shades of gray. The Extended BitMap Option is required for color capability on the Professional 325
and 350. The module occupies one slot in the system unit.

6-36 • Professional Series Systems and Options

The Extended Bit-Map Option Module package (VC241-A) includes:
·Extended Bit-Map Option Module
• Color monitor cable
· Installation Guide

· Extended Bit-Map Graphics Option
(Professional 380 only)
Order Code: vc241-B
The Professional 380 Extended Bit-Map Option has the same
function as the Professional 325/350 EBO-that is, providing color
capability-but adds several new features.

6-37 •Monitors

First, it supports for the Professional 380's enhanced resolution
mode (960 by 480) as well as the standard (960 by 240) display
mode.
NaTE: Color capability in enhanced-resolution "interlaced" mode

requires a slow-phosphor monitor. A list of specifications and suppliers of
long-persistence (slow-phosphor) color monitors follows. For monochrome
enhanced resolution mode, Digital's amber monochrome monitor
(VR201-C) is recommended.
Second, the 380 EBO supports the Professional 380's 4 page video
memory. Using color, this means that the Professional can store
four ''screens'' of display for each of the three color planes.
The Professional 380 also offers a color palette of 4096 colors-a
substantial increase over the 325/350, which offers a palette of 256.
The 380 EBO is a daughter card that attaches directly to the system
board, rather than occupying a backplane module slot. This allows
you to have color capability without using expansion slots.
Specifications and Suppliers for Color Long-Persistence
Monitors
The following color monitors have specifications that indicate
they should perform adequately with the Professional 380 in
enhanced-resolution mode.*

*Digital lists these monitors for your information only. Digital does not
endorse or guarantee their use in any way. Additionally, the list above is not
exhaustive. Since graphic quality is an aestheticjudgment, it is a good idea
to preview any monitor before purchase.

6-38 • Professional Series Systems and Options

Manufacturer
BARCO

Aydin

Gigatek

Model
CD 233-LP/D

Style
13-inch RGB w fLp
phosphor

CD 351-LP/D

19-inch RGB wlLP
phosphor

8810

13-inch RGB w/LP
phosphor

8830

19-inch RGB wlLP
phosphor
13-inch RGB w fLp
phosphor

CCD 1331-CAB-LP

Amtron

19-inch RGB w/LP
phosphor

In all cases, monitors should be ordered with the aspect ratio set at
8 (horizontal) to 5 (vertical). Long-persistence phosphor should be
specified.
To determine if other color monitors will function in Professional
380 enhanced-resolution mode, use the following specifications as
a guideline:
• RGB signal, synchronized on green
• Synchronization at 15. 75 KHz scan frequency
• Bandwidth of 18 MHz or better
•Dot pitch at .31 mm' or better

6-39 • Memory and Storage Options

· 5-Mbyte Hard Disk System (Professional 350/380 only)
Order Code: RCD50-A
Digital's 5-Mbyte hard disk drive system is mounted within the
system unit of the Professional 350 or 380, providing 5,000,000
bytes (about 3400 typed pages) of formatted, fixed internal
storage. It offers a quiet, space-efficient mass storage solution for
the Professional 350 and 380.
The hard disk subsystem seeks out and transfers information much
faster than diskette drives. The large storage capacity of the hard
disk system eliminates the need to switch diskettes constantly. The
extra storage capacity also allows you to transfer your applications
directly to the hard disk, making program access faster than ever.
The hard disk subsystem uses a 5)4-inch fixed (metal oxide) hard
disk. The hard disk slides into the system unit next to the diskette
drive. A controller module links the disk system and the system
bus. The controller module requires one expansion slot.
The hard disk system is virtually maintenance free. No routine
field adjustments are necessary. In fact, the head disk assemblies
(HDAs) are hermetically sealed to prevent tampering or damage to
the disk. The entire system is user-installable.

6-40 • Professional Series Systems and Options

· 10-Mbyte Hard Disk (Professional 350/380 only)
Order code: RCD51-A
Digital's 10-Mbyte hard disk system offers the same rugged
construction and advanced design features as the 5-Mbyte system,
adding increased performance and storage capacity. The 10-Mbyte
hard disk system gives you 25 times the storage capacity of a single
diskette, or about 6800 typewritten pages.
The 10-Mbyte hard disk improves system performance as well as
storage capacity over the 5-Mbyte hard disk system. For example,
average access time with the 10-Mbtye disk is 85 milliseconds,
compared to an average access time of 170 milliseconds for the
5-Mbyte hard disk.
The 10-Mbyte hard disk system is recommended for application
development, or where several applications will be used regularly.
It includes a hard disk controller module that occupies one
expansion slot.

6-41 •Memory and Storage Options

· 33-Mbyte Hard Disk (Professional 350/380 only)
Order Code: RCD52-A
The Professional's 33-Mbyte hard disk system can satisfy the
storage requirements for almost any single-user database application. It provides five times the available storage space of the
10-Mbyte system (given equal overhead for operating system, tool
kit, etc.), a significant performance increase, and a substantially
reduced cost per Mbyte of storage.

6-42 • Prefessional Series Systems and Options

Hard Disk Specifications
Capacity

5 Mbytes

10 Mbytes

33 Mbytes

Height

8.3 cm (3.3 in)

Width

14.6 cm
(5.8 in)

Depth

20.4 cm
(8.5 in)

Dimensions

Weight
2.3 kg (4.5 lb)
2.3 kg (4.5 lb)
2.3 kg (4.5 lb)
Performance
Transfer
5 Mbits/ second 5 Mbits/ second 5 Mbits/ second
Rate
Rotational
Latency

8.33 msec

85 msec

57.5 msec

Average Access
170 msec
Time
Media Characteristics
Recording
Method
MFM

MFM

Start Time

15 seconds

30 seconds

Stop Time

20 seconds

Rotational
Speed

3600 rpm

The 5-Mbyte (RCD50-A), 10-Mbyte (RCD51-A) and 33-Mbyte
(RCD52-A) hard disk drive options include:

• Hard disk drive unit
• Controller module
• Documentation kit
• Installation guide
• System test diskette

6-43 •Memory and Storage Options

· 256-Kbyte Memory Option
Order Code: Msc11-cK
Depending on the application software you plan to run on your
Professional, you may require additional main memory. An option
module containing 256 Kbytes of parity RAM memory is available
to increase the Professional's main memory by 50 percent. Added
to the standard 512 Kbytes of memory, this option gives the user a
full 768 Kbytes of RAM. The addition of two memory option
modules will provide over one million bytes of main memory.
Each option module uses one slot in the system unit option
module cage.
The 256-Kbyte Memory Option (MSC11-CK) includes:
• 256- Kbyte memory module

· Installation Guide

6-44 • Professional Series Systems and Options

. 512-Kbyte Memory Option (Professional 380 only)
Order Code: Msc11-B
The 512-Kbyte Memory Option allows you to double the standard
memory on the Professional 380 without using backplane module
slots. The memory is housed on a daughter module that snaps into
place over the standard memory on the Professional 380 system
board, providing a total of one Mbyte of RAM.
By combining the two available memory options (512-Kbyte
daughter card and 256-Kbyte modules) the Professional 380 can be
configured with up to two Mbytes of RAM.

The 512-Kbyte Memory Option (MSCJ 1-B) includes:
• 512-Kbyte daughter card
• Installation guide

6-45 •Communications Options

· Telephone Management System (TMS)

Order Codes: DTC11-A (Telephone Management Module)
DTC11-B (Telephone Management Voice Unit)

Anyone who spends time on the telephone-selling, researching,
problem-solving, even transmitting or receiving data-will appreciate the Professional's Telephone Management System.
TMS can virtually replace the conventional telephones, modems,

speed dialers, Rolodex, speaker phones, and other telephone tools
you now use. In their place is an integrated desktop communication system that fully complements the Professional's advanced
communication, graphics, and multitasking capabilities. TMS not
only simplifies the telephone and data communication jobs you
alr~dy do, it opens the door to many new voice and data
communication applications.
You can start by using TMS for tasks as routine as file transfers,
telephone directory services, or automatic call dialing. You'll find
that TMS helps you perform these basic but time-consuming tasks
faster and more efficiently than ever before.

6-46 • Prefessional Series Systems and Options

As your needs grow, TMS grows with you. TMS brings you closer to
the home office, the corporate database, or any other information
sources you use. You can connect to services such as Dow Jones 1 M
or The Source™ or other host computers with a few simple
keystrokes. Available software turns TMS into a'' smart'' telephone
and directory that can keep track of calls and billing, maintain
client profiles-even remind you when to return a call.
That's TMS today. Now consider TMS tomorrow. Using its
advanced voice capabilities, TMS could be the basis for an intelligent
answering machine, an automated telephone order processing
system, telephone information services or bulletin boards, and
more. Since TMS can understand and respond to Touch-Tone™
commands, any telephone could literally become a remote terminal to your Professional.
A TMS-based text editor could allow you to speak corrections into a
written document. Your secretary could process those corrections
at a later time. Using the Professional's built-in clock, TMS could
perform automatic and unattended data transfers at night, when
telephone rates are lower.
Perhaps most remarkable is the fact that the TMS hardware costs no
more than a good-quality 1200-baud modem. Standard TMS
capabilities include:
• Data communications. TMS includes an integral full-duplex 300/
1200-baud modem for asynchronous communications. Autodial
and autoanswer features are standard.
Once TMS has been installed (and TMS is completely userinstallable), you simply plug one or two standard telephone lines
directly into the back of the Professional system unit. Already, you
have eliminated a desktop modem, cables, and all the associated
clutter and inconvenience.

6-47 • Communicatiom Optiom

Using the Professional's standard asynchronous communications
package, you can perform data transfers or terminal emulation by
simply selecting the target system from a menu and pressing the
DO key. TMS adjusts your preselected set-up characteristics, dials the
call, and prompts you when the connection has been made.

• Telephone call handling. TMS hardware and software team up to
totally automate your personal business telephone: filing and
cataloging phone numbers, automatically dialing the number you
choose from the screen, automatically answering your calls, and
more.
TMS will dial numbers up to 48 digits long and supports both tone

and pulse dialing. TMS also has a "wait for dialtone" feature that
can dial an access number, wait for a second dialtone, then dial a
second number. These features guarantee easy access to PBX
systems, to international numbers, and to services such as Sprint
and MCI.
TMS allows you to connect two telephone lines to your Professional. The lines can be used individually for voice or data, or
simultaneously for concurrent voice and data communications.
Imagine reviewing text or data on the screen as you discuss it over
the telephone. It's possible with TMS.

• Voice input and output. Providing voice storage and playback
capability is one thing; providing natural, undistorted voice
quality is another. TMS digitizes voice, stores it on the Professional's hard disk, and plays it back with remarkable accuracy.
TMS voice capability can be compared to any high-quality recording, with one very important exception: TMS gives you totally
random access to voice files. You can access, insert, or delete any
message or voice instantly.

Today, voice technology and voice applications are in their infancy.
Yet TMS lays the groundwork for many advanced applications,
especially where natural voice and low cost are primary considerations.

6-48 • Prefessional Series Systems and Options

• Applications for individual productivity. Optional TMS software
packages include PRO/Communications, which is the standard
asynchronous communications package for the Professional,
the ProtoCall family of telephone management software, and
Propel,™ an integrated office management system.
PRO/Communications provides data transfer capability and basic
telephone directory services. Setting up a data transfer is as simple
as choosing the host name from your directory menu and pressing
the DO key. Preset modem characteristics are automatically
adjusted, the call is automatically dialed, and you are ready to
begin.
ProtoCall, on the other hand, applies sophisticated data management techniques to your personal telephone file. Two versions of
ProtoCall are available: ProtoCall 350 and ProtoCall 1000.
Using either package, you begin by simply entering names,
addresses, and numbers of clients or customers you contact
frequently. Now, whenever you wish to place a call, just type the
person's name, and TMS will place the call automatically.
If you can't remember the person's name, ProtoCall 350 can sort
and search the data by a number of designated groupings.
ProtoCall 350 also lets you file and retrieve information about each
person in your directory. You can even leave notes to yourself about
calls to be returned. ProtoCall will prompt you to return the call
on the appropriate date.
ProtoCall 1000 does even more. You can create customer or client
profiles using a free-form information entry screen that you design
yourself. When you retrieve information you can do it by any
number of key words: last name, surname, nickname, company
name, for example. ProtoCall 1000 also logs all of your telephone
time by customer or client, and can bill your professional telephone time if desired.
A number of options are available to let you customize your TMS to
suit your particular needs. These include an integrated keypad and

6-49 • Communications Options

speaker phone, headphones, a footpedal switch, microphone, and
a keyset adapter to support multiline phones.
· Simple installation. TMS can be installed on any properly configured
Professional with a 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk and p/ os Version
1. 7 or later. The TMS Controller Module requires one expansion
slot. All TMS systems and options are user-installable.

Telephone Management System Specifications
TMS Controller and Telephone Interface
Modem

Integral 300 baud (Bell 103J),
1200 baud (Bell 212A) full
duplex, asynchronous
Software-selectable
characteristics

Voice

CODEC for voice recording and
playback from memory
32 Kbits per second cvsD
encoding
Software-selectable silence
compression

Call Handling

Up to 48-digit telephone
numbers
"Wait for dialtone" command to
detect intermediate dialtones
For use over public switched
networks plus most PBXs
2 RJ11 modular telephone jacks
DTMF (Touch-Tone) transceiver
10 pulse/ sec or 20 pulse/ sec
dialing
Autodial, autoanswer of voice
and data calls

6-50 • Prefessional Series Systems and Options

Voice Unit

· Hands-free speakerphone
·Jacks for optional headphone, microphone, footpedal
· Pushbutton dial pad
· 9 software programmable special function keys with LEDs
The TMS Option Module (DTC11-A) includes:

• Controller module
• Telephene line interface board
· 1 modular jack phone cord
· Owner's guide
• Installation guide
· Maintenance diskette
The TMS Voice Unit (DTC11-B) includes:

• Voice Unit with integral keypad
· Installation guide
Additional Optional Equipment far TMS:

· Keyset adapter for multiline telephones

Order Code: DTCll-xK
· Optional footpedal (requires DTCl 1-B)
Order code: DTC11-XF

· Optional external headphones (requires DTCl 1-B)

Order Code: DTcll-XH

6-51 •Communications Options

. Optional external microphone (requires DTC 11-B)
Order Code: DTC11-XM

· TMS Programmer's Guide
Order Code: AA-AD34A-TH

· Mini-Exchange
Order Code: DFMSA-AA
Mini-Exchange bridges the gap between personal productivity
and office productivity_ It helps small groups of personal computer
users to share information, share resources-in short, to work as a
team rather than as a group of individuals.
Mini-Exchange offers a sensible way to share expensive devices
such as letter-quality printers, modems, and multiplexers. It
supports most devices using Rs232 connections in an asynchronous
environment. With appropriate software, Mini-Exchange can
also be used to perform file and document transfers between
Digital or non-Digital personal computers.

6-52 •Professional Series Systems and Options

Most importantly, Mini-Exchange gives you powerful and versatile local communication capabilities for a fraction of the cost of
telecommunications-based systems. And since it allows groups of
personal computers to share peripheral devices on a sequential
basis, it can dramatically reduce per-system configuration costs. If
you are used to telephone-based communications, Mini-Exchange
will provide a pleasant surprise. It operates at speeds of up to 19,200
baud-a full 16 times faster than a 1200-baud modem.
Eight personal computers or other devices can be connected to a
single Mini-Exchange at a range of up to 200 feet. Other than the
Mini-Exchange itself and connecting cables, no additional hardware is required. The system is completely user-installable, is
compact enough to fit easily on a desktop, and requires nothing
more than a conventional power outlet to operate.
Mini-Exchange contains a built-in microprocessor to control
circuit switching and port selection. This allows Mini-Exchange
to support as many as four communication connections simultaneously. These connections can be made manually in terminal
mode, or automatically under software control. The process is
simple to learn and faster than dialing a telephone connection.
When a printer or modem is included in the network, MiniExchange will automatically allocate and queue for the device.
The eighth port of the Mini-Exchange has been equipped with full
modem control. By attaching an autodial/ autoanswer modem to
"Port 8," you can easily communicate with other Mini-Exchanges
or remote computers. A modem adapter cable is included with
Mini-Exchange for this purpose. Recommended modems include
Digital's DF112-AA and DF03-Ac.

6-53 • Communicatiom Options

Each Mini-Exchange also includes an external loopback tester,
which allows the user to test each Mini-Exchange port individually. If there is a malfunction in any port, the problem will be
highlighted by a series of LEDs on the front panel of the MiniExchange.
Mini-Exchange is supported by the standard asynchronous communication software available for the Professional as well as for
Digital's DEcmate II and III. Software support is also available for
the Digital Rainbow and other non-Digital personal computers.
The capabilities of the Mini-Exchange depend on the Digital
computer and software you are planning to use in your network.
PRO/Communications, the standard communications software
for the Professional, supports the following operations:
• automatic port connection through Call Services and Professional
Phonebook
• access to group printer (Digital LASO, LA100, LA210 and LQP02)
• Professional-to-Professional file transfer
• Professional-to-DEcmate file transfer (nx)
• DECmate file conversion services (WPS to ASCII and ASCII to WPS)
For additional information on using Mini-Exchange with other
computers, contact your Digital sales representative.

6-54 •Professional Series Systems and Options

Mini-Exchange Specifications
Dimensions
Height

10.2 cm (4 in)

Width

31.8 cm (12.5 in)

Depth

22.9 cm (9 in)

Weight

2. 7 kg (6 lbs)

Components
Processor

12.0 MHz 8031 single chip
microprocessor
128 X 8 read/ write memory
Two 16-bit counters
Full Duplex UART with 8 Kbytes
of programmable memory

Ports

8 serial ports, RS232/ 423
compliant

Power Supply
Connectors

EIA RS232/ 423

110/220, switched

Cabling

BCC04,BCC14, BC22E, orBC22F

Performance
Range

60 m (200 ft) from system unit

Speed

From 300 baud to 19.2
kb/second

Mini-Exchange (DFMSA-AA) includes:
• System unit
·Power cord
· Modem cable
· Loopback cable (for testing)
• Installation/Owner's Guide

6-55 •Communications Options

· DECNA Ethernet Controller (for Professional
350/380 only)
Order Code: DECNA-K
The DECNA Ethernet Controller provides the hardware interface
between the Professional and an Ethernet local area network. The
DECNA and PRO/DECnet software allow you to create-or tie
into-DECnet communications networks of nearly any size or
configuration. A DECnet network can include anything from a
small group of Professionals to a fully distributed system made up
of Professionals, larger PDP-11s, VAXes, and DEcsystem-10 and
DECSYSTEM-20 mainframes.
The DECNA is a standard option module that occupies one
expansion slot. A 15-pin, D-sub Ethernet connector labeled
"NET 1" is already installed on the back panel of the Professional.
The connection between the DECNA module and the ''NET 1''
port is already in place. No internal cabling is required and the
module is completely user-installable.

6-56 • Professional Series Systems and Options

PRO/DECNET (PHASE IV)

PROFESSIONAL
350

DECNET-VAX (PHASE IV)
VAX-111730

ETHERNET
COAXIAL CABLE

PROFESSIONAL
350
PRO/DECNET
(PHASE IV)
MICROPDP-11

PROFESSIONAL
350

DECNET-11M
(PHASE IV)

PRO/DECNET
(PHASE IV)

The DECNA Ethernet Controller allows the
Professional to connect directly to Ethernet
coaxial cable (via an H4000 Transceiver) or to a
Local Network Interconnect (DELNI) device.
The DECNA also includes a 5-meter length of PVC transceiver cable
to connect the Professional to either an H4000 Ethernet transceiver
or to a Local Network Interconnect (DELNI) star coupler. The
device you connect to will depend on the configuration of your
DECnet network: If you want to create a smaller, low-cost network, the DELNI will allow you to connect up to eight Professionals or other Digital systems within a limited geographic area; In
larger networks, the H4000 Ethernet Transceiver can tie you
directly to a conventional Ethernet coaxial cable.
The DECNA uses an Ethernet microcontroller that performs data
encapsulation and decapsulation, data link management, and all
channel access functions. It also allows downline loading and
bootstrapping of a Professional from another network node.

6-57 • Communications Options

The DECNA provides on-board self-diagnostics to simplify fault
isolation and reduce maintenance costs. It provides status information and remote loopback of maintenance messages for easy·
network management. Because the DECNA takes care of most
network management chores, DECnet does not exert a heavy load
on the Professional's CPU.
The DECNA module also contains 128 Kbytes of memory, which
saves valuable space in the Professional's main memory. Normally,
the memory is used as a buffer space for Ethernet packets or to
execute network software. But since it is dual-ported, the memory
can be accessed by the CPU and used for other purposes as well.
To participate in a DECnet Local Area Network, a Professional 350
or 380 must be equipped with a 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk,
the DECNA Ethernet Controller, PRO/DECnet software, and p/ os
Version 2.0 or later.
A properly configured Professional may then be connected to a
Local Network Interconnect (DELNI} or an H4000 Ethernet Transceiver and Ethernet coaxial -cable. These devices are described in
the following sections.

The DECNA Controller (DECNA-K) includes:
• Ethernet controller module
• 5-meter transceiver cable
· Loopback cable (for testing)
• Installation/Owner's Manual
• PRO/DECnet binaries license
• 90-day warranty

6-58 •Professional Series Systems and Options

· DELNI
Order code: DELNI-AA (U.S.)
DELNI-AB (non-U.S.)
The DELNI (Digital Equipment Local Network Interconnect) is
essentially a low-cost Ethernet device. It is a user-installable unit
that allows up to eight Professionals or other Digital systems to be
tied into a small Ethernet local area network controlled by DECnet
software.
The DELNI unit is actually a short section of coaxial cable containing eight transceivers. Each transceiver supplies a port for one
system on the network. A ninth port allows the DELNI to be
connected to another DELNI or to a larger Ethernet network.
The DELNI is a compact, tabletop unit with a self-contained power
supply. Professionals or other computers are tied into the DELNI
using Ethernet transceiver cables. In the case of the Professional,
the required cable is supplied with the DECNA Ethernet Controller
(DECNA-K).

6-59 • Communications Options

r m - - E T H E R N E T TRANSCEIVER CABLE

STAND-ALONE CONFIGURATION

PROFESSIONAL

350

HIERARCHICAL STANO-ALONE CONFIGURATION

• = SYSTEMS, NOT TERMINALS

The DELNI may be used in a standcalone configuration, with other DELNis in a hierarchical configuration, or (below) connected to
Ethernet coaxial cable in a larger network.
ETHERNET
COAXIAL CABLE

H4000

H4000
ETHERNET
TRANSCEIVER CABLE

~__...-~

PC350

VAX

e = SYSTEMS. NOT TERMINALS

Although the DELNI is limited to a range of 100 meters, a DELNI
local area network can be expanded by connecting to a second
DELNI or to a larger Ethernet network.

6-60 • Professional Series Systems and Options

To tie into a DELNI-based Ethernet, a Professional must be equipped
with a 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk, the DECNA Ethernet
controller, PRO/DECnet software, and p/os Version 2.0 or later.
DELNI Specifications
Dimensions
Length
Width

48.2 cm (19 in)

Height

6.4 cm (2.5 in)

17.8 cm (7 in)

Operating
Data rate

10 Mbits per second

Number of Lines

8 device ports plus 1 connector
for the H4000 transceiver cable.

Electrical
Switch-Selectable

110 V ac @ 60 Hz and 220 V ac
@SO Hz

Environmental
Temperature Range

5 to S0°C (41 to 122°F)

Relative Humidity

10% to 90% (no condensation)

Hardware Requirements

DECNA Controller for each node,
H4000 Transceiver and
transceiver cable required for
connected configurations.

The DELNI (DELNI-AA, DELNI-AB) includes:
• DELNI unit
·Power cord
• Installation/User's Guide

6-61 •Communications Options

· H4000 Ethernet Transceiver

Order Code: H4000
The H4000 Ethernet Transceiver provides the interface between an
Ethernet coaxial cable and the Professional. It is the means by
which a Professional or other system can tap into an Ethernet/
DECnet local area network.
The H4000 transmits signals onto and receives signals from the
cable, and detects any message collisions that may occur. It also
provides electrical isolation and high impedance to the coaxial
cable.
The transceiver consists of a small printed circuit board contained
in a rugged plastic housing. The -plastic housing contains a
nonintrusive cable tapping assembly that is used for making the
physical connection to the Ethernet coaxial cable.
To connect a Professional into Ethernet, the system requires a
5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk, the DECNA Ethernet Controller,
PRO/DECnet software, and p/os Version 2.0 or later.
For complete information on cabling and other requirements for
Ethernet local area networks, see your Digital Sales Representative.

6-62 • Professional Series Systems and Options

H4000 Ethernet Transceiver Specifications
Dimensions
Length
Width

30.2 cm (11.9 in)
9.5 cm (3.74 in)

Height.

9.0 cm (3.54 in)

Weight

1.1 kg (2.5 lb)

Operating Capabilities
Data Rate

10 Mbits per second

Operating mode

Capable of simultaneous
transmission and reception

Configuration

100 nodes per 500 meter
segment, 1023 nodes maximum

Electrical Requirements
Power required at transceiver

11.4 to 15.75 V de through 4
ohm maximum distribution
impedance

Current (max)

0.5 A

Typical Current

0.35 A

Environmental Requirements
Temperature Range

5 to 50°C (41to122°F)

Relative Humidity

10% to 90% (no condensation)

Conformance

U.L. approved for installation
in environmental airspace
without conduit. State and local
regulations always take
precedence.

For more information on site planning for Ethernet, consult
Digital's Ethernet Installation Guide (Order Code: EK-ETHER-IN001).

6-63 •MS-DOS and CPIM System Options

· CPI M-80 Operating System Option

Order Code: PC3XS-AA
The cP/M-80 option provides a useful "bridge" for cP/M users
who have traded up to the Professional 300 Series. In most cases, it
allows the user to continue using their existing library of cPIM
software while gradually moving up into the more powerful p/ os
environment. The CPIM option is also useful for running applications that are not available on other Professional operating
systems.
The CPI M-80 option is layered on PI os and uses the Professional
menu system. To enter a cPIM application, simply select "cPIM"
from the Professional's main menu, then load the application.

6-64 •Professional Series Systems and Options

Because the Professional is capable of multitasking, you. can
perform several jobs while simultaneously working on a cPIM
application. For example, you could print a document while
processing a cP/M spreadsheet. When you have finished, you
simply exit CP/M and return to the standard Professional menu.
You are now ready to select any other menu command.
Either of the diskette drives in the Professional can be used to read
and write cPIM-format diskettes (96 tracks per inch). cPIM
diskettes formatted at 48 tracks per inch can be read only. You can
also read and write p/os sequential files from a cP/M application,
allowing data exchange between p/os and cP/M applications.
Virtual diskettes can be created on the optional hard disk system
for added capacity and speed.
The cP/M option also allows the Professional to run cPIM-80
Version 2.2 applications developed for Digital's Rainbow andDEcmate
n personal computers. No modification is required, as long as the
applications do not directly access hardware devices. Most CPIM
applications will operate correctly. However, since the cP/M
option does not have access to the Professional's hardware registers, cPIM applications (such as graphics) that have been written
for specific 1/ o devices will not run.
The cP/M option includes all necessary hardware and software.
The option module itself contains an 8-bit z80A™microprocessor,
64 Kbytes of RAM, four Kbytes of ROM, and interface hardware to
the CTI bus. It occupies one expansion slot.

The CPIM Option Module (PCJXS-AA) includes:
• cP/M hardware option module (requires one option slot)
• cP/M-80 operating system
• Supporting P/ os application
·User documentation

6-65 •MS-DOS and CPIM System Optiom

·PC-Bridge™
MS-DOS for the Professional
Available from: Virtual Microsystems, Inc.
2150 Shatuck Ave.
Suite 720
Berkeley, CA 94 704
(415) 841-9594
Pc-Bridge, created by Virtual Microsystems, Inc., is a hardware
and software package that lets the Professional computer run
dozens of popular MS-DOS applications. As a result, you no longer
have to choose between the performance of the Professional and
software applications available only in the MS-Dos environment.

6-66 • Prefessional Series Systems and Options

Pc-Bridge is an ideal solution for those who need the power and
communications capabilities of the Professional, but also must run
one or more MS-DOS applications. These applications might
include an organization's in-house MS-DOS programs, or a commercially available application that is simply a personal favorite.
Besides letting you run many popular MS-DOS applications,
Pc-Bridge gives you many capabilities you won't find on other
MS-DOS systems. You can use the FileLink utility (included
with Pc-Bridge) to transfer files from the MS-DOS environment to
the p/ os environment. This allows you to use data generated from
an MS-DOS application in compatible Professional applications.
Using PRO/DECnet, you have high-speed Ethernet capability for
MS-DOS files and data.
Pc-Bridge creates a "virtual computer" within the Professional.
This virtual computer consists of system software and an option
module that occupies one expansion slot. All required software
and licenses are included.
The option module contains an Intel 8086 processor, 256 Kbytes of
RAM, an optional 8087 floating-point processor, and IBM PC bitmapped video emulation circuitry. At eight megahertz, the 8086 is
faster that the IBM Pc/xT, and, unlike the IBM, uses the complete
16-bit data path, further speeding program execution.
PC-Bridge runs as an application under PI os and stores applications
and data on a segmented hard disk. Part of the disk is set aside for
MS-DOS, with the balance reserved for p/os and the other applications residing on your Professional. MS-DOS storage is divided into
''virtual floppies'' that appear as single directory entries on the PI os
directory. Each virtual floppy consists of multiple files internally
and can grow to a user-defined limit of up to 4 Mbytes.

6-67 ·MS-DOS and CPIM System Options

There are two basic ways to move MS-DOS software to your
Professional to run on the Pc-Bridge. The principle objective of
these two approaches is to transfer diskette information from the
48-tpi (track per inch) MS-DOS format, used by IBM PCs and
compatible systems, to the Professional's Rx50, 96-tpi format.
Limitations on software compatibility are detailed below.
Your first option is to purchase any of the dozens of MS-DOS
applications available in RX50 format from a third-party supplier,
leaving reformatting to these vendors. A list of these applications
is in Chapter 9.
Your second alternative is to transfer your own proprietary or
other nonlicensed software directly from the MS-Dos machine to
the Professional. The simplest transfer procedure is to take advantage of the Pc-Bridge-equipped Professional's ability to read
single-sided MS-DOS diskettes. This requires that a special control
chip, included with the Pc-Bridge system, be installed on the
Professional's RX50 controller board. Installation is offered by
Digital Field Service for a nominal charge.
Once the control chip is installed, the Professional reads the
application and stores it in RX50 format on diskette or hard disk.
For MS-DOS applications that reside on two-sided MS-DOS diskettes,
conversion utilities can be used to change them to single-sided disk
format.
You can also transfer nonlicensed software via a modem or the
RS232 serial interface. This transfer requires that both machines
run VMI's PhoneLink communications program (available separately). Since the Professional writes the received information in its
own RXSO format, the disk format of the source machine is
unimportant.

6-68 • Professional Series Systems and Options

Certain limitations should be considered when using Pc-Bridge.
Because the Professional does not have IBM PC option slots, no
MS-DOS software packages that access optional devices on the IPC
bus will run on the Professional. Similarly, IBM's proprietary
BASICA is not implemented on Pc~Bridge. Finally, some communications programs (those that do not use ROM calls) and certain
copy-protected applications will not run on Pc-Bridge.
Pc-Bridge is sold and supported by Virtual Microsystems, Inc. It
will run on any Professional 350 or 380 equipped with p/os and
hard disk storage.

· Realtime Interface
Order Codes: PC3XX-AA (RTI Module)
Pc3xx-AB (RTI Connector Pod)
BCC11-03 (IEEE Connector Cable)
BCC10-03 (Serial Y-Cable)
Bcc12-03(Parallel1/0 Cable)

6-69 •Data Collection and Control Devices

The Realtime Interface turns the Professional into a personal
workstation for the laboratory. The RTI Module combines three of
the most widely used r/ o interfaces on a single backplane module.
The RTI connector pod provides connectors for all three interfaces.
These include an IEEE-488 general purpose interface bus port, two
EIA RS232/423-compatible serial asynchronous ports, and one 24line bidirectional parallel r/ o port. The three interface types can be
used individually, in combination, or all three at the same time.
Internal cabling and a 62-pin connector for the Professional's back
panel are standard with the RTI Module. For users who plan to
work with only one RTI function at a time, there are three singlefunction cables that connect directly to the 62-pin connector at the
back of the Professional. These include:
An IEEE-488 cable/connector (Order Code: BCCJ 1-03). This cable/
connector supports only IEEE-488 operations. The IEEE-488 bus
allows the Professional to act as a master or a slave and control up to
14 external devices. It contains two complete bus ports: one for
interfacing and one for handshaking and verifying correct operations.
• A serial Y-cable with two 25-pin cinch D male connectors (Order Code:
BCCJ0-03). This cable supports use ofboth RTI serial lines. The two
EIA RS232/ 423 serial asynchronous ports are independent and can
be used simultaneously. Transmission rates (50 to 9600 baud) and
word formats (data word length, number of stop bits, parity) are
software selectable.
• A parallel digital cable with a 37-pin cinch D male connector (Order
Code: BCC12-03). This cable supports the use of the parallel digital
interface only. The 24-line bidirectional parallel port can be
configured by the user to transfer one-, two-, or three-byte values
with or without hardware handshaking. It uses TTL-compatible
logic levels.

6-70 •Professional Series Systems and Options

Users who require more than one type of l/o at a time, or would
like to maintain several connections at once, will need the RTI
Connector Pod (Pc3xx-AB). The pod connects to the back panel of
the Professional and offers two 25-pin cinch D male connectors, a
standard IEEE-488 connector, and a terminal strip for parallel l/ o.
Programming the Realtime Interface for a specific instrumentation application requires the Professional Host Tool Kit or PRO/
Tool Kit. While it is possible to program the RTI using tool kit
MACR0-11, you can also take advantage of the high-level support
provided in the optional Professional Realtime Interface Library
(PRTIL) for the Host Tool Kit or in the PRo/Tool Kit Realtime
Interface Library that runs under the native PRo/Tool Kit. These
packages include a set of subroutines callable from Tool Kit
FORTRAN-77 or BASlC-PLUS-2 that provide access to a p/ os driver for
the RTL Once an application has been developed and built onto a
diskette, it can be used with any Professional 350 or 380 running
p/os Hard Disk and equipped with the Realtime Interface.
The RTI Option Module occupies one slot in the Professional
system unit. All RTI options are user installable.

The RT! Option Module (PCJXXAA) includes:
· RTI module
• Internal "S" cable with back panel connector
· Installation/User's Guide

The RTI Connector Pod (PCJXXAB) includes:
• Connector box and cable for interfacing to back panel connector
• Installation Guide

6-71 • Data Collection and Control Devices

NOTE: The RT! serial Y-cable (BCC10-03), IEEE connector cable
(BCC11-03), and parallel I/0 Cable (BCC12-03) are ordered separately.
These options are not needed if the connector pod (PC3XX-AB) is used.

The Professional Realtime Interface Library and Tool Kits are also
ordered separately.
· Analog Data Module
Order Code: ADMPC-AA
The Analog Data Module adds high-accuracy analog data acquisition to the Professional's realtime 1/ o capabilities. It is specifically
designed for interfacing to analytical instruments.
The ADM can acquire voltage values ranging from a few microvolts
to five volts. Digital input and output signals let you control
experimental devices and allow recording of sample numbers and
related information for automated testing. Sampling can be
triggered by an external signal or synchronized with the on-board
realtime clock.
The ADM connects to the Professional via the Realtime Interface
(RTI) parallel digital port. The RTI's two serial asynchronous ports
and IEEE-488 bus interface can also be used at the same time. The
ADM includes connectors for these ports as well as its own.
The ADM offers features and capabilities to streamline many data
acquisition and analysis tasks, including:

•Analog inputs. The ADM's eight analog input channels are multiplexed to a 16-bit analog-to-digital converter for high-accuracy
data conversion. Prior to conversion, the signal can be amplified by
a programmable gain amplifier with gain settings of 1, 4, 16, and
64 to aid in measuring low-level signals. The ADM's analog frontend also includes an autozero circuit to reduce the effects of system
offset errors.

6-72 • Professional Series Systems and Options

• Digital I/O. In addition to analog input channels, the ADM includes
an 8-bit parallel digital input port and an 8-bit output port to
facilitate handshaking with instruments and allow digital data
transfers. Each bit on the input port can be used independently to
trigger one of the analog input channels. Pulses on the digital
input port can also be used instead of the ADM realtime clock to
synchronize data acquisition.
• Realtime clock. An on-board programmable realtime clock provides precise trigger signals for analog and digital inputs. The user
specifies in the software the desired sampling frequency.
·Buffer memory. An on-board first-in, first-out (FIFO) memory
provides buffer space for analog inputs. The FIFO memory allows
data acquisition to continue without lost samples while the
Professional performs other operations. If the FIFO memory is
overrun, an error message is returned.
• Realtime interface ports. The Professional communicates with the
ADM over the parallel digital port of the Professional Realtime
Interface (Pc3xx-AA). When the ADM is in use, the RTI's parallel
port cannot be used for other tasks. The RTI's two serial asynchronous ports and IEEE-488 bus port can be used concurrently. The
ADM includes connectors for these ports.
• Software support. High-level software support for the ADM and RTI is
provided in the Professional Real Time Interface Library (PRTIL),
a set of subroutines callable from user-written FORTRAN, BASICPLUS-2, or PASCAL programs. ADM support routines allow you to:
• acquire analog data and store values in memory or directly on disk
• set data acquisition parameters such as sampling frequency, type of
trigger signal, and data format
• acquire or send digital data over the ADM parallel ports
·plot data

6-73 •Data Collection and Control Devices

• check acquisition status
• perform utility operations such as converting voltages to other
physical units; checking, setting, and clearing bits in data values;
changing the method of representation from integer to floating
point or from BCD to integer and the reverse; and others
PRTIL also includes an example program designed for interactive
analog data acquisition applications. Programming is not
required, which means you can request all parameter settings
interactively.
The ADM requires the Realtime Interface option (PC3XX-AA). RTI
external cables and connectors are not required. The RTI option
occupies one expansion slot.
Programming the RTI requires the Professional Host Tool Kit or
PRO/Tool Kit. The RTI and ADM can be programmed with tool kit
MACR0-11, or with PRTIL, which requires a tool kit and all its
prerequisites. PRTIL subroutines can be called from tool kit
FORTRAN-77' BASIC-PLUS-2, or PASCAL.

The Analog Data Module (Order Code: ADMPC-AA) includes:
·Analog Data Module
• Interface cable to RTI
•Power cord
• Analog connectors and cable
• User's guide

6-74 •Professional Series Systems and Options

• Professional 325 to 350 Upgrade Kit
Order Code: Pc325-UG
The Professional 325 can easily be upgraded to take advantage of
the extra storage and option capabilities of the Professional 350.
The upgrade requires a new system board, which is easily installed
into the 325 system unit enclosure. The system board that you
remove from your 325 can be returned to Digital for credit.
Once upgraded, your Professional will have three option slots
instead of one, and will accept a hard disk mass storage system and
other "350 only" system options.

The Professional 325 to 350 Upgrade Kit (PC325-UG) includes:
• Main system logic module with option card cage
• Installation guide
· Professional 350 to 380 Upgrade Kit
Order Code: Pc350-UG
An upgrade kit is also available for Professional 350 owners who
would like to trade up to the Professional 380. Because of the many
design differences between the 350 and 380, the upgrade requires
swapping the entire system unit. Basically, the procedure involves
removing all options from the 350 system unit (controllers, mass
storage, etc.) and returning the 350 system unit for a 380 system
unit. NOTE: Certain 350 components and options such as the EBO
will not work on the Professional 380.

The Professional 350 to 380 Upgrade Kit (PC350-UG) includes:
• Professional 380 System Unit
• Installation guide

6-75 • Upgrade Kits and Accessories

· Floorstand for Professional 300 Series System Unit
Order Code: PCXXF-AA
The floorstand offers a practical way to arrange your Professional
without resorting to expensive custom office furniture. It lets you
put the Professional's system unit beside or underneath your desk,
so it doesn't occupy valuable space on top of it.

6-76 •Professional Series Systems and Options

The system unit is held vertically in the stand, positioning the
diskette drive within easy reach. A door at the rear of the unit
offers ready access to all cables and connections.

The Floorstand (PCXXFAA) includes:
• One-piece floor stand
• Installation Guide

· Robinson Nugent Designer's Kit for the Professional 300
Series CTI Bus
Available from: Robinson Nugent
800 East Eighth Street
'-,
New Albany, Indiana 47150
(812) 945-0211

Telex: 810-540-4082

6-77 •Designer's Kit and Accessories

The Robinson Nugent Company has developed a complete
hardware development package for the Professional Series and its
CTI bus. The Designer's Kit offers a complete prototype development system that lets you design, build, and test hardware
modules more quickly and reliably than traditional breadboarding
methods.
Typical applications for Professional hardware modules include
device controllers, communications options, 1/ o interfaces, process control, artificial intelligence, and graphics boards. Many
other specialized applications exist within the Professional's user
base, including the scientific, manufacturing, educational, office
automation, small business, and OEM markets.
The Designer's Kit features a customized Collage Module prototype board that interfaces directly to the Professional's CTI bus.
The Collage Module contains Robinson Nugent sockets and
terminals and accepts all standard chips and components, without
any need for soldering.
Using the unique Quick/Connect wiring system, prototypes can
be assembled in a fraction of the time required by wire wrap
techniques. Quick/Connect provides highly reliable, gastight
connections which are very easy to modify. In addition, the lowprofile wiring plane allows assemblies to be inserted directly into
the Professional's card cage, taking up little more room than
production boards.
To complete the package, a specially designed CTI Bus Extender
Board and support bracket allows you to debug, test, and service
modules on a running Professional. If additional Collage Modules
and components are required, they can be ordered separately.

6-78 • Prefessional Series Systems and Options

The physical and electrical characteristics of the Professional
workstation and the CTI bus offer a powerful, integrated system for
hardware developers and users. Unlike larger PDP-1 ls, Professional
Series~hardware options can easily be installed by even the most
non-technical users.
No hardware switches or address jumpers are necessary for CTI bus
modules, minimizing the risk of damage or error during installation. Options are slot-position independent, and the system is selfconfiguring at power-up, eliminating the need for complicated
configuration instructions- Finally, power-up diagnostics are done
automatically, with fault-isolation to the module level, so that the
system can be maintained by non-technical users.
Hardware developers can obtain a license from Digital to design,
manufacture and sell option modules for the CTI bus. Licenses
must be signed by developers before they can receive Digital's
proprietary specifications and other information on a nondisclosure basis. No fees or royalties are charged.
A variety of documentation is available to licensees, including a CTI
Bus Technical Manual, Professional 300 Series Technical Manuals,
and Design Guidelines for Professional 300 Series Options. Telephone support is also available for licensing procedures and
technical questions. For licensing requests and information, call
the Digital CTI Bus Support Group at (617) 493-3567.

Chapter 7 • Printers for the Professional

7-2 •Printers for the Professional

The Professional computer is designed to support a variety of
Digital printers as well as Digital's six-pen graphics plotter. You
can choose between the compact, economical LASO Personal
Printer; the versatile Letterprinter 210; the precision LQP02
Letter-Quality Printer; the low-cost LQP03 Letter-Quality
Printer; and Digital's Six-Pen Plotter. No matter what type of
hardcopy you need to produce-reports, memos, correspondence,
or multicolored graphics and transparencies-one of these products is up to the task.
On the following pages are detailed descriptions of each of the
printers and the plotter. Note that your ability to use the capabilities described depends on the software you run on your Professional.

Printers Overview

LASO Personal Printer Dot matrix
100 characters per second, draft quality
50 characters per second, memo quality
Full bit-mapped graphics

40 to 132 columns
Variable character widths, pitch, and line
spacmg
250 characters including line drawing and
multinational characters
User-installable
LA210 Letterprinter

Dot matrix

----------------240 characters per second, draft quality

40 characters per second, letter quality
80 characters per second, optional memo
quality

7-3

IBM PC compatibility

--,.,

Full bit-mapped graphics
Multiple fonts and customized character
sets available
Multinational and line drawing characters
standard
Low profile styling
15-inch platen
User-installable
LQP02 LetterQuality Printer

Daisywheel
32 characters per second, letter quality
10 or 12 character pitch, variable line
spacing
Wide platen
Print wheels available in various fonts and
character sets
Optional tractor or two-tray sheet feeder
User-installable

LQP03 LetterQuality Printer

Daisywheel
25 or 34 characters per second, letter
quality
10, 12, or 15 pitch, variable line spacing
Expanded 130-petal daisywheel
Push button paper feed
Optional sheet feeder or tractor
User-installable

7-4 • Printers for the Professional

LVP16 Six-Pen
Graphics Plotter

Plotter, 6 pen
Plots on paper or transparencies
Choice of 10 colors available (7 for
transparencies)
2 nib sizes
Accuracy to 0.001 inch
1S inches per second
User-installable

LASO Personal Printer
Order Code: LASO-RA (120 volt)
LASO-RB (220 volt)
i.ASO-RC (240 volt)
LASO-RD (100 volt)
The LASO Personal Printer 1s a compact dot-matrix printer that
adds versatile and inexpensive printing to your Professional Series
system.

7-5

Because the LASO has its own microprocessor logic, it can change
gears with you as you shift from one job to the next. You can use
the 100-characters-per-second bidirectional print setting to make a
quick, draft-quality copy of an outline you need for a meeting.
Next, slip in your own letterhead stationery and switch to the SOcharacter-per-second memo quality setting to print a letter to an
associate. The memo mode's enhanced printing creates crisper,
darker, more fully formed characters.
The LASO underlines, bolds, and prints double-width characters
for headings and emphasis. True descenders (the' 'tails'' on letters
like g,j, p, and q) make text easily readable. To print a spreadsheet
with twelve full months and a totals column on standard 8)2-by11-inch paper, you can switch to the LASO's compressed print for a
full 132-character line .. The LASO also prints quality bit-mapped
graphics. You can plot graphs and draw pictures with shading and
curved lines. All of these characteristics can be changed quickly
and easily under program control.
Design flexibility is a plus, too. You can choose the number of
characters per inch or the number of lines per inch for each
document. Print ten characters per inch, 80 characters per line for
pica, then 12 characters per inch, 96 characters per line for elite. For
printing 132 columns on an 8~-inch-wide page, the LASO prints
16.S compressed characters per inch. Tabs are spaced eight columns
apart, and you can adjust the forms length setting. A multinational character set stored in read-only memory is standard with
the LASO, so you don't have to load special character sets or change
print mechanisms to change languages.
The LASO printer accommodates office stationery, labels, fanfold
computer paper, and multipart forms up to a maximum thickness
of 0.02 inch. Automatic form feed and line feed make aligning the
paper easy. The LASO is ready to take on the jobs you need done, the
way you need them done.

7-6 • Printers for the Professional

The LASO Personal Printer comes with a standard Rs232/Rs423
serial interface for direct connection to your Professional. It's also
small and designed to be placed within easy reach of your
computer.
You can install the LASO yourself-all of the connections are easy
and straightforward. Maintenance is just as easy. Without using
tools you can replace your own snap-in cartridge ribbons and
change the printhead.
Whenever the power is turned on, the printer performs a number
of diagnostic operational checks. Any failure is signaled by control
panel indicator lights. You can initiate a printing self-test (swirl
pattern) using a button on the front panel.
The LASO offers reliability and good performance at a reasonable
price. For many users, it is an excellent choice to round out their
Professional system.

LASO Options

Starter Kit:

Order Codes
PCXSO-su

LASO ribbons (box of five)
SY4-in diskettes (box of ten)
LASO dust cover
Screen cleaning kit
Word processing paper
Printer stand (brown base)

PCXXF-CJ

Printer stand (gray base)

PCXXF-DH

Desk stand

PCXXF-CF

Dust cover ·

H98S0-HN

Ribbon cartridges (box of 6)

LASOR-06

Acoustic cover

LASOX-FD

Paper catcher

LASOX-FF

7-7

LA50

P•::r•o:nal

P r :i. :nt•::r

Professional Features at Low Coat
Digital's LASO Personal Printer works beautifully.
And this versatile dot-matrix printer fits right on your
desk.
VARIABLE PRINT STYLES
Memo Quality - 50 cps for correspondence
The standard 10 cpi for Pica
Printing at lZ cpi in Elite
COt11pressed print for printin9 132 columns on 8 1/2 x 11' paper
Dc:)\.J.b.l e>
W :i. d t . h (5 cpi) for headings

Bold printing for emphasis
Draft Quality - 100 cps bidirectional
The standard 10 cp1 for Pica
Printing at 12 cpl in Elite
Compressed print (16 cpi) for printin9 132 columns on 8 112 x 11' paper
D o u b l e W i d t h (6 cp1) for headings

Bold printing for emphasis

Bit Map Dot-Addressable Graphics

EXPENDITIJlES
BILLICllS !J" Del.LARS

PlQl.JC ANfJ f'NJYATE SC/m.S

E~U£NT

HILLil»IS

1ee

m Enrol I...,\, \o\al }
CJ Public Enroll....t
75

Righ\ &ale
•
Priva\e Enroll...,\
To\al Expondi\ures } ·--- Public Expondi\ures
Lef\ &ale
........ Pr i va\e Expondi \ures
•'

7-8 •Printers for the Professional

LASO Personal Printer Specifications
Height

14.2 cm (5.6 in)

Width

40 cm (16 in)

Depth

29.5 cm (11.8 in)

Weight

8.5 kg (18.7 lb)

Printing area

22.5 cm (9 in) wide

Printing speeds

100 characters per second (draft quality)
50 characters per second (memo quality)

Print density

7 x 9 dots per inch (draft quality)
13 x 9 dots per inch (memo quality)
144 x 72 or 180 x 72 dots per inch
(graphics mode)

Print format

10 (pica), 12 (elite), or 16.5 characters
per inch; 5, 6, 8.25 for double-width
characters (horizontal pitch)
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, or 12 lines per inch (vertical
pitch)

Character sets

40, 48, 66, 80, 96, or 132 print columns
250 printable characters, including 94
ASCII, 81 international characters, 63
Japanese Katakana, and 27 line drawing
characters

Buffer capacity

2,047 characters

Baud rates

110 to 4,800 bits per second

Interface

EIA, serialRs232/Rs423

Parity

Odd, even; mark, or space with 7 data
bits per character, selectable
Odd, even, or none with 8 data bits per
character, selectable

7-9

Paper

Cut-sheet office stationery and fan-fold
10 in (2S.4 cm) maximum width 0.020 in
maximum thickness

Power consumption

180 W (maximum printing)

Voltage

120 V nominal (90 to 128 Vac)

Frequency range

47 to 63 Hz

Phase

Single

Diagnostics

Power-up electronics self-test
User-initiated printing self-test

Power cord length

2 m (6.3 ft)

Universal power
supply

Not available

The LASO Personal Printer (LASO-RA) includes:
• LASO Personal Printer
·Power cord
·Ribbon
· Pinfeed paper
• Installing and Using the LA50 Printer
• LA50 Printer Programmer Reference Manual

Note: Connecting the LASO to the Professional requires a BccOS
cable that must be purchased separately. The BccOS is
available in 10-, 2S-, SO- and 100-foot lengths.

7-10 •Printers for the Professional

LA210 Letterprinter

Order Code: LA210-AA (U.S. version)
The LA210 Letterprinter is Digital's top-of-the-line dot-matrix
impact printer for the Professional. It's about the size of a
typewriter, but the microprocessor-controlled LA210 packs enormous versatility into that modest amount of space. You get a draft
printer, near letter-quality printer, and graphics printer all in one
unit. You also get added value and flexibility since the LA210
supports the IBM PC as well as your Professional.
The LA210 printer can produce text in three different print
qualities: draft quality, near letter quality, and optional memo
(intermediate) quality. The LA210 produces fast, clean draftquality copy at 240 characters per second using a 7-by-9 dot-matrix

7-11

bidirectional technique. It overlaps two sets of dots (33-by-18 dot
matrix) to produce crisp, near letter-quality text at 40 characters
per second. For optional memo quality, it prints an intermediate
dot pattern (33-by-9 dot matrix) at 80 characters per second.
The LA210 handles graphics beautifully. Its bit-map dotaddressable graphics capability will faithfully reproduce charts,
designs, and pictures you've created on the Professional's video
monitor. You can even combine text with graphics on the same
page to add clarity and impact.
With the LA210 Letterprinter, you can design documents that
effectively communicate your ideas. You can tell it how many
characters per inch and lines per inch you need. You can change the
margins, tabs, and form length just as easily as you switch speeds.

7-12 • Printers for .the Professional

The LA210 will store all of these format characteristics, making the
set-up for a series of documents a one-time job. The LA210 also
prints double-width characters for greater effect in labels, headlines, and presentation materials.
For maximum print versatility, the LA210 can accommodate
various character sets and font styles. You can have up to five
character set ROMS (read-only memory) installed at one time. The
Letterprinter's resident capability includes the Courier-10 font,
Digital multinational character set, and the special (vT100) line
drawing character set, utilizing three ROMS. The Letterprinter 210
comes standard with a multifont adapter so you can add one or two
optional ROM font cartridges externally for even greater flexibility.
Your choice of optional fonts includes Courier 12, Courier Italic,
Gothic 10, Gothic 12, and Orator 10 in 10 languages and three
densities. Additional character sets include symbols, APL, scientific, and technical, or even customized fonts for your company
logo or other special purposes.
When the typeface variety offered by the font options is combined
with expanded or compressed character widths and graphics
printing, you can easily create many different styles. And any
combination of styles can be contained within a report, page, line,
or even a single word.
The LA210 Letterprinter also provides IBM PC compatibility. The
external parallel interface option allows you to connect the LA210
to an IBM PC. Special, font cartridges let the LA210 emulate the
EPSON MX80 printer, the EPSON MX80 Graftrax printer, and the IBM
Graphics Printer.

7-13

The LA210 Letterprinter accommodates office stationery, fanfold
computer paper, and multipart forms. Its big, 15-inch carriage is
wide enough for spreadsheet work or accounting applications.
You can insert single sheets as easily as you would feed a typewriter.
An adjustable width tractor feed is standard.
A standard EIA interface allows local connection to your Professional. The LA210 can be connected remotely through modems,
and baud rates are switch-selectable.
The LA210 Letterprinter is fully modular and contains only four
subassemblies. Installation of the printer is very straightforward.
When power is turned on, the power-up diagnostic test of the
printer's microprocessor checks random access memory (RAM),
read-only memory (RoM), and the nonvolatile memory for operation, signaled by control panel indicator lights. The self-test
modes permit rapid operational tests. Bell tone indicators let you
know when a buffer overflow or head jam occurs. You can replace
the ribbon cartridge in seconds. The snap-in printhead is also userreplaceable.
The LA210 Letterprinter provides a powerful combination of
speed, print quality, flexibility, and reliability. It is an excellent
choice for uncompromising users whose first priority is performance.
The LA210 is available in configurations for dozens of countries
worldwide. Contact your Digital Sales Representative for the
appropriate order code for a given nation and language.

7-14 •Printers for the Professional

LA210 Options

Order Codes

Printer stand (brown base)

PCXXF-CK

Printer stand (gray base)

PCXXF-DF

Ribbon cartridges (6 per box)

LAlOR-06

External parallel interface
Single tray sheet feeder

LA10X-EP

Bidirectional tractor (full
page reverse)

LA21X-BT

LA21X-SF

Plug-in ROM Font Cartridges
(Below is a selection from more than 35 available font cartridges.)
Courier 12 (English)
LA10X-AB
Gothic 10 (English)
LA10X-AF
Gothic 12 (English)
LA10X-AC
Orator 10 (English)
LA10X-AD
Symbol 10 (English)
LA10X-AE
Courier 10 (Italics)
LA10X-AP
Courier 10 (memo-quality English) LA10X-AH
Orator 10 (memo-quality English) LA10X-AJ
IBM Line Drawing ROM Cartridge
LA10X-LA
IBM Foreign Style ROM Cartridge
LA10X-LD

7-15

Letterprinter 210 Specifications
Height

12.7 cm (5 in)

Width

54.6 cm (21.5 in)

Depth

34.3 cm (13.5 in)

Weight

12.3 kg (27 lbs)

Printing speeds

240 characters per second (draft quality)
40 characters per second (near letter

quality)
80 characters per second (optional memo

quality)
Print density

7 x 9 dots per in (draft quality)

33 x 18 dots per in (near letter quality)
33 x 9 dots per in (optional memo quality)
72 vertical by 74-330 horizontal dots per in

Variable -

Aspect ratio

1.02, 1.12, 1.30, 1.53, 1.83,
2.29, 3.04, or 4.58

Print format

5, 6, 6.6, 8.25, 10, 12, 13.2, or 16.5
characters per in (draft mode)

5, 6, 10, 12 characters per in (near letter
quality mode)
66 to 217 print columns
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, or 12 lines per in

Prints descenders and underlines in all
modes
Character sets

Courier 10, multinational character set,
and line drawing character set standard
Other fonts and character sets optional

7-16 • Printers for the Professional

Printhead

9-wire, user-replaceable

Buffer capacity

2K characters

Baud rate

50 to 9600 bits per second
Split speeds are available

Interface

EIA, serial RS232

External parallel interface optional
Parity

Odd, even, mark, or space

Paper

Office stationery and fanfold

7 or 8 bits per character, selectable
37.8 cm (14.9 in) maximum width
7.6 cm (3 in) minimum width
0.05 cm (.020 in) maximum thickness
Power consumption

120 W (maximum printing)

Voltage

120 V nominal (87-128 Vac range) or
240 V nominal (191-256 Vac range),
switch-selectable

Frequency range

47 to 63 Hz

Diagnostics

Automatic power-up self-test
Self-test mode (for additional printer and
communications functions)

Power cord length

2.4 m (8 ft)

Universal power
supply

Standard, switch-selectable (factory set at
120V or 240V depending on country
of sale)

7-17

The Letterprinter 210 includes:
• LA210 printer

·Power cord
•Ribbon
·Installation Guide
·User Guide
·Programmer's Reference Manual
· Operator and Programmer Reference Card
• Emulation Modes Reference Guide
Note: Connecting the LA210 to the Professional requires a BCC05
cable that must be purchased separately. The Bcc05 is
available in 10-, 25-, 50-, and 100-foot lengths.

7-18 • Printers far the Prefessional

LQP02 Letter-Quality Printer

Order Code: LQP02-AA (120 V)
LQP02-AD (240 V)

The LQP02 Letter-Quality Prirtter is a versatile desktop daisywheel
printer. It is ideal for word processing applications or for any job
you do on your Professional 300 Series computer that demands
premium-quality copy.
The LQP02 gives you the print quality you expect from the best
office typewriters. It prints fully formed characters to produce
letter-quality type. Uppercase and lowercase letters, underlining,
holding, symbols, and adjustable settings for margins, tabs, and
length are all standard. You can also select the spacing between
lines (vertical pitch) and the amount of space that each character
occupies (horizontal pitch).

7-19

The LQP02 produces bold characters with a technique called
"shadow holding_" Each character is struck twice, as in normal
holding. But unlike normal holding, the second strike is slightly
offset from the first_ This makes bold print much more visible,
creating added impact even on photocopies.
The LQP02 prints at a rate of 32 characters per second and uses a
bidirectional printing technique that skips over white space to save
time_
The LQP02's wide platen accommodates office stationery, multipart forms, and labels up to a maximum print width of 13.5 inches_
The sheet feeder option handles letterhead stationery ;nd envelopes automatically. The bidirectional forms tractor permits the
use of fanfold paper and forms. Both feeder options will trigger the
LQP02's visual and audible paper-out indicator.
You can change printwheels as easily as you change paper.
Daisywheels are inexpensive, easily interchangeable, and available
in dozens of type styles and special purpose fonts.
An EIA interface allows local connection of the LQP02 printer to
your computer. The Professional can communicate remotely with
the LQP02 through modems; baud rates are switch-selectable.
You can install the LQP02 yourself and easily perform maintenance
such as replacing the ribbon cartridge and printwheel. The printer
is modular in design, which makes service, if necessary, easy to
perform. Whenever the power is turned on, the printer performs a
number of operational checks. The LQP02 has self-test for line feed
and all characters on the printwheel.
All of this adds up to design flexibility and superior document
quality in a printer that enhances your Professional Series system.
A full set of options is available, so you can tailor the LQP02 Letter
Quality Printer to suit your needs.

7-20 • Printers far the Professional

LQP02 Options
Starter Kit:

Order Codes
PCX02-su

Multistrike film ribbon cartridges
(box of 6)
Box of 6 assorted printwheels:
WP Courier 10
WP Pica 10
WP Prestige Elite 12
WP Orator 90/10
WP Letter Gothic 12
WP Dual Courier 10
Word processing paper (540 sheets)
Slfa-inch diskettes (box of 10)
Screen cleaning kit
LQP02 dust cover

Printer stand
(30 in W x 24 in D x 26 in H)

PCXXF-CL

Dust cover

H9850-HM

Acoustic cover

LQPX2-FB

Nylon ribbons (box of 6)

LQP02-KB

Multi-strike film ribbons (box of 6) LQP02-KA
Dual-tray cut sheet feeder

LQPC2-SF

Bidirectional forms tractor

LQPX2-AA

Mobile paper catcher

H9850-MS

Printwheel case

LQPX2-PC

7-21

LQP02 Printwheels
LQP02 Printwheels
LQP02-MB

UKN Letter Gothic 12

LQP02-MD

WP Courier 10

ABCDE abcde 12345
ABCabcl23-= 0 [}

LQP02-ME

WP Pica 10

ABCabcl23-= 0 [ ]

LQP02-MF

WP Prestige Elite 12

ABCabcl23-= 0 [ ]

LQP02-MH

Bilingual Courier 1o

LQP02-MJ

Bilingual Prestige Elite

ABC abc 123-= 0 [ ]
ABCabcl23-= 0 [ )

LQP02-MK

WP Orator 90% 10

ABC ABC 123-= 0 [ ]

LQP02-ML

ANSI OCR-B.10

ABC abc 123-=. []

LQP02-MN

England Pica 1o

LQP02-MP

England Courier 10

ABC abc 123-= 0 [ ]
ABCDE aboje 12345

LQP02-MR

England Prestige Elite 12

ABC abc 123-= 0 [ ]

7-22 •Printers for the Professional

LOP02-MS

WP Letter Gothic 12

ABC abc 123-= 0 [ ]

LOP02-MT

WP Gothic 15
ASC 1196 Prestige Elite 12

ABCDEFGH I

WPS Boldface PS
WPS Title PS
WPS Thesis PS
Nederland Prestige Elite 12
WPS Boldface Italic PS

ABCD abed 1234 ABCD abed 1231J -

LOP02-ND

Nederland Pica 10
Dual Courier 10
European Courier 10

ABCabcl23-='[]
ABCabcl23-=-ll
ABCabcl23-=- i3;

LOP02-NE

Greek/Math

.<:Ja>'flla81jll 2 3 "110 {.

LOP02-MV
LOP02-MW
LOP02-MX
LOP02-MY
LQP02-MZ
LOP02-NA
LOP02-NB
LOP02-NC

abcdetgh i

ABC abc 123-=' [)

ABCD abed 1234 ABCabcl23-='[)

ABCD abed 1234 -

LQP02 Specifications
Height

17.8 cm (7 in)

Width

63.5 cm (25 in)

Depth

40.6 cm (16 in)

Weight

21.8 kg (48 lbs)

Printing speed

32 characters per second (letter quality)

Print format

10 or 12 characters per in, softwareselectable
2, 3, 4, 6, or 8 lines per in, software-

selectable
132 print columns at 10 characters per in
158 print columns at 12 characters per in

Character sets

Shannon Text standard
International, scientific, APL, and barcode
character sets available with optional
printwheels

7-23

Buffer capacity

256 characters

Baud rates

75 to 9600 bits per second

Interface

EIA, serial RS232

Parity

Odd, even, mark, or space

Split speeds are also available

7 bits per character, selectable
Paper

Office stationery
39.1 cm (15 in) maximum width
0.06 cm (0.025 in) maximum thickness

Power consumption
Voltage

120 W (average)
120 or 240 Vac nominal, switch-selectable

Frequency

60 Hz (range 47 to 63 Hz)

Diagnostics

Power-up self-test

Power cord length

2 m (6.3 ft)

Universal power
supply

Standard, switch-selectable

The LQP02 Letter Quality Printer (LQP02-AA) includes:
• LQP02 Letter Quality Printer (with power cord)
· 1 printwheel (Dual Courier)
• 1 ribbon cartridge

• Installing and Using the LQP02
Note: Connecting the LQP02 to the Professional requires a Bcc05
cable which must be purchased separately. The Bcc05 is
available in 10-, 25-, 50-, and 100-foot lengths.

7-24 •Printers far the Professional

LQP03 Letter-Quality Printer

Order Code: LQP03-A (120 V)
LQP03-B (240 V)

If you need low-cost, letter-quality printing for your Professional
computer, you need Digital's new LQP03. The LQP03 combines
outstanding print quality, moderate speed, a newly expanded 130-

7-25

character print wheel, and a full array of options that let you tailor
your printer to your own requirements. And it delivers these
benefits for about half the cost of its predecessors.
The LQP03 produces optimum quality print. Each character is
sharp and fully formed, like those of the best electric typewriters.
And the LQP03 has the eye-catching print capabilities you've come
to expect, including shadow holding, underscoring, superscripts
and subscripts, and proportional spacing. You can select from
many popular printwheels (Prestige Elite 12 comes with the
machine), many of which are available in 10, 12, and 15 pitch and
proportional spacing.
The LQP03 also gives you the flexibility to print the specific
characters you need without the inconvenience of changing print
wheels. Its new 130-petal printwheel provides Digital's multinational characters and scientific, mathematic, or special
characters-like registered trademarks, fractions, and paragraph
symbols-on one wheel. With program-controlled overstriking,
you can even create composite characters that allow the daisywheel
to print over 200 different characters.
Another advantage of the new printwheel design is that each petal
has only one character, so the carriage doesn't shift up and down
for upper and lower case characters. This reduces wear and
misalignment of characters, and minimizes service requirements.
The LQP03 produces top-quality copy at 25 characters per second in
10-pitch Shannon text or 34 characters per second in 12-pitch
triple-A text. This level of performance is accompanied by relatively quiet operation, less than 58 decibels, considerably less than
many daisy wheel printers. Add the optional acoustic cover, which
includes a built-in cooling fan, and noise is reduced to about 44
decibels.

7-26 •Printers for the Professional

Operating the LQP03 is simple, with ease-of-use features unavailable on other daisywheel printers. You load or adjust paper by
pressing the soft-touch pushbutton controls on the top front of the
printer; rolling platen knobs and lining up paper are things of the
past. In addition, you'll appreciate no-mess cartridge ribbons that
snap in and out for quick, clean ribbon changes.
The LQP03 handles paper and forms with ease and flexibility.
Standard 81/2-by-11-inch paper can be used vertically or horizontally. Two paper feed options tailor your LQP03 to the output you
require. The bidirectional forms tractor handles fanfold paper,
including continuous, preprinted, and multipart forms (an original and three copies). It allows backward and forward paper

7-27

scrolling during printing. The adjustable single-tray cutsheet
feeder option is designed to feed precut paper automatically. Paper
can range from 8 to 12 inches in width (20.3 to 30.5 centimeters)
and from 8 to 14 inches in length (20.3 to 35.6 centimeters). You
can install either of these optional feeders yourself, and both can be
used simultaneously with the acoustic cover.
The LQP03 connects to the Professional's standard serial interface
port. It is also plug compatible with Digital's VAX and PDP-11
minicomputers, offering added efficiency and flexibility. An
optional selector switch allows you to share a single LQP03 between
one or more Professionals or other Digital computers, while
another switch lets you connect two printers to your Professional
for high document output.
The LQP03 is available in configurations for dozens of countries
worldwide. Contact your Digital Sales Representative for the
appropriate order code for a given nation and language.

LQP03 Options

Order Codes

Acoustic Cover

LQPX3-AC

Bidirectional forms tractor

LQPX3-FT

Single-tray Cutsheet Feeder

LQPX3-SF

Printer Stand (brown base)

PCXXF-CK

Printer Stand (gray base)

PCXXF-DF

Dust Cover

LQP03-DC

Multistrike film ribbons (box of
six)

LQP03-KA

Mobile paper catcher

H9850-MS

Printwheel case

LQPX2-PD

Serial switch (for connecting
two printers to one Professional)

LQPX2-sw

Serial Switch (for sharing a printer
between two Professionals)

PCXXF-CZ

7-28 •Printers for the Professional

LQP03 Printwheels
Prestige Elite 12 (DEC
multinational)

LQP03-MA

Courier 10 (DEC multinational)

LQP03-MB

Pica 10

LQP03-MC

Letter Gothic 12

LQP03-MD

Bold Face PS

LQP03-ME

Orator 90%

LQP03-MF

Gothic 15

LQP03-MH

Dual Font (boldface/boldface italic) LQP03-MJ
Applied Math

LQP03-MK

LQP03 Specifications
Height

19.7 cm (7.75 in)

Width

52.7 cm (20.75 in)

Depth

38.7 cm (15.25 in)

Weight

12.7 Kg (28 lb)

Printing Speed

25 characters per second (Shannon text
at 10 characters per inch)

34 character per second (triple-A text at 12

character per inch)
Print format

Printwheels available in 10, 12, and 15 pitch
Variable lines per inch
Variable, software-selectable vertical and
horizontal pitch
110 columns at 10 pitch
132 columns at 12 pitch
165 columns at 15 pitch

7-29

Paper

U.S.: 21.6 by 27.9 cm (8.5 by 11 in);
A4: 21.1by29.7 cm (8.3 by 11.7 in);
Both either vertical or horizontal

Paper Feed

Friction feed (standard)
Adjustable single tray cutsheet feeder
(optional)
Bidirectional forms tractor (optional)

Character Sets

ASCII, English/U .K., French, French
Canadian, German, Spanish, Italian,
Swedish, Finnish, Danish, Norwegian,
JIS Roman, Multinational

Margins

Left, right, top, bottom

Tabs

256 contiguous horizontal, 168 contiguous vertical

Character Code

7-bit and 8-bit ASCII, switch-selectable

Resolution

Vertical, 48 increments per in

Buffer

256 characters capacity, xon/xoff control

Baud Rates

110, 150, 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600

Interface

Serial, EIA RS232C, standard

Parity

Odd, even, none, mark, or space, switchselectable

Transmission Rates

Full-duplex, from 110 to 9600 baud (bits
per second)

Horizontal, 120 increments per in

Power Consumption Less than 100 W, average RMS
Voltage

90-132 V (57 to 63 Hz)
180-264 V (47 to 53 Hz)

7-30 • Printersfor the Professional

The LQP03 includes:
• LQP03 Letter-Quality Printer
·power cord
•ribbon
• 1 printwheel (Courier 10)

• Installing and Using the LQP03
• Programmers Reference Manual
Note: Connecting the LQP03 to the Professional requires a BccOS
cable that must be purchased separately. The BccOS is
available in 10-, 25-, 50-, and 100-foot lengths.

LVPt6 Six-Pen Graphics Plotter
Order Code: LVP16-AA
Graphics help communicate your ideas more effectively. The
Professional is ideal for generating a broad range of graphics, and
the LVP16 Six-Pen Graphics Plotter is ideal for getting those

7-31

graphics down on paper or transparencies. Together, the LVP16 and
the Professional can greatly enhance your written and oral presentations.
The LVP16 is an inexpensive, high-performance six-color graphics
pen plotter. It features high-speed graph production-15 inches
per second-and outstanding quality-accuracy to 0.001 inch.
You get consistent, high-quality lines because the LVP16 includes
built-in automatic pen capping and pen damping. The pens are
housed in an easy-to-load six-pen carousel, from which pens are
selected, returned to place and capped after use. For graphs in
which less than six colors are used, the LVP16 lets you include the
same color pens of different widths in the same graph (thick pens
for headlines, thin pens for detail).
The LVP16 weighs only 16 pounds and has a compact design for
desktop use. It prints on transparencies or paper, and allows
selection from 10 different colors (seven for transparencies). In
addition, the LVP16 features an "eavesdrop" capability that lets
you hook the Professional to a printer and to the LVP16 plotter
simultaneously. This eliminates grappling with cables to switch
from printing text to plotting graphics.
Using the LVP16 is simple. A guide control makes loading paper or
transparency material easy, while a light indicates the paper size for
which the plotter is set. From the front panel you can push a special
"view" button; the graph comes to the front of the plotter so you
can see what you have plotted. Press the button a second time and
the plotting continues exactly where it was interrupted.
The LVP16 accepts graphic output from three of the Professional's
outstanding graphics packages, ATHENA/ Graph, PRO/ Graph, and
RSI 1. These off-the-shelf application packages produce business
and scientific graphics of the highest quality, adding impact and
clarity to the information you are presenting.

7-32 •Printers for the Professional

In addition, it is easy to add support of the LVP16 Graphics Plotter
to the applications you develop on the Professional. Such support
is accomplished via the subroutines in the CORE Graphics Library
(cGL) without any protocol beyond that required for an ordinary
video display.
You access the applications development support for the LVP16
through the PRo/Tool Kit or the Professional Host Tool Kit. The
CGL subroutines are accessible from any of the Tool Kit's programming languages, including FORTRAN, PASCAL, Whitesmith's "c,"
BASIC-PLUS-2, COBOL, DIBOL, and MACRO. A single stream of CGL
code can be used to generate graphics on both the plotter and the
video display.
The LVP16 is completely customer installable and is designed for
high reliability. If maintenance is required, the LVP16 can be
diagnosed and repaired quickly, generally in less than one hour.
The LVP16 lets you transfer the Professional's outstanding color
graphics from the screen to hard copy, enhancing your ability to
present ideas and facts effectively. As you would expect from a
Digital product, the LVP16 plotter offers an impressive combination of reasonable cost and outstanding performance.

7-33

LVP16 Options
Four pens, 0.3 mm,
Blk/Red/ Grn/Blu

Four pens, 0.7 mm,
Blk/Red/ Grn/Blu
Six pens, 0.3 mm,
Org/Lime/Vlt/Turq/Brn/ Gld
Six pens, 0.7 mm,
Org/Lime/Vlt/Turq/Brn/ Gld

LVPXX-AL

LVPXX-AM

LVPXX-AN

LVPXX-AP

7-34 • Printers far the Professional

Four transparencies pens, 0.3 mm,
Blk/Red/ Grn/Blu

LVPXX-AR

Four transparencies pens, 0.6 mm,
Blk/Red/ Grn/Blu

LVPXX-AS

Four transparencies pens, 0.3 mm,
Blk/ Org/Vlt/Brn

LVPXX-AT

Four transparencies pens, 0.6 mm,
Blk/ Org/Vlt/Brn

LVPXX-AU

Four black pens, 0.7 mm

LVPXX-AV

11-by-17-in paper - 50 sheets

LVPXX-AC

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

- 300 sheets

LVPXX-AD

A3 Paper - 50 sheets

LVPXX-AA

- 300 sheets

LVPXX-AB

A4 Paper - 50 sheets

LVPXX-AE

- 300 sheets

LVPXX-AF

A3 Transparencies - 50 sheets

LVPXX-AH

A4 Transparencies - 50 sheets

LVPXX-AJ

Carousel, six pen

LVPXX-AK

LVP16 Specifications
Height

127 mm (5 in)

Width

568 mm (22.4 in)

Depth

367 mm (14.5 in)

Weight
Speed

7 kg (16 lb)
15 in per second (maximum)

Noise level

55 dB average (front bystander position)

Media support

Four sizes: 11 in by 17 in, 81/.z in by 11 in
European A3 (297 mm by 420 mm) and
A4 (210 mm by 297 mm)

7-35

7-36 • Printers for the Professional

Character sets

ANSI ASCII and 17 international character
sets

Voltage

120 V

Frequency range

48 to 66 Hz

Power consumption

35 W (maximum)

The LVP16 Six-Pen Plotter includes:
• ~VP16 Plotter (configured for 120 volts)
• NEMA 5-15P power cord
·One package (50 sheets) 8*-by-11-in graph paper
·One package (50 sheets) 11-byc17-in graph paper
• One six-pen carousel
• Pen selection: ten narrow width (0.3 mm) fiber tip pens of
assorted colors; five wide width fiber tip pens (0. 7 mm),
black.
• Owner's Manual
• Programmer's Reference Manual
• Reference Card

Note: Connecting the LVP16 to the Professional requires one of
two cables: for direct connection to the Professional's
printer port, order the Bcc20-10 printer cable; for "eavesdrop'' connection on a plotter and printer simultaneously,
order the BCC24-05 cable.

Chapter 8· Operating Systems for the Professional

8-2 • Operating Systems for the Professional

Because of its minicomputer lineage, the Professional computer
has a mature family of proven and powerful operating systems.
And since no operating system is mandatory when you purchase
your Professional, you can choose from the Professional implementations of RSX-11M-PLUS, RT-11, CTS-300, UNIX, MUMPS, and
other systems. This selection lets you tailor the power and speed of
the Professional computer to your specific requirements, building
on the special strengths of your choice to create the ideal configuration for your needs.
Depending on the operating system selected, the Professional can
meet the needs of many types of users, from veteran programmers
who live and breathe traditional Digital minicomputer operating
systems, to those looking for state-of-the-art operating system
compatibilities, to the beginner whose foremost concerns are user
friendliness and future expandability.
The operating systems available provide a series of important
advantages for companies and individuals using the Professional.
First, each of the Professional's principal systems has been customized to take advantage of the special strengths of the machine.
These are not just subsets of RSX-11M-PLUS, UNIX, etc. They are
enhanced implementations that build on the Professional's graphics, communications, and processing power.
Second, there is the obvious applications flexibility made possible
by this range of available operating systems. The Professional runs
hundreds of off-the-shelf software packages, from specialized
vertical market applications to an outstanding selection of general
purpose programs, to meet the needs of users at any level.
Third, the Professional's selection of operating systems means a
developer can use one machine to create applications in any of
several different environments.

8-3

Fourth, since most of the Professional's operating systems are
derived from popular minicomputer systems, organizations can
capitalize on existing investments in software and in programming personnel. Operating system compatibility means that
many of the thousands of applications developed for Digital's PDP11s and VAXes over the course of the last decade can now be moved
to the Professional for stand-alone and distributed processing. This
operating system and software compatibility also protects an
organization's investment in programming expertise. Developers
who know their way around the traditional operating-system
workhorses of the minicomputer world will find the Professional a
familiar and powerful partner.
Finally, the availability of minicomputer operating systems lies at
the heart of the Professional's unique position in Digital's
desktop-to-mainframe networking strategy. With packages like
PRoloEcnet and PRO/Office Workstation, the Professional's
networking capabilities open new possibilities in distributed
processing, office automation, and communications.
The table that follows provides general comparisons of the
Professional computer's eleven available operating systems.
Detailed descriptions of each system are found in the rest of this
chapter .
. p/QS

Order Codes: QBA13-H3 (diskette-based)
QBA02-H3 (hard disk)
The Digital approach to computing is based on providing successive generations of compatible systems, allowing superior integration and networking among Digital computers today and a
protected investment as new machines are introduced. The Professional Operating System, p/ os, gives the Professional computer a

Professional 300 Series Operating Systems

<;o
-i:..

This table provides an overall comparison of operating systems available for Professional 300 Series computers. The
categorizations used here are not absolute; they are intended rather as a general guide to differentiating between these
systems. See the notes below and the descriptions on the following pages for additional information about the systems
in which you are interested.

i'l

Configurations
Supported

Features

System

~
~·
~

["'

'c...->
~

"
a"'

'l*:::'
I e
PIOS

PRO/VENIX

RT-11

•

.§"

Q.,

CTS-300

e I e I

I•

I e

1· 1· 1· 1· 1· 1 · I e I
•

1:1:1·1:1

I
I • I •

I e I

I e

I•

I e I

I• I

I e I
I

e I

I• I e
I

•
•
• •

MS-DOS
"ti

CP/M-80

p-System

•
•

MUMPS

TXS-Plus

XENIX

Idris

System Features

•
• • •
•
•

•
• •
• • •
• • •

•

•
• •
• • •
• • • •
•
• •
• • •
• • •

System
Features

Notes: "Layered" operating systems are those that run on and therefore require the p/ os operating system.
p/os use of development resources requires PRo/Tool Kit; 2-terminal support available with PRO/Sidecar.
PROfVENIX offers same VAXfVMS capability in VAX/ULTRIX environments.
RT-11 includes communications software; some vAx/vMS compatibility available through VAX RTEM-11, an RT-11 emulator.
MS-DOS, cPIM-80, & p-System can all access DECnet via p/ os for file transfers and other communications functions.

8-6 • Operating Systems for the Professional

strong pos1t1on in that strategy. It is through p/os that the
Professional can be most closely integrated into existing Digital
computer environments.

In addition, since p/os was developed especially for the Professional, it is tailored to support the machine's unique capabilities.
Support for these special strengths makes PI os the right choice for
a broad· range of software development, graphics, distributed
processing, and general purpose applications.
p/os is an enhanced subset ofDigital's well-known RSX-HM-PLUS
minicomputer operating system. It is a multitasking, realtime
system with VAX/VMS and PDP-11/Rsx file structure compatibility.
p/os also provides support for PRO/DECnet, which connects the
Professional via Ethernet to Digital's advanced communications
network.
With its RSX-HM-PLUS foundation, the p/os operating system
gives the Professional a unique role in organizations already using
Digital computers. Now a desktop computer can share the
programs, files, storage, and peripherals of central multi-user
computers; at the same time, it actually reduces the central
computer's workload by transferring most work to its local
minicomputer processor. Another p/os advantage in Digital
computer environments is that programs developed for PDP-11 and
VAX minicomputers can run on a persorial distributed workstation, often with only slight modifications. And as it delivers these
unique advantages, your Professional retains all the attributes you
value in a stand-alone desktop computer.

An Interface For Every User
In recognition of the different needs of Professional users, p/os
offers a choice of two user interfaces.

8-7

Main Menu
File services
Disk/diskette services
Print services
Editor
BASIC

Communications
Additional Applications

File Services
Menu

Disk/Diskette
Services Menu

*
Print Services
Menu

Editor Menu

The PIGS menu system guides the inexperienced user through his work. DCL is available
for users who prefer to bypass the menus.

Communications
Services Menu

8-8 • Operating Systems for the Professional

One is the PI os menu system, which brings an unexpected level of
user friendliness to this powerful computer. The PI os main menu
lists all installed applications and submenus, each of which can be
called up directly. On-screen prompts and abundant in-context
help files guide less experienced users through each operation_
This interface can be used consistently throughout p/os utilities
and is embedded in many p/os application programs. It is also
available to application developers through the PRO/Tool Kit and
Professional Host Tool Kit.
The second interface is a subset of the traditional Digital Command Language, DCL, giving technical users the feel they expect
from a PDP-11 machine. DCL mode streamlines p/os operation by
eliminating intermediate menus and prompts. This cuts out steps
that veterans find unnecessary, while retaining the other advantages of PI OS- Directly supported DCL commands include append,
copy, create, delete, directory, edit, exit, purge, rename, set, show,
type, and unlock.
Applications Compatibility: The Key to Distributed
Processing
If your personal workstation is not compatible with the other
computing resources in your organization, you are isolated, and
your contribution is limited. p/os gives the Professional a high
level of compatibility with the rest of Digital's computers and
operating systems_ This compatibility includes Files-11 file structure, RMS record management, the DCL command language, and
the familiar EDT editor, all of which are common to VMS- and RSXbased systems_
As a result, you can transfer the processing involved in vitually any
task from larger computers to your own Professional workstation.
There you control your own data and applications, simultaneously
freeing you from dependence on central systems, reducing central
system workload, and maintaining the critical link between you

8-9

and your organization. Meanwhile, you get to work with true
minicomputer software, mature compatible products like PRO/
Office Workstation, PROIDATATRIEVE, Supercomp-Twenty, and
other applications layered on the p/os operating system. These
can, of course, include customized applications developed for
unique requirements with the PRO/Tool Kit or Professional Host
Tool Kit.
Communications: DECnet and Much More
The networking and communications capabilities of Pio:> are
outstanding. Foremost among these is the support within PI os for
DECnet, Digital's advanced networking strategy that links the
Digital product family for maximum integration of computing
resources.

Specifically, when p/os is used with a Professional that includes
the DECNA hardware option and PRO/DECnet software, the Professional becomes a desktop end node in a DECnet Local Area
Network (LAN). This means that your Professional will be fully

8-10 • Operating Systems far the Professional

integrated into a high-speed network that can include Digital's
PDP-11 and VAX minicomputers as well as DEcsystem-10 and
DECSYSTEM-20 mainframes. This gives your Professional instantaneous access to the resources of any machine on the network;
communications capabilities including electronic mail; VT100
terminal emulation; an optional DECnet security password; menudriven services for remote file transfer, copy, display, and delete; a
node name and node number; remote task-to-task communication; and a full range of file and disk utilities.
Most of the Professional's other communications software
packages are also layered on p/ os. These include PRO/
Communications, the Professional's standard asynchronous communications package that provides terminal emulation and file
transfer capabilities, and a broad variety of products linking the
Professional to IBM and IBM-compatible environments.
p/os also includes integrated support for several functions of
Digital's Mini-Exchange, allowing local connection of several
computers and shared printers (PRO/Communications is also
required for file transfers, terminal emulation, and the use of
modems through the Mini-Exchange). Another peripheral device
supported by p/os is the Professional Presentation System, an
instant slide-making system sold by Polaroid.®

Strong Support for Applications Development
p/os system services play a central role when the Professional
is used for applications development, especially when you are
using the PRO/Tool Kit. Together, p/os and the PRo/Tool Kit
provide a strong development environment with mature,
high-performance languages and a number of standard facilities to reduce applications development time.

8-11

PI os also includes tools that help give your applications a consistent user interface. These tools help you integrate menus and
forms into your applications and employ standard p/ OS "help"
and "messages" conventions. If you prefer, you can also develop
non-menu applications that use standard VMS/RSX user-interface
tools such as the Forms Management System (FMS). This approach
will make it easier to transport your applications to PDP-11 and VAX
environments.
New features in p/ os and the PRO/Tool Kit include the abovementioned DECnet support as well as support for privileged
applications and user-developed, loadable r/ o drivers. Additional
help for developing device drivers is in a new publication, Digital's
Guide to Writing a P/OS IIO Driver And Advanced Programming
Notes. This manual documents a variety of sophisticated programming options.
A Host of Familiar RSX Programming Resources

p/os is based on RSX-11M-PLUS, and it has many similarities to that
well-known standard. Unlike traditional RSX, however, p/ os
requires no system generation; it is ''pregenned,'' making it easy
to install.
A full set of the major RSX tools, and more, is available to the
software developer using p/ os. These include 22-bit addressing
support, on-line debugging tools, logical name support, shared
and cluster libraries, memory management and disk overlay
functions, PDP-11 RS calling convention, checkpointing, and a fullduplex terminal driver. Also included are system directives including task and system information directives, time directives,
significant events and event-flag support, QIO functions, parent/
offspring task directives, task-to-task communication directives,
memory management directives, logical name functions, and exit
(with or without status).
Finally, PI os includes two editors, EDT and PROSE.

8-12 • Operating Systems for the Professional

P /OS and the Visual Image

PI os is designed specifically to support the Professional computer's outstanding graphics capabilities. p/os includes the CORE
Graphics Library and PRO/ GIDIS. The CORE Graphics Library, a
package of high-level runtime graphics subroutines, dramatically
reduces programming time. PRO/GIDIS, a collection of graphics
primitives, offers high performance in applications and added
developer flexibility. In addition, p/ os supports the PRO/Tool Kit,
which provides direct access to the video 1/ o registers and the
Professional video bit map.
p/ os also supports the Virtual Device Metafile (vnM) facility. VDM
supports applications like PROSE PLUS that combine text and
graphics in the same file. Like any other file, a text/ graphics file
can be transmitted to other systems over networks or other
communications lines, displayed on the screen, or printed locally.

Support for Alternative Operating Systems
p/os serves as the foundation upon which three of the Professional's alternative operating systems-Ms-nos, cP/M-80, and ucsn pSystem-are layered. Each runs on p/os as an application selected
from the main menu.
Getting the Most from Your Desktop Professional
Digital created the Professional Operating System to bring out the
best in your "personal PDP-11." It does just that, supporting the
hardware features and system compatibility that make the Professional computer a distributed workstation of unequaled capability.
Minimum System Requirements
For PIOS Hard Disk:
• Professional 350 or 380 system
• 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk
For PIOS Diskette:
• A Professional 325 or 350 system

8-13

·PRO/VENIX
Order Code: QA718-c3
PRO/VENIX is a genuine UNIX-derived operating system developed
specifically for the Professional 300 Series by VenturCom, Inc. It is
based on Version 7 UNIX and incorporates several of the popular
University of California at Berkeley extensions, including the vi
screen editor and c shell. PROIVENIX carries an AT&T System V
binary license.
PRO/VENIX is more than simply a portable UNIX system that runs
on the Professional 300 Series. Like other UNIX systems, it offers
the advantages of transportability, streamlined development tools,
industry standard architecture, powerful communications,

8-14 • Operating Systems for the Professional

hierarchical file structure, and the Bourne shell. But unlike other
UNIX systems, PRO/VENIX features special enhancements including
code mapping, for ease of software development, improved
realtime processing, and support for the Professional's special
graphics capabilities.
In addition to its standalone capabilities, PRO/VENIX offers a
distributed UNIX workstation capability in the VAX/ULTRIX environment.
Finally, PROIVENIX adds another dimension to the Professional: a
way of adding a terminal in a multiuser configuration.
In short, PRO I VENIX offers a combination of advantages that shed a
new light on what a desktop UNIX system can be.

A Low-Cost, High-Perform.ance UNIX Workstation
PRolvENIX on the Professional 350 or 380 combines the flexibility

of the UNIX operating system and the power of the Professional's
PDP-11 processor. With an improved terminal driver, optimized

disk 1/o, and the code mapping feature that transparently enables
the Professional to execute applications that are larger than 64
Kbytes, PRo/vdux provides an efficient runtime environment for
applications. Intertask communication and intelligent swapping
routines further speed program execution. Add the Professional's
minicomputer processing capabilities, and you've got an outstanding low-end UNIX workstation.
PRO/VENIX on a Professional 350 or 380 performs well as an
independent personal processor or as a workstation in a distributed
environment. A stand-alone PROIVENIX system offers all the
resources you need to handle the development opportunities and
sophisticated applications available for UNIX systems. In an ULTRIX

8-15

environment, in which UNIX is running on a VAX, PROIVENIX on
the Professional provides a distributed workstation using such
UNIX-to-UNIX communications features as file transfer and terminal emulation.

A Multiuser Professional
PRO/VENIX can transform the Professional 350 or 380 into a
multiuser computer with password protection for each user. The
second terminal is a Digital VT100 or VT52 terminal connected
either directly or via a modem to the Professional's communications or printer port. Each user has full access to all system
resources and applications.
A two-user license is standard with PROIVENIX. More than two
users requires special licensing arrangements.
Both users can take advantage of PRolvENIX's multitasking capabilities. Using simple commands, they can start background tasks
that do not require user intervention. While the system works on
the background operation, each user is free to continue with
interactive work such as text editing.
The result is a powerful, multiuser, multitasking UNIX system
with an attractively low cost-per-user.

Impressive Graphics Support
A selection of utilities are included with PRO/VENIX that take
advantage of the Professional's high-resolution bit-map graphics.
Simple PROIVENIX commands let you create bar, pie, line, and even
combination charts. You have full control over window size, fill
patterns, and color. PRolvENIX also includes an enhanced and
extended set of UNIX graphics subroutines for incorporating
graphics into applications.

8-16 • Operating Systems for the Professional

You can get a hard copy of your graphiC image by printing it out on
Digital's LASO, LA100, or LA210 dot matrix printers or the LVP16
six-pen plotter.

A Powerful Communications Tool
PROIVENIX is a strong communications system, with facilities for
exchanging data and information with other UNIX systems and
with other users on the Professional. Facilities include UNIX-toUNIX communication (uucp), electronic mail, communication
between users on the PROIVENIX system (including screen-toscreen "conversations" and mail), and virtual terminal and file
transfer facilities. The UNIX-to-UNIX facility lets you use the
Professional and PROIVENIX as a distributed workstation for a
larger UNIX system, such as Digital's ULTRIX.
A Logical Hierarchical File System
The hierarchical, or tree, file structure is another hallmark of UNIX
systems and, therefore, of PROIVENIX. In this scheme of organizing files, directories contain both files and other directories. This
system makes it easier to keep track of your files, and allows you to
keep several files with the same name,· as long as they are in
different directories.
PROIVENIX also provides facilities to let you find, create, delete, and
analyze your directories and files. These facilities include commands that locate particular strings or a combination of strings in
files, compare two files and report the differences, and sort or
merge files based on sekcted fields.

A Flexible Development Environment
PRo/vENIX supports the flexible environment that makes UNIX
systems so attractive to application developers. _The packaged
system includes c, FORTRAN-77, and Pascal compilers; a RATFOR
preprocessor; a BASIC interpreter; and an assembler. For more
information on PRolvENIX development environments, see Chapter 10.

8-17

Support for Realtime Processing
One of the traditional shortcomings of UNIX systems has been that
they do not support realtime processing. To fill the need for highspeed data acquisition, PRO/VENIX adds two enhancements to the
UNIX system. The first, asynchronous 1/ o, allows a user to overlap
CPU processing with any 1/ o that uses DMA to transfer data between
the device and the user's buffer. The second feature, preemptive
priorities, makes all system resources exclusively available to a
given process, thus enabling a realtime process to run with no risk
of interruption by a competing process.
These features, combined with interprocess communication,
shared data segments, semaphores, and process timing, give PRO/
VENIX realtime processing capabilities that do not rely upon
extensive hardware support.

The Enhanced UNIX Workstation
PROIVENIX combines the strengths of the UNIX system with the
power of the Professional processor to provide a versatile UNIX
workstation. With its extensive graphics, communications, development, and realtime processing capabilities, PRO/VENIX stands
out as a leader among low-end UNIX systems.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
• 10- or 33- Mbyte hard disk
System Options
·Extended Bit-Map Module and RGB color monitor for color
graphics
• VT100 or VT52 terminals
• LASO, LA100, LA210, LQP02, LQP03, or LVP16 printer
• DF02 or DF03 modem

8-18 • Operating Systems far the Pngessional

· RT-11
Order Code: QBA39-H3
RT-11, the classic real-time operating system for PDP-11 minicomputers, is available in native mode on the Professional computer.
Long a favorite in the PDP-11 minicomputer environment, RT-11
has some 100,000 users and more than 2,000 existing software
applications in the field.
RT-11 on the Professional is nearly identical to the traditional RT-11

system. It features the same compact size, speed, and simplicity of
use that have made RT so popular. This means that now a full RT

8-19

development environment, with no tool kit required, is available
on a personal PDP-11 workstation. You can even run RT-11 on a
floppy-disk-based Professional system, still without sacrificing the
tools you expect to find on a minicomputer.

In addition to the availability of an inexpensive RT-11 development
environment, RT-11 on the Professional lets you run hundreds of
mature RT-11 software applications, generally with little or no
modification.
Enhancements in RT-11 Version 5.1 allow users to take advantage of
the Professional hardware design, including the video bit map.
Other enhancements include a communications option, VTCOM,
that lets your Professional computer emulate a vT100 terminal for
file transfers and other communication between RT-11 and host
systems, including VAXes. Version 5.1 also includes features that
simplify print spooling and provide a set-up utility that allows
manipulation of the video terminal and keyboard as if they were a
vT100 terminal.

If you are a current RT-11 user, you can transport your RT
applications to the Professional with little effort. The selfcontained development environment allows you to create applications that run on the Professional or any other PDP-11. And your
investment in RT-11, as always, will be protected by reliable
service, support, and maintenance from Digital.
RT-11: Giving Simplicity a Good Name
RT-11 on the Professional is a single-user, multitasking operating
system. It is very small, fast, and efficient. Capable of both
realtime and data processing, the RT-11 operating system offers a
full range of system utilities for simplified program development.

8-20 • Operating Systems for the Pnif{:ssional

The efficient design of RT-11 means it can be run easily on a floppybased Professional 325 or 350 computer. The operating system,
assorted utilities, and a high-level language like FORTRAN-77 or
BASIC-11 can all reside on a single diskette, leaving the other
diskette free for your programs and data.
In spite of its small size, the RT-11 operating system includes a rich
command language that gives you flexibility without complexity.
Because it is command-driven and does not have the system
overhead associated with menu-driven systems, all RT-11's
resources are dedicated to specific capabilities. As a result, RT-11 is
packed with flexibility. For example, while some operating
systems offer a few options for copying files, RT-11 offers three
dozen, allowing sophisticated, selective file manipulations.

Learning and Using RT-11: Simplicity Pays Off
RT-11 is easy to use. It features award-winning documentation,
straightforward operation, and English-language keyboard commands. This adds up to a short learning curve and higher
programmer productiyity.
RT-11 also features an automated installation procedure. An interactive dialog leads you through the simple steps of the installation
process.
In addition, RT-11 includes a VMS-compatible command interface,
including DCL (Digital Command Language) and user-definable
commands (ucL). Built-in device-handler subroutines, a singleline command editor, and stored retrievable command sequences
streamline programming and operation.

8-21

Versatility and Power
on the Professional gives you flexible power for your
applications requirements. You can take advantage of such features
as multitasking (up to eight jobs simultaneously); 22-bit memory
addressing; multiple logical disks on one physical disk; a choice of
line or screen editors; and the availability of optional languages,
such as BASIC, FORTRAN IV, FORTRAN- 77' and DIBOL (bundled with
RT-11 in CTS-300). In addition, PASCAL, c, and COBOL are available
from third-party vendors.
RT-11

Like its predecessors, RT-11 on the Professional is fast and efficient.
It is optimized for realtime response and includes a contiguous file
structure for quick data access and file management. RT-11 also
features low overhead, to provide more usable memory. Its
modular structure enables the swapping of some monitor components if additional memory is required. A backup utility program
provides an easy-to-use procedure for quick storage, intermedium
transfer, and restoration of data, whether you are working with a
single, large data file or an entire volume.

RT-11 VersionS.1 Enhancements: VTCOM, SPOOL, and
SETUP
In addition to all the features of earlier versions, RT-11 on the
Professional includes important enhancements in RT-11 Version
5.1. These include a Virtual Terminal Communications Package
(vTCOM), which allows you to communicate with a host system
while running RT-11. You can use your Professional computer as a
local terminal to draw on such resources as electronic mail and
programming languages resident on the host. VTCOM transfers
ASCII files between the host and a stand-alone RT-11 system. Binary
files can also be transferred through the VTCOM utility if a TRANSF
utility is installed on the host system.

8-22 • Operating Systems far the Pref{?ssional

Another enhancement in Version 5.1 is the Transparent Spooling
Package (SPOOL). With SPOOL, you can direct output to printers or
other RT-11 serial devices while you are engaged in other RT-11
operations. After spooling a file to the printer, you can continue
running other jobs without interrupting your work for additional
SPOOL commands. SPOOL is offered in addition to QUEUE, which
sends files to any RT-11 device and is particularly useful for queuing
large files for printing. QUEUE requires direct operator control to
manipulate print actions.
SETUP, another Version 5.1 enhancement, uses simple English
commands to set video characteristics. It is included in start-up
indirect command files or IND control files. Among other things,
it lets application developers manipulate video characteristics
during program execution.
Transferring RT-11 Resources to the Professional
RT-11 has been modified for the Professional to handle video and
keyboard interfaces transparently. Therefore, all RT-11 nonsystem-dependent layered products should be able to be transported to the Professional without modification.

If you want to transfer existing files from larger systems to the
floppy diskettes on your Professional, a simple, inexpensive
approach is available. The RT-11 serial line communications programs, VTCOM and TRANSF, can be used to transfer binary or ASCII
files between RT-11, RSTS/E, and RTEM (running under RSX or VMS,
Tsx-Plus, and RT-11). To use this file transfer procedure, you buy
two binary kits, one on RX50 floppy diskette for your Professional
and one on the medium of choice for your PDP-11 RT-11 system.
You will use the kits to install VTCOM on one system and TRANSF on
the other. Through a serial line, the VTCOM system serves as a
console terminal for the TRANSF system, as in a binary file transfer.
RT-11 documentation details a reliable procedure for this process.

8-23

A Full Member of the Digital Family
RT-11 on the Professional is designed to complement the PDP-11
family architecture. It shares the DCL command language with
other operating systems (P/os, VMS, RSX, andRSTSIE) and includes
user-definable commands similar to those in the VMS system. An
RT-11 emulator, RTEM-11, is available on RSX and VMS for compatible development on PDP-11s and VAXes. In addition, an RT-11
Runtime Subset is available on RSTS.
The Old Favorite Stands Alone
The availability of RT-11 on the Professional means that this everpopular operating system now has a home on a stand-alone,
distributed workstation. You get the lowest-cost RT-11 environment on the market, true RT-11 performance, compatibility with
other RT-11 systems, and the advantages of a self-contained, locally
controlled system.
Minimum System Requirements
·Professional 325, 350, or 380 system
· 34 Kbytes allocated for Extended Memory (xM)
System Options
·Extended Bit-Map Option
• 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk
• 256-Kbyte Memory Option
·Color monitor (in 7-bit mode only)

8-24 • Operating Systems for the Professional

· PROFESSIONAL CTS-300
Order Code: QB354-H3
Professional CTS-300 is a commercial operating system especially
configured for the data processing needs of small and mediumsized businesses and government agencies. The system bundles RT11 with DIBOL-83 in a disk-based, single-user, multitasking system.
In addition to serving as an applications development environment, Professional cTs-300 allows applications from PDP-11-based
CTS-300 or DMS RSTS/E DIBOL systems to migrate easily to a singleuser, hard disk Professional workstation.

8-25

The Professional CTs-300 package consists of the RT-11 operating
system, two DIBOL runtime systems, and a number of utilities.
Since the RT-11 operating system is included, Professional CTS-300
licensees can order any RT-11 application without having to reorder
a specific license for RT-11.

The CTS-300 Programming Language
The Professional cTs-300 programming language, DIBOL-83, is a
high-level procedural language designed specifically for interactive
business data processing. It is based on the DIBOL Standards
Organization's definition of the language. It is highly compatible
with DIBOL-83 implementations running on other operating
systems, including VMS, RSX-11M-PLUS, RSTSIE, and p/os.
DIBOL-83 supports a set oflanguage statements commonly referred

to as structured constructs. These statements are designed to
complement and facilitate desirable programming practices.
The DIBOL compiler reads a source program and produces an object
module. The compiler is capable of producing a source listing
with embedded diagnostics.
Two valuable libraries are included with CTS-300 DIBOL-83. The
Universal External Subroutine Library contains external subroutines that perform the same functions on all DIBOL-83 implementations. The Operating System Specific Library contains external
subroutines that perform similar functions on one or more of the
DIBOL-83 implementations.

A Choice of Run-Time Systems
The runtime systems included with Professional CTS-300 include
XMTSD and SUD. XMTSD, or Extended Memory Time Shared DIBOL,
allows one to eight DIBOL jobs to run simultaneously. File sharing
facilities at the record level permit programs to share and update
the same data files. XMTSD controls loading of DIBOL programs,

8-26 • Operating Systems for the Professional

program scheduling, detached programs, file sharing, record 1/ o,
intertask communication, and other less-visible functions. A
DIBOL lineprinter spooler also runs in the XMTSD environment.
Program completion, or the detaching of a program, returns
control to the XMTSD executive. Timeslicing and scheduling are
governed by the clock. XMTSD will make use of up to 320 Kbytes of
memory on the Professional.
SUD, the single-user DIBOL runtime system, allows one DIBOL user
or job to be run on a system. It is included on the Professional
computer primarily as a system generator for the CTS system, but is
available for other purposes as well. Control returns to the
monitor upon completion of the SUD program.

Portable Applications
Like cTs-300 and RSTSIE DIBOL, Professional cTs-300 uses the DMS
file system. This allows sequential files with sequential and
random access, and single-key ISAM files which allow random
access by key. The most important advantage of the DMS file
system, however, is that it allows easy program migration from
other PDP-11-based cTs-300 or RSTS/E DIBOL systems. For the many
users who have developed applications for these other PDP-11based systems, this means that their existing software and files can
now be transferred easily to the Professional with the Professional
CTS-300 operating system. The result is a familiar operating
environment; reduced transition and hardware costs; and the
advantages of using a stand-alone, distributed workstation.

A Generous Supply ofUtilities
Utilities in the Professional CTS-300 system include CTSGEN, the
CTS-300 generator program; DDT, the DIBOL Debugging Technique; DECFORM, a data entry utility; DICOMP, the DIBOL-83
compiler; DMS-300, data management services; ISMUTL, for creating and maintaining indexed sequential files; SORT, a MACRO sort

8-27

with merge capability; LPTSPL, a lineprinter spooler utility;
SORTG/SORTM, a sort/merge utility; and STATUS, the job and
system status program.

Getting Down to Business
Professional CTS-300 brings together a package of mature, proven
resources for your personal PDP-11. Business users will discover
that the Professional CTS-300 operating system on their Professional computer results in an enviable price/performance combination.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
• 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk

·PC-Bridge
Available from: Virtual Microsystems, Inc.
2150 Shattuck Ave.
Suite 720
Berkeley, CA 94704
(415) 841-9594
The generous selection of operating systems for Professional Series
computers has a new addition: the MS-DOS operating system. PcBridge is a hardware and software package that lets your Professional computer run dozens of popular MS-DOS applications. As a
result, in many cases you no longer have to choose between the
performance of the Professional and software applications available
only in the Ms-Dos environment.

8-28 • Operating Systems for the Professional

Pc-Bridge, developed and sold by Virtual Microsystems, Inc.
(vMr), lets you use selected MS-DOS applications on any hard-disk
Professional computer running the p/ os operating system. PCBridge provides an ideal solution for people who need the
Professional for its outstanding communications, graphics, and
minicomputer software portfolio, and who also must run one or
more MS-DOS applications. The latter might include an organization's inhouse MS-DOS application, systems built around one or
more standard MS-DOS packages, or an application that is a personal
favorite with which considerable work has already been done.
But Pc-Bridge means more than the simple availability of MS-DOS
software. It lets you transfer your data and files from the MS-DOS
environment to the powerful multitasking PI os operating system
and its layered applications. This gateway to the Digital product

8-29

family means that MS-DOS applications can be enhanced through
the unique capabilities of the Professional. First and foremost, this
enhancement includes access to DECnet, Digital's unmatched
networking system for high-speed Ethernet communications
between Pc-Bridge MS-DOS systems. It also allows you to use data
generated from an MS-DOS application with compatible Professional applications.

A PC Within Your Professional
Pc-Bridge creates a "virtual computer" within the Professional.
This virtual computer consists of system software and a module
card for one of the Professional's option slots. MS-DOS and an MSDOS license are included.
The option card contains an Intel 8086 processor, 256 Kbytes of
RAM, an optional 8087 floating point processor, and IBM PC bit-

mapped video emulation circuitry. At 8 megahertz, the 8086
is faster than the IBM PC XT, and, again unlike the IBM, uses
the complete 16-bit data path, further speeding program execution. A more thorough description of the option card appears in
Chapter 6.
PC-Bridge runs as an application under PI os. It stores applications
and data on a segmented hard disk. Part of the disk is set aside for
MS-DOS, with the balance reserved for P/os and the other applications residing on your Professional. MS-DOS storage is divided into
''virtual floppies'' that appear as single directory entries on the PI os
directory. Each virtual floppy consists of multiple files and can
grow to a user-defined limit of up to 4 Mbytes.

Flexible Requirements for Applications Transfer
There are two basic ways to move MS-DOS software to your
Professional to run on the Pc-Bridge. The principal objective of

8-30 • Operating Systems for the Professional

these two approaches is to transfer disk information from the 48
tracks-per-inch MS-DOS format used by IBM PCs and compatible
systems to the Professional's RX50, 96 tracks-per-inch format.
Limitations on software compatibility are detailed below.
Your first option is to purchase any of the dozens of MS-DOS
applications available in RX50 format from a third party supplier,
leaving reformatting to these vendors_ In Chapter 9 is an MS-DOS
software library of more than 60 such packages available from VMI,
creators of the Pc-Bridge system. Each product on this growing
list of applications is a fully licensed version that carries the original
(preconversion) serial number.
Your second alternative is to transfer your own proprietary or
public domain software directly from the MS-DOS machine to the
Professional. The simplest transfer procedure is to take advantage
of the Pc-Bridge-equipped Professional's ability to read singlesided MS-DOS diskettes. This requires that a special control chip,
included with the Pc-Bridge system, be installed on the Professional's RX50 controller board by Digital Field Service (for a
nominal charge). Your Professional reads the application and
stores it in Rx50 format on its floppy or hard disk. For MS-DOS
applications that reside on two-sided MS-DOS diskettes, conversion
utilities can be used to change them to single-sided disk format.
You can also transfer proprietary or public domain software via a
modem or the RS232 serial interface. This transfer requires that
both machines run VMI's PhoneLink communications program
(available separately). Because the Professional writes the received
information in its own RX50 96 tracks-per-inch format,
the disk format of the source machine is unimportant_

8-31

Since the Professional computer's architecture is quite different
from that of an IBM Pc, there are some limitations when using PCBridge. Because the Professional does not have IBM PC option slots,
MS-DOS software packages that require accessing optional devices
on the IPC bus will not run on the Professional. Similarly, IBM's
proprietary BASICA is not implemented on Pc-Bridge. Finally,
some communications programs (those that do not use ROM calls)
and certain copy-protected applications will not run on Pc-Bridge.
Enhancing MS-DOS Applications Through P/OS
Besides applications transfer, Pc-Bridge lets you transfer files and
data from an MS-DOS machine (including the virtual MS-DOS
computer within the Professional) to the p/os environment.
For transfers from external MS-DOS machines, you simply employ
the application transfer procedures described above to move your
existing MS-DOS data and files directly to PC-Bridge on the
Professional. As with PC-Bridge files created internally, these files
reside on a portion of the Professional's hard disk that is allocated
to MS-DOS.
Once data resides on the hard disk of your Professional, you can use
the FileLink utility (included with Pc-Bridge) to transfer these
files to the p/os environment. This results in important enhancements of traditional MS-DOS capabilities.
As noted above, the most important of these is the access provided
to Digital' s DECnet network architecture. This would allow you to
write a document using WordStar®, for example, and, via
p/os, send it over DECnet to a colleague on another Pc-Bridge
system. Your colleague could edit and return the document just as
easily.

8-32 • Operating Systems for the Professional

In addition, data generated in an MS-DOS application and moved to
the P/os environment can be used in p/os applications. This
allows you, for example, to move data from an MS-Dos Multiplan™
spreadsheet to Supercomp-Twenty.
Finally, your MS-DOS files can be transferred to PI os for processing
with p/ os utilities or for redirection to system peripherals such as
printers, plotters, and other p/os-supported devices.

The Benefits of Both Worlds
Pc-Bridge meets the needs of people who want to retain the
advanced capabilities of the Professional while being able to use
selected MS-DOS software. As the MS-DOS Software Library in
Chapter 9 indicates, the collection of popular MS-DOS titles that
runs on the Professional using Pc-Bridge is extensive. If your needs
are met by these packages, or if your own software can be
transferred, Pc-Bridge is an excellent way to enjoy the advantages
of two quite different, yet powerful, computer environments.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
•PC-Bridge {sold and supported by Virtual Microsystems, Inc.)
• 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk
• p/os Hard Disk
System Options
• PhoneLink (vM1's optional serial communications program)
·PRO/DECnet (for MS-DOS access to Digital's high-speed communications architecture)
• VMI MS-DOS Software applications (see Chapter 9)

8-33

· PRO/CP/M-80
Order Code: Pc3xs-AA
cPIM is one of the most widely,used personal computer operating

systems, with literally tens of thousands of software products
available that span the full range of microcomputer appli.:ations.
Now the cPIM-80 operating system is available on the Professional, giving you two important advantages.

8-34 • Operating Systems for the Professional

First, you can use the CP/M-80 option as a bridge to let you keep
working with many of the CPIM programs you are using now
while gradually moving up into the p/ os environment. Second,
you can run many applications packages that are available only on
CPIM.

Configuration
The CPI Moption consists of a customer-installable z-80A processor
(see Chapter 6) and the cP/M-80 interface software. Together,
these components let you run your choice of scores of CPIM-80
programs while remaining fully integrated into the Professional's
p/ os operating system. This integration goes so far as to allow file
transfers back and forth between P/os and cPIM. You can also
access PRO/ Communications for a range of asynchronous communications with other systems.
To run a cP/M application, you simply select "cPIM" from the
Professional's standard menu as you would select any other
application. During start-up, cPIM devices are logically assigned
to the physical Professional devices. cP/M is then booted into the
cPIM option module, and the selected cP/M program is run as
usual, appearing just like "normal" CP/M software. The Professional' s own processor acts as the 1/ o processor between CPI M and
PI os. When you are through with the CPI M application, you exit
cPIM and are returned to the standard Professional menu.

Technical Description
The cPIM option is based on DRl's cP/M-80 Version 2.2 software
modified to run on the Professional. A list of available software is
included in Chapter 9. The option lets CP/M-80 Version 2.2
applications developed on Digital's Rainbow and DEcmate personal computers run on the Professional without modification, as
long as they do not directly access hardware devices. All 1/ o
operations must be performed through cP/M.

8-35

Both of the Professional's floppy diskette drives can be used to read
and write cPIM format diskettes, applications, and data. Virtual
floppies on the hard disk perform the same functions, though with
the added performance of high speed disk access and large memory
capacity. Up to four CPI M virtual floppy diskettes can be physically
located on the hard disk.
The Professional's P/os multitasking capability lets you perform
concurrent processing even while within cP/M-80 applications.
For example, you can print a document while running another
cPIM program.

Summary
The cP/M-80 option for the Professional brings added applications
flexibility to a machine that will be used primarily for more
sophisticated, higher-level applications. In enables the Professional
to deliver powerful "desktop mini" capabilities plus the broad
application flexibility of 8-bit CP/M-80 software.
Minimum System Requirements
·Professional 325, 350, or 380 system
• p/os Operating System

· UCSD p-System
Order Codes: p-System and Pascal-Hard Disk, QA111-c3
p-System Version 4.13-Hard Disk, QA112-c3
p-System Version 4.13-Diskette, QA579-c3
The University of California-San Diego (ucso) p-System provides a portable environment for developing and executing application software. A p-System application program written for one
microcomputer can run on another without recompilation. The
p-system source programs are compiled into p-code for the

8-36 • Operating Systems for the Professional

p-code for applications
Written in UCSD Pascal or FORTRAN-77,
compiled into p-code.
Same from computer to computer.

p-System Operating System
Same from computer to computer.

p-code Emulator
Varies with the computer.

BIOS
Varies with the peripherals.

p-System creates a "universal micro" environment so that applications compiled into p~code
will run on any computer that has a p-code
emulator.

8-37

''p-machine,'' a pseudomachine or idealized version of a microcomputer. The p-code is then executed by the p-machine emulator written in the native language of the microcomputer. You
can write source programs in a variety of high-level languages,
three of which are offered by Digital: ucso Pascal, FORTRAN-77,
and BASIC. In addition, ucso p-System includes the LSI-11 Assembler, which produces "native" subroutines for use by p-code
programs.
The p-System architecture isolates application programs and
system components from specific host computer operations and
simplifies adaptation to new host configurations. The architecture
consists of three modules: the operating system, the p-machine
emulator, and the basic 1/o system. The operating system and
utilities are written in Pascal. Pascal statements are translated into
binary machine code (p-code) for the standardized p-machine. The
operating system is then transported to the microprocessor via the
p-machine emulator written in native code.
Because of its unique structure, p-System offers users a wider
choice of quality applications and an ensured software investment.
The ucso p-System software package includes an interactive
operating system, a screen-oriented editor, a file handler, a
p-machine emulator, and a dynamic runtime binding facility for
all separately compiled or linked program modules.

Minimum System Requirements
For hard disk versions (QA111-c3 or QA112-c3):
• Professional 350 or 380 system
• 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk
• PI os Hard Disk
For diskette version (QA579-c3):
• Professional 325 or 350 system
• PI os Diskette

8-38 • Operating Systems for the Professional

· STANDARD MICRO MUMPS 300
Available from: Creative Socio-Medics Corporation
16 East 32nd Street
New York, NY 10016
(212) 696-3500
The Professional is designed as a personal workstation. But its
minicomputer processor and architecture give it the potential to
serve as a host for multiple terminals. The STANDARD MICRO MUMPS
300 (sMM 300) operating system takes advantage of this capability
to create one of the lowest cost multiuser database management
systems on the market.
Developed by Structured Data Systems, Inc., the SMM 300 system
allows up to seven simultaneous users on a Professional computer.

8-39

The SMM 300 system combines the well-known MUMPS operating
system, a transparent database management system, and an ANSI
standard high-level language. This configuration makes possible a
broad range of applications, including medical, financial management, process control, order entry, and other general business
uses. Many of these specific applications are already available. In
addition, CSM offers off-the-shelf word processing, spreadsheet
and graphics programs for SMM 300 systems.
Up To Seven Users on a Single Professional
With the SMM 300 system, you can connect one terminal to the
printer port, one to the communications port, and two each to a
pair of Realtime Interface modules. This means a total of six
terminals and the system console can therefore be used in SMM 300
applications.

The system can run on the Professional 325, 350, or 380. With the
325, you have 0.8 Mbytes of data storage available on two floppy
disks. With the 350 or 380, the available hard-disk options allow 5,
10, or 33 Mbytes of additional data storage.
System Background
SMM 300 is a version of STANDARD MUMPS, an extension of the
Massachusetts General Hospital Utility Multi-Programming System. STANDARD MUMPS is a superset of the American Standard
specification xl 1.1-1977. As supplied, the system has eight 8Kbyte partitions available, allowing eight tasks to be run simultaneously. Disk buffering shifts data files between storage and
buffers, greatly increasing the efficiency of the system.

As an interpretive language, SMM 300 speeds development by
eliminating the need for text editors, compilers, linkers, or
loaders. Syntactically correct code can be entered and executed in a

8-40 • Operating Systems far the Professional

minimum of time. In addition, powerful interactive debugging
routines detect errors in a program and facilitate modification and
rerun.
SMM 300 can be purchased separately or as part of a turnkey package
including hardware and/ or CSM software applications.
Minimum System Requirements
•Professional 325, 350, or 380 system

· TSX-Plus
Available from: S&H Computer Systems, Inc.
1027 17th Avenue South
Nashville, TN 37212
(615) 327-3670
Tsx-Plus is a multiuser, multitasking general purpose operating
system for Professionals running RT-11. Tsx-Plus makes the RT-11
environment available to multiple users on a timesharing basis.
Both RT-11 and Tsx-Plus are engineered for ease of use, making the
system accessible to the novice as well as the experienced user.
Most programs that run with RT-11 will run with Tsx-Plus
without modification. Tsx-Plus interfaces with standard RT-11
device handlers (xM version) and supports RT-11 utility programs.
Logical disk subsetting has been implemented in the Tsx-Plus
kernel. The TSx-Plus keyboard commands include most of those·
provided by the RT-11XM monitor, with the addition of significant
enhancements. Tsx-Plus system service calls (EMTs) are compatible
with those provided by RT-11XM. The RT-11 multiterminal EMTs
and BATCH, FORMAT, and single line editor utilities are not
supported.

8-41

Tsx-Plus allows the same machine to simultaneously support
production use, program development, and realtime control.
Through the virtual line and detached job features, individual
users have concurrent control over multiple jobs.
Machines lacking sufficient memory to hold all active jobs benefit
from the job-swapping facility. With job-swapping selected, idle
jobs are swapped to disk. The job-swapping algorithm has been
developed to improve overall throughput with minimum impact
on system response.
The list of commercially available software packages compatible
with Tsx-Plus grows continually. S&H's Compatible Software
Products List currently includes over ten word processing packages, eight sources of networking and file transfer packages, six
spreadsheet and financial modeling packages, five sources of cross
assemblers, eight DBMSs, four-editors, 25 utilities, 30 sources of
vertical applications-over 100 packages in all. A copy of this list is
available from S&H at the address noted above.
In order to timeshare with Tsx-Plus, you boot to a base line or
single-job RT-11 monitor and then type the command "RTSX."
Within a few seconds, your Professional is under the control of the
Tsx-Plus multiuser, multitasking monitor.
Compiling and linking programs under Tsx-Plus can take a
fraction of the time it would under other operating systems.
Editors supported include KED, K52, TECO, and others, while
available languages include MACR0-11, c, COBOL-Plus, FORTRAN,
PASCAL 2, DBL, APL, and BASIC.
Tsx-Plus addresses all the available memory on the Professional.
Up to 30 jobs can be in memory at the same time, allowing rapid
switching between jobs.

8-42 • Operating Systems far the Professional

Other important features of Tsx-Plus include: data and directory
caching facilities, overlapping terminal interaction, optional logon facility, security numbers and passwords, a transparent printer
spooling facility, and a dynamic system display utility program
(svsMoN) to assist in optimization of system resources.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
• 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk (2.5-Mbytes disk space required for
timesharing applications)
• RT-11 operating system

·XENIX
Available from: The Santa Cruz Operation
500 Chestnut Street
Box 1900
Santa Cruz, CA 95061
(408) 425-7222
XENIX on the Professional is a UNIX-derived operating system that
provides all the portability, flexibility, modularity, and power of
UNIX. It is a multitasking, multiuser implementation of AT&T UNIX
with Berkeley enhancements. It is also available for popular
microcomputers including the Apple™ Lisa™ and IBM's PC, XT,
and AT.
XENIX enhancements to UNIX include file and record locking,
improved system administration ·facilities, and comprehensive
documentation. The XENIX system is available in three packages.
The XENIX Operating System package contains the operating
system kernel and over 100 utility programs including the vi
screen-oriented text editor. The fundamental package of the XENIX
System, it is the basic building block for all of the other packages.

8-43

The XENIX Software Development System package includes the c
compiler, the linker, the source code control system, the c
libraries, and other utilities useful for software development. This
package provides a complete environment for developing XENIX
applications.
The XENIX Text Processing System package contains text formatters for letter-quality printers, dot-matrix printers, lineprinters,
and phototypesetters. It also includes formatters for mathematical
equations and tables, a spelling checker, and other text processing
utilities.
XENIX on the Professional supports more than a single user. Each

user can perform several tasks simultaneously and independently.
Additionally, more than one user can review and update the same
data file at the same time. Communications between users and
electronic mail facilities are built in.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
• 10- or 33- Mbyte hard disk

·Idris
Available from: Whitesmiths, Ltd.
97 Lowell Road
Concord, MA 01742
(617) 369-8499

Idris is a fast, compact, multitasking, multiuser rewrite of the
operating system. It is specifically designed for use on
microcomputers, being half the size of conventional UNIX systems.
UNIX

8-44 • Operating Systems far the Professional

Occupying less than one Mbyte of disk space, and supporting up
to three users, Idris provides an alternative development environment for UNIX-oriented programmers_ The operating system lets
the Professional run three terminals simultaneously.
Idris supports file system and object file formats compatible with
UNIX Version 6 and accepts all standard UNIX system calls.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
• 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk

Chapter 9 •Professional Software Catalog

9-2 • Professional Software Catalog

This chapter contains descriptions of application software available
for Digital's Professional 300 Series computers_ Operating systems
are listed separately in the preceding chapter, while programming
tools such as languages and compilers are listed in the following
chapter_
Software in this chapter is organized by operating system. Within
each operating system section, applications are listed by function.
Use the headings at the top of each right-facing page as a quick
guide to your location within the chapter.
If you are looking for software for a certain purpose regardless of
operating system, consult the index. Thc;re you will find entries
such as "accounting software" that will guide you to appropriate
page numbers throughout j:his chapter.
Many of the products listed here are sold and supported by Digital.
These products carry the Digital Classified Software (ocs) Seal.
The ocs Seal is your assurance that you are buying a quality
product that has been fully tested and approved by Digital
Equipment Corporation. Digital Classified Software packages are
top performers that take advantage of the Professional's special
capabilities. ocs software is available through Digital's sales force
and other distribution channels. Obtaining ocs software is as easy
as noting the order code listed at the beginning of each product
description and contacting your sales representative. Your representative can also give you additional technical specifications for
any ocs product.
Other software products listed in this chapter are distributed by
illdependent software vendors. These products and the addresses
of each distributor are listed here for your information and
convenience. Descriptions of these products are based upon
information provided by these vendors. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of these
descriptions, nor for the quality or performance of these products.
For additional information on any of these products, please
contact the vendor directly.

9-3 • (P!OS) Seftware-Accounting

Professional Operating System (PI OS) Software
Library
•Accounting
· Compu-Share General Accounting
Order Codes:
General Ledger (GL-11) QA538-c3
Accounts Receivable (AR-11) QA566-c3
Accounts Payable (AP-11) QA567-c3
Compu-Share™ General Accounting brings the power of true
minicomputer accounting to the single-user ProfessionaL The
product offering for the Professional is an implementation of
Compu-Share's programs that run on VAX superminicomputers
and PDP-11 minicomputers. The four available modules for the
Professional are: GL-11 General Ledger, AR-11 Accounts Receivable, AP-11 Accounts Payable, and PY-11 Payroll. (PY-11 Payroll is
available directly from Compu-Share; see module description
below.) Compu-Share modules can be run independently as
standalone applications or together as a completely integrated
accounting system.
Compu-Share General Accounting is designed for small to
medium-sized businesses that are looking for sophisticated features and ease of use. The packages are also ideal for divisional or
departmental accounting in large companies.
Compu-Share's capabilities are often best appreciated by companies that are already automated and are now looking to advance
from less powerful accounting systems.

9-4 • Professional Software Catalog

=
GI

e
·aa"f

till

GI
·::= ..."'

=
=
0
=
u
Ill
GI

·cIll"'

c:i.

•

a=
=
=
0

•
• • •
• •
• • •
•
• •
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• •
• • •

u
f

Ill

VJ
VJ

0
--..
c:i.

.cl
Cl)

;,
c.

till

(,I
(,I

~
~

~
Vi

[

Notes: The available Compu-Share General Accounting modules are General Ledger, Accounts
Receivable, Accounts Payable, and Payroll. "Distributed accounting" systems can employ
Professional workstations to offload VAX Compu-Share systems.
Multi-Journal Accounting (MJA) modules available are General Ledger, Accounts Receivable,
Accounts Payable, Payroll and Personnel, and Order Entry/Inventory.
Pro-Accountant modules available are General Ledger, Accounts Payable, and Inventory.
Smaller businesses are defined as those with less than 10 million dollars in annual sales and less
than 100 employees.
RMS file structure allows PROIDATATRIEVE file access.

;:s

9-6 • Professional Software Catalog

Compu-Share General Accounting on the Professional includes an
important innovation in accounting software. Compu-Share integrated an interface to the Supercomp-Twenty spreadsheet program into the GL-11 General Ledger module. This interface gives
you a complete spreadsheet model of accounting information by
extracting raw financial data and account descriptions and creating
the statement formulas that correspond to the financial statement
being generated. This innovation expands the analytical capabilities of Compu-Share's GL-11 General Ledger to include those of a
powerful minicomputer spreadsheet.
Compu-Share's availability on VAX and PDP-11-based systems has
important implications for users running General Accounting on
the Professional. Compu-Share can serve as an overall distributed
accounting solution. In this configuration, the Professional serves
as a VAX-linked workstation, offloading all screen r/ o, editing, and
file validation functions from the host system. Such a distributed
accounting option provides immense flexibility in meeting
company-wide accounting requirements. In addition, because the
Professional shares the Record Management System (RMS) file
structure with larger Digital computers, files can be accessed
with PROIDATATRIEVE, Digital's popular database management
language.
Module Features
All Compu-Share modules share a number of powerful features
that set them apart from other accounting systems. Among these
is full restartability, which in the case of power loss or other
problems allows the module to restart the operation last in process
without need for technical assistance.

A special Compu-Share feature is the preprinted forms generator.
This facility lets you model system output for your existing
preprinted forms, such as customer invoices, statements, payables
and payroll checks, and other preprinted forms.

9-7 • (PIOS)Software-Accounting

Each Compu-Share module features full interactive editing;
reports sent to screen, disk, or printer; automatic file creation and
expansion; variable date formats; thorough, clear documentation;
a repaint screen function; tailorable postal code format (supporting the new nine-digit zip codes); and general ledger posting from
subsidiary systems in detail or summary on an accqµpJ:-by-account
basis_
Below is a description of the highlights of each module_

General Ledger. In addition to the integration with the SupercompTwenty spreadsheet described above, the GL-11 General Ledger
module boasts a number of distinguishing features_ A financial
statements design facility supports income statement, balance
sheet, cash-flow analysis, departmental expense statement, ratio
analysis, loan analysis, cost of sales report, changes in financial
position, and other statements_ General Ledger also allows for
user-defined account number formats using from 2 to 12 digits,
open-date posting and reporting, and wild-card reporting on
account numbers_ When integrated with the other Compu-Share
modules, General Ledger accepts automated posting from
Accounts Receivable, Accounts Payable, and Payroll.
Accounts Receivable. AR-11 Accounts Receivable includes comprehensive customer master file information_ You can generate
reports using your own customer classifications and set up automatic service charges according to your own parameters_ The
module supports open item and balance forward by customer,
interactive cash application, unapplied credits, and recurring
accounts receivable. Powerful reporting options include complete
commission reporting and integral sales analysis reports by item,
customer, salesperson, department, and date range.

9-8 • Professional Software Catalog

Accounts Payable. AP-11 Accounts Payable is a highly parameterdriven system that features a flexible cash disbursement process
and unlimited expense distributions. It supports recurring
accounts payable and multiple check formats. The system can also
generate and track 1099 information. Its reporting capabilities
include aged payables analysis and cash requirements reporting.
Payroll. The PY-11 Payroll module features interactive payroll entry
for U.S. as well as Canadian payroll requirements. It includes
automatic calculation of earned income credits and tip compensation. It supports piece-rate payrolls, multiple pay frequencies,
recurring entries, special deductions and earnings codes, and
flexible pay codes for multiple types of pay and general ledger
distribution. Payroll also includes comprehensive tax reporting
and extensive reporting for support of management decisionmaking. The PY-11 module is available only from Compu-Share,
Inc., 3824-SOth Street, Lubbock, Tx, 79413, (806) 792-3785. PY-11
is not at this time sold or supported by Digital.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
• 10- or 33-Mbyte hard disk (10-Mbyte supports up to three CompuShare modules)
• p/ os Hard Disk, Version 1. 7a or later
System Options
• LASO, LA100, LA210, LQP02, or LQP03 printers

9-9 • (P/OS) Seftware-Accounting

· Multi-Journal Accounting (MJA)
Order Codes:
MJA General Ledger QA384-c3
MJA Accounts Receivable QA386-c3
MJA Accounts Payable QA387-c3
MJA Payroll and Personnel QA385-c3
MJA Order Entry/Inventory QA388-c3
PRODATA's Multi-Journal Accounting™ (MJA) products are general
purpose, fully functional accounting applications targeted for use
by small business. Each of the five available modules can be run as a
standalone subsidiary ledger or in systems that are fully integrated
with the General Ledger module. When run independently, each
module provides complete transactional summary reports for
posting to manual bookkeeping systems. When integrated with
the General Ledger module, all subsidiary systems post
transactional summaries automatically to the General Ledger,
eliminating manual posting processes.
All MJA modules are menu-driven with a strong emphasis on ease
of use. The menus show all available selections at a glance, while
each data entry screen is formatted with easy-to-understand
prompts. Full online error reporting helps ensure the accuracy of
data as it is entered. A fully illustrated user's manual, which
assumes no previous computer experience, includes sample data
entry screens, systems reports, and tutorial examples.
The MJA system was originally developed on Digital's PDP-11
computers running the RT-11 operating system. In the years since,
MJA has been adapted to run under VMS, RSTS, and p/ os operating

9-10 • Professional Software Catalog

systems, giving MJA broad availability across the Digital product
line. This means that MJA can be used in environments where
transfer of financial files is desired for consolidation purposes.
modules support multiple companies and departments_
Optional password security helps restrict access to financial
information to authorized personnel. All reports from system
modules can be viewed on screen or printed out on hardcopy.

MJ A

Below are descriptions of the highlights of each module in the MJA
system.
MJA General Ledger provides the capability to generate complete

up-to-date financial statements through default formats provided
with the package or through user-defined formats created using
the financial statement design facility. MJA General Ledger supports multiple companies and multiple departments. Financial
statements can be run by department or consolidated at the
company level. Automatic posting from the other MJA system
modules ensures that the General Ledger truly reflects the current
status of the company's financial condition.
MJA Accounts Receivable supports both open item and balance

forward customer accounts. Customer master information is
tracked with invoice and payment history for accurate account
analysis. The module can generate customer statements with
aging analysis and credit limits, and accepts both accounts receivable and non-accounts receivable cash receipts. Other features
include immediate invoice entry, accumulation of sales commissions, and a dozen standard reports for improved accounts receivable analysis.

9-11 • (P!OS)Software-Accounting

MJA Accounts Payable helps you control cash resources by taking

maximum advantage of vendor terms and discounts. Vendor
activity can be monitored via master reports or online inquiries.
The MJA Accounts Payable cash disbursement facility provides for
partial payments and automatic calculation of discounts. This
module includes seven standard reports including check writing
and file maintenance.
MJA Payroll and Personnel helps you maintain a complete roster of

active and inactive employee records with associated payroll
expenses broken out by department or job code. Federal and state
taxes are calculated automatically from user-maintainable tables.

9-12 • Professional Software Catalog

This module supports automatic preparation of payroll checks as
well as recording of manually issued or voided checks. Overridable
miscellaneous employee deductions are retrieved automatically.
Nine reports are available, including W-2 forms, 941 reports, and
MTD/QTDIYTD totals.
MJA Order Entry/Inventory provides for tracking of customer

orders, proper maintenance of inventory levels, and automatic
generation of customer invoices. Each module is integrated so that
customer orders commit specific items in inventory, invoices are
posted to Accounts Receivable and appear in its Sales Journal, and
inventory receipts are posted to Accounts Payable and appear in its
Purchases Journal. Reports reflect on-hand quantities as well as
quantities committed to open orders.
Additional features include sorted picking tickets and printed
packing slips. Eleven reports available include Inventory Aging,
Sales Performance, and Back Order by Customer.

Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
· 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk
· p/ os Hard Disk, Version 1. 7 or later
System Options
· LASO, LA100, or LA210 dot-matrix printer

9-13 • (P!OS)Seftware-Accounting

·PRO-Accountant

Available from:

decComp
14752 Sinclair Circle
Tustin, CA 92680
(714) 730-5116

PRO-Accountant™ is a three-module system designed to help
professional accountants perform a variety of account services.
You can use the General Ledger, Accounts Payable, and Inventory
Control as standalone packages or you can combine two or three
modules into an integrated system.
PRO-Accountant takes advantage of many of the Professional
Operating System's capabilities. Perhaps most important, the
PRO-Accountant packages use PI os 's multitasking capabilities to
generate, queue, and print reports as background tasks. This lets
you continue uninterrupted with your work instead of making
you wait every time you request a report. PRO-Accountant uses the
p/ os menu structure to present a consistent, easy-to-use interface
for less technical users. In addition, the packages support several of
the Professional's special keys, including the HELP, DO and EXIT
keys.
PRO-Accountant General Ledger
PRO-Accountant General Ledger is tailored for professional
accountants who provide service either to multiple clients with
different reporting requirements or to single companies with
extensive consolidations and multiple company allocations and
fund transfers. The chart of accounts supports up to 46,456
departments with department names such as 1AA OR 02F. Wildcard selection, such as 1??, generates financial reports for a range of
departments, in this case all departments between 100 and 1zz.

9-14 • Professional Software Catalog

The system maintains two years of financial account balances with
one year of budgets. Comparative balance sheets and income
statements can compare any range of fiscal periods or budget
amounts with computed variance.
You can enter journals for any fiscal period. The journals support
three independent control and batch totals to minimize entry
errors. The system automatically keeps track of the sign of each
journal entry, thus elminating the need to know whether the
entry is a debit or credit account. Only balanced journals can be
posted, so your General Ledger is always in balance. General
Ledger posting automatically restarts after a power failure, so even
a power failure during posting will not corrupt your data files.
The profit account is computed automatically when a report is
generated, allowing the contribution to income to be shown by
department, division, or all departments.
A unique "alternate company" feature enables the system to
maintain complex consolidations without changing data. You can
specify your financial data as any set of companies in any order you
require.
You can create specialized financial reports using the special report
parameter database. This database can control supporting schedules, compress detail accounts, define footnotes, and create additional notes to appear either before or after specific accounts. You
can print the report with or without the special information.
The system optionally maintains time and billing information by
either entry clerk or company. If you are also running PROAccountant Accounts Receivable, you can convert this output
into customer invoices.

9-15 • (PIOS)Sojtware-Accounting

All reports and posting processes are generated by background
tasks so you don't have to stop working while they are processing_
Utilities are available to backup or restore selective information,
query on the status of background jobs, and display reports on the
screen.
PRO-Accountant Accounts Payable
The PRO-Accountant Accounts Payable (A/P) module is a flexible
system that allows you to keep a record of purchases, analyze cash
requirements, create audit trails, and print checks_ The system is
tailored to multicompany, multidivision operations in either a
service or manufacturing environment.
The system supports invoices with up to 99 line items and up to 99
releases per line item_ Requisitions can be input as either purchase
orders or vouchers. To support purchase orders, the system prints
the orders, generates receiving reports, and, when you receive the
merchandise, optionally records shippers' invoices_ You can process any vendor with either purchase orders or vouchers or both_
AIP provides full reporting of future cash flow requirements as
well as standard reports showing items ordered, items received,
and other accounts payable information_ The system automatically ages payables every time it generates a report. You can
generate an aging report for any valid date, sequenced by date or
vendor order and aged by due date, receive date, or invoice date.
You can also select reports with or without vendor terms and lead/
offset dates, and can request a discount report for a given date.

If you like, the system will keep a full purchasing history both by
vendor and department code_ History transactions can be summarized to minimize use of disk space; an additional identifier lets you
tag purchases to specific departments or jobs to provide cost
summanes.

9-16 • Professional Software Catalog

The AIP system makes managing 1099 vendors easier by printing
IRS 1099 forms with all pertinent information at year end.
The AlP system is fully integrated with both the PRO-Accountant
General Ledger and Inventory packages. AIP automatically creates
GIL journals when you create vouchers, and assigns individual
expense accounts by line item. It also creates journals during both
automatic and manual check generation. Transactions can be sent
to other Professionals or to VAX systems for distributed accounting
applications. If you set it up to interface with the Inventory
package, AIP validates part numbers, supplies automatic pricing
information, and creates inventory quantity balances and transactions during voucher entry.
The system is compatible with MAPS/PRO Financial Modeling,
allowing you to perform full financial modeling based on current
data without the need to translate accounting information into
spreadsheet formats.
PRO-Accountant Inventory
The PRO-Accountant Inventory System helps you track raw
materials, work in progress, or finished goods inventory. The
Inventory module is tailored to services or manufacturing environments and works either as a standalone system or in conjunction
with PRO-Accountant Accounts Payable.

The Inventory System maintains descriptions, balance fields, and
up to three different prices for each part. The part identification
code consists of up to 12 characters of part identification and four
characters of product line.
The system supports both online and transaction-driven inventory
control. Balance fields are updated immediately, and complete
transactions provide an audit trail. If you set up the Inventory

9-17 • (PIOS)Software-Accounting

System to interface with Accounts Payable, A/P automatically
updates balances and writes transactions on receipts.
Inventory supports most accepted valuation methods, including
standard cost, average cost, LIFO price, and FIFO price. You can
observe the effect of different pricing algorithms by doing the
valuation several times.

9-18 • Professional Seftware Catalog

The Inventory System's extensive reporting capabilities let you
accumulate both purchase and sales history information and
determine economic order quantities. The system can generate
reports for a range of parts or product lines. To facilitate physical
inventories, the system can generate inventory tags and control
sheets.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
• 10- or 33-Mbyte hard disk
• p/os Hard Disk, Version 1.7 or later
System Options
• LASO, LA100, or LA210 Printer
·MAPS/PRO Financial Modeling
• MAPS/PRO Graphics
• MULTIPLAN

• MBSI RealWorld Accounting
MBSI RealWorld™ accounting software runs on the Professional
under the RT-11 operating system. A description of the available
packages can be found later in this chapter in the RT-11 Software
Library.
• CPA Time and Billing System
Available from: BETA Computer Corporation
221 Parkway North
Waterford, CT 06385
(203) 442-8775
The CPA system is a time and billing program designed to meet the
needs of small to medium-sized accounting firms. The system
posts time, cost, and cash receipts for each client. It also produces
invoices, work in progress reports, and accounts-receivable aging
analysis for selected clients. The system also provides a variety of
income analysis, employee productivity, and firm time reports.

9-19 • (P/OS)Sojtware-Accounting

· On-Line Accounting

Available from: Applied Software Development Corporation
Route 1, Box 328
Parkin, AK 72373
(501) 755-3908
On-Line Accounting™ contains General Ledger, Accounts Payable, and Payroll/ Accounts Receivable modules_ Features include
online transactions for the entire year, departmental or project
tracking, and support for government forms 501 and 511.
· Computer-On Accounting System

Available from: Computer-On
1360 Ocean Parkway
Brooklyn, NY 11230
(212) 645-6233
The Computer-On Accounting System is a comprehensive
accounting package for small businesses that can be customized to
your company's special business and accounting needs. It is also
available on MicroPDP-11 and PDP-11 systems.
Each module includes password protection, extensive data file
integrity-checking, and back-up/restore facilities. Modules can be
used separately for stand-alone applications, or interfaced with the
General Ledger.
The General Ledger supports multiple profit centers and journalized transaction posting and editing. It allows online account
detail inquiry, trial balance reporting, and flexible year-end closing
procedures.
Accounts Receivable handles both open item and balance forward
customers and provides maintenance of both the salesperson and
customer files. It generates aging reports and statements, sales
commissions reports, and automatically calculates and posts
finance charges.

9-20 • Professional Software Catalog

Accounts Payable handles new payables, adjustments and cancellations, and provides cash requirements and vendor analysis
reporting. It allows flexible payment selection, including partial
payments, with pre-check-writing reports.

• Communications
·PRO/DECnet
Order Code: QBA44-H3
DECnet is the family of software that allows Digital computers to
form high-speed communication networks. DECnet provides the
organization and management tools for a network, as well as
many specific utilities and applications. It also provides the
foundation for many layered network applications in office automation, database management, communications, and other areas.
PRO/DECnet ties the Professional into the larger Digital Network
Architecture. This architecture allows full compatibility between
Professional, larger PDP-11, VAX, and DEcsystem-10 and
DECSYSTEM-20 mainframe systems. PRO/DECnet is implemented
through Ethernet, a common local area network (LAN) protocol.
Using PRO/DECnet, you can create small local area networks of
Professionals and other Digital computers or tie into existing
DECnet networks of any size. In either case, the Professional
becomes a fully functional end node in the network.

Fast, Efficient Communication
Whatever the size or configuration of the DECnet network, the
function remains the same: to communicate faster, more easily,
and more efficiently. Communication takes place at 10 Mbits per
second over the Ethernet link. And micnet not only increases
communication speed, it can perform multiple background tasks
at the same time it is performing a foreground task.

9-21 • (PIOS) Seftware-Communications

PRO/DECnet supports a wide variety of sophisticated communication functions, both user-to-user and computer-to-computer. The
PRO/DECnet Phone utility provides realtime, "terminal-to- terminal'' communications between users on DECnet nodes. Two users
can literally ''type'' a conversation using keyboard and screen.
The system also has a mail utility that allows the user to send and
receive mail across the network.
PRO/DECnet software provides virtual terminal emulationwithout modem dial-ups or communication set-ups. A Professional can act as a local terminal to any node in the network (except
another Professional).
In a local area network, PRO/DECnet allows you to access files and
directories on remote systems. It allows you to execute programs
on remote systems. It even allows simulataneous links between a
Professional and one or more remote nodes. For example, you
could transfer files from one node and use the database of another
node at the same time. The system also supports program-toprogram communication over multiple, simultaneous logical
links. Users who wish to develop distributed applications using
PRO/DECnet's task-to-task capability will need to purchase the
optional PRo/Tool Kit.
Besides providing utilities and applications for high-speed communications, PRO/DECnet provides the tools for network management. These utilities have been designed for users with no formal
training or experience in data communication. They make use of a
menu and forms-driven user interface and extensive online help.
Like all DECnet products, PRO/DECnet includes a Network Management Listener (NML). This can be used by a network administrator for routine maintenance, fault isolation, or performance
evaluation purposes. A File Access Listener (FAL) allows a properly

9-22 • Professional Software Catalog

authorized individual at a remote terminal to copy a file to or from
the ProfessionaL It also can be used to open a file remotely and to
access records on the ProfessionaL
Creating a Network
PRO/DECnet uses a combination of hardware and software to create
DECnet networks. Once connected, the Professional will be
defined as a Phase IV Ethernet end node. This allows it to
communicate with any other Digital computer in a Phase IV
implementation of DECnet. It also allows a Professional to communicate with Phase III DECnet nodes through a communications
server router or through a VAXIVMS or PDP-11/asx host routing
node.

There are two basic ways to network a ProfessionaL Both require
the Ethernet Controller Module, which occupies one option slot
on the Professional, and DECnet software.
Where Ethernet coaxial cabling is already supporting a DECnet
network, the Professional can tie in using an H4000 Ethernet
transceiver.
Where no network exists, up to eight Professionals (or other
Digital systems) can be connected to a DELNI to create a network.
(See Chapter 6 for a description of the DELNI hardware option.)
The DELNI, which is in effect a short-range Ethernet system, can in
turn be connected to a larger DECnet network. In this way, a small
local area network can be connected to a larger local area network
(LAN) or even wide area networks (WAN).
Once integrated into a large DECnet network, there is practically
no limit to the Professional's communications capabilities-even
with IBM and other non-Digital systems via gateways and packet
switching.

9-23 • (P!OS)Sofiware-Communications

PRO/DECnet is the first DECnet product that is customerinstallable. Hardware installation involves sliding the DECNA
Ethernet Controller Module into the Professional option cage and
connecting the Professional to an Ethernet coaxial cable or DELNI.
Software installation simply involves copying the PRO/DECnet
software from diskette to hard disk, running a setup utility to
define a few variables, and running an installation verification test.
No special tools, training, or networking experience are required.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
• 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk
• p/os Hard Disk, Version 2.0 or later
• DECNA Ethernet Controller Module
• DELNI Local Area Network
or
• H4000 Ethernet Transceiver (for existing networks)

PRO/ Communications
Order Code: QBA05 (Hard Disk)
QBE05 (Hard Disk, Europe)
QBA45 (Diskette-based Professional 350/380)
QBE45 (Diskette-based Professional 350/380,
Europe)
PRO/Communications is the primary communications package
for the Professional, performing a wide range of asynchronous
communications functions. While many computers prominently
feature communications capabilities, few can match the combination of multiple terminal emulations, file conversion services, file
transfer capabilities (usually with full error checking), and support
for voice/ data communications offered by PRO/Communications.
And in this version of PRO/Communications, you will find new
support for such Digital hardware innovations as the MiniExchange and the Telephone Management System.

9-24 • Professional Software Catalog

Terminal Emulation
Pro/Communications terminal emulation mode allows the Professional to emulate a standard ASCII video terminal in communicating with any other system capable of supporting asynchronous
terminal communications. This lets you use your Professional in
any of the applications described below_ (Additional terminal
emulation capabilities are available with other communications
software packages described later in this section-)
First, PRO/Communications terminal emulation capabilities
allow you to access applications software or programming languages residing on a host system.
In addition, terminal emulation allows you to access and exchange
information with remote databases. The Professional can transmit
an ASCII file or document from a local disk or diskette to a host
database or database network. Conversely, the Professional can
store ASCII information viewed on the VR201 display to a local disk
or diskette. Sources of such information could include data services
such as CompuServe,™ Dow Jones News/Retrieval, and The
Source.
PRO/Communications gives the Professional access to x.25 public
data networks. Such networks, which provide low-cost data
transfer through high-speed switching computers, can be accessed
by dialing into a' 'Packet Assembler and Disassembler'' (or PAD) as
an asynchronous terminal_
Your Professional with PRO/Communications can also perform
ReGis Graphics Emulation. ReGis is the Remote Graphics Instruction Set, a Digital host system graphics program. Pro/
Communications emulates a Digital VT125 Graphics Terminal by
interpreting ReGIS Graphics commands transmitted by a remote
system. VT125 emulation and ReGIS interpretation mean access to
the advanced graphics capabilities of much larger computers.

9-25 • (P/OS) Software-Communications

Finally, PRO/Communications will let you develop Professional
applications on host computers using the Professional Host Tool
Kit for either vAxlvMS or RSX-11M/M-PLUS systems.
File Transfers with PRO I Communications
The Professional File Transfer utility gives Professional users new
flexibility in moving files between machines. The Professional-toProfessional file transfer capability allows two or more Professionals to exchange ASCII, binary, or RMS file structures directly,
independent of a host system.
Other file transfer capabilities allow you to use the larger file
storage capacity of an RSX-11M/M-PLUS or VAX/VMS host, while
retaining the convenience of having your own personal workstation. The PRO/Communications host file transfer capability
allows complex ASCII, binary, or RMS files to be transferred from

PRO/Communications provides many
communications capabilities, including file
transfer between Professionals and VAXes.

9-26 • Professional Sojtware Catalog

the Professional to either a PDP-11 or VAX-11 host system running
Professional Host Communications software. Both of the above
file transfer operations take advantage of Digital' s error-correcting
protocol.
Text-file transfer lets you transfer ASCII and text files to or from a
remote system, another Professional, or another personal computer that does not share the Professional File Transfer utility.
Taking advantage of the Professional multitasking capabilities,
unattended DEcmate document transfer (ox) is supported through
PRO/Communications in background mode. Meanwhile, the
Professional can run word processing or other tasks in foreground
mode.

File Conversion Services
PRO/ Communications includes a number of useful file conversion
routines. ASCII and WPS conversion utilities are provided to
translate incoming WPS files (from DECmates or other Digital
systems) to ASCII character format, allowing the editing of WPS
files with PROSE or any other word processing editor installed on
the Professional. You can then print files locally on your Professional's printer.
Another conversion routine allows you to convert the Professional
files for transferral to DECmates, while a third converts files into the
National Replacement Character Set for several languages.

Professional Phone Book and Call Services
PRO/Communications includes an intelligent phone directory
system, the Professional Communications Phonebook, which
allows you to store, edit, or delete your most frequently called
names, phone numbers, and addresses. The Phonebook can store
phone numbers with up to 32 digits, allowing international
dialing and access to long distance telephone services.

9-27 • (PIOS)Software-Communications

The Phonebook can also be used to store the name of a host
computer and associated communications port setup information.
You won't have to set up line and device characteristics each time
you establish a telephone connection.
Using Call Services and either the Telephone Management System
(TMS) or an intelligent modem, you can automatically dial phone
numbers stored in the Professional Phonebook. When used with
PRO/Communications, TMS (described in Chapter 6) can originate
or automatically answer voice or data calls on either of its two
additional TMS phone lines. All Pro/Communications functions
are supported over TMS communications lines.
PRo/Communications also supports the Mini-Exchange hardware option (also described in Chapter 6), a communications tool
that provides automatic port-selection capabilities for the purposes
of file transfer and shared device access among microcomputers.
Digital offers Co'mputer Based Instruction (cBI) to help you learn
how to use PRO/ Communications while working directly on your
Professional. You move at your own pace, taking the course
whenever you like, as often as you like. See the System Options
section below for the names and order numbers for PRO/
Communications CBI.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 325, 350, or 380 system
• 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk (required for Pro/Communications
Hard Disk only)
• PI os Diskette or PI os Hard Disk

9-28 • Professional Seftware Catalog

Cables and hardware required depend on applications and sites:
• Modem cable for modem connection
·Null modem cable for local host connection
·Multiple computers or other devices-Intelligent Communication Processor or other multiplexers or the Mini-Exchange
• Remote telephone connection using either
-DF02-Ac, or DF03-ac intelligent modem (or equivalent) capable
of autodial and autoanswer; and Digital cable Bcc04-D or standard
EIA Rs232 cables and connectors.
-Mini-Exchange option. To use an external modem for autodial
and autoanswer operations to a remote host, a DF adapter cable is
provided with the Mini-Exchange option.
Note: Pro/Communications for Hard Disk Version 1.8 is not
compatible with PI os Hard Disk versions prior to Version 1. 7.
System Options
· Professional Host Communications, Version 1. 7, available for
VAXIVMS and RSX-11M and RSX-11M-PLUS systems
• Extended Bit Map (Required for VT125 graphics emulation)
• DF02-Ac, DF03-Ac Modem (Optional for use with Professional
Phonebook and Call Services)
· Telephone Management System (Optional for use with Professional Phonebook and Call Services)
• Mini-Exchange (DFMSA-AA)
·Computer Based Instruction (cm) courses: How to Use PRO/
Communications for Hard Disk System (order number EY-1975E-cs)
and How to Use PRO/Communications for Diskette System (order
number EY-1976E-cs)

9-29 • (PIOS)Software-Communications

· PRO 2780/3780
Order Code: QBA47-A3
The PRO 2780/3780 communications facility enables a Professional
300 Series workstation to communicate with other devices operating within International Business Machine (IBM) Binary Synchronous Data Link (Bsc) protocol environments_ This brings a range
of communications capabilities to your Professional. The PRO
2780/3780-equipped Professional can work as a 2780/3780 Remote
Job Entry station, use local Digital printers to emulate IBM 3287
printers, and exchange information with other computers that
have 2780/3780 communications capabilities, including other
Professionals running this package_
Digital has designed this software according to the specifications
for IBM 2780 and 3780 data transmission terminals as defined in IBM
documents GA27-3005 and GA27-3063, respectively. Any computer
with software designed according to those speC:ifications should be
a satisfactory remote host.

The Professional supports several packages that
enable it to communicate with IBM computers.

9-30 • Professional Software Catalog

PRO 2780/3780 was developed to aid the user in sharing informa-

tion among a Professional and a variety of host machines.
Although not a formal industry standard, the 2780/3780 protocol
has great acceptance and usage in the data processing community.
With PR0-2780/3780, your Professional can communicate with
that same broad range of computers.
PRO 2780/3780 is designed to offer simple and reliable access to

these machines. It features customer installation, online
computer-based instruction, and online diagnostics and error
logging. A hierarchy of straightforward menus and forms guides
you through system setup and operation. The product includes an
introductory overview and onscreen "help" information, which
is available at any time.
System Functions
PRO 2780/3780 works under the PI os operating system and can be
accessed through the Professional's system of menus. The p/osto-IBM data format conversion is transparent to the user and
handled entirely by the software.
PRO 2780/3780 allows your Professional to perform batch or

segmented batch transmissions. The BSC protocol with its basic
data link control provides transmission checking and a choice of
transmission codes, either EBCDIC (Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code) or us ASCII. The system affords added
flexibility by allowing you to hold files in any part of the
Professional's file system.
Other features of PRO 2780/3780 include a 2780 multiple record
transmission option, allowing the selection of print and punch
components on receive.

9-31 • (P!OS) Software-Communications

PRO 2780/3780 supports vertical and horizontal forms control. The

former permits the formatting of printed data under the control of
the carriage-control tape and carriage-control commands. The
horizontal forms control provides an electronic tab function
identical in operation to that of a standard typewriter.
PRO 2780/3780 also provides IBM model 3287 printer emulation. In
this mode, a Digital LASO, LA100, LA210, LQP02, or LQP03 printer

locally attached to your Professional can operate as an IBM 3287
printer.
While these functions are taking place, the Professional multitasking capability will allow you to get on to the other projects at
hand. Once communication with the host computer has been
established, a Professional with a hard disk and the 2780/3780
option can send or receive files unattended.
3780 Enhancements
The 3780 protocol is a second-generation refinement of the older
2780 protocol. As such, it includes a number of enhancements over
its predecessor. The Professional will support a number of these
features.

The 3780 protocol allows binary data file transfer with EBCDIC
Transparency. The protocol also supports space compression and
expansion. This removes spaces from transmitted data and inserts
spaces in received data, reducing transmission time by eliminating
the transmission of contiguous spaces.
Communications
PRO 2780/3780 allows communications to BSC networks over a

wide range of communications links. The product operates using

9-32 • Professional Software Catalog

a single point-to-point communications line. This line can be halfor full-duplex, and transmission speeds of up to 9600 bits per
second can be achieved on an otherwise idle system. The system
works through the Professional EIA Rs232-c interface.
Communications characteristics for your particular configuration
are defined through a series of questions in the software set-up
routine. If the communications characteristics change (for example, because of changes in the host computer or in your own
information requirements) they can be easily modified.
Minimum System Requirements
· Professional 350 or 380 system
• 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk
• p/os Hard Disk, Version 1.7 or later
• Bcc04-xx modem cable and one of the following modems (or
equivalent): Bell System 201c, 208A, 209A, or approved PTTsupplied modems (the latter outside us).

·PRISM
Order Code: QA176-c3 (hard disk)
QA753-c3 (diskette version)
The Professional Inter-System Management package, or PRISM, is
a Professional/IBM communications product developed by
Advanced Systems Concepts, Inc., of Hoboken, New Jersey.
It has two main facilities.

The Virtual Terminal Emulator (vrn) allows your Professional to
emulate an IBM 3276 Model 2 Cluster Controller and a 3278 Model
2 terminal. VTE uses the 3270 subset of IBM's Binary Synchronous
(Bsc) protocol. While in terminal emulation mode, your Professional can be addressed by the BSC network as a 3270 BSC device. If

9-33 • (PIOS) Software-Communications

your Professional has an attached printer, VTE will provide 3287
printer emulation as well, allowing you to print what appears on
the screen or to drive the printer from the IBM host system.

A second mode of PRISM operation, the Intertask Communication
Facility, allows you to write programs that communicate with the
IBM system. A set of callable routines (MACRO library definitions
and an object library) is provided, allowing you to write programs
that read and write data across the 3270 link. With this facility, a
task can be written to transfer files or to share resources between
the Professional and IBM systems. Digital's Professional Developers' Tool Kit is necessary for creating these intertask programs.
The PRISM software package also includes a computer-based
instruction course called TUTOR, which teaches you how to set up
and use PRISM. TUTOR guides even inexperienced users through
PRISM's installation, connection of a modem, PRISM menu displays,
and overall PRISM operation. It also describes the software requirements for the IBM system.
Communications
PRISM allows communications to BSC networks over a wide range
of communications links. Using the Professional's communication port, PRISM supports local hardwired connection and remote
modem access at up to 9600 baud. Point-to-point modem links
support half-duplex operations, external clocking, communications statistics accumulation, and constant request to send (RTS).
Several Professionals and IBM 327x controllers can share a single
hardwired communications line to the IBM system through the
multidrop or multipoint capability of the 3270 protocol.
System Operation
Since the Professional keypad is substantially different from that of
the IBM 3278, VTE changes the functions of some Professional keys

9-34 • Professional Software Catalog

to emulate the IBM keypads. As a result, all of the special function
keys available on an IBM 3278 Model 2 terminal are emulated on
your Professional. In addition, PRISM provides special keys to assist
you during terminal emulation mode. These include the Copy
key, for making hardcopy printouts of the current screen; the
Status key, which informs you of current terminal conditions and
displays error messages; the Refresh key, to redisplay the current
screen; and the Professional's standard Help, Exit, and MainScreen keys.

If you have an optional printer on your Professional, PRISM will
provide IBM 3287 printer emulation support. The IBM output can
be directed straight to the printer or to an intermediate file for
subsequent printing.
Intertask Communication Facility
The PRISM Intertask Communication Facility allows p/ os application developers, using the PRO/Tool Kit or the Professional Host
Tool Kit, to create applications that share resources or transfer data
to and from the host system. This facility includes routines for
simplifying the process of writing a program to communicate
with an IBM task. Programs written with the Intertask Communication Facility can be written in any language supported by the
Professional Tool Kits.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 325, 350, or 380 system
• p/os Operating System
System Options
• Synchronous Modem. Bell 212-A (212-A synchronous mode
only), 201-c, 208-B or compatible model required for switched
operations.
• Professional Tool Kits (for Intertask Communication Facility)

9-35 • (PIOS) Seftware-Communications

. PRO/SNA Terminal and Printer Emulator
(PRO/SNA/TE)
Order Code: QBA49-A3
The PRo/SNA Terminal and Printer Emulator, PRo/sNAITE, lets
you use your Professional as you would an IBM 3270 terminal-to
perform interactive data entry, program development, and
inquiry, updating, and transaction processing of the host computer's central database. When using the PRO/SNAITE emulation
package, the Professional's keyboard is mapped out to duplicate
the 3270 keyboard functions.
The integrated printer emulation feature lets you print out IBM
files, emulating an IBM 3287 printer with your Digital LASO, LA100,
LA210, LQP02, or LQP03 printer. The IBM output can be directed to
the printer or to a file for printing at a later time.
Designed for easy access to large IBM mainframes operating in the
the PRO/SNAITE emulation package features
online help screens and computer-based instruction to guide you
through system operation. Product documentation also includes
information that you and the IBM system manager will use to set up
the specific line characteristics needed to communicate with your
IBM host system. These and other features make the PRolsNAITE
package completely customer-installable. Online diagnostics and
error logging add reliability to the system.
SNA environment,

PRO/SNA/TE provides 3278 (Model 1 and 2) terminal emulation
capabilities. While in terminal emulation mode the Professional
can be addressed by the SNA network as an SNA Logical Unit (w)
Type 2 control unit.

9-36 • Professional Software Catalog

The Copy-Screen and Print-Screen function keys used in terminal
emulation mode will allow a Professional, emulating a 3278
Information Display Screen, to copy the contents of a currently
displayed screen to a local disk file residing on the Professional
system. Or you can print the current contents of a screen on a
printer locally attached to the Professional.
The PRO/ SNAI TE printer emulator will support both SNA LU type 1
SNA Character Stream (scs) format and SNA LU Type 3 3270 Data
Stream Compatability (nsc) format.
The communications link for the PRO/SNAITE emulation package
is to an IBM 37xx Communications Controller through the
standard communications port running in synchronous mode on
the following communications links: half-duplex, switched or
nonswitched point-to-point; full-duplex, nonswitched point-topoint; or half-duplex, nonswitched multipoint. The single communications line can operate at up to 9600 bits per second. The
multipoint line support allows the Professional to coexist on a line
with any SDLC or SDLC-compatible devices (for example, other
Professionals). However, PRO/SNA does not work on a line operating in non-return-to-zero-inverted (NRZI) mode and does not
support SDLC loop connections.
The PRO/SNAITE package can be run simultaneously with the
PRO/SNAIRJE package.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
• 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk
· p/os Hard Disk, Version 1.7 or later
• Bcc04-xx modem cables and one of the following modems or its
equivalent: Bell System 201c, 208A, 209A, or appropriate PTTsupplied modems (the latter for use outside the U.S.).

9-37 • (P!OS) Software-Communications

· PRO/SNA Remote Job Entry (PRO/SNA/RJE)
Order Code: QBA48-A3
The PRo/sNA Remote Job Entry (PRo/sNAIRJE) system lets you
use the Professional as an IBM 3770 RJE workstation. While in this
mode, your Professional can submit batch requests to an IBM
mainframe operating in an SNA environment supporting Job Entry
System (JES) I and II. You can initiate an RJE session from your
Professional, or it can be initiated by an IBM host computer.
Instead of using a cardpunch to create a batch job, you use an editor
to write a set of instructions that process data residing in the host
computer. When this information is processed, it can be printed
locally on your Professional's printer or stored as a file for printing
at a later time.
Because the PRO/SNAIRJE system works by emulating a 3276
model 12 cluster controller, your Professional has the ability to
emulate up to six SNA logical units (ws). The system will allow
submission of up to 12 files to a remote host. Multiple Dataset
print/punch output is supported.
The SNAIRJE system also allows your Professional to check the
status ofjobs on the IBM system for you. In addition, PRo/sNAIRJE
protocol emulation can run in the background mode while you
work on other tasks.
Designed for easy access to large IBM mainframes operating in the
SNA environment, the PRo/sNAIRJE package features online help
screens and computer-based instruction to guide you through
system operation. Product documentation also includes information that you and the IBM system manager will use to set up the
specific line characteristics needed to communicate with your IBM
host system. These and other features make the PRolsNA/TE
package completely customer-installable. Online diagnostics and
error logging add reliability to the system.

9-38 • Professional Software Catalog

The communications link for the PRolsNAIRJE package is to an
IBM 37xx Communications Controller through the standard
communications port running in synchronous mode on the
following communications links: half-duplex, switched or nonswitched point-to-point; full-duplex, nonswitched point-topoint; or half-duplex, nonswitched multipoint. The single
communications line can operate at up to 9600 bits per second. The
multipoint line support allows the Professional to coexist on a line
with any SDLC or SDLC-compatible devices (for example, other
Professionals). However, PRO/SNA does not work on a line operating in non-return-to-zero-inverted (NRZI) mode and does not
support SDLC loop connections.
The PRO/ SNAIRJE system can be run simultaneously with the PRo/
SNA!TE system.
Minimum System Requirements
· Professional 350 or 380 system
• 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk
· p/ os Hard Disk, Version 1. 7 or later
·Synchronous Modem: Bell 212-A synchronous mode only, 201-c,
208-B, or compatible modem required for switched operations.
For leased line connection, one of the following modems or its
equivalent: Bell System 201c, 208A, or 209A. A Bcc04-xx modem
cable is required for either modem. For users outside the United
States, any PTT-supplied modem is suitable.

BURCOM-11
Available from: Applied Information Systems i
500 Eastowne Drive
Chapel Hill, NC 27514
BURCOM-11 allows the Professional to communicate with Burroughs computers using synchronous or asynchronous protocols.

9-39 • (PIOS) Software-Communications

· DIGimail
Available from: ATS Data Processing, Inc.
1101 North 9th Avenue
Pensacola, FL 32501
(904) 433-7578
DIGimail is an electronic mail system for Professionals and PDP-11
and VAX networks. It can be integrated into DIGitext word
processing systems.

· PhoneLink
Available from: Virtual Microsystems
2150 Shattuck Ave., Suite 720
Berkeley, CA 94704
(415) 841-9594
PhoneLink is a communications program designed to provide file
transfer between the Professional and minicomputers and microcomputers running the CPIM, MS-DOS, RT-11, UNIX, or VMS
operating systems.

· poly-XFR
Available from: Polygon Associates
Nine American Industrial
St. Louis, MO 63043
(314) 576-7709
The poly-XFR™ program is an asynchronous communications
package that allows Professional users to transfer files to and from
other personal computers, minicomputers, and mainframes that
also have poly-XFR software.

·PRO-Kermit
Available from: DECOS
249 Northboro Road, BP02
Marlboro, MA 01752
(617) 480-3422

9-40 • Professional Software Catalog

PRO-Kermit permits-communications over terminal lines between
a Professional and other computer systems, including PDP-11, VAX,
DEcsystem-10 and DECSYSTEM-20, IBM 370, IBM PC, Apple,™ and
cPIM systems.

· TELTEX-11
Available from: ATS Data Processing, Inc.
1101 North 9th Avenue
Pensacola, FL 32501
(904) 433-7578
TELTEX-11 is an auxiliary subsystem that enables a Professional
running the DIGitext word processing system to communicate
worldwide through the commercial telegraph system.

· XOREN IPL-11 File Transfer Package
Available from: Midcom Corporation
1940 N. Tustin, Suite 101
Orange, CA 92665
(714) 998-6041
XOREN IPL-11™ allows file transfer between a Professional and
Professional, PDP-11, LSI-11, and VAX systems, even when they have
different operating systems.

9-41 • (P!OS)Sojtware-DataManagement

• Data Management
· PRO/DATATRIEVE
Order Code: QBA43-A3
DATATRIEVE is Digital's most popular minicomputer-based database management system. For most desktop computers, running
such powerful software is out of the question_ But the Professional' s PDP-11 architecture makes DATATRIEVE a natural member of the
"personal PDP-11's" software portfolio. In addition, PRO/
DATATRIEVE is compatible with VAX DATATRIEVE and DATATRIEVE-11,
allowing the development of true distributed PRO/DATATRIEVE
applications specifically tailored to your own requirements_
Two software products constitute the implementation of DATATRIEVE and its accompanying tools on the Professional: PRO/
DATATRIEVE, an interactive language for database development,
queries, and reporting; and PROIRDT, a software product allowing
the Professional to extract selected information from domains on a
remote host. PROIRDT is described in the next software product
description in this chapter.
Purchasers of PRolDATATRIEVE can also buy the documentationonly option, Tool Kit PRO/DATATRIEVE. Tool Kit PRolDATATRIEVE
shows programmers how to develop distributed and layered
DATATRIEVE applications on the Professional. The Tool Kit PRO/
DATATRIEVE option is described later in this software description.

PRO/DATATRIEVE-The Foundation for Professional
DATATRIEVE Capabilities
PRO/DATATRIEVE brings the power of DATATRIEVE to the Professional computer. It offers a combination of ease of use, applications
development flexibility, and performance unmatched by microcomputer database systems.

9-42 • Professional Software Catalog

ADR/DATA

•

PRO/Smart Mailer

PRO/Synergy Data Manager

• • •

• • •
• •
• •
•
• •

()

~
Cll

"~
<;-

~
Notes: PROfRDT is a DATATRIEVE product designed to extract information from DATATRIEVE domains on remote host systems
for local analysis and report generation.
''Distributed data management applications'' are defined as those in which the Professional workstation can share,
manipulate, and upload database files located on remote host systems.
Advanced application development capabilities for PROfDATATRIEVE are found in Tool Kit PROfDATATRIEVE, a documentation option that shows you how to create applications that can be added to the p/ os menu, that can be called
from any PRO Tool Kit language, or that offer complete distributed processing on your Professional workstation.
Easy Entry is a product designed specifically for the development of powerful data entry systems. The compatible
implementations noted for VAX and MicroPDP-11 systems are available from Applied Information Systems, Inc.,
Chapel Hill, NC (919) 942-7801.

9-44 • Professional Software Catalog

PRO/DATATRIEVE is an interactive query, report, and data mainte-

nance system. Even without programming expertise, you can use
to work efficiently with your organization's
information. Then, using the PROIDATATRIEVE Report Writer, you
can produce detailed reports and statistical breakdowns of this
information.
PRO/DATATRIEVE

Minicomputer Power, Microcomputer Ease OfUse
PRO/DATATRIEVE is a full implementation of the DATATRIEVE-11
system available on PDP-11 systems. This yields two immediate
benefits. First, you can transfer existing DATATRIEVE-11 applications to the Professional, subject to available disk space, with a
minimum of reformatting. And second, users familiar with
DATATRIEVE on PDP-11 systems will be familiar with PRO/
DATATRIEVE without additional training.

9-45 • (P!OS)Sojtware-DataManagement

PRO/DATATRIEVE's power does not mean it is inappropriate for less
experienced users. Without any special programming knowledge,
you can quickly learn to store, retrieve, update, format, and sort
your data to meet relatively sophisticated information management needs.
You use English-like commands to direct data retrieval, modification, and display. PROIDATATRIEVE recognizes many of the standard
Professional keys, including Help, Exit, Main Screen, Do, Cancel,
and Interrupt. The system automatically prompts for both command and data entry. An online help facility is always available, as
is PROIDATATRIEVE's Guide Mode. Guide Mode leads you through
PRO/DATATRIEVE sessions by giving additional prompts and information as you type in commands.
Digital offers a variety of instructional aids to help you learn how
to use PROIDATATRIEVE. These include a tutorial manual-PRO/
DATATRIEVE for Beginners-and a Computer Based Instruction
program (purchased separately) that provides onscreen self-paced
learning.
PROIDATATRIEVE also includes tools that simplify application development for less experienced users. The Application Design Tool
(ADT), for example, quickly guides you through the design of
your database. Through ADT's interactive dialog, you can specify
the way you want records stored in your database without
investing in programming resources or having special knowledge
of COBOL or other high-level languages.
Manage And Retrieve Information Effectively
One of the most important tests of a database management system
is how well it allows you to access the information it contains. As
an interactive query language, PROIDATATRIEVE lets you find
information quickly and retrieve it in nearly any format you
require.

9-46 • Professional Software Catalog

Many PROIDATATRIEVE commands for retrieval have both simple
and advanced forms. By using simple command forms, beginning
users can find, update, sort, and display records easily. The more
advanced forms of these commands let you perform more complex
functions.
PROIDATATRIEVE includes a number of other data retrieval features.

A data formatting capability is available for storing a variety of
numeric, date, and alphabetic data. Built-in statistical functions
include TOTAL, AVERAGE, MAX, MIN' and COUNT.
Reports: The Information You Need, the Form You Want
With the PRO/DATATRIEVE Report Writer you can organize and
summarize information contained in your database in clear, easyto-read, meaningful reports. You can display a report on your
Professional screen, print it, or write it to a file for subsequent
editing or printing. You can control. the format of a report or
allow the Report Writer to do some or all of the formatting
automatically.
The simplest form of a report specification consists of the commands REPORT, PRINT, and END_REPORT. You can ,create more
detailed and complex reports by controlling the sort order,
specifying control breaks to create report sections, creating title
pages, using statistical functions to create summary lines and
pages, and formatting report columns.
A Dictionary for Your Database
The ''data dictionary'' contains information that helps you with
query, update, and reporting operations. It contains record definitions, which describe the format of records in a file, and domain
definitions, which link record definitions with data files. These
definitions allow substantial data and program independence
because record definitions can cross file boundaries. This means
you can use one record definition to access information in several
different data files.

9-47 • (PIOS)Sojtware-Data Management

The data dictionary also lets you store PRO/DATATRIEVE procedures, tables, and views. A procedure is a group of frequently used
statements or commands that you have created and named. In
effect, procedures are PROIDATATRIEVE programs that allow you to
store and execute whole sets of often-used PROIDATATRIEVE commands. Once stored in a data dictionary, the procedure can be
executed simply by entering the procedure name. Tables contain
code and translation pairs that allow you to store small bits of data
in files, but to display the longer translations. You can also use
tables to validate information as it is entered into a database. A
view allows you to create a new record definition to look at fields
and records from one or more domains.
You can create a data dictionary for each database or you can store
information about all your databases in the data dictionary
provided with PROIDATATRIEVE.

Tool Kit PRO/DATATRIEVE-Documentation for
Advanced Applications Development
Tool Kit PROIDATATRIEVE is a documentation-only PRO/
DATATRIEVE option that explains how to develop advanced applications using PROIDATATRIEVE and the PRo/Tool Kit or Professional
Host Tool Kit. It supersedes the previously available PRO/
DATATRIEVE LAF (Layered Application Facility).
Tool Kit PRO/DATATRIEVE lets you develop applications that fit
your own specific requirements. The options described in Tool Kit
PROIDATATRIEVE include writing layered PRO/DATATRIEVE applications that can be selected from the p/ os Main Menu; using callable
PRO/DATATRIEVE from any Tool Kit programming language; and
developing distributed applications that use DATATRIEVE information residing on one or more PDP-11, VAX DATATRIEVE, or DTR-20
systems.

9-48 • Professional Software Catalog

Tool Kit PROIDATATRIEVE is designed for programmers familiar
with the p/os operating system and user interface who are
working with the PRO/Tool Kit or Professional Host Tool Kit. In
addition to documenting the application development options
listed above, these materials include a sample application that
demonstrates many PROIDATATRIEVE features.

Layered PRO/DATATRIEVE Applications
Tool Kit PROIDATATRIEVE shows developers how to write an
installation file that allows layered PRO/DATATRIEVE applications to
be selected and run from the PI os menu like any other PI os
application. This simplified execution of PRO/DATATRIEVE systems
is of particular value to less experienced end users.
Tool Kit PROIDATATRIEVE also outlines the rest of the development
process, including writing application files, using logical names to
identify application files and devices, installing applications on the
p/os menu, executing and debugging programs on the Professional, and compressing the application dictionary.

CallingPRO/DATATRIEVE
PROIDATATRIEVE Version 2.0 includes a new facility, PROCALDTR.TSK, that lets you call PROIDATATRIEVE from applications
developed using any PRO/Tool Kit or Professional Host Tool Kit
language. As with layered PROIDATATRIEVE applications, these
programs can be listed on the p/os Main Menu by application
name, ready for use by less experienced personnel. The Tool Kit
PRo/DATATRIEVE documentation set explains how to use these new
capabilities.

Distributed DATATRIEVE on the Professional
Tool Kit PRO/DATATRIEVE also shows developers how to create
distributed DATATRIEVE applications on the Professional. This
capability allows the Professional to extract, manipulate, update,

9-49 • (PIOS) Software-Data Management

and return data files in DATATRIEVE domains on remote Professional, PDP-11, VAX, or DECSYSTEM-20 systems. Besides reducing
the processing load on overburdened multiuser systems, this
provides distributed reporting capabilities and added convenience
for users_
Distributed DATATRIEVE applications use the PRO/DATATRIEVE
Remote Call Interface and routines in the object module library,
DTCLIB- OLB, which is included in the PRO /Tool Kit_ These facilities
allow applications on the Professional to communicate with the
Distributed Data Management Facility (DDMF) on a remote VAX,
PDP-11, DECSYSTEM-20, or Professional system running DATATRIEVE
or PRO/DATATRIEVE. The Professional DDMF facility is included
with PROIRDT (see following software description)-

Get the Most out of PRO/DATATRIEVE
The Tool Kit PROIDATATRIEVE documentation set gives programmers the information they need to take full advantage of the
capabilities of DATATRIEVE and the Professional. The resulting
applications can meet sophisticated information management
requirements with systems that end users find simple, flexible, and
effective_
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
• 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk
• p/os Hard Disk, Version 2_0
System Options
• Tool Kit PRO/DATATRIEVE documentation-only option (Order
number QB011-Gz)
• PROIRDT (includes the DDMF facility, allowing your Professional to
serve as a host for another program)

9-50 • Professional Software Catalog

• PRO/DEcnet (required for distributed applications)
• PRo/Tool Kit or Professional Host Tool Kit Version 2.0
• PRO/DATATRIEVE Computer Based Instruction course, How to Use
PRO/DATATRIEVE (hard disk version, EY-1892E-cs; diskette
version, EY-1942E-cs).

· PRO/RDT
Order Code: QBA71-A3
PRO/RDT is an information management tool for the Professional
computer that lets you extract selected information from a DATATRIEVE domain on a remote host. Then you can select PRO/
DATATRIEVE (purchased and installed separately) from the PROIRDT
or p/os Main Menu to manipulate the extracted information and
create reports locally on your Professional.
The remote host for PROIRDT can be another Professional or a VAX,
DECSYSTEM-20, or PDP-11 system. The remote host must have
DECnet or PRO/DECnet and a DATATRIEVE Distributed Data Management Facility (DDMF) task installed. PROIRDT includes PRO/
DDMF, which lets your Professional serve as a remote host for other
Professional systems or for VAX, DECSYSTEM-20, or PDP-11 systems.
PRO/RDT uses DECnet as the transfer medium. DATATRIEVE and its
protocols control the information transfer.
For typical reporting requirements, you may need to extract the
same information on a regular basis. PROIRDT lets you save your
extract descriptions, simplifying subsequent reporting.

How PRO/RDT Works
You work with PROIRDT by defining and processing an extraction
definition, or extract, that identifies the computer system you want
to access and the DATATRIEVE data to be retrieved. PROIRDT menus

9-51 • (PIOS)Software-DataManagement

ask you for the remote system node name, user name, password,
dictionary, and domain name for the data you want. Menus also
ask you for the name of the dictionary, domain, and data file where
the extracted information will be stored on your Professional.
Through a series of submenus, you can also establish various
selection criteria. For example, you can specify the records and
fields to be extracted, a sort sequence, or index keys for the
extracted data file. In this way, you control which data from the
remote domain will be transferred to your Professional and how it
will be stored.
When PROIRDT proce~ses an extract, it retrieves and stores the
specified information in a file on your Professional. The domain
and record definitions for the extracted information are stored in a
PRo/DATATRIEVE dictionary. A message appears on your p/os
message/ status board, which you can view directly from the PRO/
RDT menu" telling you how many records were retrieved.
You can then select PROIDATATRIEVE from the PROIRDT or p/os
main menus to manipulate the information, create reports, and
perform other PRO/DATATRIEVE functions.
PRO/RDT also lets you save, modify, or retrieve extracts using
extraction description files (EDFs)- You can process the same
extract or a modified version of the extract with a few keystrokes.
PROIRDT offers easy operation, streamlines reporting tasks, and

makes the Professional computer a cost-effective workstation in
virtually any DATATRIEVE environment. Through the PROIDDMF
facility, it also allows other DATATRIEVE users to draw on your work
to meet database management needs throughout your organization.

9-52 • Professional Software Catalog

Taking advantage of the Professional computer's unique communications capabilities, its minicomputer compatibility, and its
overall power and ease of use, PRO I RDT provides new flexibility and
performance for your desktop Professional.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
· 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk
• PI os Hard Disk
• PRO/DECnet
• DECNA hardware option (Ethernet interface)
• PROIDATATRIEVE Version 2.0.
· NPL Information Management System

Order Code: QA117-c3
The NPL™ Information Management System brings a sophisticated yet simple data management capability to the Professional
350 or 380 computer. Developed by DeskTop Software Corporation, NPL meets the requirements of corporate executives, managers, professionals, and business owners who need to store and
retrieve information but don't want to deal with the complexities
of conventional programming.
In virtually any database situation, you will appreciate the special
strengths of the NPL system. It provides unusual flexibility and
power in data entry, database searches and queries, editing of
existing data, and report writing. And, because NPL is a ''fourth
generation" language, you can customize your own information
systems without conventional programming. Using a flexible
English-like syntax, you can use NPL to format data for a wide
variety of reports.

9-53 • (PIOS) Software-Data Management

NPL also adjusts to your level of experience. It can operate in a

friendly menu-oriented mode as you learn the system. Then, once
you are familiar with NPL, you can streamline its operation by using
a direct command mode. In either case, on-screen help is always
available.
Develop Applications-Without Computer Expertise
With NPL you can develop your own information management
system without complex BASIC or COBOL programming. You can
tailor the format of data entry screens to the way you want to
organize information. You can design a sequence of on-screen
prompts to make sure that operators enter the right information in
the right order. NPL also lets you establish criteria for data
verification, ensuring, for example, that numerical data in the
appropriate range is entered where required.
NPL can accept data from a number of sources. These include other
Professional applications like Supercomp-Twenty, data
downloaded from VAX or PDP-11 systems, or even data from nonDigital equipment. NPL will quickly sort, format, and display the
information for quick project turnaround.

The NPL user interface and syntax is similar to FOCUS, RAMIS, and
systems running on IBM 370 machines. If you have
experience with these systems, you will feel thoroughly at home
with NPL.

NOMAD

Searching, Sorting, and Reporting From Your Database
An information management system is only as good as its ability
to access and present the information it stores. NPL offers power,
flexibility, and simplicity in this vital area.

While traditional programming languages require detailed, precise procedures for accessing databases, NPL lets you use Englishlike commands to request specific information. For example, you

9-54 • Pnifessional Software Catalog

could create mailing labels for all customers residing within a
certain sales territory or, using the same customer accounting
records, you could list all customers with outstanding balances in
any given range.
If you often use the same criteria in accessing your database-for
example, in preparing regular reports-you can save these criteria
in a command file for later use. Then, using the command file, you
can produce the same report at any time without having to reenter
the entire string of criteria. This storage of commands can be
applied to entire report formats and can include data retrieval,
sorting, and organization of data. In this way you can package
your own powerful, customized applications. You can also create
new systems from existing files, reformatting or rebuilding your
data files quickly and easily.
NPL's sorting capabilities make access faster and more precise.
Multikey sorting allows you to apply several search criteria to your
database. A variety of logical conditional phrases can be used to
extract the information you want. These can include sophisticated
if/ then/ else phrases to find data that is greater than, less than,
equal to, or containing any number or set of characters of your
choice.
The NPL system also includes a range of built-in arithmetic
functions. You can count the number of items in your data set, find
averages, maximums, minimums, first, and last items, as well as
sum up columns of figures. Calculations can be displayed as totals
or subtotals.

9-55 • (PIOS) Seftware-Data Management

Information Management for Today's Professional
NPL on the Professional computer offers a rare combination of
sophistication, power, storage capacity, and ease of use in a desktop
system. It is an excellent solution for professionals who need
results but want to avoid the time and expense of programming.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
• 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk
• PI os Hard Disk

· RDM300
Order Code: QA700-c3
RDM 300,™ the Responsive Data Manager, is an interactive relational database system for Professional hard-disk systems. A
complete database management system, RDM 300 lets users create
data entry forms, enter data, modify records, query for records by
fields or combinations of fields, and generate a broad range of
reports. Users perform data entry and copy, query, and edit
functions from the the system's single data entry screen. RDM 300
also allows data files to be merged, purged, extracted, and sorted.
RDM 300 allows for the development of customized systems
through such features as user-defined help screens, commands,
and menus; data security and password protection; and process
generation within applications. Because of RDM's high-level structure, all these capabilities can be used without writing any
program code.

9-56 • Professional Software Catalog

Both inexperienced and sophisticated users can work effectively in ·
RDM's flexible interactive environment. Menu-driven commands,
interactive dialog or forms, and special function keys provide a
friendly and easy-to-use interface that simplifies use of the system.
RDM 300 can be used for such functions as inventory control,
employee and membership record keeping, resource management,
and other business database applications.
Minimum System Requirements
· A Professional 350 or 380 system
• 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk
• PI os Hard Disk

· EasyEntry
Order Code: QA585-c3
EasyEntry™ is a user-oriented, full-screen forms management and
data entry system. Developed by Applied Information Systems,
Inc., EasyEntry is unusual in that it combines selected features
of a database management system with its sophisticated data entry
and forms management capabilities. This combination makes
EasyEntry appropriate for tasks as simple as interactive record
keeping and as sophisticated as the creation of transparent application front ends that have powerful logic, application calling,
and computational capabilities.
In addition, because EasyEntry is available on MicroPDP-11,
PDP-11, and VAX systems, Professional users can move forms designed on one system to any other supported system without
modification.
EasyEntry includes features found on few other data entry systems. One of the most important is an operator statistics capability, available on the EasyEntry hard-disk version, that allows for
objective evaluation of employee and application performance.

9-57 • (PIOS)Software-DataManagement

A Broad Range of Applications
EasyEntry can be used by both inexperienced and sophisticated
computer users. Inexperienced users can turn to EasyEntry for
such jobs as tracking sales prospects, keeping personnel records,
and maintaining mailing lists. Because of EasyEntry's simple
procedures for designing information storage screens, entering
information, and searching for and modifying records, these tasks
are well within the range of the typical executive.
At the same time, MIS departments and applications developers can
create complete transaction processing systems or transparent user
interfaces to sophisticated programs. For example, EasyEntry
could be used to create the data entry module for a powerful
database application. Its computational and logic capabilities
could be used to preprocess data as it is entered. Then, using its
ability to call and run other applications, EasyEntry could administer the advanced database and reporting capabilities of such
software as PRO/DATATRIEVE.

Designing EasyEntry Data Forms
EasyEntry's data entry and forms management system allows
onscreen design and implementation of data entry applications
through EasyEd,™ its full-screen interactive editor.
EasyEd editing commands allow you to create data entry forms
with variable field lengths, optional fields, and one-character
response prompts. Input specifications let you define the data
types allowed in each field, while simple commands allow you to
specify display characteristics including boldface, underlining,
blinking, and reverse video. You can store all completed forms in
standard file formats in a forms library.
You can develop more sophisticated forms using the EasyEd Form
Definition Language. This language lets you create help and error

9-58 • Professional Seftware Catalog

messages and redefine data input specifications. The Form Definition language also lets you add range and validity checks, internal
and external table look-ups, multiple file access, conditional
resetting of fields, and arithmetic computations to your applications.
Entering, Searching For, and Modifying Data
Once the data entry screen has been designed with EasyEd and, if
necessary, the Form Definition Language, EasyEntry lets operators enter information quickly and accurately. Because the system
performs checks, computations, batch totals for specific fields, and
logical operations, the efficiency of data entry increases substantially over keypunch and typical key-to-disk systems. Operators
can enter information, modify existing records, and search for
specific records.
With Professional configurations that include a hard disk,
EasyEntry's optional statistics program can be used to produce
management metric reports to evaluate the efficiency of data entry
and program operation.
Communicating With Other Applications
EasyEntry can be used as a stand-alone recordkeeping and reference system. But it also is a standout performer when it serves as a
front end to more powerful applications. Since EasyEntry data is
stored as ASCII characters in standard sequential files, data can be
transported to other systems or used as input to other programs.
Such intertask communication can be built into an EasyEntry
system. For example, using EasyEntry's Spawn utility, you can
create a file of PRO/DATATRIEVE commands that will be run
transparently as part of your EasyEntry application. You could use
similar command files to perform sophisticated statistical analysis
and reporting using SPSS/PRO or to interact with applications
developed with the PRo/Tool Kit.

9-59 • (PIOS) Seftware-Data Management

Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 325, 350, or 380 system
• 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk (required for optional statistics
program)
• PI os Operating System

· ADR/DATA
Order Code: QA564-c3
ADRIDATA,™ developed by Applied Data Research, is a relational
data management system designed to combine powerful database
capabilities and simplified operation. It performs a full range of
information storage, reporting, manipulation, and maintenance
functions. This makes ADRIDATA suitable for such applications as
budgeting, job costing, production analysis, wage/benefit analysis, inventory control, consolidations, sales analysis, general
accounting, personnel reporting, and manpower studies.
Whether you are a novice or a more sophisticated user, you will
find ADR/DATA easy to use. It is a menu-driven, fully prompted
system; users are never faced with an empty screen. In addition to
providing onscreen prompts and questions to guide you through
program operations, ADRIDATA warns you of mistakes with error
messages and beep tones. Other special safety features protect you
from accidentally deleting your files and information. In addition,
the Professional computer's help key is always available for more
information about the function being used.
ADRIDATA streamlines your work with features that save time and
effort. The system supports the numbered and labeled function
keys on the Professional keyboard, speeding basic operations.
ADRIDATA also lets you work with multiple files at the same time,
allowing you to isolate confidential data or simultaneously review
information from different sources. And, since ADR/DATA lets you
create subsets of your database, operations are performed faster.

9-60 • Professional Software Catalog

Data entry and update screens are designed by users and allow for
simple data input. You can create logic files to specify calculations
to be performed on the information being entered. When files are
updated, you can rerun stored system logic to perform the required
new calculations.
Your ADRIDATA system can contain up to 32,000 records per file
with as many as 1,000 characters per record. Other system
parameters allow report titles up to 10 lines long and as many as 10
logical equations of five operations each.
ADRIDATA features advanced sort capabilities. You can specify
numeric or alphabetic sorting to reorder data quickly. You can also
specify a sequence of sorts, for example, sorting first by department number, then by date of hire, then by date of last salary
review. This is particularly useful in analysis and reporting.

ADRIDATA's flexible report writer allows you to display information as it was input or in formats you create. You can report on all
or just selected parts of your data file. This allows different styles,
content, and emphasis, depending on your requirements. If you
want to change your display or report format, you simply create a
new set of report specifications that can then be used at any time to
generate the new output.
Another ADR convenience feature allows you to store report and
logic specifications, reducing time spent in repetitive operations.
ADR/DATA output files can be transferred to other systems. You can
output data in spreadsheet, free, and fixed format, improving data
compatibility with other software.
If the time comes to reformat the information in your database,
ADR/DATA lets you display and change file characteristics easily.

9-61 • (PIOS) Software-Data Management

You can then change the entire structure of an existing data file
without having to delete one file and create another.
ADR!DATA has the flexibility to perform a broad range of database

functions, further enriching the software and applications options
available on your Professional computer.
Minimum System Requirements
· Professional 325, 350, or 380 system
· Hard disk recommended for most applications
• p/ os Operating System

· PRO/Smart Mailer
Order Code: QBA42-A3
Few communications tools are more common or cost-effective
than the mailing list. The ability to communicate systematically
yet selectively with your most important contacts is vital to most
enterprises.
Computerized mailing list management applies the power of the
computer to what were once unpopular and time-consuming
tasks: the organization and sorting of mailing lists and the
preparation of mailing labels.
PRO/Smart Mailer brings sophisticated mailing list management
and label generation to the Professional. Of course the system
stores addresses, but it also lets you segment your lists in dozens of
ways, produce labels in any format you require, and keep records of
your remarks on individuals on the list. In addition, PRo/Smart
Mailer gives you these capabilities in a friendly, menu-driven,
easy-to-use system.

9-62 • Prefessional Software Catalog

Creating your PRO/Smart Mailer mailing list is simple. A
comprehensive installation guide, online in-context help, and a
fully prompted procedure including standardized default replies
make list creation simple. Each entry in your mailing list includes
name, address, and other contact information, a line for remarks,
and up to six categories of additional information for your own use
in grouping individuals logically.
Once your list is established, you can use it to create sublists for
specialized mailings. You select these sublists by defining up to 30
criteria. For example, you could create a sublist of employees hired
since 1982 in the engineering division who live in the 01759 zip
code area; or of alumni from the class of' 64 who live in Cleveland
and have not donated to the current fundraising drive. These
criteria can be logically related by using AND and OR connectors.
The possibilities are endless and are completely defined by your
own requirements.
PRO/Smart Mailer can presort mailings by zip code. Such sorting is
required to take advantage of reduced mailing rates available from
the post office. A project that once took hours is now close to
effortless with Smart Mailer.
Smart Mailer also includes a list processing interface with Digital
word processing systems to mass produce "personalized" letters.
The Smart Mailer system can print on any form you load into the
printer, including standard labels, file labels, or even address cards
for a desktop file system. You can adjust the size of both the label
itself and the address area on the· label. A test printing feature
simplifies lining up labels and paper, often an exasperating process
with less sophisticated systems.

9-63 • (PIOS) Software-Data Management

Smart Mailer also helps you keep track of your mailing lists. A Full
Address Listing feature gives you a complete printout of your
mailing list_ At the end of the listing, the system prints the number
of addresses in the file.

Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
• 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk
· p/ os Hard Disk, Version 1. 7 or later
. LASO, LA100, LA210, LQP02, or LQP03 printer
· DIGltrieve
Available from: ATS Data Processing, Inc.
1101 North 9th Avenue
Pensacola, FL 32501
DIGitrieve is a document retrieval system that works with the
DIGitext word processing system. It allows you to create userdefined filing systems for retrieving documents, memos, reports,
and correspondence. Documents can be sorted and accessed by
keywords entered by the user and by selected types of documents.

9-64 • Professional Software Catalog

• Decision Support and Spreadsheets
· Supercomp-Twenty
Order Code: QA476-c3
Probably no software product in the history of computers has
approached the impact and acceptance of the spreadsheet.
Supercomp-Twenty, developed by Access Technology, Inc.,
delivers all the advantages of traditional spreadsheets to the
Professional. But Supercomp-Twenty goes further, bringing
spreadsheet capabilities previously seen only on minicomputers to
your desktop Professional.
·
The most important of these capabilities is the transportability of
Supercomp-Twenty spreadsheets among a whole family of miniand microcomputers. Models and data created on the Professional
can quickly be copied or consolidated on another Professional,
on a PDP-11 running RSX-11M, RSX-11M-PLUS, RSTSIE, or RT-11, or
on a VAX/VMS supermini. In addition, individual departments can
use the Professional to selectively update models residing on these
larger machines. One spreadsheet program running on a family of
computers gives you capabilities standalone microcomputer
spreadsheets can't offer.
Supercomp-Twenty has other advantages as well: a huge
worksheet capacity; modeling techniques comparable to a
financial planning language; operation that is as simple as most
microcomputer calculation packages; the ability to perform such
functions as insertion of rows and columns; and a general data
interface that lets Supercomp-Twenty accept data files and other
information from a broad range of database and graphics
programs.

9-65 • (PIOS) Software-Data Management

The Supercomp-Twenty Spreadsheet
Like other spreadsheets, Supercomp-Twenty lets you enter values,
labels, and formulas directly into cells on the worksheet display. As
you work through the model, the system records all of the
relationships between values in computer memory. Change one
value or assumption, as in ''what if' analyses, and SupercompTwenty instantly recalculates all related values.

Unlike most spreadsheets, Supercomp-Twenty features a worksheet with up to 1,000 columns or 1,000 rows. Models can be as
large as 64 Kbytes of workspace. You can specify column widths to
suit your purpose from a single character to 126 characters. The
worksheet is not limited to an accounting format. You can create a
text label up to 200 characters in length, as long as the adjacent cells
are blank, making long labels and spreadsheet annotation easy.

9-66 • Professional Software Catalog

Labels can be right- or left-justified and repeated as needed, You
can also design your screen display to include 80 columns or 132
columns in condensed character mode, even switching between
the two as you work. And since Supercomp-Twenty supports the
multinational character set, it can be used in almost every country
in theworld.
Powerful, Yet Simple Mopel Development
Supercomp-Twenty includes a number of features that make
model development faster and easier. The system lets you specify
relative or absolute cell references directly in your formula, rather
than when you copy or move the formula. This step-saver is
accompanied by a flexible cell-copying capability that allows
noncontiguous cells to be chosen and copied into another area or
to a whole new worksheet. You can also lock entire worksheets or
individual cells to data entry. This makes it possible for you to
create a model for use as a template for data input by less
experienced personnel.

Developing powerful models is made easier through the inclusion
of a generous selection of built-in program functions. The
included functions are financial (present value, future value,
internal rate of return, and depreciation); mathematical (logarithmic and exponential, integer, maximum and minimum, trigonometric, average, sum, modules, square root, and pi); conditional
(if-then-else, lookup, select, sort, and index); statistical (average
and sum, minimum and maximum, standard deviation, and linear
regression); and time related (date, day, and month).
Consolidations and Reports
Once the spreadsheet is designed, the processing power of the
Professional combines with the capacity and flexibility of
Supercomp-Twenty to produce consolidations and reports of

9-67 • (PIOS)Sojtware-DataManagement

nearly any scale or description. Consolidations can be made
between worksheets even when formats are not identical; simply
extract those portions of one sheet to be combined with a second,
execute a simple command sequence, and the process is completed
automatically.
For those consolidations you perform regularly, you can store a
series of commands in a separate file and recall them at any time to
perform the entire procedure. This command file capability
greatly simplifies customized consolidations, summary reports,
and other applications. The concept of integrated companywide
planning takes on a new meaning and importance when you
consider Supercomp-Twenty command file processing and transportability.

fJ. 811
VftlUE or I :

UM-

SUPERCOHP-TUEHTY

i i.' d'nnuii~ 1 iHc: ·51 • · · • •61 ····"11 " ··.a

H 1 • • • • • • • • 01 • • • • • · • • 11 • · · • • • 1

50
51

PROFIT RHB LOSS PROJECTIOH FOR IS! GURRTER 'Sl
<000'Sl

52
5l
54
55

RClURl
Z of1
1982 JRN.
FEB.
H&R. G!R. l
S8LES PROF ll
------- ----- ------ ------ ------ ------- ------

57 Be9innin9 Inventor!J
875
'45
967
%7
875
8.1/.
62'.Z
58 Purchasts..........
12HJ 1058
1016
10)6
ll30 6i.4Z 191Z
59
------- ----- ------ ------ ------ ------- -----60
TO!Rl.....
13318 2003
2001
200!
6001
61 Ending lnventori...
H5
167
%7
167
%7
18.SZ mr.
I ........ 0/ •.•••••. If ••••• , 2/ ...• l/ ••••. 4/, ... , 51 •••• • 6/,, .... 71 .... • 8
81
82
The resutts \ndicitt that lt ls 11-nllkel~ tht
Bl
overall division perforionce will i111prne before
84
spring. The current capita! spending plans do
85
not al lot.J for More than a Moderate increase in
86

9-68 • Professional Software Catalog

Data Interchange
Supercomp-Twenty works with many existmg database and
graphics programs. It can exchange data with any program that
can read or create files containing numbers in a tabular format.
This "insert mode" is complemented by Supercomp-Twenty's
"Data Import/Export" mode that allows it to read and write
ASCII text files containing text and numbers with user-specified
delimiters.
A Minicomputer Spreadsheet-on Your Personal PDP-11
Supercomp-Twenty is a high-performance electronic spreadsheet
that gives professionals and their organizations the most sophisticated distributed planning capabilities_ This includes transportability to minicomputers, information exchange with other
programs and machines, and the kind oflarge-scale consolidation
capacity that makes corporate spreadsheet projects manageableeven on a desktop machine_

Digital offers Computer Based Instruction (cm) to help you learn
how to use Supercomp-Twenty while working directly on the
Professional_ You can move through the material at your own pace
and can take the course when you want, as often as you like. See the
System Options section below for the names and part numbers for
Supercomp-Twenty CBI.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 325, 350, or 380 system
• PI os Diskette or PI os Hard Disk, Version 1. 7 or later
System Options
• Computer Based Instruc:tion available: How to Use SupercompTwenty, hard disk versibn, part number EY-1822H-cs; diskette
version, part number EY-1891E-cs.

9-69 • (PIOS) Software-Data Management

· FASTPR01
Order Code: QA765-c3
FASTPROl is a special combination of two highly compatible
Professional software products that provides optimum performance for the most demanding financial professionals. It joins the
powerful Supercomp-Twenty spreadsheet, also available on PDP-11
and VAX minicomputers, with the full-color presentation graphics
of ATHENA/ graph.
The result of this pairing is a top-quality software system that
provides many of the advantages of a fully integrated package.
When this streamlining is combined with the minicomputer
compatibility and power of the Professional, it makes FASTPR01 an
ideal selection for a large segment of the financial community. In
addition, the FASTPROl system is priced at a discount over the two
packages purchased separately.
For additional information on the respective features of
Supercomp-Twenty and ATHENA/ graph, consult the descriptions
of these products in this chapter.

Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
· 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk
· p/os Hard Disk, Version 1.7 or later

· C-CALC
Available from:

Digitec Corporation
12620 120th Avenue, NE
Kirkland, WA 98033
(206) 821-7507

c-CALC is a high-performance, easy-to-use electronic spreadsheet
and modeling system. Written in the C language, c-CALC is a very

9-70 • Prefessional Software Catalog

fast and efficient program. c-CALC data is fully transportable
between most operating systems and different types of
computers-a major advantage in multi-CPU environments.
The Professional version of c-CALC has all the capabilities and
features of versions designed for larger computers. The program is
especially designed for ease of use. All worksheet manipulation,
such as renaming, consolidating, and deleting, is accomplished
through menu selections. c-CALC also has extensive online help,
detailed documentation, and a built-in training course. c-CALC is
suitable for a range of financial applications, including tax forecasting, long-range strategic planning, asset management, econometric modeling, profit and loss analysis, budgeting, and financial
forecasting.

· PRO/DIGICALC
Available from:

WHY Systems, Inc.
16902 Redmond Way
Redmond, Washington 98052
(206) 881-2331

PRo/DIGICALc;M developed by WHY Systems, is a multitasking,
minicomputer spreadsheet program that makes it possible for
managers, accountants, and engineers with little computer experience to run complex calculations. PROIDIGICALC uses menu-driven
commands and offers an extensive help facility. PRO/DIGICALC
offers consolidation of worksheets, extensive formatting capabilities, and financial modeling and loan analysis that is completely
compatible with DIGICALC running on RSTS/E, VAX/VMS, and RSX11M host computers.
PROIDIGICALc's other features include three-dimensional consolidation; user-defined functions; functional nesting within formulas; sort by row and column (both alpha and numeric); move data

9-71 • (PIOS)Software-DataManagement

both out of and into the PRo/DIGICALC worksheet; insert, delete,
and move commands; a line editor to edit cell data; cells, and
ranges of cells, copying; cell data transfers within worksheets; and
screen division into as many as four windows.
· Business Modeller

Available from: Logsys (USA) Inc.
116 John Street Suite 1408
New York, NY 10038
(212) 608-5310
Business Modeller is an integrated spreadsheet and graphics
program for the Professional computer. It is also available on PDP11 and VAX systems. The program supports the construction of
worksheets of up to 255-by-255 cells that can be displayed in up to
four windows on the screen. Worksheets can be stored, copied,
and consolidated. In addition to all basic spreadsheet functions, a
library of specialized functions is built-in. This library includes
conditional sum, look up and choose, repeat, count, and trigonometries. Single- and double-precision operands, online help, and
password protection are available.

· CALC-11
Available from: Computer Systems Corporation
5540 Rock Hampton Court
Indianapolis, IN 46268
(317) 872-7200
CALc-11 ® is a powerful spreadsheet for financial planning and
budgeting that is file-compatible with CALC-11 implementations
on other PDP-11 and VAX systems. Three-dimensional spreadsheet
matrices can be constructed of virtually unlimited size and with
full matrix utilization. Other features include file encryption for
protection of sensitive data; conditional, logical, and financial
functions that can be infinitely nested; variable formatting; and
Asen file loading and transfer.

9-i2 • Prefessional Software Catalog

· DataCalc
Available from: Data Trend
395 Ironwood Drive
Salt Lake City, UT 84115
(801) 487-0531
DataCalc™ is an electronic spreadsheet designed for managers,
financial analysts, budget officers, and accountants. The system
allows development of customized spreadsheets for any purpose,
from fiscal planning to corporate consolidations, depreciation and
price schedules, or any assembly of numeric relationships- Calculations can be identified by number, description, or formula_ A
variety of functions is available, including editing and formatting
functions for report generation_

· DIGispread
Available from: ATS Data Processing, Inc.
1101 North 9th Avenue
Pensacola, FL 32501
DIGispread is an electronic spreadsheet that is fully integrated into
the DIGitext word processing system_ DIGispread can combine
textual data from DIGitext with tabular data in one document.
Spreadsheets can be created in three dimensions (6 columns by 20
rows by 300 pages) and can perform a variety of calculation
functions.

· MAPS/PRO Financial Modeling
Order Code: QA431-c3
The spreadsheet has given rise to a new generation of financial
analysis tools on personal computers_ While these new software
products continue to add new capabilities and features, most share
an important shortcoming in the corporate environment. They
are isolated from the organizational planning and reporting

9-73 • (PIOS)Seftware-Data Management

process by their small capacity, limited consolidation capability,
and incompatibility with larger systems. The result is a bottleneck
between organizational planning levels that effectively eliminates
integrated cooperation and efficiency.
MAPS/PRO Financial Modeling is different. It has all the featuresand then some-of the latest financial modeling packages, and at
the same time it is completely compatible with MAPS/Host
Financial Modeling, the companion product that runs on VAX
systems. This means that besides providing state-of-the-art modeling and decision support, MAPS/PRO creates a unified financial
modeling environment for an entire organization. The result is
the elimination of data redundancy, the reduction of workload on
overworked host systems, and the complete integration of an
organization's planning, budgeting, and forecasting.
Created especially for a Winchester-based Professional, MAPS/PRO
includes an interactive command language and editor, a financial
database subsystem, a procedural modeling language, a tabular
report generator, and a financial function library.

Developing the MAPS Model
Developing a MAPS/PRO model is surprisingly simple. You define
the worksheet area by responding to a series of interactive screen
prompts. With online help available if you need it, you respond to
each question to structure the layout and logic of the model. You
have complete formatting control, including individual column
widths, decimal places, floating dollar signs and commas, trailing
percent signs, and multiple formats for negative numbers and
column reordering.
Beginning users can use a "Novice" command environment for
explanations and examples of model construction. After you learn
the process, you can choose to by-pass the prompts and other help
and enter commands directly.

9-74 • Professional Software Catalog

MAPS/ PRO includes the standard mathematical operators, as well as

special functions, including CUM, for running totals; DEFLATE, for
discounts and various depreciation schedules; EXPFIT, for geometric regression; GROW, for constant increase; Ni>3, for a series of
cash flows; and ROI for internal rates of return on a stream of cash
flows. Other MAPS modeling capabilities include 17-digit arithmetic precision, self-documenting logic (for example,
NET.PROFIT= GROSS.PROFIT-TAXES), IF-THEN-ELSE conditional
logic, automatic looping control, and user-written subroutines.
Data for the model can be entered manually, in response to row and
column prompts, or from a database file. At the end of the model
definition process, data from the current model can be placed into
the database for use by other models.

Editing the MAPS Model
MAPS/PRO features unusual editing flexibility through its SCAN
editor. You can select any window or view of the model for data
input or editing. Editing commands include INSERT, FILL (for
repeated entry of the same data), INCREASE BY (increasing values
across a range of cells), and GROW BY (allowing growth of values by
a specified percentage or value).
The Database
MAPS/PRO provides a database subsystem with its own management facility. Data in the MAPS/PRO database is organized in threedimensions in rows, columns, and sets. You can enter the database
directly to display or print the contents of any file. You can display
just a range of rows or columns, or the entire set of data. You can
even take a ''slice'' across departments to display a comparative set
of information for unit-to-unit comparisons. This information
can be consolidated in summary format. The COPY facility allows
you to copy all or part of a database file into another database file.

9-75 • (PIOS)Sojtware-DataManagement

Reports
As part of the process of creating models, you can define up to 40
reports for a single model by specifying headings, rows, and
columns for each. When you want to generate a report, you type a
single PRINT command. MAPS/PRO automatically reads in the
required data, performs logic, and displays the information you
request in any or all defined report formats. You can then test
various assumptions and view the results.

Other analytical features include target seeking, through which
you define outcomes and MAPS/PRO adjusts specific rows in
response; and sensitivity analysis, allowing you to isolate critical
assumptions to discover the range of inputs over which your
solution is still correct.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
• 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk
• p/ os Hard Disk, Version 1. 7 or later
System Options
·PRO/Communications (required for VAX system integration)
• Professional Host Communications (required for VAX system
integration)
• MAPs/Host Financial Modeling (required for VAX system
integration)
• LASO, LA100, LA210, LQP02, or LQP03 printer
· FASTPR02

Order Code: QA766-c3
FASTPR02 is a special software package for the Professional computer that joins MAPS/PRO Financial Modeling with MAPS/PRO
Graphics. Like FASTPR01 (which joins Supercomp-Twenty and

9-76 • Prefessional Software Catalog

ATHENA/ graph), this marriage of two highly compatible software
products results in a top-quality financial software system that
provides many of the advantages of a fully integrated package.
When the streamlined interface between these two packages is
combined with the minicomputer compatibility and power of the
Professional, it makes FASTPR02 an ideal selection for those in the
financial community. In addition, the FASTPR02 system is priced at
a discount over the two packages purchased separately.
For additional information on the respective features of MAPS/PRO
Financial Modeling and MAPS/PRO Graphics, consult the descriptions of these products in this chapter.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
• 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk
• PI os Hard Disk, Version 1. 7 or later

· TK!Solver
Order Code: QA180-c3
TK!Solver processes equations. While this function sounds simple
enough, it offers people who work with numbers a powerful new
tool in their daily lives. It means that scientists, engineers,
students, financial analysts, and others can work on configuring
the problems they face, not on grinding out solutions. Instead of
calculating, checking calculations, and hoping that they are
relying on accurate results, these people can work with reliable
solutions quickly, slashing the amount of pencil/paper/ calculator
drudgery in their professional routine.
Perhaps most important, using TK!Solver's impressive capabilities
requires no programming or even computer experience.

9-77 • (P/OS) Software-Data Management

How TK!Solver Works
The power of TK!Solver lies in its ability to evaluate most real
number equations at the push of the '' ! '' key of a Professional 350
or 380. The beauty of the program is that once you have defined a
problem, as described below, you can solve the problem immediately and/ or store your model for solutions with other values at
any time in the future.
You begin by typing in the equation or set of equations you need to
solve. The equation(s) could describe a problem as simple as profits
from a lemonade stand or as complex as calculating the internal
rate of return of a depreciating investment. You define your model
through the creation of two or more ''sheets'' that are analogous
to writing your problem down on pieces of paper. For advanced
problems, you can use these sheets to define unit conversions,
simple line graphs, table output specifications, your own special

9-78 • Prefessional Software Catalog

functions, and other model characteristics that will be executed
automatically by the program. Next you enter the value( s) of those
variables you know. Finally, with a single stroke of the "!" key,
TK!Solver solves for the unknown variable.
Flexible Number Crunching Power
TK!Solver's equation processing power can be applied to a broad
variety of problems. You can solve a series of simultaneous
equations, with the first providing input for the second, and so on.
Let's say in another problem you want to solve for a range of values
of a given variable. TK!Solver would solve for each value in the
range, and could even list the relationship on a table. TK!Solver is
also very flexible. It allows you to call for solution of any variable in
the equations without reformatting the problem; TK!Solver will
solve the problem regardless of the location of the variable.
TK!Solver also features a set of powerful built-in functions to
streamline the formulation of complex equations. These include
trigonometric, logarithmic, and financial functions, a total of 34
in all. You can also define and store your own functions. TK!Solver
will then "speak your language," understanding the functions
you like to use rather than imposing a limited vocabulary on your
problem solving needs.
Make Your Own Models
In spite of its sophisticated operation, TK!Solver is simple to use.
Models are created using English-like statements. Just as important, it lets you establish the form of the equations you are working
with, rather than requiring the use of arbitrary problem structures. If you do make a mistake in formulating a problem,
TK!Solver tells you where you went wrong by generating an error
message that flags the faulty rules in your model. Changing rules
is made easy and quick through an editor mode that lets you
correct or modify existing rules and data.

9-79 • (PIOS)Software-DataManagement

In addition, TK!Solver has an on-screen help capability to provide
information on various commands and functions. Finally,
TK!Solver comes with clear and complete documentation, including a handy card and poster that list TK!Solver's commands and
built-in functions as well as procedures for calling up the sheets for
your model.

Windows, Iterative Problem Solving, and Flexible
Data Input
TK!Solver has a number of other features that break new ground
for convenience and power_ You can display two of the model
sheets simultaneously, using screen windows, and see how
changes on one sheet affect other parts of the model. You can also
mix and augment sheets saved in memory to develop increasingly
complex applications_
Another advanced TK!Solver feature is its iterative solver option_
This allows approximation of results for those problems that
cannot be solved directly- Starting with your best estimate,
TK!Solver will converge on the answer through a series of iterative
steps. This involves repeating a set of operations, each time more
closely approximating the answer.
TK!Solver can also work with data from other programs that use
the DIF™ file format. Also developed by Software Arts, the DIF
format is used in MAPS PRO/Graphics, ATHENA/graph, and many
other programs.

An Ideal Tool for Working With Numbers
In short, TK!Solver is a boon to those who work with numbers_ It
applies the full power of the Professional 350 or 380 to solving
numeric problems without imposing a heavy burden of programming or computer training. It stores frequently used equations so

9-80 • Professional Software Catalog

that solutions require only the entry of data and a single '' !''
keystroke. And it has the flexibility and friendliness to allow its use
in the broadest variety of applications.
Digital offers Computer Based Instruction (cBI) to help you learn
how to use TK!Solver while working directly on the Professional.
You move through the material at your own pace and can take the
course whenever you want, as often as you like. See the System
Options section below for the names and part numbers for
TK!Solver CBI.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
• 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk
• p/os Hard Disk, Version 1.5 or later
System Options
• Computer Based Instruction courses available: How to Use
TK!Solver; hard disk version, part number EY-1821E-cs; diskette
version, part number EY-1890E-CS.

· TK!SolverPacks
TK!SolverPacks are add-on modules for TK!Solver that tailor the
program's number-crunching power to the requirements of specific professions. Each TK!SolverPack contains all the equations,
variables, conversion units, and functions required to model the
most common problems in a given discipline. This eliminates the
need to look up formulas and type lengthy equations. And just as
with TK!Solver itself, TK!SolverPacks don't require you to learn to
program. You can even modify TK!SolverPack models to fit your
own requirements, and can store modified or additional formulas
for later use.

9-81 • (PIOS) Software-Data Management

The result is that the standard analytical problems of your
particular field can be reduced to the simplicity of entering variable
values and executing the one-key "!" command of TK!Solver_
TK!SolverPacks take advantage of such TK!Solver features as: online
help, which provides information on various commands and
functions; the editor mode, so you can change data easily; tabular
or graphical output, for varied presentations; and a comprehensive
library of functions.

· Financial Management TK!SolverPack
Order Code: QA434-c3

•

Compound Interest Calculations_ Solves compound interest
problems, including present and future values oflump sums and
annuity streams. The model can compute values for any frequency
of compounding, including continuous compounding.
Level Debt Service Analysis. Solves a variety of problems involving
loans that are repaid by a stream of regular equal payments over the
life of the loan. Each payment contains a return on principal and an
interest component. Mortgages and installment sales obligations
are the most common types of debt that use this payment
structure, known as level debt service.
Net Present Value/Internal Rate of Return Analysis. Determines
present and future values of a stream of cash flows of uneven
amounts at an assumed discount rate. The analysis includes
computation of internal rate of return. The model can also be used
to analyze cash inflows, including the depreciation tax shield over
time, and cash outflows, allowing for assumed rates of taxation
and inflation.

9-82 • Professional Software Catalog

Bond Swap Analysis: Anticipated Spread Swap. Computes bond
yields and analyzes bond trading. The yield to maturity or the
expected realized compound yield over a specified holding period
can be computed for a bond. Proposed bond swaps can be evaluated
based on assumptions about future interest rates.
Bond Swap Analysis: Yield Pickup. Analyzes pure yield pickup bond
swaps. Such swaps are undertaken to improve current income,
yield to maturity, or both.
Bond Refunding Decision. Determines whether a firm should
refund an existing bond issue with a new one when interest rates
drop below the coupon rate on the existing issue. Tax
considerations are included.
.
Convertible Debt Analysis. Analyzes bond value and stock value of
convertible debentures, including risk and return measures useful
in determining the value of these securities.
Financial Statement Ratio Analysis. Computes a wide range of
financial ratios that are used to analyze corporate financial
statements. These ratios concern profitability, liquidity, leverage,
and operating activity.
Analysis of Operating and Financial Leverage. Examines a firm's
performance in terms of leverage, the degree to which a given
change in sales affects profits. The model is also concerned with
breakeven analysis using assumptions about a firm's production
cost structure and capital structure.
Cost of Equity Capital: Capital Asset Pricing Model. Estimates a
firm's cost of equity capital by relating the "beta coefficient," a
measure of the systematic risk of the firm's equity capital, to the
expected market return and the expected risk-free interest rate.

9-83 • (P/OS) Software-Data Management

Cost ofEquity Capital: Dividend Growth Model. Several applications
for valuing the equity of a firm based on an expected perpetual
dividend stream that grows at a constant rate. These applications
include estimation of the firm's cost of equity capital, the fair
market price of its common stock, the equilibrium price-earnings
(p-e) ratio, and the weighted average cost of capital. Also, given a
specified p-e ratio and stock price, either the cost of equity capital
or the expected dividend growth rate qn be calculated.
Black-Scholes Option Pricing. Determines the market value of a call
or put option that entitles the holder to purchase (call option) or
sell (put option) a particular common stock at a fixed price at some
future date. It can also be used to calculate the hedge ratios for both
types of options.
Option Investment Peiformance. Determines the maximum
potential profit and return for option strategies that involve
purchasing stock or selling it short in order to hedge the option
position. Any strategy that involves buying stock and writing call
options or shorting stock and writing put options can be analyzed
by this model. Standard applications involve fully covered option
writing, in which 100 shares of stock are bought or shorted for
each option written; and ratio writing, in which a ratio of shares
per option is bought or shorted to achieve an expected return
approximating the risk-free interest rate.

• Mechanical Engineering TK!SolverPack
Order Code: QA442-c3
Elastic Bending: Two-point Supported Beam. Analyzes pure elastic
bending of a two-point supported free-span beam.
Elastic Bending: Cantilever Beam. Analyzes pure elastic bending of a
cantilever beam.

9-84 • Professional Software Catalog

Elastic Torsion Beam_ Analyzes pure elastic torsion of a cylindrical
beam section.
Cylindrical Uilll Heat Transfer. Analyzes heat transfer from a fluid
through a one- or two-layered cylindrical wall to an outside fluid
by means of convection, conduction, and radiation.
Planar Uilll Heat Tranefi?r. Analyzes heat transfers from a fluid
through a two-layered wall to a second fluid via convection,
conduction, and radiation.
Thermal Effectiveness ofFins. Evaluates the thermal effectiveness of
plate and pin fins to aid in the design of these surfaces.
Fluid Flow in Pipes. Evaluates laminar and turbulent
incompressible fluid flow in pipes.
Hydraulic System Analysis. Analyzes and aids in design of hydraulic
piston/cylinder systems with linear mechanical output. The
model also can simulate the flow of incompressible fluids in
hydraulic supply and return lines.
Hydrostatic-Hatch Design. Helps analyze and design any completely
submerged panel or hatch that is intended to restrain hydrostatic
forces and pressures.
Area Moment of Inertia. Calculates the area moment of inertia of
several common cross-sections including I-beams, T-beams, and
angle beams, as well as conventional circular, triangular, and
rectangular cross-sections.
Mohr's Circle. Analyzes a plane element subjected to both axial and
sheer stress.

9-85 • (PIOS) Software-Data Management

Helical Spring. Designs dimensional and material characteristics of
helical coil springs in tension or compression.

Natural Frequency of Vibration in Rotational Systems. Determines the
natural frequencies of a rotational mechanical system composed of
as many as three discs and two shafts.

· FINAR (Financial Analysis and Reporting System)
Available from: FIN AR Systems Limited
6101 Southwest Freeway #406
Houston, TX 77057
(713) 664-1172
FINAR is a financial planning, modeling, and analysis system
designed for business professionals. The system is used to automate budgets in which the detail is maintained at cost center level,
then consolidated to several levels for reporting and analysis. It
includes the standard financial functions, such as discounted cash
flow, net present value, the full range of depreciation routines, and
internal rate of return. Data can be accessed from an existing data
base or another model.

9-86 • Professional Software Catalog

· Vertical Market Software-Education and Training
· IVIS
The Professional serves as the hardware base for 1v1s, a sophisticated interactive video training tool. 1v1s is covered separately in
Appendix I.

·AVID
Available from:

Advanced Interactive Systems, Inc.
46 Darby Road

Paoli, Pennsylvania 19301
(215) 644-7721
AVID™, developed by Advanced Interactive Systems, Inc., is an

advanced computer-based instruction system for academic, business, and industrial training, computer simulation and modeling,
and information retrieval and file management.
AVID offers the author extensive lesson-authoring aids-without

requiring programming experience. The author can incorporate
charts, graphics, overlays, and animation in any lesson.
The trainee moves through AVID lessons at his own pace, responding in plain English in a dialog that is tailored to his specific needs.
The system provides mechanisms for monitoring and evaluating
trainee response, including both the trainee's answers to lesson
questions and comments spontaneously generated by the trainee.
AVID also keeps track of the total amount of time each trainee
spends on the curriculum and can assist an instructor in the
controlled administration of exams.

9-87 • (PIOS) Software-Engineering and Scientific

• Engineering and Scientific
· RS/1
Order Code: QA497-c3

In the past decade, the increasing availability of computers has
revolutionized the research laboratory, allowing scientists and
engineers to accomplish more than their predecessors could have
imagined. Among the most important products to be developed
for the scientist has been The Research System, orRs/1, a powerful
program that integrates the four most important software capabilities for the lab: data management, statistical analysis, modeling,
and graphics output.
In the past, many were willing to invest hundreds of thousands of
dollars to develop a computer environment capable of running
RS/ 1. Now, with the Professional and its minicomputer architecture, the Rs/ 1 environment is available at a fraction of its previous
cost.
Rs/1 on the Professional is a full implementation of RS/1-Plus,
which is also available on VAX and PDP-11 systems. Rs/1 and the
Professional configured with a hard disk and color monitor are an
ideal combination for research scientists and engineers in a wide
range of industries, including chemicals, pharmaceuticals, medicine, and manufacturing. Applications include product development, process design, environmental monitoring, and quality
control. A full range of data-handling techniques gives researchers
complete control of their data, using simple English-based commands. No programming skills are required.

9-88 • Professional Seftware Catalog

Data can be entered into the Rs/ 1 database through the keyboard or
from existing files, local instrumentation interfaces, or an external
host system running Rs/1. The data is formatted into twodimensional tables for display and analysis_ Each table can contain
thousands of rows and columns; the data from any number of
tables can be combined or accessed at one time_
The tabular data can easily be sorted, merged, and transposed
using a variety of standard arithmetic, logical, and relational
analysis functions. A number of sophisticated statistical analysis
procedures are also available_

9-89 • (PIOS) Software-Engineering and Scientific

Graphic plots of the data are created through a simple interactive
dialog. Presentation-quality line graphs, scatter plots, bar graphs,
histograms, or pie charts can be created with a single command.
Default options are easily edited to include proportional scaling,
logarithmic axes, shadings, and colors. Several different data tables
can be combined on one graph, and text can be added to any
portion of a graph for messages and labeling. Rs/ 1 can output
simple graphics to Digital's dot-matrix printers. To produce color
plots and graphs, Rs/1 can output to Digital's LVP16 Six-Pen
Plotter.
RSI 1 also allows you to investigate the fit of the experimental data
to theoretical curves determined by a variety of analytical techniques. An extensive set of built-in statistical functions can be
called up to determine variance, linear regression, multivariable
tests, and statistical goodness-of-fit comparisons.

Rs/ 1 tables can be combined to generate analytical models of
complex systems. The data, equations, and statistical procedures
defined in any one table can be combined with those in many other
tables to create a model that provides complete analysis of large
systems or processes.

Using the built-in Research Programming Language (RPL), Rsli
also allows you to develop customized processing routines to tailor
the system to your various applications. RPL is fully integrated into
the data management system, and provides additional tablehandling functions, structured programming statements (such as
IF-THEN-ELSE, DO WHILE, and indexed loops), and support for very
large arrays. Because Rs/1 commands, tables, and graphs are used
with RPL, it is easy to develop specialized uses of the system.
Developed by scientists for scientists, Rs/ 1 allows the Professional
350 or 380 to be used as an electronic laboratory notebook.

9-90 • Professional Software Catalog

In addition to saving the researcher time, Rs/1 offers a whole
new range of capabilities, and lets the Professional function as
a true distributed workstation in the research and development
environment.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
• 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk (10- or 33-Mbyte recommended)
• p/os Hard Disk
System Options
• Extended Bit-Map Option (required for color output)
• RGB Color Monitor
• LASO, LA100, LA210, LQP02, or LQP03 printer or LVP16 plotter

·SPSS/Pro
Available from:

SPSS, Inc.
444 N. Michigan Avenue
Chicago, Illinois 60611
(312) 329-2400

SPss™/Pro is a complete information analysis system for the
Professional 350 or 380. With SPSS/Pro, you can enter information
into your Professional, analyze that information, produce tables
and reports, and calculate statistics. The system performs
advanced statistical functions, manages data files, and produces
presentation-ready reports. It helps you keep track of the informa~
tion that is vital to your business, whether in a commercial,
educational, or research environment.
Like the powerful VAX, DEcsystem-10, DECSYSTEM-20, and PDP-11
versions of SPSS, sPss/Pro lets the nonprogrammer organize,
summarize, and display data with ease. SPSS uses menus similar to
those of the p/os operating system, and is integrated with the

9-91 • (PIOS) Software-Engineering and Scientific

PROSE text editor. The system responds to simple, English language commands. Learning SPSS is simplified with clear documentation and tutorial, introductory, and user's guides.
sPss's ease of use should not be mistaken for lack of sophistication.
The system performs statistical analysis using more than 25
available statistical procedures. It can manage large and small data
files, generate custom-formatted reports, and handle file and data
transformations with unusual flexibility.
System Features
SPss/Pro includes a powerful array of built-in features. Its tables
and charts, for example, help you understand and communicate
the implications of information contained in the system. spss/Pro
can generate frequency distribution tables, bar charts, and descriptive statistics. A typical application might be a table of mean scores
for groups and subgroups. Tables can be fully annotated and
labeled. SPSS can also produce analysis-quality bar charts and
graphs that plot one item against another.

spss/Pro advanced statistical capabilities include multiway crosstabulations and measures of association for numeric data; Pearson,
Spearman, and Kendall correlations and partials; analysis of
variance and multiple classification analysis; multiple regression
with calculation of residuals, paired, and independent sample
t-tests; and nonparametric statistics.
SPss/Pro file facilities let you save multiple system files and create
system files containing dictionaries of labels and missing data
information. The system features a file capacity of 250-500 variables.
The program's data management capabilities let you create new
variables, recode items, select permanent and temporary case
selections, weigh and sample cases, and output raw data.

9-92 • Professional Seftware Catalog

sPss/Pro reports are fully formatted and automatically generated,
can be easily reformatted to suit your requirements, and can
include the full range of summary statistics_

Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
· 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk (10- or 33-Mbyte recommended)
• PI os Hard Disk, Version 1. 7 or later
· UMD (Universal Microprocessor Development Systems)
Available from:

Boston Systems Office
469 Moody Street
Waltham, MA 02154
(617) 894-7800

UMD™ is a microprocessor software development system for
programming special-function chips for a wide range of products
and processes. It contains the cross-assemblers, utilities, and
symbolic debuggers for the following microprocessors: Intel 8086,
8085, 8048, and 8051; Motorola® 68000, 6809, 6805, and 6800
series; Zilog Z-80 and Z-8000; Rockwell 6502; and TI 9900 and
9989.
· microMAGIC
Available from:

Intelligent Industrial Systems
One Harmon Plaza
Secaucus, New Jersey 07094
(201) 865-6550

microMAG1c™ is a system for microprocessor software
development applications. You can use microMAGIC on the
Professional to develop, debug, run, and download applications
for a number of popular microprocessors.

9-93 • (PIOS) Software-Engineering and Scientific

The microMAGIC package includes the British standard RTL/2
programming language cross-compiler, an assembler, a linkage
verifier, a downline loader, a test controller with debugging
facilities, and a realtime multitasking executive. The system can be
used with the following target microprocessors: Digital's LSI 11/2,
11/23, and SBC-11/21.

· COMPOSBM
· ULTSCOL
· ACIBEAM
· TSLOPE/TSTAB
· COM624
Available from:

Design Professional Management Systems
Linbrook Office Park
10607 NE 38th Place
P. 0. Box 2364
Kirkland, WA 98033
(206) 822-2872

COMPOSBM, ULTSCOL, ACIBEAM, TSLOPEITSTAB, and COM624 are a
series of separately sold engineering design support packages from
Design Professional Management Systems. Below are brief
summaries of each package.
COMPOSBM-Composite beam design and analysis for concrete
deck and steel beam structures. Package includes AISC wide flange
tables.
ULTSCOL-Ultimate strength design of circular, rectangular, or
corner columns with biaxial bending moments. Three modules.
ACIBEAM-Ultimate strength design of multispan concrete beams.
Interactive data generator module and execution module included.

9-94 • Professional Software Catalog

TSWPE!TSTAB-Slope stability of noncircular failure surfaces by
either Bishop, Spencer, or Morganstern-Price methods (TsWPE)
and circular failure surfaces by either Bishop or Spencer methods
(TSTAB).
coM624-Lateral analysis of pilings. Finite difference code yields
moment, distribution, and stresses in laterally loaded (static or
dynamic) pilings.

·COGO
Available from: Engineering Systems Corp.
2051 Silverside, Suite 100
Baton Rouge, LA 70808
(504) 769-2226
COGO is a coordinate geometry software package that can be used
to solve geometric problems in engineering surveying and mapping, highway and waterway design, and structural and bridge
design. It can be used to calculate such items as distances, bearing
azimuths, angles, and tangents. It can be run independently to
provide the user with geometric calculations or interfaced with
DESIGN GRAPHIX CADD software to create drawings of the geometric objects and areas defined using COGO.

· FEADAM and SHAKE
Available from: Design Professionals Management Systems
Linbrook Office Park
10607 NE 38th Place
P. 0. Box 2364
Kirkland, WA 98033
(206) 822-2872
FEADAM is a finite element analysis program used to analyze stresses
and deformations in the incremental construction of an earth
structure. The program includes nonlinear modeling of soil
properties.

9-95 • (PIOS) Software-Engineering and Scientific

SHAKE is a program for modeling one-dimensional wave propaga-

tion of earthquake waves through a soil deposit. The system uses
the Fast Fourier Transform method and has been tested with FFT
sizes up to 1,024.

· GeoTrak IMS
Available from: Hollis Geosystems Corp.
11 Columbia Drive
Amherst, NH 03031
(603) 882-5017

GeoTrak IMS™ is a fully integrated data acquisition and management system for a variety of geophysical, meteorological, and
process control applications. It allows field researchers to collect
information using the GeoPod 124™ Data Acquisition Module,
load that data into the Professional, and analyze and interpret it
using Geo Track IMS software and the Rs/1 analytical environment.
The GeoPod 124 is an intelligent field recording system that can be
configured with a wide variety of data sensors and instruments.
The system can handle up to 14 channels of wide-ranging analog
signals and 2 channels of event counting, with cassette data storage
of 2.2 Mbytes. It is photovoltaic-powered and designed to survive
hostile environments.

· HEC-1
Available from: Technical Information Systems
116 West Plume St.
Norfolk, VA 23510
(804) 622-1755

performs a variety of runoff hydrograph computations,
including manipulations of station and basin rainfall and snow
data, calibration of rainfall/snowmelt/runoff models, and river
routing models. The system also computes stream system flood
HEC-I

9-96 • Professional Seftware Catalog

hydro graphs and economic evaluations of basin modifications and
structural effects. Input and output can be in either English or
metric units.

· Henderson and Bodwell Civil Engineering Applications
Available from: Henderson and Bodwell
Consulting Engineers
Pedro Morales, D.P. Manager
120 Express Street
Plainview, NY 11803
(516) 935-8870
Henderson and Bodwell have developed a number of civil engineering applications designed especially for use on the Professional. Each comes with full documentation and requires the
PRo/Tool Kit and Tool Kit FORTRAN-77.
Cogo is a problem-oriented system that enables civil engineers to
solve coordinate geometry problems by stating them in familiar
terminology. Up to 10,000 points per job can be solved and stored
in the coco Coordinate Table. Computations are performed with
double precision, giving a high degree of accuracy.
Staking by azimuths or clockwise angles (e116) is designed to assist
surveyors in staking jobs. It can be used with coco to compute
azimuths or clockwise angles and distances.
Earthwork (e112A) computes volumes of cut and fill from crosssections, using the average-end-area method of volume computations.
Roadway earthwork (e113) computes cut and fill quantities along a
roadway centerline using cross-section information for the original ground and a regular-shaped cut pavement box for the final
surface.

9-97 • (PIOS) Software-Engineering and Scientific

Storm drain network (e120) computes design and cost information
for inlet types, storm drains, and structures. It also helps compute
pipe head losses.
Water distribution design (e126). Given any configuration of
pipes, pipe characteristics, fixed-head inputs, fixed-flow inputs,
pressure controls, and system draw-offs, this program routes the
flows from points of consumption to points of supply and checks
for balance. After completing the analysis, the program determines the pressure at each junction and compiles a cost estimate for
the network.
Flood plain analysis (e128) determines water surface elevation at
points upstream for a given-size flood, starting at a given point in a
river or stream. It follows a procedure first proposed by H.R.
Leach that results in computing realistic and consistent values of
conveyance for cross-sections of irregular open-channel systems
with nonuniform flow.

·NETWK
Available from: Prof. Roland W. Jeppson
Civil & Environmental Engineering Dept.
Utah State University
Logan, UT 84322
(801) 750-2943
is a piping network steady-state analysis and design
program. Though designed specifically for large, looped networks, such as municipal water distribution systems, NETWK will
also accommodate branched systems such as agricultural sprinkler
systems. The program also helps users design or size network
components such as pump heads and capacities or pipe diameters.
Users can perform an engineering economic analysis of the
network based on the specified conditions.

NETWRK

9-98 • Prefessional Software Catalog

·PETRO-PC
Available from: Petroconsultants, Inc.
2 Houston Center, Suite P-330
Houston, TX 77010
(713) 658-0551
PETRO-PC is an advanced geophysical digitizing and mapping
system that gives the interpretation geophysicist direct access and
control over project mapping. Four packages are available.

Geotrieve digitizes cartographic maps, showing coastlines,
rivers, boundaries, bathymetry, roads, and city perimeters, and
indentifies all features with proper attributes or labels.
Seistrieve is designed for the production of posted maps of seismic
data, including shotpoint locations and horizon attributes. The
program allows the geophysicist to digitize picked horizons from
seismic sections and shotpoint locations from base maps. The user
is then able to produce posted maps in time, depth, velocity, or
intervals of those attributes.
Plot lets users plot maps generated by SEISTRIEVE and GEOTRIEVE,
either separately or in a combined plot.
Lexitrieve provides the user with DATATRIEVE-based access to Lexis
database services.

· PRO-CEBAS
Available from: Canberra Industries, Inc.
One State Street
Meriden, CT 06450
(203) 238-2351
PRO-CEBAS is a nuclear instrumentation software package for
performing rapid and accurate analysis of gamma spectra obtained

9-99 • (PIOS)Seftware-Engineering and Scientific

with germanium detectors. It is designed to be used with the
Canberra Multichannel Analyzer (not included). The package also
includes utility routines for energy calibration, efficiency calibration, library editing, and data display.

· UCC/CAM-100
Available from: University Computing Company
Manufacturing Systems Division
1930 Hi Line Drive
Dallas, TX 75207
(214) 655-8930
ucc/ CAM-100 is a system for developing programs that drive
numerically controlled parts-machining equipment. The system
is offered in three modules. The first is a base module that provides
an editor for creating and manipulating input programs, a set of
utility routines to punch and verify machine tapes, a plot module,
and a formatter/unformatter to create specific machine-control
formats. Other modules, the Lathe and Mill Processors, are
optional. They provide true computer-assisted programming for
2- and 3-axis machines. Each features direct programming of the
cutting tool without describing the part's geometry.

9-100 • Professional Software Catalog

•Graphics
·PRO/SIGHT
Order Code: QBA35-A3
PRo/ SIGHT is a full-function, object-oriented drawing package that
lets you take full advantage of the Professional computer's unique
graphics capabilities. PRo/sIGHT's advanced features let graphic
arts professionals and inexperienced users alike create striking and
colorful graphics for documents and presentations.
PRO/SIGHT gives you control over all aspects of your picture. You
can combine up to eight colors from the Professional 350's palette
of 256 (or eight of 4,096 colors on the Professional 380) in a single
drawing. You can mix your own colors by specifying small
incremental changes in the color you see on screen, getting just
the effect you want.
Drawing with PRO/SIGHT is a pleasure. Choose from a variety of
pen types and thicknesses. Draw freehand or create precise shapes
quickly using PRo/sIGHT's built-in functions for arcs, polygons,
circles, or rectangles. You also have a choice of more than 60
different fill patterns to add the desired texture to your graphic.
In addition to its powerful drawing and color capabilities, PRO/
SIGHT lets you add text to your graphics in any of several available
fonts. Text positioning is simple and flexible; just put the cursor
wherever you like and enter the text in the size and font you want.
Because PRO/SIGHT is object-oriented, you create shapes and
graphic elements that are treated as objects and can be manipulated
as a whole. Color adjustments affect the entire object. Any object
you have created can be stretched in one or two dimensions or
zoomed for overall enlargement. Repositioning the object is as
easy as indicating a new location and making a single keystroke.

9-101 • (P/OS)Sojtware-Graphics

Previously created objects "underneath" a repositioned object
remain in memory; they will reappear when they are uncovered
and can even be replaced ''in front of'' other objects in the
drawing.
Although PRO/ SIGHT has power and flexibility, it is easy to use. All
operations are menu-driven, with selections listed in simple,
logical English-language commands. You can create graphics
using the keyboard, a mouse, a drawing tablet, or DECtouch.
PRO/SIGHT stores the. pictures you create as GIDIS files. You can
merge these GIDIS files with text produced in other applications
programs, such as PROSE PLUS, that use the Virtual Device Metafile
(vnM) Interpreter. You can also print out your graphics on an LASO,
LA100, or LA210 dot matrix printer, or on the LVP16 six-pen plotter.
Another output option for your GIDIS PRO/SIGHT files is to create
instant slides using Polaroid's Professional Presentation System.
PRO/SIGHT offers advanced graphics capabilities, use of the Professional's powerful graphics features, and clean, simple program
operation. If you are interested in ease of use, creative flexibility,
and graphics quality, you will definitely want to consider PRO/
SIGHT on the Professional.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
• S-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk
· p/ os Hard Disk
System Options
·Extended Bit-Map Option
• VR241 color monitor
• LASO, LA100, or LA210 dot-matrix printers
• LVP16, HP7470A or HP747SA plotters
• VRTS DECtouch monitor
• A wide range of supported mice and tablets
• Polaroid Professional Presentation System

"Cl

"'tTI
"Cl

t""

c::

(')

~
~
>
"Cl

'Tl

:i:

;·

>
"Cl

all

...

"'...."Cl

"Cl

:i:

C'l

.
...

"Cl

:i:
tTI

>
....

.....

all

"Cl

~....

"'d

"'d
..._

I')

":>:"

5"'

(IQ

..,

:i:

a·

•

"'d

I JJ;;::,....._

•I
• • •I

• • • • •
• •
• • •
•
l
•
e I
• • • •
• •
• I•

::>

"...
"
ll

"Cl

• •I• •

VJ
VJ

:!.

D~s
Pr~1 <'s • 'IJ

~"'Ph;_·c

;
=I

.............._

--.........

: I : I : I : I : I : [,,.,,,_~

'Tl

...C'l

"
""c... ii'=-

---........_

"'d

........

""'

~
"
=
:;·
"3

..c

"i:=

00/VJV:.J ;uvmifos [VUOJSSefOJd • lO T-6

'P
.....
PRO/NAPLPS

PRO/Videotex

PC4014
Design Graphix/
Executive

Palette

RS/t

•
•
•
•
•
• •
•
• •
• • • • •

• • • • • •
• • • • •
•
• • •
• • •
• •
• •
• •
• •
• •

Notes: Rs/1 is described in the Engineering and Scientific category.
PROSE PLUS is described in the i#>rd Processing category.
PROSE PLUS supports the LVP16 in its graphics editor mode only. PROSE PLUS can include GIDIS files from other systems.
PRO/SIGHT can include foreign GIDIS files, and can add to them with local graphics editing.
Terminal emulation packages (PROINAPLPS and Pc4014) require host computers running appropriate software.
The PRO/Communications asynchronous communications package includes VT125 terminal emulation.
Packages described above as accepting data from other programs can create graphics directly from appropriately formatted files.
For any package, color support requires the EBO.

~
Vi

1
0

~;:,..
Q·

9-104 • Professional Seftware Catalog

· MAPS/PRO GRAPHICS
Order Code: QA432-c3
MAPS/PRO Graphics provides general presentation graphics capa-

bilities for the Professional. It is an ideal graphics program for the
nonprogramming professional who wants graphs that help convey sales, production, accounting, or other business information.
MAPS/PRO Graphics lets you generate any combination of custom

stacked or clustered bar charts, free-form text, and table and line
graphs. Screens can be displayed in eight different colors or in black
and white using 15 unique filler patterns and a variety ofline types.
The easy-to-use MAPS/PRO Graphics system offers great flexibility
in developing charts and graphs. You are directed through the
process by a series of questions as you create the chart. Online help
is available to assist you in answering each question. The answers
to these questions determine the size of the chart, labels, title and
footnote information, character size, automatic or manual scaling,
patterns or colors of bars and lines, legend and table format,
and the source of input data. Each question comes with a default
answer that is the most likely choice, but you are free to specify
whatever changes are appropriate to the graph being created. This
interrogative system lets anyone create informative, high-impact
graphics easily.
MAPS/PRO can accept input for graphics from several sources. Data
can be entered directly from the keyboard, or can be extracted from
ASCII (NPL, Supercomp-Twenty, ~tc.), DIF (TK!Solver), or MAPS/
PRO Financial Modeling data files.
MAPS/PRO also allows you to create text slides from any of six

different-sized type fonts. You can use special charts to string these
slides together for formal presentations.

9-105 • (PIOS)Software-Graphics

The LASO, LA100, or LA210 dot-matrix printer can be used to
generate black-and-white hardcopy of MAPS/PRO graphics.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 3SO or 380 system
• S-, 10-, or 33- Mbyte hard disk
• p/ os Hard Disk, Version 1. 7 or later
System Options
•Extended Bit-Map Option (required for color output)
• RGB Color Monitor
• LASO, LA100, or LA210 dot-matrix printer

9-106 • Professional Software Catalog

· FINGRAPH
Order Code: QA435-c3
is a sophisticated yet easy-to-U:se business graphics
package. With five basic chart formats to start from, you can.create
graphic representations of business information to convey
complex information quickly and clearly.

FINGRAPH

is especially good at producing graphics in a
standardized format from information that is frequently updated.
FINGRAPH stores the structure of your graphs or series of graphs
when you create them for the first time. Then, when updated data
becomes available, FINGRAPH redraws the set of graphs quickly and
easily. The result is up-to-the-minute, company-standard graphics
understandable by individuals throughout the organization.
FINGRAPH

FINGRAPH has many applications. The system can present financial

results, quality control performance data, spreadsheet analysis
data, and many other types of business information.
You can also use other Professional applications software as the
source of FINGRAPH information. Among these are the powerful
database programs PROIDATATRIEVE and NPL, from which data can
be extracted easily and formatted for FINGRAPH's immediate use.
The five available FIN GRAPH chart formats are described below.

Component. Charts. These charts describe specific sets of
information as part of a whole. For example, a component chart of
income would show how business· revenues less expenses equal
income over a specific period of time.

9-107 • (PIOS)Sojtware-Graphics

Item Charts. The Item Chart compares items to one another. Such
a chart could show, for example, a comparison of company sales by
division, product, or customer.
variance Charts. This chart format is designed to show deviation of
a set of information from any standard set of information. This
could include projected versus actual budgets or a comparison of
this and last year's sales figures.

9-108 • Professional Software Catalog

Ratio Charts. The Ratio Chart shows fractional comparisons of
information. Such a chart could show return on sales, inventory
turnover, or other performance ratios.
Time Series Charts. These charts display data over time and might
show such information as company sales over a quarter.

PINGRAPH graphics can be produced on standard dot-matrix
printers and monochrome or color graphic monitors.
The system features a full menu-driven user interface, eliminating
the need to learn user commands. Built-in help is always available
using the Professional's help key.
FINGRAPH is also available for VAX, PDP-11, DEcsystem-10, and
DECSYSTEM-20 systems.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
• 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk
• PI os Hard Disk, Version 1. 7 or later
System Options
• Extended Bit-Map Option (required for color output)
• RGB Color Monitor
·LASO, LA100, or LA210 dot-matrix printers
• LVP16 Six-Pen Plotter
• Hewlett-Packard 7470A and 17475A plotters

9-109 • (PIOS)Seftware-Graphics

· ATHENA/ graph
Order Code: QA550-c3
ATHENA/ graph

is a high-end graphics package for users who
require high-quality presentation graphics. Bright colors and
sharp lines convey information quickly and clearly, while a simple
user interface makes the system easy to use. ATHENA/ graph is
designed for the quality-conscious executive and others who are
looking for the best in graphics support.
Development of ATHENA/ graph graphics begins with a set of 28
standard graph formats called the Product Chart Set.™ These
pregenerated graphs include pie, horizontal bar, clustered horizontal bar, vertical bar, group bar, stacked bar, line, additive line,
and scatter diagram models.
To adapt the standard graph to your own unique tastes and
requirements, ATHENA/ graph features powerful and easy-to-use
editing capabilities that allow you to manipulate virtually every
graphic element. When you have designed the graph as you want
it, you can produce it immediately or save it as a template for use in
the future. This means you have to develop a graph format only
once; from then on, your customized chart is available for
immediate data entry.
A customized series of charts can be stored on Professional
computers throughout the organization as Company Chart Sets:M
This allows a company to standardize the set of graphs used in
reports.

9-110 • Professional Software Catalog

ATHENA/ graph is particularly flexible in accepting data for graphs.
It can accept input from the keyboard, PRO/DATATRIEVE, NPL
Information Management, Supercomp-Twenty, or TK!Solver,
from tables created with PROSE, or from any ASCII data files
formatted for ATHENA/ graph.
Hardcopies of ATHENA/ graph displays can be created on Digital's
LASO, LA100, or LA210 dot-matrix printers by using the Professional's Print Screen key. Full color graphics and presentation transparencies can be created on plotters including Digital's LVP16.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
• 5-, 10- or 33-Mbyte hard disk
· p/os Hard Disk, Version 1.7 or later

9-111 • (PIOS) Software-Graphics

System Options
• Extended Bit-Map Option (required for color output)
• RGB Color Monitor
• LASO, LA100, or LA210 dot-matrix printers
• LVP16 Six-Pen Plotter
• Hewlett-Packard 7470A and 7475A plotters

·CORGRAPH
Order Code: QA185-c3
CORGRAPH is a high-end graphics package developed by Cortex

Corporation specifically for the Professional. Designed for presentations, planning, and analysis, CORGRAPH allows the free integration of variable-font text and a full range of business graphics in
slides, overhead transparencies, and plotted or printed documents.
CORGRAPH can generate graphics based on data from many sources.

If you like, enter input data with English-language commands
from the keyboard. You can also load files directly from
Supercomp-Twenty spreadsheets, giving that powerful program
something approaching an integrated graphics capability. Finally,
CORGRAPH will accept DIF™ or ASCII files, streamlining graphics
development from a broad range of sources.
Once CORGRAPH has received the input data, it can produce
graphics in either a basic or custom mode. The basic mode lets you
quickly create any of a number of standard graph formats,
including bar charts, histograms, line and scatter charts, and pie
charts. Then you add titles and select text fonts, shadings, and
colors. Choose any of the 12 line and shading patterns available.

In its custom mode, CORGRAPH gives you added control over your
graphic. You specify the axes and scale you want to use, then make
selections from other shading, color, and design alternatives. The
result is a graphic tailored specifically to your requirements.

9-112 • Professional Software Catalog

In either mode, CORGRAPH lets you place text wherever you like in
your graphic. You can create text-only graphics, or use text to
accent your charts and tables. Text can be in any size from oneeighth to one-and-a-quarter inches. Then use CORGRAPH's selection of text fonts to add expression. Choices include Roman
Triplex, Script Simplex, Device Hardware, Roman Complex,
Italic Complex, and English Gothic.
When you output your graphic, CORGRAPH reveals other
strengths. First, your output reproduces everything you see on
screen, including all fonts, text sizes, fill patterns, and colors.
Second, you can choose from a broad range of printers and plotters
supported by the CORGRAPH system. Third, your output can be in
the form of 35-mm slides, overhead transparencies, or paper copies
of your graphic/text creation.
CORGRAPH also provides a quick print option, an alternative to
printing or plotting a complete drawing. This gives you an
opportunity to test various approaches or produce fast draft
output.
To sum up, CORGRAPH allows free placement of text with a full
range of business graphics, features flexible input of data from the
keyboard or from other software applications, and has the output
options most business users want. It is a worthy complement to
the outstanding graphics capabilities of your desktop Professional.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
• 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk
• p/os Hard Disk

9-113 • (PIOS)Software-Graphics

System Options
·LASO, LA100, or LA210 dot matrix printers
• LVP16, HP7470-A, HP7475-A, HP7221-c, HP7221-T (automatic sheetfeed) plotters
• VR241-A Color Monitor
•Extended Bit-Map Option

· DESIGN GRAPHIX/Executive (DGx/Exec)
Order Code: QA684-c3
DESIGN GRAPHix/Executive (DGxiExec) is a high-performance,
low-cost two-dimensional computer-aided design and drafting
(CADD) package for the Professional 350 or 380. DGx/ Exec helps
you create a broad range of two-dimemional graphics with
capabilities including geometric designs, figure and text insertion,
graphic editing, display controls, and bit pad and plotter support.
DGx/Exec is a subset of the full three-dimensional DESIGN GRAPHIX
CADD system. For this reason, any drawing created on a VAX/VMS,
PDP-11/RSX, PDP-11/RT-11, or Profession! p/os DESIGN GRAPHICS
system can be loaded into and processed by DGx/Exec.
Specially designed for those without graphics training, this
easy-to-use system is menu-driven and configured for use by
untrained or inexperienced users such as executives or engineering
managers. DGx/Exec can also serve the general CADD training
function for beginning CADD users.
One of the unusual features of the DGx/Exec package is its ability to
form menus. The menus are similar to those used in the
Professional' s PI os operating system, giving you a smooth
transition from other applications.

9-114 .• Professional Software Catalog

With DGx/Exec, you can also call upon or create symbol libraries,
allowing such specialized applications as developing your own
symbols (for example, electrical or other technical symbols) and
adding them to a permanent library. The symbols you create are
stored in addition to the existing symbol library.
Other DGxiExec features include the ability to move items about
on the drawing, delete selected items, and insert text annotation in
various font styles. A consistent and compatible database is
maintained throughout the program.
The many capabilities of the DGx/Exec package underscore its
flexibility and power. Its geometric functions include insertion of
solid lines, broken lines, rectangles, circles or circular arcs,
polygons or polygonal arcs, ellipses or elliptical arcs, and elliptical
polygons and arcs. It can generate layer and pen selections, symbol
or figure insertions, smooth lines, double lines, crosshatching,
automatic dimensioning, automatic fillets, and rectilinear lines.
Design Graphix also gives you unusual editing capabilities. You
can remove part or parts of a drawing, specify font selection for
text, center, right or left justify text, and determine text height,
vertical spacing, and the slant setting. In addition, you can deform
(stretch) elements within drawings, providing added flexibility in
working with the images you create.
Once you have created a final drawing, you can copy it, rename it,
delete it from memory, save it, load it for additional refinement,
and add it to a directory of drawings.

9-115 • (PIOS) Software-Graphics

Minimum System Requirements
· Professional 350 or 380 system
• 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk
• PI os Hard Disk, Version 1. 7 or later
• Extended Bit-Map Option
System Options
• RGB Color Monitor
• LVP16 Six-Pen Plotter
• Summagraphics "Bitpad" Digitizer
• Hewlett-Packard 7440, 7445, 7475A, 7580 or 7585 plotters_

· DESIGN GRAPHIX
Available from: Engineering Systems Corp.
2051 Silverside, Suite 100
Baton Rouge, LA 70808
(504) 769-2226
DESIGN GRAPHIX is the same, powerful 3-D interactive design/
drafting system available on other PDP-11 and VAX systems. On the
Professional, it may require an additional graphics terminal
attached to the communications port to run with full functionality_ The system offers a true three-dimensional database with
multiple-pen support, layer drawing construction, and complete
geometric construction capabilities_ Graphic and text editing
facilities include automatic dimensioning, user-definable symbols
and figures, numerous text fonts, and support for a variety of
industry standard digitizers and plotters_

9-116 • Professional Software Catalog

· PRO/NAPLPS
Order Code: QBA24-A3
Videotex is one of the latest communications innovations ushered
in by the computer age. It is an information distribution system
that lets users easily access databases consisting of text and graphic
information. Videotex makes it possible to convey detailed, up-tothe-minute information to unsophisticated users.
In the corporate environment, videotex is used to provide internal
data inquiry and transaction processing functions such as electronic bulletin boards, scheduling, product updates, and order
processing. For the general public, videotex means access to
information and services. This might include making travel
reservations, shopping at home, or accessing public information
databases. And all the time, videotex makes information look
good with the graphics capabilities of today's computers and
terminals.
The Professional is particularly well-suited to videotex applications. The two qualities most crucial in videotex are among its
major strengths: superior graphics and strong communications.
The Professional's two videotex software products are PRO/
Videotex (see following product description) and PRO/NAPLPS.
software lets the Professional emulate a NAPLPS
videotex terminal. NAPLPS, the North American Presentation
Level Protocol, is the videotex protocol approved by the American
and Canadian standardization organizations (ANSI and CSA).
NAPLPS includes all of the printing characters of ASCII, plus
additional foreign and special symbols. It also includes the ability
to draw and control various graphics objects (e.g., lines, circles,
positioning, color, shading, etc.). NAPLPS is rapidly becoming the
industry standard for videotex transmission in North America.
PROINAPLPS

9-117 • (PIOS)Software-Graphics

PRO/NAPLPS lets the Professional access remote videotex databases,
receive NAPLPS-encoded graphics and text information, and decode
and display that information on the screen. PROINAPLPS uses
services in PRO/Communications to define the setup parameters
for the communications line with the host computer. This line
could be either a modern connection or a direct local connection.
Extra convenience is provided by PRO/Communication's Call
Services facility, which stores the phone number of the host. If
used with an autodial modem or the Telephone Management
System option, PRO/Communications will dial the number automatically.
PRo/NAPLPS provides videotex terminal emulation with a display
of eight colors at once from a palette of 256 (or from a palette of
4,096 on the Professional 380). It features a resolution of 768
horizontal pixels by 240 lines. PROINAPLPS implements all NAPLPS
Picture Description Instructions and virtually all NAPLPS functions.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
· 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk
·Extended Bit-Map Option
• p/ OS Hard Disk, Version 1. 7 or later
·PRO/Communications, Version 1.7 or later
System Options
• RGB Color Monitor (recommended)
• Telephone Management System
·Autodial modern
·Mini-Exchange

9-118 • Professional Software Catalog

· PRO/Videotex
Order Code: QA569-c3
Videotex is a powerful communications tool that uses databases of
text and pictures to convey virtually any kind of information.
Videotex systems are used in scores of applications, including
point-of-sale product displays, product databases (e.g., auto parts
stores), tourist information displays, internal electronic corporate
bulletin boards, and trade show presentations. A sample videotex
application, a videotex catalog sales system for configuring and
ordering prefabricated homes, is described in Chapter 4 (see ''An
Electronic Architect Sells Homes").
Digital offers two videotex software products for the Professional
Computer. PROINAPLPS (see previous product description) lets the
Professional serve as a videotex terminal, using the NAPLPS
videotex protocol to decode and display videotex images from a
host computer.
PRo/Videotex takes this capability an important step further. PRO/
Videotex is the first local, single-user videotex display system
available for a desktop computer. PRo/Videotex combines the
NAPLPS videotex decoder and a videotex database on the hard disk
of the Professional computer. Because information can be retrieved
much faster from the hard disk than over the communications
link, PRo/Videotex displays images much more quickly than
videotex terminals. Besides display speed, PRo/Videotex makes it
possible to operate a videotex system without having to dial into a
remote database and maintain a connection. Instead, users can
access and administer videotex information residing on the Professional computer without the complications and expense of constant communication with a remote host system.

9-119 • (PIOS) Sojiware-Graphics

PRo/Videotex produces videotex screens of exceptional quality. It
supports the VR241 color monitor and uses the Professional's highresolution bit-mapped graphics for outstanding image definition.
With its superior image quality, high speed, and oftenconsiderable savings in communication costs, PRo/Videotex is the
ideal choice for many videotex applications.

9-120 • Professional Software Catalog

Keeping Your System Up To Date
Maintaining the PRo/Videotex system is simple. The database can
be updated locally by floppy diskette without special programming instructions. The Update Pages option from the Main Menu
allows new pages to be loaded into the database and old pages to be
modified. Pages can also be erased, and can be moved from one
location in the database to another. Because of the Professional's
multitasking capabilities, the entire process is always handled as a
background task, allowing your Professional to stay on the job
during updating.
To update the database from a remote host, you can use PRO/
Communications or DECnet to transfer files to your videotex
database, using a procedure similar to the Update Pages option.
This allows central database development and administration with
local storage and display. In addition, PRo/Videotex has facilities
to allow a remote host to update the database without any local
intervention. With appropriate software, this would allow central
maintenance of unattended PRo/Videotex systems. Custom software for this purpose is available from the Genesys Group (see
System Options below).

Using PRO/Videotex
PRo/Videotex is designed for simple operation. Help is available at
any time by pressing the Professional Help key. PRo/Videotex also
uses the Professional's Cancel, Next Screen, Prev Screen, Main
Screen, and Exit keys, as well as several other special function keys.
You select PRo/Videotex operations from a main PRo/Videotex
menu. Options include Page Retrieval, Perform Updates, Extract
Database Pages, Perform Database Compression, Produce Statistics Summary, Generate Statistics Report, and Reset Statistics
Record. Simply select the option you want and press the Do key.

9-121 • (PIOS)Seftware-Graphics

The most frequently requested menu operation will undoubtedly
be Page Retrieval. In Page Retrieval mode, you would typically
begin by looking at numb!;!red lists of available videotex pages.
Select the number of the page that contains the information you
seek and it is displayed at once on the screen.
In addition to menu screen-number selections, you are free to
move through the database in other ways as well. Shortcut
techniques include Absolute Page Selection-going directly to a
known page number-and Keyword Search-employing userdefined keywords associated with specific pages.
PRo/Videotex also includes a scrolling, automatic page-flipping
feature that allows automatic stepping from one page to the next.
Scrolling is a useful way of presenting information on a system that
is to be left unattended. It is also effective for slide-show-like
presentations on computer screens.
PRo/Videotex remembers the last seven pages displayed. This
feature is extremely useful in backtracking to previously viewed
pages in a heavily cross-referenced database.
PRo/Videotex can accommodate systems with a large number of
menus and hundreds of videotex displays. Each menu can have up
to 99 choices, and menus can be combined in trees that logically
lead from one to another.

PRO/Videotex Utilities
PRo/Videotex provides a variety of database administration utilities. Two statistical reports let you keep track of how your
videotex system is being used, helping you refine such applications
as point-of-sales information displays. The Perform Database
Compression menu option lets you periodically compress the
videotex database to use disk space efficiently.

9-122 • Professional Software Catalog

Other administrative menu selections let you extract pages,
update pages, or reset your statistical record for subseqent reporting.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
• 10- or 33-Mbyte hard disk
• Extended Bit-Map Option
·Color Monitor (vR241) (recommended)
• p/ os Hard Disk, Version 1. 7 or later
System Option
• Custom software that performs unattended database updates
(contact the Genesys Group, Inc., 1755 Courtwood Cresent,
Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, K2c 3J2, 613-226-8740).

· PC4014 Terminal Emulator

Order Code: QA761-c3
The PC4014 Terminal Emulator allows the Professional to use the
industry-standard Tektronix® 4014 protocol to complete tasks that
require access to 4014 host applications. In addition to emulating
most 4014 operations, Pc4014 offers enhanced features, such as the
ability to store graphics images from the host as files on the
Professional. The emulator is easy to use and requires little input
from the user.
PC4014 Terminal Emulator emulates almost all of the 4014 terminal
operations that are so useful in engineering applications. These
features include the 4014 12-bit Tektronix Enhanced Graphic
module; vector mode (graphic plot mode); five line types (normal,
dotted, dot-dashed, short-dash, and long-dash), crosshair cursor
refresh (GIN) mode; 4010 10-bit graphic compatibility; point-plot
mode; special point-plot mode (single intensity); copy, reset, and
page keys; local/ online switch; and write thru mode.

9-123 • (PIOS)Sojtware-Graphics

Unlike the 4014 terminal, the PC4014 Terminal Emulator separates
text from graphics_ This approach lets applications scroll prompts
and other text off the screen without disturbing the graphics
display_ The scroll area is user-definable as 3, 5, 10, or 24 lines, with
the remaining screen the graphic area_ Maximum resolution in the
graphics area correlates to the number of lines in the scroll area; a
three-line scroll area corresponds to a graphic area with maximum
resolution of 960-by-210 pixels and a 10-line scroll area provides a
graphic area with maximum resolution of 960-by-140 pixels.
PC4014 also lets you receive graphics images from the host and store
them as files on Professional. You can record all or part of an image
and can later recall the image when you are offline from the host.
The PC4014 keyboard is easy to use. Several PC4014 commands are
single keystrokes on the Professional keyboard. The directional
arrow keys provide cursor control by simulating the crosshair
position thumbwheels on the Tektronix 4014 terminal.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
• PI os Version 1. 7 or later
·PRO/Communications Version 1.7 or later

•Palette
Available from:

Palette Systems, Inc.
2 Burlington Woods
Burlington, MA
(617) 273-5660

Palette is a two-dimensional computer-aided design (CAD) package
that includes lines, text, circles, arcs, ellipses, polygons, fillets,
tangents, french curves, dimensions, symbols, scaling, rotation,

9-124 • Professional Software Catalog

reflections, stretching, deletion, relocation, step and repeat, layers, gridding, thickness, texture, and color. In addition, it provides
built in computations and data extraction, including length, areas,
centroids, bills of material, and drawing-office job costing. The
software supports Summagraphics' Bit Pad One and the HP7475A
plotter.

• Office Productivity
·PRO/Office Workstation
Order Code: QBA64-A3
Office automation is the process of adding computer productivity
to common office functions. Digital is in the forefront of office
automation technology, with VAX/ ALL-IN-1 applying the power of
Digital's superminicomputers to this new office imperative.
PRO/Office Workstation turns the Professional computer into a
distributed ALL-IN-1 workstation, adding a vital link in office
automation and communications systems. Taking advantage of
the Professional computer's high degree of compatibility with
VAX systems, PRO/Office Workstation allows the development of
customized systems that integrate network communications and
virtually any local or remote application in a simplified, transparent, menu-driven environment. No other single-user desktop
system offers this level of convenience and integration in office
computer networks.
The Professional/VAX connection in the ALL-IN-1 environment
produces an unprecedented set of benefits. These include the
power and convenience of local processing and storage; access by
all PRO/ Office Workstation users to DECnet communications,
electronic mail, and other office automation utilities and applica-

9-125 • (PIOS) Software-Office Productivity

tions; offloading of such high-overhead operations as word processing, financial analysis, scientific data analysis, or CAD from
multiuser systems; local use of any p/os software package in a
customized, siµiplified menu environment; a consistent and transparent menu interface, whether actual processing is local or on
remote VAX systems; access to applications that reside on VAX
systems; and the ability to download, process, and update work
using software that runs on both the VAX and the Professional
(e.g., Supercomp-Twenty, DATATRIEVE, and so on).
These advantages make PRO/Office Workstation on the Professional yet another important ingredient in the Digital office
automation strategy.
Creating Your Own Office Automation System
PRO/Office Workstation lets you create your own office automation system, one that integrates your most frequently used
applications in a simple menu system. Using tools available in the
PRO/Tool Kit, you can add any p/ os application to the main PRO/
Office Workstation menu, allowing direct access to applications
through this single program. Besides listing local p/os applications, the PRO/Office Workstation menu can list software and
utilities available through VAX/ ALL-IN-1. Whether in local or
distributed processing, the user's single menu selection can transparently invoke a series of commands to execute the required
communications and access procedures.

PRO/Office Workstation also lets you tailor the way you work
with your Professional. Using its flow control facility, you can
select the user interface that matches your computing experience.
The standard menus of the PRO/Office Workstation system
provide access to functions and applications through a hierarchy of
menus. If you prefer, skip the use of menus with the PRO/Office
Workstation Expert Mode, which gives direct access to functions
without intervening menus.

9-126 • Professional Software Catalog

PRO/Office Workstation's flow control facility allows you to
define commands and function keys. Strings of commands for any
system function can be reduced to a single keystroke or a
meaningul single word command. This simplifies routine operations, especially for less experienced users.
Programmers can use the Tool Kit to develop customized screens
and menus for PRO/Office Workstation. Even the standard help
screens in PRO/Office Workstation can be further customized to
meet your particular needs.

Working With VAX/ ALL-IN-1
PRO/Office Workstation lets you perform locally many of the
high-overhead tasks that otherwise would run on VAX/ ALL-IN-1
systems. These tasks could include financial analysis with products
like Supercomp-Twenty or MAPS/PRO Financial Modeling, scientific analysis with Rs/1, or database management with PRO/
DATATRIEVE and its related products. The Professional
minicomputer architecture and software make this distributed
processing possible, actually reducing the vAX/ ALL-IN-1 system's
workload with each additional PRO/ Office Workstation user.
Besides offloading the host, local distributed processing provides
fast, consistent performance and the control and security oflocal
information storage.
Users familiar with VAx/ ALL-IN-1 will feel completely at home
with PRO/Office Workstation. The environment, menus, and
forms look and work the same on each system. Both systems can
be customized using the same FMS utilities, so your PRO/Office
Workstation system can be identical to your VAX/ALL-IN-1 system.
Linking the Professional to VAX/ ALL-IN-1 systems also allows
access to such ALL-IN-1 capabilities as electronic mail, document
processing, database access and retrieval, and graphics.

9-127 • (PIOS) Seftware-Office Productivity

Electronic mail allows you to create, edit, send, receive, delete,
print, and display electronic mail locally. Linked to the VAX, you
can send mail to anyone on your ALL-IN-1 system, whether to
colleagues around the office or around the world. Supported mail
commands give you great flexibility in manipulating mail messages for convenient creation, storage, and reply.
Since p/os is a multitasking operating system, mail functions can
be run as a background task, allowing you to move on to other
productive work. You can even perform unattended mail functions during offhours for communications savings via off-peak
rates.
Other PRO/Office Workstation functions include the "dumb
terminal mode'' of operation, allowing direct use of other applications on the VAX or other hosts.

Local Productivity
Local PRO/Office Workstation functions include the document
processing facility. This lets you create, edit, print, display, and
delete documents within an electronic file cabinet system. You can
create or merge documents and reports from a variety of file
cabinets and folders. And you can do this with a choice of text
editors: PROSE or EDT. Included with EDT is the ability to choose a
default keyboard style, either standard EDT or the LK201 WPS (a
DECmate-compatible subset).
For more demanding word processing requirements, you can
choose to add a word processing application such as PROSE PLUS or
CT*OS to your PRO/Office Workstation menu. Support for such
integrated word processors is built-in.
PRO/Office Workstation also includes support for the MiniExchange and the Telephone Management System, adding two
more attractive options to Professional office configurations.

9-128 • Professional Software Catalog

A Powerful Desktop Link in Your Office Automation
Strategy
PRO/Office Workstation delivers the benefits of minicomputer
office automation in a workstation that is itself a personal minicomputer. This allows true integration of office systems and
reduces the workload of multiuser systems. With such features as
its multitasking operating system, DECnet support, hard-disk
storage, and its minicomputer architecture, file structure, and
applications, the Professional computer running PRO/ Office
Workstation is an office automation tool of unmatched capability.

Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
• 10- or 33-Mbyte hard disk
• p/os Hard Disk, Version 2.0
System Options
• DF03Modem
• us and Canada Word Processing Keyboard Country Kit
(PC3K1-CA)
• PRo/Tool Kit (required for forms management capability)
• TMS module option
·Mini-Exchange
• PRO/DECnet, DECNA Ethernet Controller
•PRO/Communications, Version 1.8 or later
• VAX host system must include VAX/ ALL-IN-1, Version 1.3 or later
(required for host ALL-IN-1 support), PRO/File Transfer (also
required for host ALL-IN-1 support), and the UBUS to Ethernet
Controller (required for DECnet Ethernet communications to host
VAX/ ALL-IN-1 system).

9-129 • (PIOS) Software-Office Productivity

·Synergy
Order Code: QBA76-A3
Synergy brings the popular ''windowing'' environment to the
Professional computer. It combines word processing, database
management, a spreadsheet, graphics, communications, file services, and a calculator program all in one largely integrated system.
Synergy lets you view different applications simultaneously
' through windows on the Professional screen. Any single application can be active at any time. Switching from one application to
another is a matter of a few keystrokes.
In addition to offering a cost-effective alternative to purchasing
each application separately, Synergy features significant integration between applications. For example, information from Synergy Spreadsheet or Datamanager can be transferred easily to the
Synergy Graph, and graphics can be moved into documents
created with the Synergy word processing package. Data from
graphics can be moved back to the Spreadsheet or Datamanager.
All such transfers are performed via a simple clipboard system.
Pick up a file of information by selecting the "write to clipboard"
option; insert the same file in another application by selecting
''read from clipboard.''
The Synergy software packages include the following:
·PROSE PLUS, the Professional managerial word processing pro-

gram that combines word processing and a basic drawing editor.
PROSE PLUS lets you draw your own graphics or include business

graphics created in Synergy Graph.
·Synergy Datamanager, a database system that offers a full range of
data management functions and sorting capabilities.

9-130 • Professional Software Catalog

• Synergy Spreadsheet, a what-if worksheet with many built-in
formulas and the standard spreadsheet recalculation and manipulation features.
·Synergy Graph, a statistical graphing package that creates bar, line,
pie chart, and point graphics from tables of business data.
• Synergy Calculator, an application that displays a picture of a
calculator and that functions as either a hand, mathematical, or
programmable calculator. A print function lets you obtain hardcopy of your calculations.
• Synergy Communications, which allows data communication (terminal emulation, file transfer, and other services) within the
Synergy environment.
• Synergy File Services, allowing printing and filing from within the
Synergy environment.
• Synergy Chess, a sophisticated computer chess game featuring
variable skill levels and playing configurations.

Synergy provides a varied set of applications in an easy-to-use,
appealing window environment. It is a good selection for those
seeking a broad range of software packages, integration of these
basic software applications, and the easy-to-use window interface.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
• p/os Hard Disk, Version 2.0
• 10- or 33- Mbyte hard disk
System Options
• LASO, LA100, LA210, LQP02, or LQP03 printer
• LVP16, HP7470A, or HP7475A plotter

9-131 • (PIOS) Software-Office Productivity

· Pro/DBA
Order Code: QAAB6-c3
Pro/DBA is a new office communications software product developed specifically to take advantage of the unique capabilities of the
Professional computer's TMS (Telephone Management System)
option.
Pro/DBA combines capabilities of a database access tool, an intelligent autodialing directory, and the TMS voice recording unit.
Together, these components help you access information on
remote minicomputers or mainframe computers, then add voice
annotation to the document or data you have retrieved. You can
even create documents locally that include voice annotation. This
combination of voice annotation and written communication
opens new ways to work with information.
For example, Pro/DBA would let you quickly define a command,
say, "Get mail from New York office." When selected from the
Pro/DBA menu, the command would direct your TMs-equipped
Professional to dial and access a computer at your corporate
headquarters. The command could even specify that the access
take place at night, while your computer is unattended, for lowercost data transmission. After downloading the accumulated electronic mail, Pro/DBA would store the information in a local file.
The next morning, you could read your most recent mail. At any
point, you could then add voice annotation to the documents. You
might specify a reply for execution by your secretary, or even add
voice to the document and forward it on to a colleague. There,
another Pro/OBA-equipped Professional computer would be used
to play back the digitized recording of your voice annotation.
In short, Pro/DBA opens the door to more streamlined communication by allowing immediate verbal reaction in the place of the
ever-increasing volume of written words and paper.

9-132 • Professional Software Catalog

Contact and Access Remote Computers-Automatically
Using Pro/DBA often begins with accessing information on a
remote computer. Possible sources of information range from
electronic mail to remote or public access databases to analytical
services. ProlDBA and TMS make this particularly simple. The
program provides a directory of up to 60 other computers,
whether mainframes, Professionals, or other minicomputers.
This directory includes all phone numbers, access codes, and
communications protocols for connecting to the remote machine.
Using the directory and the built-in autodialing TMS modem,
calling remote computers is close to effortless.
Pro/DBA also includes an exclusive Learn Mode. Using this
feature, you walk through a particular access procedure once,
while your Professional memorizes it for future use. In addition to
communications requirements, the procedure can include the
commands needed for the required extraction of information from
the remote system. You can give this stored procedure any
meaningful name you like.
New Ways to Work With Information
Once your Pro/OBA-equipped Professional has downloaded the
required information, you have a number of options. To add voice
annotation to a document, you at any time can press a key on the
TMS voice unit. As you speak in a normal tone, your notes are
digitally recorded and added to the document, available for
''reading'' along with the document itself by any suitably equipped
Professional.
You can also transfer incoming documents to PROSE for additional
text editing. Pro/DBA includes built-in access to this standard
Professional editor. You can even create original voice-annotated
documents for storage or transfer to other systems.

9-133 • (PIOS) Software-Office Productivity

Programming your Pro/DBA system for unattended accessing of
remote databases is simple_ Just specify the job and the time-Pro/
DBA handles the rest, creating a local file for the extracted
information. The file will be waiting for you to read at your
convenience.
Pro/DBA is the first software product to take advantage of the more
sophisticated capabilities of the Professional TMS system. It gives
you a new way to streamline your communications as it reduces
written mail and unnecessary memos.

Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
• TMS (Telephone Management System) option
· 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk
• PI os Hard Disk, Version 1. 7 or later
System Options
• TMS Voice Unit

• LASO, LA100, LA210, LQP02, or LQP03 printer
·PRO/Communications

·PRO/ Applications Starter Kit
Order Code: QBA25-A3 (Hard Disk)
QBA26-A3 (Diskette)
Getting to know a new computer can be an intimidating, difficult
process. The biggest task can be simply understanding the
operation and full potential of your new tool.
At the same time, users find that having made the investment in
hardware, they are still faced with a series of software purchases to
meet their basic office productivity functions.

9-134 • Professional Software Catalog

The PRO/ Applications Starter Kit addresses both of these
problems for users of Professional systems. It consists of an
integrated set of five of the most important and popular types of
computer applications. It includes PRO/Spreadsheet, PRO/Graph,
PRo/DataManager, PROSE (a text editor), and DECLander (a video
game).

An Ideal Learning Experience
The PRO/ Applications Starter Kit is the ideal way to get to know
your Professional. You could start with DECLander, familiarizing
yourself with the Professional while you have some fun.
Having mastered soft lunar landings, you could then proceed to
the more important applications included in the PRO/ Applications
Starter Kit: the spreadsheet, graphics, data management, and

9-135 • (PIOS)Software-0.fficeProductivity

word processing modules. These packages do more than teach
novices the basic elements of the four most vital computer
applications. They allow these new computer users to start
completing significant work almost immediately using their new
ally in professional productivity.

A Useful, Functional Software Package
While the PRo/ Applications Starter Kit is a great way to learn
about your new Professional, in the long run its ongoing contribution to your professional life is more important. This set of
software packages can meet many of the demands of today's
business and professional users. While you can obtain many other
powerful programs to perform these office functions on the
Professional, the PRO/ Applications Starter Kit offers an economical alternative to purchasing separate software for each office
function.
The modules that make up the PRO/ Applications Starter Kit offer
another advantage as well. To a large extent they are integrated
with each other, so spreadsheet data can be converted directly into
graphs, a chart can be integrated into a word-processed memo, or
text can be added to a series of spreadsheets in a report.

PRO/Spreadsheet
PRo/Spreadsheet gives you the same basic functions you would
find in other electronic spreadsheet applications. The program
provides such familiar features as:
• A workspace of 256 rows by 26 columns
• Cell entries of formulas, text, or numbers
• User-definable formulas
• User-definable cell formats, including integer or money
• Variable column widths
• Copy, format, define, or clear one or a range of cells

9-136 • Professional Software Catalog

• A set of common spreadsheet functions
• Online help
·Support for the Professional special function keys: FIND, SELECT,
CANCEL, PREV SCREEN' and NE?CT SCREEN
• The ability to select and save data for graphing with PRO/ Graph or
use with PRo/DataManager
• The ability to print copies of the worksheet

PRO/Graph
With PRO/Graph, you can create graphs easily and quickly using
several types of charts with data entered from the keyboard or from
PRO/Spreadsheet or PRo/DataManager files. PRO/Graph lets you:
• Draw pie charts, bar charts, or line graphs; pie charts can include
an exploded segment
• Automatically draw a bar graph when starting a new graph
·Obtain data from PRO/Spreadsheet, PRo/DataManager, or keyboard entry
• Define titles or axis information
• Edit (and optionally save) the data
• Change the fill patterns for the bars and pie wedges
• Choose colors or gray shades for graphs (for users with the
Extended Bit-Map option)
• Plot the final graph using Digital' s LVP16 six-pen plotter, or print it
with the LASO, LA100, or LA210 dot-matrix printers

9-137 • (PIOS)Software-0.ffice Productivity

PRO/DataManager
PRo/DataManager is an easy-to-use personal data management
system. The package is highly interactive and allows you to enter,
change, display, and report information through simple forms and
screens. PRo/DataManager allows you to:
• Design and edit forms
• Create new databases
• Create multiple display formats for reporting
• Choose from a variety of field data types (including money, date,
text, decimal, or integer)
• Select a subset of records from your database
• Add, delete, or edit records in your database
• Sort data according to user-defined criteria with multiple sorting
keys
• Select data to be saved for use by PRO/Graph
• Create a database from data saved by PRO/Spreadsheet
• Print reports according to user-defined tabular or free-form
formats
• Use the extensive context-sensitive help utility

PROSE Editor
PROSE is the standard editor for the Professional 300 systems and
can be used to create and update printable text such as letters,
reports, and documentation_ Your text is displayed on the screen as
it will be printed_ PROSE lets you:
• Create new documents
• Edit previously created documents
·Duplicate, move, or delete blocks of text within a document

9-138 • Professional Software Catalog

• Set user-adjustable margins and control automatic wordwrap
• Insert and delete page breaks into a document
• Insert and delete characters into a document
• Search for characters or strings of characters
• Use the online help utility
• Create your own user-defined keys

DECLander Video Game
The DECLander video game is a version of the classic Digital Lunar
Landing game. The object of the game is to safely land the lunar
module before your fuel runs out. As noted above, it also is a great
way for computer novices to get their feet wet-without getting
in too deep-with their new Professional 300 Series computer.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 325, 350, or 380 system
• PI os Diskette or PI os Hard Disk, Version 1. 7 or later
System Options
·Extended Bit-Map Option and VR241 Color Monitor (for color
business graphics)
• LASO, LA100, LA210, LQP02, or LQP03 printer
• LVP16 Six-Pen Plotter (for presentation-quality business graphics)

•Propel
Available from: Pro Computing
One Penn Plaza
Suite 3314
New York, NY 10119
(212) 695-2885
Propel is a powerful integrated software package that works with
the Professional's Telephone Management System (TMS) option.

9-139 • (PIOS)Software-0.fficeProductivity

Propel makes the corporate professional more effective at work by
improving access to the information necessary for well-informed
decisions_
Propel is a fully integrated collection of voice, word processing,
notebook, spreadsheet, and graphics applications_ Its applications.
are compatible, so data transfer is simple, and they have a
consistent set of commands, so the user only has to learn them
once.
The applications are divided into three categories.
Phone Communications provides voice messaging and the ability to
include voice annotation of documents. Using the Professional's
Telephone Management System (TMS) with a deskset, Phone
Communications allows the Professional to store and forward
voice and data. This module also includes a telephone directory
with automatic dialing and a phonecall notebook. This allows
innovative functions such as distributing a report with a recorded
message for each recipient.
Written Communications combines word processing, electronic
mail, and notebook record keeping. With these applications, you
can create and distribute documents, memos, and reports. Meeting and reading notebooks are easily created using Propel's memo
and report writers.
Number Processing applications include integrated spreadsheet and
graphics packages that let you analyze numerical data in tables,
graphs, and spreadsheets.

9-140 • Professional Software Catalog

Propel is easy to use. Dedicated function keys, simple menu
hierarchies, and single-keystroke commands provide the inexperienced user with alternate ways to access all system features.
In short, Propel combines a set of integrated office applications and
the unique capabilities of the Professional TMS option to provide
new ways to receive, work with, and disseminate information.

· SATURN-CALC
· SATURN-GRAPH
·SATURN-WP
Available from: Saturn Systems, Inc.
6875 Washington Ave. S., #218
Minneapolis, MN 55435
(612) 944-2425
SATURN-CALC,™ SATURN-GRAPH,™ and SATURN-WP™ are a set of
integrated applications for the Professional computer. Together
they provide a powerful electronic spreadsheet, word processing
package, and graphics package specifically designed to work
together. These applications are also available on VAX and PDP-11
systems.
SATURN-CALC spreadsheets can be turned into SATURN-WP word

processing files that can be edited, formatted, and merged into
formal reports. The SATURN-GRAPH interface allows you to create
dramatic charts and graphs from your spreadsheet data to further
enhance written reports.
SATURN-GRAPH is

a straightforward and powerful graphics program that can be used in three modes. Cale-Graphics interfaces
directly with SATURN-CALC spreadsheets to create line graphs, bar
charts, and pie charts from selected spreadsheet cells. Interactive

9-141 • (PIOS)Seftware-PersonalProductivity

Graphics allows you to modify your charts with lines, patterns,
and densities of fill. User-defined Graphics offers you a graphics
command language.
SATURN-WP is an all-purpose word and list processing system that

allows you to write letters, create report forms, and merge them
with sorted lists of data. The full-screen editor provides a variety of
formatting and filing options. Data from SATURN-CALC, SATURNGRAPH, or ASCII files can be merged with SATURN-WP text files for
creating mailing lists, personalized letters, and other applications.

• Personal Productivity
· Cortex Desk Set
Order Code: QA184-c3
The Cortex Desk Set, developed by Cortex, Inc., helps executives
and their secretaries organize projects, business and personal
contacts, their calendar, and paperwork to increase professional
efficiency. The Desk Set helps coordinate appointments, phone
calls, memos, project commitments, expense reports, and other
management details, all in a single system.
With the Desk Set, you enter schedule or project information just
once. The program files these details in the right places, maintaining schedules, time and charges, project lists, and telephone logs.
It then displays this information for quick look-up or for reports.
Cortex modules feature simple, menu-driven operation. If you
have any questions, on-screen help is always available.

9-142 • Professional Software Catalog

The Cortex Desk Set includes the following modules:

The Appointment Calendar. This module schedules appointments,
meetings, project commitments, holidays, vacations, birthdays,
and other important events. Fully integrated with the "To-Do"
and "Commitment Tracker" modules described below, the
Appointment Calendar maintains schedules for the day, week, or
month and prints them for distribution. It also schedules regular
weekly or biweekly events automatically. Finally, using date
arithmetic, it determines the number of days between two dates
for planning purposes.
The Telephone/Address Directory. This directory stores and organizes names, addresses, and phone numbers by individual and
company. You can locate information by a name, phone number,
or company. It also permits browsing forward through a selected
section of the file and the printing of full or partial directories.

9-143 • (P /OS) Software-Personal Productivity

The Commitment Tracker. This module monitors tasks, reports,
deliveries, and other owed or expected details. You can find
commitments by person or by date and, if you choose, place
commitments on the Appointment Calendar automatically. It
also displays outstanding, completed, or overdue commitments.
The Expense Report. This organizer tracks and reports expense
information. It displays or prints a standard expense report with
entertainment, mileage, lodging, meals, and miscellaneous categories.
The Calculator. This built-in calculator performs standard mathematical functions like an ordinary calculator, but also features
business functions, including present value, future value, and
monthly payment. Five separate memories provide unusual flexibility for your desktop calculations. The Calculator also supports
the Calendar module's date arithmetic function.
The Time and Charge Keeper. This module records time and
charges for services rendered, including associated expenses for
rebilling and time-management purposes. For a defined range of
dates, it records all charges or charges by account, both by
individual's name or by type of service. It also tracks and manages
projects without associated charges.
The Memo Tracker. Besides letting you enter and track memos, the
Memo Tracker maintains a table of contents accessible by date, date
range, originator, or addressee.
The Telephone Record Book. This module allows you to enter
information from ordinary phone bills and then access that
information to produce a variety of useful reports. These include
phone charges by person called, by person calling, or by userdefined charge categories.

9-144 • Professional Software Catalog

The Phone Message Pad. The Message Pad replaces the secretary's
phone message book. It allows the entry and maintenance of a file
of phone messages by date and time.
The To-Do List. As its name implies, the To-Do List organizes your
current tasks. It lists tasks by priority, functions, and status; displays past, present, and overdue activities by status and due date;
and can place items on the Appointment Calendar automatically_

In short, the Cortex Desk Set helps executives and support staff
manage diverse administrative and planning functions. As a result,
these individuals can devote their energy to higher level tasks and
higher productivity.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
• 5-, 10- or 33-Mbyte hard disk
• PI os Hard Disk; Version 1. 7 or later
· ProtoCall 350

Order Code: QA527-c3

•

ProtoCall 350 is an intelligent autodialing telephone directory
system. It was designed specifically for the Professional with the
optional Telephone Management System (TMS). Developed by
Software Insights, Inc., ProtoCall 350 makes your telephone a
more powerful and effective tool.
ProtoCall 350 maintains a directory of information about your
personal and professional contacts in a flexible and useful form.
The information maintained includes names, multiple addresses
and phone numbers, company name, type of company, acronym,
business title, TWX/TELEX numbers, and associations.

9-145 • (PIOS) Software-Personal Productivity

Just as important as storing information to help you stay in touch
with your personal contacts, ProtoCall 350 will dial the number of
any selected person automatically and even charge calls to a credit
card. The system can make international calls and will automatically dial the extra digits necessary to use long distance services
other than AT&T.
Beyond the convenience of computerized number storage and
autodialing, ProtoCall 350 helps you be more productive with the
time you spend on the telephone. As you talk with people, you can
make notes in free-form descriptions. Your notes will be stored by
the system. You can also schedule calls you have to make at a later
date. These lists of calls to return are automatically generated for
your reference.
ProtoCall 350 also allows you to search your database/ directory
according to flexible criteria you define yourself; You can search by
company name, type of company, name, associations, date of call,
or subject of call.
On-screen help is always available to guide you through the full use
of ProtoCall 350's features.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
• 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk
• p/os Hard Disk, Version 1.7 or later
• Telephone Management System Module
System Options
·Telephone Management Voice Unit

9-146 • Professional Software Catalog

· ProtoCall 1000

(I
.

Order Code: QA526-c3
ProtoCall 1000 does everything ProtoCall 350 does-including its
intelligent directory and autodial capabilities-plus important
features designed for the professional who relies heavily on the
telephone. These features include an advanced database system,
called the Personal Profile Data Base, and a telephone accounting
and reporting system that lets you track professional phone time
for billing and record-keeping.
With the Personal Profile Data Base, you can create a profile of
each person or organization in your directory. In a free-form
structure you design yourself, your profile can include the background information you need to make your phone contacts more
effective and personal. As you talk, you can view your profile and
add information as required, building a history of calls for each
person contacted. The result is new efficiency in the hours you
spend on the telephone. The Personal Profile system offers other
important database features as well. You can designate certain
fields in your profiles as keys for later database sorting and retrieval,
categorizing your contacts for more effective professional communications. Event reminders can also be generated from fields of
each profile you designate for this purpose. You need never forget
another callback or commitment.
ProtoCall 1000 Time Accounting
ProtoCall 1000's Call Directory automatically records the date,
time, duration, and subject of each call you make. You can use that
duration to calculate professional charges for the call automatically. Protocall takes care of calculating the charges by applying
any of 10 hourly rates to the duration of the call. You can also log in
calls you receive for similar record-keeping functions.

9-14 7 • (PIOS) Software-Personal Productivity

ProtoCall 1000 offers doctors, lawyers, salespeople, consultants,
and other professionals a simple way to increase phone productivity and account for phone time_ With its advanced yet flexible
database capabilities, it is a powerful tool for keeping the telephone
under control and your professional contacts as profitable and
efficient as possible_
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
• 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk
• PI os Hard Disk, Version 1. 7 or later
· Telephone Management System Module
System Options
·Telephone Management System Voice Unit

9-148 • Professional Software Catalog

· FLIGHTMASTER
Order Code: QA720-c3
With today's executive spending so many hours and dollars on
airline travel, a tool to maximize travel efficiency and minimize
travel cost is indeed a welcome addition. FLIGHTMASTER is such a
tool.
FLIGHTMASTER provides an enhanced interface to the Official
Airline Guide (oAG)™ Electronic Edition, a computer database of
scheduled airlines, flight times, and fares. Once you have completed the subscription proc;edure for obtaining the OAG Electronic
Edition password (purchased separately from OAG with a subscription form provided), FLIGHTMASTER allows you to retrieve and store
complete information about schedules and the constantly changing air fares offered by all major carriers.
Ideal for corporate travel departments, support staff too busy to
investigate each money-saving option, or even executives themselves, FLIGHTMASTER is easy to use. All operations are menu-driven
and require no computer experience. Detailed help facilities are
available for each function listed on the program's menus.
When using FLIGHTMASTER for the first time, you define a login
procedure that will then run automatically each time you use the
system. Through this procedure, FLIGHTMASTER will automatically dial up and log into either the TYMNET® or Telenet™
communication networks via a 300-baud or 1200-baud autocall
modem. You won't have to remember phone numbers, communication characteristics, or network selections in future use of the
system.
Once you are logged in, a single keystroke brings up the Database
Selection Menu. Then simply select the desired information and
press the ''Do'' key on the Professional computer keyboard. From
there the system prompts you at each step of the process.

9-149 • (PIOS)Software-Persona/Productivity

OAG Electronic Edition features that are accessible through FLIGHTMASTER include Fare Display, Schedule Display, OAG Information

and Assistance, OAG User Comment and Suggestions, User Mode
(allowing for access to future OAG capabilities), Select Recording
File, and Select Command File. Once you have found the information you are looking for, you can save it, again with a single
keystroke. At any time you can print the resulting PI os file directly
from the p/ os Print Services menu. Another option upon entering
the OAG database is to scroll through displayed text using the
Professional computer's "Next Screen" and "Prev Screen" keys.
For information that you need to look up frequently, FLIGHTMASTER lets you store a string of commands, recalling the string later

with a single keystroke. Almost effortlessly, you can obtain up-tothe-moment information for the flights you take most often.
In this age of unending business trips and constantly changing
schedules and fares, FLIGHTMASTER saves time and saves money for
professionals on the move.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 325, 350, or 380 system
• DF02-Ac or DF03-Ac Autocall Modem (DF02 or DF03 modems can
be used for manual operation of this software)
· p/os Operating System
• Official Airline Guide (oAG) account (available through Official
Airline Guide, Inc., with the coupon provided)
(Note: The user is responsible for all connect and access fees for
OAG and the communications network selected.)

9-150 • Professional Software Catalog

• Wall Street Connection

Order Code: QA719-c3
The Dow Jones News/Retrieval® service is perhaps the foremost
public-access financial database in the world. In a field in which
knowledge is the most precious commodity, the service is fast
becoming a necessity to investment brokers, financial and economic analysts, market researchers, and serious investors nationwide. Besides up-to-the-minute market information, the service
provides information ranging from the practical to the fascinating,
including worldwide weather reports, airline schedules and fares,
sports headlines, and encyclopedia listings.
Digital's Wall Street Connection provides you with an enhanced
user interface to Dow Jones News/Retrieval service that makes
access from any Professional 300 series computer fast and simple. It
augments the normal Dow Jones News/Retrieval subscription,
which is purchased separately from Dow Jones® and Company,
Inc.
Once you have subscribed to the News/Retrieval service, Wall
Street Connection puts the resources of the service at your disposal
with otherwise unavailable ease and flexibility. Among other
things, it allows you to use your Professional to examine, retrieve,
and store any part of the diverse network's offerings (see list
below). It also employs the special features of the Professional to
accomplish this streamlined access with a minimum of keystrokes
and inconvenience.
Wall Street Connection makes the Dow Jones service friendly. All
operations are menu-driven and require no computer experience.
If you need assistance, press the Help key for information on the
function you are using at that time.

9-151 • (PIOS)Software-PersonalProductivity

When connected to the service, you simply choose a function
from the menu of available options. You will then be prompted to
enter a corporate symbol or choose a function from a submenu.
Directories of the databases are available online.
When you are within a particular database, you have several
options. You can scroll through the information presented,
scanning for items of interest. Using your Professional computer's
hard disk or floppy diskettes, you can also store any information
presented in a file for later retrieval. At any time you may print the
resulting p/os file directly from the p/os Print Services menu.

If you frequently require the same information, you can store a
string of Wall Street Connection commands in a file, invoking
them at any time with a single keystroke. This is ideal if you want
to keep track of certain stocks, bonds, options, or other listed
investments without the inconvenience of manually entering each
required symbol. You get a personal market report on just the
issues of interest to you in less connect time.
When using Wall Street Connection for the first time, you define
a login procedure that will then run automatically each time you
use the system. Through this procedure, Wall Street Connection
will automatically dial up and log into either the TYMNET or
Telenet communication networks via a 300-baud or 1200-baud
autocall modem. You won't have to remember phone numbers,
communication characteristics, or network selections in subsequent use of the system.

9-152 • Professional Software Catalog

Wall Street Connection provides access to all of these Dow Jones
News/Retrieval functions:
• Dow Jones News
·Current Dow Jones Averages
·Historical Dow Jones Quotes
• Common and Preferred Stocks and Warrants
• Corporate and Foreign Bonds
·Options
• Mutual Funds
·U.S. Treasury Notes
• Historical Quotes
• Disclosures II Financial and Descriptive Data
• Media General
• Uiill Street Journal Highlights
• Wall $treet Week Transcripts
·Corporate Earnings Estimator™
·Weekly Economic Update™
• Weekly Economic Survey
• Free-text Search

• Forbes Directory
• World Report
·Japan Economic Daily
• Official Airline Guide
• Comp-U-Store5M
·MCI Mail
• Sports, Weather, Movies
• Academic American Encyclopedia

9-153 • (PIOS) Software-Personal Productivity

Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 325, 350, or 380 system
• DF02-Ac or DF03-Ac Autocall Modem (DF02 or DF03 modems can
be used for manual operation of this software)
• p/os Operating System
·An active subscription to Dow Jones News/Retrieval (purchased
separately, directly from Dow Jones and Company, Inc.)
(Note: The user is reponsible for all connect and access fees for
Wall Street Connection and the communications network
selected.)
· MEM0-11

Available from: ATS Data Processing Inc.
1101 North 9th Ave.
Pensacola, FL 32501
MEM0-11 is an electronic calendar and appointment system that
helps you manage your personal time by scheduling meetings,
conferences, and appointments. The system also interfaces directly
with the DIGitext word processing system. Scheduling capabilities
include automatic visual or audio reminders of upcoming events at
preselected times; appointment scheduling in 15-, 30-, or 60minute increments; monthly overviews of activities; and a scratch
pad for daily notes.

·SATURN-DIARY
Available from: Saturn Systems, Inc.
6875 Washington Ave. S, #218
Minneapolis MN 55435
(612) 944-2425
SATURN-DIARY™ is an electronic appointments calendar that provides up to three months of calendar display. Information of
various types can be arranged in a calendar format, and one-line
memos can be entered at each date. The system provides levels of
security to protect sensitive information. It can be used for
individual, group, or department-level scheduling.

9-154 • Professional Software Catalog

· SIMCALC
Available from: ATS Data Processing
1101 North 9th Ave.
Pensacola, FL 32501
(904) 433-7578
SIMCALC simulates the functions of a powerfulpersonal calculator
on the screen of your Professional. It lets you invoke sophisticated
calculator functions, including statistical analysis and temporary
relocations. It also can be used with the DIGitext Word Processing
System.

· Word Processing
· PROSE and EDT
The p/os operating system comes with two text editors, PROSE
and EDT. Both are suitable for most correspondence and other
routine writing tasks. For more advanced or special-function
word or list processing, consider the packages described below.

·PROSE PLUS
Order Code: QBA11-A3
PROSE PLUS is an integrated text and graphics editor for the
Professional computer. PROSE PLUS lets you create, edit, combine,
and format text and graphics in a single document. Now your
writing can be complemented by title pages, diagrams, organization charts, schedules, and other visuals of your own creation.
Ideally suited to managerial communications, PROSE PLUS adds
clarity and impact to your presentations and written reports.

9-155 • (PIOS)Software-WordProcessing

Graphics features in PROSE PLUS include full-screen editing; a wide
variety of line types; line, circle, arc, and rectangle object generation; standard or italic text fonts; instant onscreen object duplication; and object move, place, and remove_
The PROSE PLUS text editor includes the full range of word
processing functions that users have come to expect, including cut
and paste, bold and underlined text, get documen,t, top of file,
bottom of file, find, remove, insert, next screen, and previous
screen. Format controls let you center or fill text and specify
margins, tabs, page headers, word wrap, right justification, page
breaks and pagination, 80 or 132 character lines, and u_s_ or
metric page sizes.
In addition, PROSE PLUS lets you work on documents in five
separate and easily accessible work areas, greatly simplifying the
creation of closely related documents.
PROSE PLUS is easy to use. Pop-up menus guide you in all operations,

while an onscreen status line always lets you know the program
function and file with which you are working. To streamline
program operation, PROSE PLUS also lets you define up to eight
function keys, allowing the execution of an entire string of
commands with a single keystroke_
Together, the text and graphics components of PROSE PLUS make it
an excellent selection for managers and others whose word
processing requirements call for concise, high-impact communications.
Minimum System Requirements
· Professional 350 or 380 system
• PI os Hard Disk, Version 1. 7 or later
· 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk

t""

I~m

("l

...,

"
11<1
"

0
Cll

I»

t""

cCll

•I•I I •
•I•I• I•I I
•
I
• I
•I
I
•
•I
•
•I
•I I I •I
•
•

""d
.......

TJJ
TJJ

Si,,~,

r117f-!Z._

--..........._

I'?~

11Jt~'1J1?

-,o

~
"11

(j
0

"a., "ti9
""' ....
I»

"t
Cll

.:-,i:>~/Jic, .,

-----....__

z;s-;:--...:___

o~'g

Jjo~c1<:~,,_:''"11~

•I

">11~'<1

Foo

• •

T .

s,;-,ure.-----....__

.,,. set "CJf]~
t/]Oti-

""d

l"l
~
Cll
Cll

....

(IQ

• • • • •
• •
•
•
•I•
I •

• I

•1

• •
I

• •

•1 •
• •

•

I•

• I•

JJOJVJV:J J~vmifos [VUOJSSa_fO~d • 9£T-6

'P
....

Notes: PROSE PLUS features holding and underscoring (but not sub- or superscripts).
Lex-11 allows creation of simple business graphics. It also features an optional spelling checker.
PROSE and EDT are included with the p/ os operating system.
CT•OS, EDT, and Lex-11 also run on the RT-11 operating system.

~
0

~
VJ

;;i

il.
'.:."

9-158 • Professional Software Catalog

· CT*OS Word Processing System
Order Code: QA767-c3

CT*OS (Compu-Tome Office System) is a full-featured word
processing .system emulating Digital's word processing software
and featuring DEcmate's familiar gold key interface and bottomline editing. CT*OS augments its wide range of word processing
functions with list processing and a host of special features.
CT*OS runs under all major Digital operating systems available for

the PDP-11 family: p/os, RSTS/E, RSX-11M, RSX-11M-PLUS, and RT11. It also runs on vAXIVMS. Documents you create under one

operating system are easily read and edited using CT*OS running
under another operating system. Because it was written to take
advantage of Digital product design, CT*OS has excellent performance.
A menu-driven system, CT*OS displays on the screen the types of
work you can do. With just one keystroke, you can get to the
specific function you want to perform. This simple format makes
CT*OS easy to learn and use. The program shows you what you can
do, then asks for any additional information it needs. Extensive
online help displays useful information on request. Because CT*OS
so closely duplicates Digital's word processing, if you are familiar
with WPS-8 you will be able to get right to work with CT*OS.

The Basics
CT*OS word processing includes such useful features as global
search and replace (both forward and backward), indexing, table of
contents generation, pagination, cut and paste, super- and subscripts, footers and headers, stored paragraphs and abbreviation
libraries, prestored margin settings, right margin justification,
and file merging. For letter-perfect spelling, CT*OS offers a spelling
program with an 87 ,000-word dictionary.

9-159 • (PIOS)Software-VVOrdProcessing

As a list processor, CT*OS enables you to sort your data in a variety
of ways. You can also use wild card selection and even Boolean
logic to have CT*OS go through your data and select items with
common characteristics.

Special Features
Besides its standard word processing capabilities, CT*OS includes
the following features.
Simultaneous Printing and Editing. With CT*OS you don't have to
wait for one document to finish printing before you can start
editing another. Simply select the document for printing, then
continue with other word processing tasks.
100 User-Defined Keys. CT*OS gives you the freedom to assign your
own functions to 100 programmable keys. It supports this capability by providing an index that shows you how you have defined
each key and enables you to edit your current definitions.
Scientific Character Set. CT*os offers a scientific character set
designed for the needs of engineering and scientific professionals.
Using a Digital LQP02 or LQP03 with the appropriate print wheel
or an LA100 or LA210 with the scientific character set, you can
create a broad range of standard scientific notation for papers,
reports, and other documentation.
Status Line. To help you keep track of where you are in a given
document, CT*OS displays a status line on the screen. This line
gives you information about your current position within the
document, including the current line number and character
position.

9-160 • Professional Software Catalog

Other CT*OS features include such advanced facilities as ASCII
input/ output for simplified document transfer, access to PRO/
DATATRIEVE, integration with the Supercomp-Twenty spreadsheet
program, and laser/typeset support.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
• 5-, 10-, or 33-Mbyte hard disk
· pI os Hard Disk, Version 1. 7 or later
System Options
• Gold Key Keyboard (recommended)

· LEX-11 Word Processing
Available from:

EEC Systems, Inc.
327 E. Boston Post Rd.
Sudbury, MA 01776
(617) 443-5106

rnx-11™ is an integrated word- and list-processing software
package with data management capabilities. Standard components of the system include a secretarial-style word processor, a
four-function calculator, a list processing/mass mailing system, a
simple business graphics facility, ''boilerplate'' keystroke and
paragraph storage, a forms creation feature, and a spelling checker.
LEX-11 is well established in the Digital product line, running on
p/os, RT-11, RSX-11M, RSX-11M-PLUS, RSTSIE, IAS, IDRIS, ULTRIX,
and VMS operating systems.

9-161 • (PIOS)SoJtware-r1.-0rdProcessing

As a fully prompting menu-driven system, LEX-11 is easy to learn.
In most cases, one keystroke brings you directly to the function
you want to perform. Online training and help are always available
to give new users a hand. Because the system works the same on all
operating systems, a user who has learned how to use the package
on another machine will be able to get right to work on the
Professional.
rnx-11 files are highly portable. Because LEX-11 stores information

as simple ASCII files, you can easily and cleanly transfer files from
one system to another. Files can also be easily integrated into
spreadsheets and other programs.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 325, 350, or 380 system
• PI os Diskette or Hard Disk, Version 1. 7 or later
· DIGitext
Available from: ATS Data Processing, Inc.
1101 North 9th Avenue
Pensacola, FL 32501
(904) 433-75 78
DIGitext is a powerful word processing system for the Professional
and PDP-11 and VAX systems. DIGitext is menu-driven and easy to
learn, with all word processing and file management functions
available to the user through keystrokes or simple commands. The
system supports the following functions: creation and modification of text files using the comprehensive text editor; the creation
and maintenance of address and hyphenation files; the administration of documents and standard text; list processing (including
text from standard text and address files); and print modules

9-162 • Professional Software Catalog

supporting Qume, Diablo, Olivetti, and DEC printers. The
DIGispell spelling corrector and dictionary allow word-by-word
correction of documents created with DIGitext and are expandable
to include the user's own terminology. The system interfaces to
additional program packages such as DIGimail, DIGispread, DIGItrieve, MEM0-11, and TELTEX to support the full implementation of
an office automation strategy.

· Q'TEXT
Available from: Dawn Computer Corporation
4019 Tujunga Avenue
Studio City, CA 91604
(213) 506-8088
Q'TEXTTM is a combined word processing and database manage-

ment program designed for managers, professionals, and clerical
users. The system works with ASCII files, offers a full-screen editor,
and runs on other PDP-11 systems under RSX-11 and RT-11. The
word processing facility includes such features as full list processing, headers and footers, automatic pagination, multilevel
hyphenation, and global and selective search and replace. Column
manipulation, calculation, bar graphics, and interactive solid-line
drawing capabilities are built-in. The command-driven Q'TEXT
system lets you switch between functions easily. The system
includes a fully interactive, directly addressable database for mailing list and merge applications. The database stores as many as
66,000 records, with up to 155 lines per record and 50 fields per
line.
·

9-163 • (P/OS)Sojtware-WordProcessing

·RUNOFF
Available from: DECUS
249 Northboro Road, BP02
Marlboro, MA 01752
(617) 480-3422
RUNOFF is an updated and enhanced version of the RUNOFF word

processing program available for other Digital systems. The
program features automatic line fill, right margin justification,
hyphenation, pagination, index creation, and decimal notation
sectioning.

· WORD-11
Available from: Data Processing Design, Inc.
1400 North Brasher Street
Anaheim, CA 92807
WORD-11 TM is a comprehensive word processing system with builtin list processing and spelling-correction capabilities. It is fully
compatible with WORD-11 files running on other PDP-11 and VAX
systems. The system uses a hierarchical menu structure and labeled
keys, which makes it easy to learn. Features include automatic
footnoting, table of contents and index generation, multicolumn
formatting, and scientific character set support.
WORD-11 List Processing allows you to mass-produce a document
but still include personalized information, such as names,
addresses, and salutations. The system includes arithmetic functions to facilitate calculation of row and column totals.

9-164 • Professional Software Catalog

· WordMARC
Available from: MARC Software International
260 Sheridan Avenue
Palo Alto, CA 94306
(415) 326-1971
WordMARc™ is a full function word processing system with
scientific character set support and equation editing capabilities_
The package is fully compatible with WordMARC running on PDP11, VAX, and DEcsystem-10 and DECSYSTEM-20 systems_ Features
include interactive pagination, an abbreviation glossary, and document encryption. Quick-skip, cursor-controlled text and document selection offers high-performance word processing and easy
operation. The system also includes sophisticated equation editing
capabilities and handles multiple-language character sets, including Greek/math characters.

• Vertical Market Software-Agricultural
· Grain Elevator
· Grade Design
· Budget and Planning for Grain Crops
Available from: Applied Software Development Corporation
Route 1, Box 328
Parkin, AK 72373
(501) 755-3908
The Grain Elevator management system includes modules for
inbound tickets, outbound tickets, purchase contracts, settlement
sheets, warehouse receipts, and data position records_

9-165 • VerticalMarketSofiware-Banking

The Grade Design package analyzes plain surfaces for lane-grade
design and trapezoidal ditches.

Budget and Planningfor Grain Crops is a complete crop planning and
management system designed for a variety of grains.

• Vertical Market Software-Banking
· The ECO Freedom System
Available from: The ECO Companies
P.O. Box 217
San Rancheros Drive
San Marcos, CA 92069
(619) 741-5626

The ECO Freedom System is an operating system designed for the
mortgage industry. Applications available include: LoanFacts, a
loan-fund search program that matches borrowers to the best
current source of mortgage money available (Eco host link
required); ProSearch, a service that allows participating ECO loan
representatives to use the ECO computers to match any borrower to
different financial professionals (Eco host link required); Automated Loan Processing, a system that provides management
reports, loan tracking, and inventory GOntrol pertaining to the
origination of loans; and Time Management, a time-accounting
system for attorneys and other professionals who are acting as
originators of loans.

9-166 • Prefessional Sojtware Catalog

• Vertical Market Software-Legal
· Legal Center Management System
Available from: BETA Computer Corporation
221 Parkway North
Waterford, CT 06385
(203) 442-8775
The Legal Center Management System™ is a series of programs
designed especially for small to medium-sized law firms. The
complete system includes the following modules: Billing and
Accounts Receivable, Time and Income Reports, Client Funds,
Escrow Funds, and Docket Control.

· Legal System Series 1
Available from: Cognition
2160 Broadway
Boulder, CO 80302
(303) 440-3541
Legal System Series 1™ is a fully integrated set oflegal accounting
and management applications that is suitable for both the single
practitioner and offices with up to 98 time-keepers. It is available
on a variety of minicomputers, is compatible with multiuser
systems, and offers full record lockout and security on the
Professional workstation. The basic Law Office Accounting and
Management system includes three modules: Time and Billing,
Accounts Receivable, and Client and Master files. Other modules
available include a Docket Diary System, Management Productivity Reporting, Trust Accounting, a Checkwriter, and integration
with the MBSI Realworld General Ledger, Accounts Payable, and
Payroll systems.

9-167 • Vertical Market Software-Medical

· Vertical Market Software-Medical
· CATHCOM
Available from: CATHCOM, Inc.
1401 South Brentwood Blvd.
St. Louis, MO 63144
(314) 962-3100
CATHCOM is a realtime data acquisition and analysis system for use
in cardiac catheterization laboratories and hospitals. The system
provides high-speed, multichannel catheter data acquisition with
concurrent realtime color-graphics display of heart chamber pressures and EKG information.

CUN-TEAMS/PRO
Available from: Technical Evaluation and
Management Systems, Inc.
820 Carillon Tower West
13601 Preston Road
Dallas, TX 75240
(214) 386-5764
CLIN-TEAMs/pao® is an integrated system of programs for data
collection in the clinical trial environment. The CLIN-TEAMS/PRO
system allows the Professional to be used for direct collection of
data in the investigator's office. The system is both menu-driven
and protocol-driven. It also provides audit trails required by FDA
guidelines and an interface to statistical analysis programs such as
SPSS/PRO.

9-168 • Professional Software Catalog

· FASTTEST
Available from: PSYCHSYSTEMS™
600 Reisterstown Rd.
Baltimore, MD 21208
(301) 486-2206
FASTTEST™ is a computerized human-assessment system for psychologists and personnel administrators. The system allows
administration, scoring, and interpretation of a wide variety of
standard tests inhouse and online. Standard tests available include
the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI), Rorschach Interpretation (RoR), and a variety of intelligence, vocational, and personality instruments.
· Home Health Management System
Available from: Cortron Corporation
1998 Tewkesbury Road
Colombus, OH 43221
(614) 488-2933
The Home Health Management System is a medical management
system designed to speed up the collection of receivables, reduce
the volume of paperwork and the turnaround time to correct
errors, and increase the accuracy of patient visit controls.
· MEDISYS
Available from: Small Business Systems, Inc.
10030 N. 25th Drive
Phoenix, AZ 85021
(602) 997-8310
MEDISYS is a complete in-office medical management, billing,
insurance, and collections management system. It allows practices
of 1 to 15 doctors to keep diagnostic, service, and account
information for as many as 50,000 patients on a single 10-Mbyte
hard disk. It supports an optional second terminal, stores comprehensive patient data, offers rapid posting, has reception office

9-169 • Vertical Market Software-Medical

inquiry modes, and provides total office management reports. The
system automatically produces bills and insurance forms, has
absolute collections control, and accommodates all 21 of the major
medical specialties.

· MEDBILL
Available from: Dendrite Systems, Inc.
9045 S. W, Barbur Blvd.
Portland, OR 97219
(503) 245-1200
MEDBILL is

a comprehensive accounts receivable and insurance
billing package for medical offices and clinics. The system maintains master files on each patient and the related responsible party,
insurance companies, doctors, transactions, procedures, diagnostic codes, interest, fee schedules, facility codes, and memos.
MEDBILL can function as a stand-alone system or can be integrated
with Dendrite's complete accounting and office system packages,
which include General Ledger, Accounts Payable, Inventory,
Word Processing, a Rounding List System, and a Financial
Management package (requires lnterSystems' MUMPS/PRO,
described below).

·MUMPS/PRO
Available from: lnterSystems Corporation
210 Commercial Street
Boston, MA 02109
(617) 227-1555
MUMPS/PRO is an integrated set of system software running under

p/ os that incorporates all the tools needed for both developing and
running MUMPS application programs. The system includes a
highly interactive programming language (ANSI standard MUMPS);
a database system that is an integral part of the language; and a
wide-ranging package of software utilities for programming
efficiency, system management, and security.

9-170 • Professional Software Catalog

· PATS (Patient Analysis and Tracking System)
Available from: Dendrite Systems, Inc.
9045 S. W. Barbur Blvd.
Portland, OR 97219
(503) 245-1200

PATS allows a physician to maintain an unlimited amount of
information on patients and procedures, including subsequent
follow-up and restudy data. It allows creation of any number of
databases, each containing information for each procedure or
group of patients. This information can be recalled, sorted, and
statistically analyzed. PATS can operate as a stand-alone system or
can be integrated into Dendrite's total office package (see MEDBILL). The system requires InterSystems' MUMPS/PRO (see above).
· Patient Management System (PMS)
Available from: Global Health Systems, Inc.
1701 Research Blvd.
Rockville, MD 20850
(301) 258-9212

PMS is an online, integrated package of software modules designed
to provide outpatient and inpatient functions to clinics and
doctors' practices. Outpatient functions include registration,
scheduling, medical records, AR/billing, and report generation.
Inpatient functions available for the hospital setting include ADT,
OE/RR, nursing support, and other hospital functions (requires
InterSystems' MUMPS/PRO, described above).
· Practice Management System
Available from: Cortron Corporation
1998 Tewkesbury Road
Colombus, OH 43221
(614) 488-2933

9-171 • Vertical Market Software-Peripheral Support

The Practice Management System is a complete billing, accounting, word processing, and medical management system for physicians. The system fully utilizes the multitasking, menu, and help
features of PI os.
· Practice Management System

Available from: Smith, Abbott & Company, Inc.
300 East Joppa Road
Baltimore, MD 21204
(301) 296-9032

The Smith, Abbott Practice Management System is a comprehensive accounting software package designed to meet the varied
needs of many medical and dental practices. The system allows
accessing and updating of both patient records and billing information, and automatically prints forms, invoices, and reports.
The accounting applications included are billing, collecting, insurance reporting, and accounts receivable. The system also stores and
helps organize visitation history information, recalls and appointment status, and referral sources, and produces statistics sorted by
doctor, procedure, diagnosis, and patient.

• Vertical Market Software-Peripheral Support
· PC-350 Bar Code Reader

Available from: TPS Electronics
4047 Transport Street
Palo Alto, CA 94303
(415) 856-8633

The PC-350 Bar Code Reader is a system that reads bar code
information into a Professional application. It is plug-connectable
between the keyboard and the computer, and it is transparent to
any program.

9-172 • Professional Seftware Catalog

· TEMPUS-11
Available from: ATS Data Processing, Inc.
1101 North 9th Avenue
Pensacola, FL 32501
TEMPUS-11 is a hardware and software subsystem that is designed to
provide time attendance input data to payroll systems and to
support personnel management functions. It supports up to 96
TMP-21 Time Attendance card reader terminals. The TEMPUS
system is also available on VAX and other PDP-11 systems.

• Vertical Market Software-Travel
· Travtech

Available from: The Steinhauer Group
14266 N.E. 21st
Bellevue, WA 98007
(206) 643-0950
Travtech is a complete, turnkey, computerized accounting system
for travel agencies. The system interfaces directly to an agency's
existing airline reservation system. Handposting is eliminated
because Travtech reads in accounting information from the agency's airline reservation system computer. The system includes
General Ledger, Accounts Receivable, and Accounts Payable
modules designed especially for travel agencies. It also allows
generation of a wide variety of reports.

9-173 • T!ertical Market Seftware-f/Vcirehouse Management

• Vertical Market SoftwareWarehouse Management
·Materials Management System-1

Order Code: QA560-c3
Materials Management System-1™ is designed to manage inventory balances in stockrooms, warehouses, or supply centers.
Already a popular application on Digital's VAX superminicomputer, Materials Management System-1 is now available on the
Professional 350 and 380.
Developed by RGTI Systems Software Inc., Materials Management
System-1 is designed to help organize the storage and retrieval of
stocked goods. It operates with conventional storage and retrieval
facilities common to the typical stockroom environment. Menudriven procedures supply the user with realtime inventory control
for over 25,000 items to track material from its receipt at a
warehouse or stock location to its issue.
Materials Management System-1 handles the three basic materials
handling transactions-receiving stock, picking stock items, and
inventory counts-with efficiency and speed. The menu-driven
nrndules are easy to learn and use; little or no computer knowledge
is needed.
Materials Management System-1 is designed for small or mediumsized manufacturing businesses, distribution centers that maintain
warehouses of stocked goods, and small service centers where parts
and small tools are inventoried and distributed.

9-174 • Professional Software Catalog

Materials Management System-1 works with conventional storage facilities such as racks, bins, shelves, or pallets. With a
minimum of effort you can receive incoming goods, place them
into a stock location, and then pick items for issues. Audit control
functions track shortages and backorders with the option of using
the report facilities to request printed copies of these and other
summaries. This provides management with the necessary information to maintain adequate inventories and to monitor system
activity.
Due to its simplicity in design and ease of use, Materials Management System-1 lends itself to a first-time user of an automated
materials management system. The more sophisticated user can
create a workstation environment and interface with other hardware and software applications to close the loop for requirements
planning and reordering. Both new and experienced users will find
the menu-driven modules simple to use and the documentation
easy to follow.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 350 or 380 system
• 10- or 33- Mbyte hard disk
System Options
• LASO, LA100, or LA210 dot-matrix printer

9-175

PRO/VENIX Software Library
• PRO/VENIX Applications from Unisource
Available from: Unisource Software Corp.
71 Bent Street
Cambridge, MA 02141
(617) 491-1264
Unisource Software Corporation is a major publisher and distrib~
utor of UNIX-based software for the corporate, professional, and
system development markets. Current PRO/VENIX offerings
include a quality portfolio of business applications and program
development tools. A selection of available software is described
below.

FinalUTord™ is a comprehensive word processing system for
writing letters, contracts, reports, and manuscripts. It has
advanced formatting capabilities and provides a high-level language for layout control. FinalWord can divide the screen into two
windows, allowing you to display and edit two files on the screen
simultaneously.
LeverageTM is a simple-to-use list manager that can be fully
integrated with other UNIX utilities and applications. Leverage lets
you create a list database for use in producing form letters,
labels, and reports. You can create your own customized data entry
screens with up to 70 data fields per record.

The Office Menu Tool™ is a flexible, easy-to-use menu system that
enables new users to get up and running without having to learn
UNIX. Experienced users and system builders can tailor standard
command menus to generate their own customized menu systems. Each menu can have its own help screen, and each entry on
the menu can include descriptive text.

•

Professional Seftware Catalog

ViewCompTM is a full-function spreadsheet that is integrated
directly into the UNIX system. ViewComp stores its data in a text
file so that other applications on the system can use the information. It provides all of the features of most current spreadsheet
systems, with additional features such as advanced formatting and
addressing modes, user-defined commands, function key support,
and a variety of built-in mathematical functions.
VX is a communications package that includes VT52 terminal
emulation and file transfer capabilities. The remote file server was
written in c and its sources are included. This means that the vx
file server can be run on any operating system that has a c compiler.

· CALC-11
Available from: Computer Systems Corporation
5540 Rock Hampton Court
Indianapolis, IN 46268
(317) 872-7200

is a powerful spreadsheet for financial planning and
budgeting. It is file compatible with CALC-11 implementations on
other PDP-11 and VAX systems. It is also available for the Professional under the PI os Operating System. (See product description
in the p/os Decision Support/Spreadsheet listing.)
CALC-11°

·MDX

Available from: Clinical Data Design
4718 West Lisbon Street
Milwaukee, WI 53208
(414) 444-9900
MDX™ is a comprehensive Medical Office Management software

system written inc. It includes four main software modules that
can be used on a stand-alone basis, or integrated together in a
complete office management system.

9-177

The Financial Accounting module provides for patient billing and
insurance claim forms, and maintains patient records. Appointment Scheduling manages calendars and produces route slips and
day sheets. The Medical History module allows physicians to
create their own medical record screens for storing patient medical
data. The user-controlled Report Writer allows for creating
custom reports.
The system is table driven with complete menu selection for all
modules. The extensive help function and on-line table inquiry
makes MDX user-friendly and easy to learn.

· UMDSystem
Available from: Boston Systems Office
469 Moody Street
Waltham, MA 02154
(617) 894-7800
UMD (Universal Microprocessor Development) is a high performance, completely integrated development system for programming special-function chips for a wide range of products and
processes. It is also available for the Professional under the p/os
Operating System.

9-178 • Professional Software Catalog

RT-11 Software Library
· Accounting
· MBSI RealWorld Accounting
Available from: Glenn A. Barber & Associates, Inc.
15010 Ventura Blvd., Suite 304
Sherman Oaks, CA 91403
(818) 907-6622

Glenn A. Barber & Associates distributes an enhanced version of
the popular RealWorld TM Accounting System for Professional
systems running IIT-11. The RealWorld accounting software is a
market-proven set of integrated modules designed especially for
the requirements of small businesses. These seven packages have
been refined through the feedback of thousands of users over the
last ten years. They provide ease of use without sacrificing
performance. Modules available include GeneralLedger, Accounts
Receivable, Accounts Payable, Payroll, Order Entry/Billing,
Inventory Control, and Sales Analysis.
All MBSI accounting modules use standard screen formats and
keyboard layout from module to module. Users manuals are
clearly written and make useful training guides.
Each module includes step-by-step user installation instructions.
The liberal use of' 'user definable parameters'' throughout allows
you to tailor each package to i:he way you do business.
In addition, modules can be modified. When altering the source
code, the modular systems design, structured programming
techniques, and complete and well-organized ''Technical Reference Manuals'' make changes relatively easy for competent COBOL
programmers.

9-179 • RT-11 Software Library

In short, MBSI is a proven set of software applications tailored to the
practical requirements of small business.

Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 325, 350, or 380 system
• RT-11 operating system
· CPA-11
· TCB-11
Available from: Franklen Computer Systems, Inc.
715 Fremont Avenue
South Pasadena, CA 91030
(213) 441-3123
CPA-11™ is a flexible, multiple-entity client accounting general

ledger and financial reporting system. It provides for virtually
unlimited levels of consolidation.
TCB-11 (Time, Charges, and Billing for Professional Firms) is a
professional practice management system designed for accounting
firms. The system provides for time, cost, and cash receipts
posting by client. Work-in-process reports, accounts receivable
analysis, and client statistics are also provided. It is generally used
in conjunction with CPA-11.

•Pro-Accountant

Available from: decComp
14752 Sinclair Circle
Tustin, CA 92680
(714) 730-5116

Pro-Accountant is a series of multitasking accounting modules
designed to help professional accountants perform a variety of
accounting services. Modules available include General Ledger,

9-180 • Professional Seftware Catalog

Accounts Receivable, Accounts Payable, Inventory Control, Payroll Accumulation, and Purchase Order Entry. Pro-Accountant is
also available for Professional systems under the PI os operating
system. (See product description under PI os Accounting software.)

· RT-11 Accounting Modules for the Professional
Available from: Digital Perspectives Ltd.
290 Southcentre Executive Tower
11012 Macleod Trail South
Calgary, Alberta T2J 6AS
(403) 271-6860
Digital Perspectives offers a full line of accounting packages with
extensive user-definable features. Modules available include General Ledger, Accounts Receivable, Accounts Payable, Canadian
Payroll, Inventory, and Fixed Assets/Depreciation. The General
Ledger includes a Financial Reporting system that allows you to
define accounting structures and reports and include multiple
entities and consolidations. The Accounts Receivable module
features user-defined numbering and terms, open item or balance
forward, detail and summary reports, aging, and statements.
Accounts Payable supports user-defined numbering schemes,
generates checks, and provides extensive management reporting.

· TBS Accounting Packages
Available from: Theta Business Systems
1110 Sonora Avenue, Suite 106
Glendale, CA 91201
(213) 245-0917
TBS offers integrated accounting systems written in Pascal that can
be modified to meet a user's particular requirements. The systems
are interactive and menu driven, simplifying training and

9-181 • RT-11 Software Library

day-to-day operation. Modules available include General Ledger,
Accounts Receivable, Accounts Payable, Payroll, Order Entry,
Time Accounting for Professionals, and PDS (Pascal Development
System). Theta's PDS and Oregon Software's Pascal-2 are required
to modify the source code, which is included.

· TIM: The Information Manager
Available from: Compuflex
171 Hollis St.
Nashua, NH 03060
(603) 889-1196
TIM™ is a set of accounting packages designed for the company

with an inventory-intensive business. The system's seven major
programs (General Ledger, Accounts Receivable, Accounts Payable, Inventory Control, Billing, Order Processing, and Bill of
Materials) and DABL provide highly sophisticated tracking and
control. Compuflex is a total service company willing to include
training and warranties with its software.
DABL is the Data Base Language operating system in which all of

the Compuflex modules are written. DABL is required for use of any
TIM module.

· Broadcasting
· Radio Station Management Packages
Available from: Radio..Computing Services
177 N. Dean Street
Penthouse Level
Englewood, NJ 07631
(201) 567-3263
Radio Computing Services has a variety of radio station management packages available for the Professional, including complete
systems, hardware and software, or software alone.

9-182 • Professional Software Catalog

Barter is an accounting package for radio stations that keeps track
of services bartered for on-air advertising. Sampler provides statistical analysis of audience research polls, yielding trends of taste and
influence, artist preference, etc. Selector helps you choose a balance
of music, features, and programming. It is currently in use by
many large, well-known stations handling highly complex program demands.

· Communications
·BLAST
Available from: MIDCOM
1940 N. Tustin, Suite 101
Orange, CA 92665
(714) 998-6041

BLAST™ (Blocked Line Asynchronous Transmission) allows errorfree file transfer between the Professional and other popular
computers, including VAX, PDP-11, Rainbow, Data General®,
Hewlett-Packard, Apple, Amdahl, IBM, TeleVideo™, Tandy,
Northstar, cPIM, and MS-DOS systems.
BLAST utilizes standard ·serial ports and a variety of standard
modems. It can transmit binary or text files in full duplex mode. It
can also transfer parts of files as well as complete files. It is a
powerful, low-cost solution for mixed-vendor communications.

9-183 • RT-11 Software Library

· TSX-NET
Available from:

Glenn A. Barber & Associates, Inc.
15010 Ventura Boulevard
Suite 302
Sherman Oaks, CA 91403
(818) 907-6622

TSX-NET™ allows your Professional to access files on other systems
in a master-slave relationship. It incorporates a comprehensive
data-validation and error-checking protocol to eliminate data
transmission errors. TSX-NET can also be used to transfer files to and
from the VMS and RSX operating systems, and will perform
necessary file conversions in the process.
TSX-NET allows communication and ease of access when using any
combination of TSX and RT-11 systems with either DL-type serial
lines or DZ-type multiplexer lines. Using TSX-NET, utility programs, such as PIP, DUP, and DIR, and user-written programs can
gain access to and manipulate RT-11 structured files on remote TSX
or RT-11 systems that are connected via dialup or dedicated Rs-232
communication lines.

The TSX-NET facilities include ''virtual terminal capabilities'' that
permit a terminal to be software connected with a remote system
and to have access to the devices and files of that system without
affecting other data processing activities on the remote system.
Using TSX-NET, OEMS and software houses can support remote
users by running programs and inspecting and updating files
directly on a remote system from a local terminal.

9-184 • Professional Software Catalog

In addition, the remote polling and data collecting capabilities of
allow the implementation of business and scientific
applications that require distributed processing networks of TSX
and RT-11 systems.
TSX-NET

The capabilities of TSX-NET are comprehensive but not terribly
complicated. You may find yourself an expert user with just a few
hours of diligent study.
Minimum System Requirements
· Professional 325, 350, or 380 system
• RT-11 operating system

·UAP-LINK
Available from: Unique Automation Products
15401 Redhill Avenue, Suite G
Tustin, CA 92680
(714) 730-1012
UAP-LINK allows you to transfer protected binary and text files

between different operating environments. It is also available on
microcomputer, PDP-11, and VAX systems.
UAP-LINK opens a data pipeline to large timesharing hosts. It can

also be used for media conversion and remote distributed processing of applications. A simple command language sends, receives,
deletes, and renames data files. It features error-free data transfer
with automatic compression.

9-185 • RT-11SoftwareLibrary

· XOREN IPL-11
Available from: MIDCOM
1940 N. Tustin, Suite 101
Orange, CA 92665
(714) 998-6041
XOREN IPL-11 is a file transfer and terminal emulation facility that
links many combinations of Digital products. It performs errorfree file transfers even over noisy lines, transmits over telephone or
direct lines, and uses standard asynchronous ports. It is also
available for the Professional under the PI os operating system. (See
p/os Communications software.)

· Data Management
· RDM300
Available from: Interactive Technology, Inc.
1225 NW Murray Rd.
Portland, OR 97229
(503) 644-0111
RDM 300 (Responsive Data Manager) is a complete system for

developing database management applications for inventory,
employee, membership, and resource management. RDM 300 is
also available under the PI os operating system. (See description
under p/os Data Management applications.)

· RTFILE
Available from: Contel Information Systems
4330 East-West Highway
Bethesda, MD 20814
(301) 654-9120
RTFILE® is

an interactive, fourth-generation relational database
management system combined with a nonprocedural application

9-186 • Professional Software Catalog

generator. It is also available on other PDP-11 systems. RTFILE
provides a comprehensive set of menu-driven, forms-oriented
utilities that enables minimally trained end-users to perform a
wide range of common data processing tasks without programming. Instead of learning a command language, RTFILE users
perform most database tasks by selecting menu options and
completing display screens. When more complex processing is
required, RTFILE provides a set of callable FORTRAN, Pascal, c, and
MACRo-11 subroutines to access the database. Once the database
schema has been defined using RTFILE menu options, fields can be
added and modified.

· DECUS RT-11 Applications
For further information, contact:
DECUS Program Library
Order Processing
249 Northboro Road, BP02
Marlboro, MA 01752
(617) 480-3422
is the Digital Equipment Computer Users Society. In
addition to hosting symposia and other information exchanges,
DECUS maintains and supports the DECUS Library.
DECUS

The DECUS Library reproduces user programs and documentation
and distributes them essentially at cost. The Library is a clearinghouse only; it does not sell, generate, or test programs. All
programs and information are provided "as is."

Airplane Landing Simulation Game provides a pseudographic display of an aircraft instrument panel with realtime updates at one
second intervals. It simulates a real instrument landing approach
from an altitude of 25,000 feet to the runway, with instructions
from ground control radar. Authors: Green, Parent, and Calhaem.

9-187 • RT-11 Software Library

C LANGUAGE SYSTEM. The DECUS c (Binary Version) distribution contains a complete c programming system. Authors:
Denny, Minnow, Conroy, and Forsythe.
COMPAG (Combine Pages) provides the ability to combine pages
easily so they may be spread across a printer form rather than
taking up a page each. COMPAG was designed to be used with
RUNOFF output files, but will work with many other files. Author:
Chester Wilson.
CVLLIB is a personal general-purpose library for the RT-11 MACRO
and FORTRAN programmer. Routines include reading and writing
decimal (up to triple precision) and octal (up to double precision)
integers, money formats, filenames, and RAD50 formats. Author:
Chester Wilson.
DECOD2 was written to decode DISASSEMBLY.SAY and .LDA files
into their equivalent MACR0-11 assembly code complete with selfgenerated labels, absolute location, symbol table, cross-reference
table, octal, ASCII and RADIX 50 equivalents. DECOD2 is an improved
version of DECODE volJ, written by Michael Levine. Author:
Yukoh Kobayashi.
FLECS (FORTRAN Language with Extended Control Structures)
is an extension of the FORTRAN language that provides the control
structures necessary to support recent concepts of structured
programming. The distribution includes .OBJ files to avoid memory overflow. Authors: Beyer, Yarborough, and Calhaem.
FODT (FORTRAN-IV On-Line Debugging Tool for RT-11) allows
the users of RT-11 FORTRAN IV to monitor the operation of their
program using commands similar to ODT. It can be built into a task
without editing or recompiling the source and does not interfere
with normal operations. Authors: Beckwith and Kawasaki.

9-188 • ProfessionalSoftwareCatalog

INDEX (FORTRAN Cross-Referencer) is a cross-referencing program that does for FORTRAN what CREF does for MACRO. A source
program run through INDEX will be checked for all of its variable
name and label usage. The operator is given many control options.
Author: Michael Levine_
RENUM (FORTRAN Renumbering Program) is intended to provide
two useful services for the FORTRAN programmer_ First, it replaces
the existing statement number in a FORTRAN program with a new
(equivalent) series of sequential statement numbers; and, second,
it produces a cross-referenced table of all variable names used in the
source code showing the line numbers where all references to each
variable name occur. Author: Eric Morton.
RUNOFF is a word processor that greatly aids document preparation. Features include automatic line fill, right-margin justification, pagination, hyphenation, index creation, and decimal
notation. Author: Chester Wilson.
SORT is a general-purpose, high-speed memoryI disc sort/ merge
utility program capable of coping with files as large as RT-11 can
manage. Sorting may be ASCII or alphanumeric. Authors: Chester
Wilson and Darrell Whimp.
TECO is a powerful text editor that runs under most RT-11
operating systems. It is suitable for editing almost any form of text
file, including programs, manuscripts, and correspondence.
Authors: Goldstein, Barnhall, and Calhaem.
TTLIB (vT100 LIBRARY) is a library of programs to control a VT100
type terminal conveniently in ANSI mode. Routines provided
include those to allow drawing boxes and lines, cursor positioning, graphics facilities, and video attributes. Because TTLIB is a
library, only the routines actually used are loaded into the user's
programs. Author: Chester Wilson.

9-189 • RT-11 Software Library

· Engineering
• Civil and Structural Engineering Software
Available from: Technical Information Systems Inc.
116 West Plume Street
P.O. Box 1900
Norfolk, VA 23501
(804) 622-1755
COCO is a tool for solving problems in plane coordinate geometry. It uses many subprograms to operate on a common set of 9, 999
points on the coordinate table. It is suited for land surveying,
bridge geometry, highway design, and right-of-way surveys.
HEC-1 performs a great variety of runoff hydrograph computations, including manipulations of station and basis rainfall and
snow data, and river routing models. It also computes economic
evaluations of basin modifications and structural effects.
HEC-2 Backwater Profiles performs steady, gradually varied flow
profile computations for natural water channels including local
obstructions. It also has routines assisting in flood plain management, and can compute several water profiles using the same data.
REWALL designs cantilevered concrete retaining walls according
to AC! 318-77. Ultimate strength design is utilized.
STRESS is an engineering application program used to analyze
forces, reactions, and displacements in structural designs such as
building frames, bridge trusses, and transmission towers.

9-190 • Professional Software Catalog

· Power Distribution Engineering Software
Available from: Scott & Scott Consultants, Inc.
P.O. Box 27476

Creve Coeur, MO 63141
(314) 576-7727

Distribution Primary Analysis (DPA) is an interactive, online
family of programs for engineering studies of the planning,
design, and operation of electrical distribution systems.
Distribution Transformer Management (DTM) is an online family of
interactive programs consisting of a Transformer Model, an
Analytical Model, a Load Model, an Energy Interface Model, and
an Economic Model.
Economic Optimization of Distribution Losses {EODL) was developed
to model the major components of a distribution system in a given
time frame, to analyze and isolate technical losses, and to evaluate
construction and loss costs for alternatives.
Micro-Area Load Forecast {MLF) provides for a definitive short-range
and long-range load forecast for the planning of distribution
systems. It is based upon socioeconomic parameters, such as land
use, zoning, population, and income, that dictate future load
levels.
Outage Reporting and Analysis System (ORS) is a package of interactive programs for establishing a database containing details about
all distribution outages.

9-191 • RT-11 Software Library

· Symbolic Drawing Machine
Available from: CADMATICS
21907 San Miguel St.
Woodland Hills, CA 91364
(818) 884-8957
Symbolic Drawing Machine (sDM)™ is a highly sophisticated
program for interactive development of circuit diagrams, flowcharts, database structures, and other symbolic diagrams. The
only graphics hardware required is a B-size interactive plotter,
which is both the input and output device. SDM's many features
include 90-degree rotation of all elements, 13 grid sizes and 4
character sizes (both expandable), and user-programmable function keys.

·Medical
· AutoScript Pharmacy System
Available from: AutoScript, Inc.
11 Mountain Avenue
Bloomfield, CT 06002
(203) 242-2358
Designed for automating pharmacy practices, AutoScript offers
complete turnkey or networked pharmacy management systems.
Applications include retail pharmacy, accounts receivable,
outpatient/inpatient and nursing home pharmacy, and optional
support for unit dose functions.

9-192 • Professional Software Catalog

· MEDISYS
Available from: Small Business Systems, Inc.
10030 N 25th Drive
Phoenix, AZ 85021
(602) 997-8310
MEDISYS is a complete in-office medical management, billing,
insurance, and collection control system designed for single
practitioners and small clinics with from 1-15 doctors. It is also
available for the Professional under the PI os operating system. (See
p/ os Medical applications.)
• Practice Management System
Available from: Smith, Abbott and Co.
300 E Joppa Road
Baltimore, MD 21204
(301) 296-9032
PMS is a comprehensive accounting package that provides instantaneous access to and updating of both patient records and billing
information. It is also available for the Professional under the PI os
operating system. (See PI os Medical applications.)

. Personal and Office Productivity
· BOND-11
Available from: KMK Enterprises, Inc.
302 w 8th Street
Plainview, TX 79072
(806) 293-4286
BOND-11 is an investment portfolio and database used to monitor
bonds, notes, and securities. It features several interactive reports
that list securities as they would mature on a yearly or monthly
basis.

9-193 • RT-11 Seftware Library

· CT*OS
Available from: Compu-Tome, Inc.
234 East Colorado Boulevard
Pasadena, CA 91101
(213) 796-9371
CT*OS Word/List Processing offers a full-featured word process-

ing program that includes cut/ paste, global search and replace, list
processing, and alternate character set display. It interfaces with
the CT*OS Spelling Corrector. Both are also available under the
p/os operating system. (See p/os Word Processing applications.)

· FASTEXT
Available from: GABA
15010 Ventura Blvd.
Suite 304
Sherman Oaks, CA 91403
(818) 907-6622

is a full-screen text editor of compact size that is
extremely easy to use. Files are created by typing in ''FsT'' and the
name of the file to be edited or created. SPELL™ is an interactive,
high-performance (100 words per second), single-pass spelling
corrector_
FASTEXT™

· LEX-11 Word/List Processing
Available from: EEC Systems, Inc.
327 E Boston Post Rd.
Sudbury, MA 01776
(617) 443-5106

Word/List Processing is a word processing software
package that allows you to generate custom forms, graphics, and
personalized mass mailings. It interfaces with the LEX-11 Spelling
Checker that utilizes a dictionary file of over 100,000 words. LEX11 is also available under the p/os operating system. (See p/os
Word Processing applications-)

LEX-11

9-194 • Professional Software Catalog

·Quick Mail
Available from.: Horizon Data Systems
1901 Wildflower Terrace
Richmond, VA 23233
(804) 740-9244

Quick Mail is an electronic mail and filing system. Principal
features include message exchange, bulletin boards, desk calendar,
and annotated archives.

· SATURN-CALC
·SATURN-GRAPH
·SATURN-WP
Available from: Saturn Systems, Inc.
6875 Washington Ave. S, #218
Minneapolis, MN 55435
(612) 944-2452

The SATURN-CALC full-featured spreadsheet provides the framework for many business and scientific operations and allows direct
integration with the SATURN-WP word processing, data entry, and
SATURN-GRAPH graphics modules. This Saturn Systems package is
also available under the p/ os operating system. (Seep/ os Office
Productivity applications.)

·Alternative RT-11-based Operating System
· SHARE-eleven
Available from: Contel Information Systems
4330 East-West Highway
Bethesda, MD 20814
(301) 654-9120

9-195 • RT-11SoflwareLibrary

SHARE-eleven™ is a high-performance, efficient, multiuser operating system that can support a maximum of four concurrent users.
It is faster than other multiuser implementations of RT-11 both in
speed of terminal 1/o and computing performance_ SHARE-eleven
has the same commands, programs, and features as standard RT-11.
It also offers a number of new options, such as virtual disks,
transparent output spooling to multiple printers, and record
locking. These options are implemented so you can also use them
under standard RT-11 systems .

. Retail
· Retail Billing Systems
Available from: Software Dynamics, Inc.
1000 Yale Ave.
Wallingford, CT 06492
(203) 265-2226
Billing Accounts Receivable far Retailers (BARR) is designed to aid a
business in the performance of its accounts receivable function. In
addition to generating aged statements and other aged accounts
lists, the system provides for online inquiry into customer
accounts.
Billing, Inventory Control, and Accounts Receivable (BICAR) is a
menu-driven package for performing billing, inventory control,
accounts receivable, and sales analysis. BICAR is highly operatororiented and designed for small businesses.
Bill Of Material Processor (BOMP-11) organizes and maintains a
central information system linking product structure records with
master (inventory-type) records. It provides for full file maintenance along with audit trails of all maintenance transactions.

9-196 • Professional Software Catalog

DTS-11 is a binary synchronous communications package enabling telecommunications with Data Terminal Systems Series 500
electronic cash registers. It operates at a line speed of 2,400 baud, or
can be operated in a local mode.

Retailing Inventory Management System (RIMS} provides detailed
inventory and sales analysis information for multiple locations on a
·daily, monthly, and year-to-date basis.

· Spreadsheets
· CALC-11
Available from: Computer Systems Corporation
5540 Rock Hampton Court
Indianapolis, IN 46268
(317) 872-7200
CALC-11 is a powerful spreadsheet program for financial planning
and budgeting. It is file compatible with CALC-11 implementations on other PDP-11 and VAX systems. CALc-11 provides file
encryption protection of sensitive data files, 3-D multiple level

pages, variable individual column widths, infinite nesting of
functions, and a full 80 or 132 column spreadsheet display. It is also
available for Professional systems under the p/ os operating system.
(See p/os Decision Support/Spreadsheet applications.)

· DataCalc
Available from: Datatrend
395 Ironwood Drive
Salt Lake City, UT 84115
(801) 487-0531

DataCalc is an electronic spreadsheet designed for managers,
financial analysts, budget officers, and accountants. It is also
available for Professional systems under the PI os operating system.
(See p/os Decision Support/Spreadsheet applications.)

9-197 • CTS-300 Software Library

· Supercomp-Twenty
Available from: Access Technology
6 Pleasant St.
South Natick, MA 01760
(617) 655-9191
Supercomp-Twenty is an enhanced spreadsheet package that offers
compatibility and a standard user interface across a variety of
systems. It is also available under the p/os operating system. (See
p/ os Decision Support/Spreadsheet applications.)

CTS-300 Software Library
· GOVERNMENT-11

Available from: KMK Enterprises, Inc.
302 West 8th
Plainview, TX 79072
(806) 293-4286
GOVERNMENT-11 is a comprehensive government reporting information system designed to meet the needs of municipal or county
administrative structures. In addition to its wide range of reporting capabilities, GOVERNMENT-11 can be tailored to meet the needs
of individual users in both in-house and service bureau/
timesharing environments. The system may be purchased in any
combination needed by the user. All packages use interactive
screen en try.
The system requires CTS-300 and SUP-11 (a subroutine utility and
print program available through Compu-Share).

9-198 • Professional Software Catalog

For county governments the following seven modules are recommended: MAP-11, Municipal Accounts Payable; MGL-11, Municipal General Ledger; MPY-11, Municipal Payroll System; MAR-11,
Municipal Accounts Receivable; VEH-11, Vehicle Registration
Reporting System; TAX-11, Tax Assessment/Collection System;
VOTER-11, Voter Registration and Reporting System.
To use GOVERNMENT-11 in city governments, substitute UTL-11
(Utility Billing/ Accounts Receivable System) for MAR-11 and
VEH-11.

· GOVERNMENT PAYROLL SYSTEM
Available from: PM Computer Services Company
630 Thirtieth St. NW
Canton, OH 44709
(216) 489-1885

The Government Payroll System provides complete realtime
computerization of employee pay records, interactive entry and
editing of new payroll transactions, and current and year-to-date
information access. Available functions include complete tax
withholding (optional), complete fund and department accounting, and display of current and year-to-date information on CRT
inquiry. Also available are active and inactive employee listing;
payroll register; monthly PER, SPR, STRS, and SERS reports; w-2
forms; and special reports.
· Voter Registration System

Available from: PM Computer Services Company
630 Thirtieth St. NW
Canton, OH 44709
(216) 489-1885

The Voter Registration System provides for complete realtime
electronic recording of registered voter additions, changes, and
deletions. The system offers election accountability, jury lists, and

9-199 • CTS-300 Software Library

automatic state reporting as required by law. Inquiry capability, by
county ID number or by name, and automatic checking for
duplication before addition ensure accuracy. On the Professional,
the Voter Registration System is ideally suited for a small county.
Interactive files include voter master file, state update file, precinct
description, election update, and annual voter purge. The system
also generates a voting history and accountability reports.
· Dog License System
Available from: PM Computer Services Company
630 Thirtieth St. NW
Canton, OH 44709
(216) 489-1885

This realtime online Dog License System provides for updating or
adding information and accessing billing information as required.
Menu-driven, the system is easy to operate. Changes and deletions
are made online. Tagged dogs that have died or migrated can be
deleted automatically, thus preventing ID tags from being
switched among dogs. The system also features automatic handling of price differences between kennel dogs and personally
owned dogs. The transfer of dog ownership is accomplished
without reentering dog data. Breeds are referenced by a three-digit
code, eliminating the need for names. Available reports featured by
the Dog License System include the Daily Transaction Report,
Delinquent Dog payment report, Printing of Dog License bills,
alphabetical listing, and yearly recap.

9-200 • Professional Software Catalog

MS-DOS Software Library
The software listed below has been converted for use on the PCBridge hardware/ software option on the Professional. It is available on Professional-format RX50 diskettes directly from:
Virtual Microsystems, Inc_
2150 Shattuck Ave.
Suite 720
Berkeley, CA, 94704
(415) 841-9594

Artificial Intelligence
•Medical
•Dental

Ashton Tate
• dBASE II™

Computer Innovation
• "c" Compiler

Condor Computer Corporation
·Condor™ 1
•Condor n

DISC-Digital Information Systems Corp.
·DBL™ (DIBOL Superset Language)
• DBL (Runtime Only)

9-201 • MS-DOS Software Library

Fox & Geller Associates
· Quickcode™ (for dBASE n)
Genesis Microsystem
• Access (Intel Series-III MDS emulator)
Lexisoft
• Spellbinder™
Mark OfThe Unicorn

· Final Word™
• Mince™ (Text Editor)
• Scribble™ (Formatter)
Micro Business Applications
• General Ledger with Financial Report Writer
• Accounts Receivable with Invoicing
• Accounts Payable with Check Writing
• Inventory with Invoicing
• Purchase Order/Requisitions for Inventory
• Fixed Asset Accounting
• Multi-Company Options (allows multiple single application data
files to reside on the same virtual floppy)
• dBASE II, Word Processor, and Programmer Interfaces (DWP)
-General Ledger DWP Interface
-Accounts Receivable DWP Interface
-Accounts Payable DWP Interface
-Payroll DWP Interface
-Inventory DWP Interface

9-202 • Professional Software Catalog

Micro Pro®

• WordStar®
• MailMerge®
• DataStar®
• InfoStar™
• ReportStar™
• CalcStar®
• WordMaster1 M
• SuperSort® II
• SpellStar®
• Star Index™
MicroRIM

· R: base 4000™
• Extended Report Writer
Microsoft™

• Multiplan™
• BASIC Interpreter
• BASIC Compiler1 M

• Business BASIC Compiler
•PASCAL
•FORTRAN

.c
• MU LISP I MU STAR (Language)
•COBOL

9-203 • MS-DOS Software Library

Microsystems Engineering Corp.
•MASS-HT~

North America Mica Inc.

•PMS II
Perfect Software

·Perfect Writer™
• Perfect Speller™
• Perfect Filer™
• Perfect Cale™
Real-Time Computer Science Corp.

• RTcs/um (Universal Development Interface, allows execution of
all Intel-compatible object modules: PL/M-86, ASM86, etc.)
Ryan-McFarland

·RM/Cobol™ (Full development system)
·RM/Cobol (Runtime only)
Satellite Software International

• Word Perfect

9-204 • Professional Software Catalog

Softrak Systems
• MicroTrak

Software Arts, Inc.
• TK!Solver

Sorcim Corporation
• SuperCalc® 3
• SuperCalc 2

Star Computer Systems
·The Accounting Partner™ (includes GL, AR, AP, PR, INV, and Po)

Supersoft
·Basic Compiler
·Star Edit

T/Maker Inc.
• T/Maker m™

Virtual Microsystems
• PhoneLink (communications package to other minis or micros)

Westminster Software
• Pertmaster™

9-205 • CPIM Software Library

CP/M Software Library
Available from: Lifeboat Associates
1651 Third Ave.
New York, NY 10028
(212) 860-0300
The following programs are available from Lifeboat Associates for
use with PRO CP/M-80:
Word Processing

• MicroSpell
• Spellguard™
• Textwriter m™
• WordStar
• WordStar French
• WordStar Customization Notes
Data Management

• dBASE II
• DMS
•FORMULA
·Hoe
• InfoStar
• MDBS

• MAG/base 1,2, and 3
• Micro-SEED
• ReportStar
• T.I.M. III

9-206 • Professional Software Catalog

Numerical Problem-Solving Tools
• Multiplan
• T /Maker III
• PLAN80

•Math Star
• Microstat
• Statpak™
• Supercalc

Professional and Office Aids
• Apartment Management
• Daisy-AidsTM
• PAS-3 Medical
• PAS-3 Dental

• Property Management
• Wiremaster

Financial Accounting Packages
• THE BOSS TM Accounting System
• THE BOSS Payroll
• Univair General Ledger Accounting System

Educational
• Torricelli Author
• Torricelli Studio

9-207 • CPIM Software Library

Mailing List Systems
• MailMerge
• Postmaster

Languages
• BASIC-SOTM
• BASIC Compiler
• Bazic II
• BDS 'c' Compiler
• CBASIC 8 -2
•CB-SO
• CIS Cobol™
•COBOL-SO™
• FORTRAN-SO™
• Kbasic
•MAC-SO
• MBASIC-SO
·Pascal M™
• Pascal MT w I SPP

• PLf 1-SOTM
• Precision BASIC
• Prospero Pascal
• Tiny-c

9-208 • Professional Software Catalog

DevelopJnent Tools
• DataSafe
• DataStar
• dUTIL

• QUICKCODETM
• Forms 2 for CIS COBOL
• MAG/sam-E
·MAG/sort
• M/SORf
·Programmer's Apprentice
• PSORf
• SuperSort
• Ultrasort II
• STRING-80
• STRING-80 Source Code
•STRING BIT
• VCOM
• Vedit
• Visam

9-209 • CPIM Software Library

System Tools
• BUG and UBUG

· Despool
·Distel
• Disilog
•EDIT
• EDIT-80

•PLINK
• PLINK II
• PMATE

·Reclaim
• SID

·Unlock
• WordMaster
• ZAP-80
• ZDT
• z80 Development Package

• ZSID

· Disco-Tech
Available from: Disco-Tech
600 B Street
P. 0. Box 1659
Santa Rosa, CA 95402
(707) 523-1600

Disco-Tech is a company specializing in software for engineering
decision support. The following software applications run under
PRO CP/M-80.

9-210 • Professional Software Catalog

Survey 2000 is an integrated set of four programs for the management and analysis of survey field data. The programs are LOCATOR,
a field data reduction program; coco 2000, a coordinate geometry
program; MAP 2000, a perimeter verification program; and PLOT
2000, a dimensional plotter.
Survey 80 is an integrated set of five programs, also for the
management and analysis of survey field data. The programs are
FiNDeR, Field Note Data Reduction; COGO, a coordinate geometry
program; EDM/Topo, a topographic survey program; MapCheck,
for parcel perimeter and area checking; and Plotter, a point-topoint coordinate plotting program.

Foundation Design Package is a set of four programs that includes
PolEm, for pole embedment design; FOOTING, for isolated footing
design; PGB, for pier and grade beam design; and ElFAn, for grade
beam on elastic foundation analysis.
Disco-Specs is an architectural specification-writing data package
(Spellbinder, WordStar, Perfect Writer or Scripsit word processing
program required).
Other Disco-Tech titles include:
HCS. Horizontal curve staking.
STADIA. Stadia reduction package calculates distance to, coordinates of, and elevation at the rod station.
VERTICURVE. Vertical curve desig!l.
U'l!TNET. Water network analysis. Requires MBASIC.
DYSPON. Dynamic response module.

9-211 • CPIM Software Library

CUT & FILL. Calculates cut and fill based on the Matrix Grid

Method.
BEAM-1. Simple beam design and analysis.
FRAME 80. Two-dimensional frame analysis.

Retwall. Retaining wall design.
TiltWtill. Concrete tilt-up wall design.
THE ESTIMATOR. Construction estimating program.
THE FRAMING CALCULATOR. Prepares estimates of material
quantities and labor hours for general wood frame construction.

· MicroArt

Available from: MicroArt Corporation
200 Market Bldg/Suite 961
Portland, OR 97201
1-800-642-7627

MicroArt™ is an integrated word/ graphics processor that allows
you to design and combine images and text within a document.
Diagrams, business forms, flowcharts, signs, and letterings are all
easily created online and may be printed out on the Professional's
printer. MicroArt is also available on Rainbow and DECmate CPI M
systems.

9-212 • Professional Software Catalog

· WPS-80
Available from: Exceptional Business Solutions
11738 Moorpark St.
Studio City, CA 91604
(818) 760-8921
WPS-80™ is a word processing program that is keystroke compatible with Digital's WPS-8 word processing system. WPS-80 is

available for the Professional running PRO CPIM-80, as well as for
the Rainbow and DECmate II.

p-System Software Library
A catalog of ucso p-System applications can be obtained from
Soffech Microsystems, Inc., San Diego, CA 92127.
The following applications have been developed expressly for use
on the Professional, and are available from their vendors on RXSO
diskettes.

· Administrative Planning System (APS)
Available from: Learning Tools, Inc.
686 Massachusetts Ave.
Cambridge, MA 02139
(617) 864-8086
APs™ is a user-definable management system for administrators in

schools, clinics, or other human service organizations. It provides
capabilities for interactive access to a student/client database of up
to 10,000 individuals with 100 items ofinformation on each. It also
allows for immediate report generation based on user specifications.

9-213 • p-System Software Library

Files are organized in an easily modifiable hierarchy to meet a
variety of local, state, and federal requirements. APS files are
dynamically structured, so adding new types of information is a
simple task. APS integrates with the Individualized Planning
System for automatic record updates.

· AMS RealStar
Available from: AMS RealStar, Inc.
2260 S. Xanadu Way
Aurora, CO 80014
(303) 695-1300
AMS RealStar is a centralized management information system

designed specifically for the real estate broker. It provides an inhouse resource for accounting, sales management, and client
follow-up. The AMS RealStar system consists of five application
modules: General Ledger, Sales and Commission Accounting,
Client' Follow-up (with Word Processing), Farming (with Word
Processing), and Investment Analysis/ Amortization. Each module can be purchased separately or in integrated systems depending
on the broker's needs. Modules come with a self-paced audio
cassette training tape along with helpful instruction and reference
manuals.

· Curriculum Management System (CMS)
Available from: Learning Tools, Inc.
686 Massachusetts Ave_
Cambridge, MA 02139
(617) 864-8086
CMS is a flexible, user-definable management system that central.izes and coordinates curriculum and service resources for professional planning. The user-defined curriculum and resources may
include goals, objectives and related textbooks, films and audiovisual equipment, and other definable items. Information created

9-214 • Professional Software Catalog

with CMS can be used for individualized planning with the
Individualized Planning System. Any information representable
in an outline or hierarchical format can be stored, modified,
accessed, and printed out with single-letter commands.

· Individualized Planning System (IPS)
Available from: Learning Tools, Inc.
686 Massachusetts Ave.
Cambridge, MA 02139
(617) 864-8086
IPS is a user-definable student/ client information management and

reporting system for administrators, supervisors, counselors,
and other human service workers. It provides user-defined report
generation and interactive menu-driven access to individualized
information. You can use IPS to create reports, including individualized diagnostics, progress, and clinical observations. Confidentiality is maintained through use of passwords and authorization levels for access to each item of information. IPS integrates
with both APS and CMS for a complete Superplanner Management
System.

· LedgerCalc
Available from: Dynamic Control Systems
P.O. Box49
Maynard, MA 01754
(617) 562-2265

LedgerCalc is an entry-level accounting package designed specifically to ease the transition from manual accounting methods to
computerized systems. LedgerCalc directly emulates traditional
bookkeeping methods in its screen formats and basic setup, thus
allowing the accountant to enter information in familiar forms.

9-215 • p-System Software Library

Adaptations to a client's particular needs are easy to make.
Dynamic Control Systems also offers contract services in the
design and manufacture of various products such as data collection
and retrieval devices and process control systems.

·INTELLECT-UL
Available from: PCD Systems, Inc.
P.O. Box 277
Penn Yann, NY 14527
(315) 536-7428
INTELLECT-UL™ is a full-range LISP interpreter for the UCSD pSystem. It relates to symbols the way other languages relate to
numbers. The objects it handles best are well suited to the
representation of data whose structure is not known in advance.
Over 80 basic functions are built in, allowing the user to write
most applications without programming other support routines.
Efficient memory management returns any space not in use to the
program. Programs are built by function composition, while the
interpretive nature of INTELLECT-UL facilitates debugging.

· MEDOFFICE
Available from: PCD Systems, Inc.
P.O. Box 277
Penn Yann, NY 14527
(315) 536-7428
MEDOFFICE™ (Medical Office Practice Management) is an inte-

grated software package designed to support from one to twenty
physicians and up to 30,000 patients. It was developed to the
standards of currently practicing physicians and designed so that
no prior computer experience is needed to run it.

9-216 • Professional Software Catalog

It offers 16 features, including Superbill preparation on patient
arrival giving current status, appointment scheduling, insurance
form preparation, prescription printing, ICD-9-cm disease coding,
and medication profiles and diagnosis lists for each patient. Patient
and financial security are provided through several levels of
passwords_

MEDOFFICE can improve collections, cut overhead costs, increase
cash fl.ow, and provide financial control that can save a significant
part of the practice gross every year_
The medical section stores individual diagnoses and problem lists,
as well as medication records on each patient. These, or any
subgroup, can be retrieved and updated in seconds. Complete
support is provided to registered users along with a user hotline.

9-217 • Standard Micro MUMPS 300 Software Library

Standard Micro MUMPS 300 Software Library
· CMPS
Available from: Creative Socio-Medics
16 East 32nd Street
New York, NY 10016
(212) 696-3500
CMPS (Comprehensive Medical Practice System) is a medical office
management and billing system that can support up to five users
on the Professional. It is also available on other PDP-11 and
VAX systems. System features include patient accounts receivable,
patient registration and treatment histories, medical management
reports, a password-controlled security system, computerized
help functions, and support of multiple-simultaneous users of the
system.
·COMET
Available from: Creative Socio-Medics
16 East 32nd Street
New York, NY 10016
(212) 696-3500
COMET (Creative Occupational Medicine and Environment Tracking) is a comprehensive, online system that enables occupational
health professionals and executives to manage effectively all aspects
of employee health and safety. It is ideally suited to small companies or individual plants or divisions in a distributed data processing network. COMET is also available on other PDP-11 and VAX
systems.
COMET is designed to monitor and integrate employee health data
for corporate and industrial medical units and environmental
health and safety departments. The system tracks the medical

9-218 • Professional Software Catalog

history of each employee, correlates specific health problems with
work history and workplace environments, and identifies causal
factors in work-related accidents.

· MedRx
Available from: MedRx
747 Main Street
Concord, MA 01742
(617) 369-3010
The MedRx System is an integrated medical record/ medical
financial system designed for use in practices or ambulatory care
clinics. A financial-only system (which can be expanded to include
medical records) is also available.
The MedRx medical record is a clinical-quality record that can be
as detailed as the physician requires. It can replace the traditional
paper chart completely.
The financial system automatically prepares and prints all the
statements, insurance forms, and reports a medical practice needs.
In addition, it prepares a fully detailed day sheet with a cash
analysis and a monthly ledger. Word processing and a general
ledger/accounts payable system are also available.

· MHMIS
Available from: Creative Socio-Medics
16 East 32nd Street
New York, NY 10016
(212) 696-3500
The MHMIS (Mental Health Management Information System) is a
complete management system for Mental Health and Social
Service organizations. It is interactive, menu-driven, easy to use,
and easy to learn. It is also available on other PDP-11 and VAX
systems.

9-219 • Standard Micro MUMPS 300 Software Library

Capabilities of the system include: basic accounting functions
such as AP/ AR, payroll, billing, and general ledger; insurance,
Medicaid, and other third-party billing; delinquent payments;
standard and adhoc reports; easy input of and access to intake,
treatment, and discharge data; data security; and service quality
assurance.

· Radiology Management System
Available from: C:::reative Socio-Medics
16 East 32nd Street
New York, NY 10016
(212) 696-3500
The RMS (Radiology Management System) combines conventional appointment management with ''walk-in'' scheduling and
performance monitoring. The system tracks the patient's process
from the scheduling of an appointment through the completion of
the examination. It is also available on PDP-11 and VAX systems.
A direct output of this process is the production of bills, receipts,
flash cards, and jacket labels at the time and place that they are
required. The online patient file provides accounts receivable
reporting, follow-up statements, and management reports. The
system automates the production and tracking of diagnostic
interpretations.

9-220 • Professional Software Catalog

XENIX Software Library
Available from: The Santa Cruz Operation
500 Chestnut Street
Box 1900
Santa Cruz, CA 95061
(408) 425-7222

The following software applications are available from the Santa
Cruz Operation for use with XENIX on the Professional:
Uniplex™ is a complete, menu-driven word processing system that
can be customized to your special needs_ It combines text editing,
formatting capabilities, and print-time commands in a single
environment. Uniplex has a built-in spelling checker and file
merge capability, and its files are completely compatible with all
XENIX utilities that process text.
Informix™ is a relational database management system that provides the greatest possible latitude in how you structure your data.
It has a flexible query language that lets you explore new
relationships between data elements, and a comprehensive report
writer that can access and merge standard XENIX files into the
reports it generates. Data access privileges down to the field level
may be created to protect confidential data.
Level II COBOL is a mainframe-level COBOL implementation that
has been certified by the U.S. Government as meeting the highest
level of the ANSI 1974 standard. A multikeyed indexed sequential
access method allows COBOL programs and Informix to share the
same data, and dynamic subprogram loading allows the creation of
programs that would not ordinarily fit in system memory.

9-221 • Idris Seftware Library

COBOL Development Tools is a package that is used in the creation
and debugging of COBOL programs. Forms-2 speeds the development of interactive, screen-oriented programs. It lets a programmer paint a form on a CRT screen and then automatically generates
COBOL source code to handle screen data entry and display.
Animator is a symbolic debugger that displays the source code for
a COBOL program on the screen and then lets the user control the
execution of the program line by line.

Idris Software Library
· Alpha Basic Compiler
Available from: Empirical Research Group
P.O. Box 1176
Milton, WA 98354
(206) 874-4844
The Alpha Basic Compiler is a compiler for 68 K Basic and contains
several powerful extensions. No line numbers are required; they
can be replaced by alphanumeric labels of any length. Variables can
also be of any length with uppercase/lowercase significance. Tabs
are implemented via TAB commands, providing terminalindependent screen handling. Multiple variables can be mapped
over the same memory space. ISAM file structures are fully implemented and available to the programmer.

9-222 • Professional Software Catalog

· Horizon Spreadsheet
Available from: Horizon Design, Inc.
220 Downey St.
San Francisco, CA 94131
(415) 543-1199
The Horizon Spreadsheet™ is a powerful spreadsheet package that
provides many scientific and business functions. It ensures accuracy up to 17 digits. It features fast tabular calculation and an
electronic worksheet area encompassing 256 columns x 256 rows.
· Horizon Word Processor
Available from: Horizon Design, Inc.
220 Downey St.
San Francisco, CA 94131
(415) 543-1199
The Horizon Word Processor™ provides ''what you see is what
you get" word processing and includes many powerful editing
and formatting features. The results of commands are shown on
the screen as they are executed. It features on-screen justification,
underlining, centering, indentation, and alignment.

·IDEAS
Available from: The Village Systems Workshop
P. 0. Box 1394
Boston, MA 02205
(617) 237-0238
(Interactive Data Entry/ Applications System) provides a
user-friendly data entry system for creating uniformly structured
files. It is a table-driven software package that supports screenoriented form filling. It is ideal for managing small to mediumsized, record-oriented data files. Data files may be as large as 1,000
records.
IDEAS

9-223

· Idris Plus
Available from: The Village Systems Workshop
P.O. Box 1394
Boston, MA 02205
(617) 237-0239
Idris Plus is an enhanced Idris operating system that features added
utilities for the office automation environment. It was developed
for the non-technical user.
· Legal Management System
Available from: Kubernan, Inc.
321 West Fourth St.
P.O. Drawer 594
Winston-Salem, NC 27102
(919) 724-1915
The Kubernan Legal Management System is a comprehensive
accounting and billing system that provides a unique set of
prebilling, billing, and management reports. These reports
present vital information regarding the law firm's unbilled time,
accounts receivable, cash flow, docket control, profits, and staff
time analyses in a clear, meaningful format. It features both word
processing and data processing and includes a complete account
system.

· LEX-11
Available from: EEC Systems, Inc.
Millbrook Park
327E Boston Post Rd.
Sudbury, MA 01776
(617) 443-5106/6376
is a menu-driven, integrated word and list processing
software package that contains office automation and data management facilities. It is an exceptionally flexible system with true

LEX-11

9-224 • Professional Software Catalog

full-screen editing; custom forms design; storage and recall of
frequently used pieces of text on keystrokes; and no formatting
codes. The text appears on the screen in the exact format in which
it will be printed.
LEX-11 features multiple-column text entry, cut and paste, column

swap, calculator, storage and automatic recall of sequence of
commands, user-defined function keys, and features for mass
mailings. It is also available under the PI os and RT-11 operating
systems. (See p/os Word Processing applications.)

· PHACT-dbrm
Available from: PHACT Associates, Ltd.
231 East 11 St.
New York, NY 10003
(212) 219-3744

PHACT-dbrm is an ISAM file system containing a library of c
functions that provide single-user or multiuser access to variable
length records in a fully portable (except for floating point)
database. It assumes knowledge of the c programming language.
Data can be placed into records by assigning it to fields by name;
data and key fields are maintained in a data dictionary. Five data
types are allowed. Records can be accessed either directly by the
ISAM key or by relative position. The library of c functions can be
called from any c program. Alternate indices (up to nine) are
permitted for each file. It features access on full or partial key.
PHACT-dbrm has numerous optimizations.

9-225

· PLUS Acco_unts Payable System
Available from: The Village Systems Workshop
P. 0. Box 1394
Boston, MA 02205
(617) 237-0238

The PLUS Accounts Payable System is a menu-oriented, completely
interactive system based on an embedded DBMS command.

· PLUS Financial Management System
Available from: The Village Systems Workshop
P.O. Box 1394
Boston, MA 02205
(617) 237-0238

The PLUS Financial Management System is a comprehensive
general ledger and budget management system for small to
medium-sized organizations. It supp~~ interactive data entry
and validation, and fund accounting fo~onprofit organizations.
Batch processing and reporting are also av\ilable.

• PLUS Information System
Available from: The Village Systems Workshop
P.O. Box 1394
Boston, MA 02205
(617) 237-0238

The PLUS Information System is a full database management
system. It is fully upward compatible with IDEAS, the Interactive
Data Entry/ Applications System from the Village Systems Workshop. The PLUS Information system is also useful as a software
development tool.

9-226 • Professional Software Catalog

·PRO/ED
Available from: Village Systems Workshop
P. 0. Box 1394
Boston, MA 02205
(617) 237-0238
PRO/ED is a screen-oriented editor and word processor for

the

Professional 350 or 380.

· VED
Available from: Empirical Research Group
P.O. Box 1176
Milton, WA 98354
(206) 874-4844
VED is a full-screen, genc-;-l-purpose editor. It is useful for both

program entry and text editing.

CHAPTER 10 ·Development Tools and Languages for the
Professional Series

10-2 •Development Tools and Languages far the Professional Series

The Professional Series offers the widest selection of mature
development tools and languages available on a personal workstation. As a PDP-11, the Professional supports versions of Digital's
versatile RSX, RT-11, and CTS-300 development environments, as
well as PRO/BASIC. Additionally, it offers development packages
under p-System, three UNIX-based systems (PROIVENIX, XENIX, .
and Idris), and the medically oriented STANDARD MICRO MUMPS.
These ertvironments let you develop applications directly on the
Professional and for the Professional. The Professional Host Tool
Kit gives you the alternative of using a Digital VAX or PDP-11
computer to develop applications for the Professional.
The application development tools and languages described in this
chapter are grouped according to the operating system under
which they run. See Chapter 3 for a discussion of the development
tools included with each operating system. For a description of a
particular operating system, see Chapter 8.

Operating System

Supported Development
Environments

PI os Hard Disk

Professional Tool Kits
MACRO-II (included with Tool ,Kits)
Tool Kit FORTRAN-77
Tool Kit FORTRAN-77 DEBUG
Tool Kit Pascal
Tool Kit COBOL-81
Tool Kit DIBOL
Tool Kit BASIC-PLUS-2
Tool Kit Realtime Interface Library
Whitesmiths C for Tool Kits
PRO/BASIC
PRO-IV

PI os Diskette

PRO/BASIC

10-3

Operating System

Supported Development
Environments

p-System
(layered on PI os)

FORTRAN-77 for p-System
ucsD Pascal

RT-11

MACR0-11 *
PRO/FORTRAN IV (RT-11)
FORTRAN-77
PRO/BASIC-11 (RT-11)
COBOL-PLUS
Pascal-2

PRO/VENIX

C*
FORTRAN-77*
PASCAL*
BASIC*

XENIX

Level II COBOL
COBOL Development Tools

Idris

Whitesmiths C*
Whitesmiths Pascal*
Alpha Basic Compiler

MUMPS

SMM 300*

·PRO/Tool Kit

Order Code: QBA14-A3
The PRo/Tuol Kit transforms the Professional 350 or 380 into a
standalone personal PDP-11 development computer. The PRo/Tool
Kit combines mature RSX-based facilities and new Professionalspecific utilities to create a familiar yet innovative development
environment. And all on a dedicated workstation.
*These languages are either included with the operating system or are components in a particular package that can be ordered with the operating system.
Contact the vendor for a complete description of these products.

10-4 • Development Tools and Languages for the Professional Series

Many PRo/Tool Kit components are versions of proven RSX
development facilities. Familiar resources include PRO/Record
Management Services (PRO/RMS), PRO/File Control Services
(PRO/Fcs), and PRO/Forms Management System (PROIFMS).
These tools are highly compatible with their RSX counterparts and
therefore make it easy for you to move your applications between
the Professional and other RSX-based systems.
The PRo/Tool Kit is more than simply a collection of tailored RSX
resources: it also contains special utilities, including the Frame
Development Tool (PDT), that are designed to support the unique
p/os environment. PDT helps you implement such ease-of-use
features as menus, help, and message frames. Because Digital used
PDT to develop the p/os human interface menu system, the
applications you develop using PDT will blend with the PI os menus
to show end-users this consistent interface. Another point worth
noting is that PDT maintains display screen text separately from
code. This design greatly reduces the cost of introducing your
application into new countries: simply translate the screen text.

PRO/Tool Kit Supports Industry-Standard Languages.
The PRO/Tool Kit supports several powerful language environments that are tailored to PI os. The MACR0-11 assembly language
is standard with the PRO/Tool Kit and need not be ordered
separately. Optional PRO/Tool Kit languages include coBOL-81,
DIBOL, FORTRAN-77, Pascal, and BASIC-PLUS-2. Whitesmiths C,
available directly from the developer-Whitesmiths Ltd. of Concord, MA-also runs under the PRO/Tool Kit. Unlike offerings
available for other single-user workstations, these compilers meet
industry standards. These products are syntactically the same as
RSX languages and are subset-compatible with VMS languages.
For more information on a particular language, see the appropriate
language description later in this chapter.

10-5

PRO/Tool Kit Provides Access to P/OS Graphics
Resources.
The PRo/Tool Kit helps you integrate impressive visual effects into
your applications. So that you can take advantage of the Professional's outstanding video bit-map hardware, the PRO/Tool Kit
gives you access to the CORE Graphics Library (cGL) and the
Professional General Image Display Instruction Set (PRo/ Gims).
These device-independent graphics libraries contain subroutines
that let you draw lines, curves, and polygons; set colors and gray
shading; control viewing transformations and perform automatic
scaling using windows and viewports; and display text in various
font styles.

10-6 •Development Tools and Languages for the Professional Series

Bit-Map Memory

~~..........····· .....
(iJ../

OFF
ON

Pixels

The PRO/Tool Kit provides access to the video
bit-map, enabling you to control each pixel on
the video display.

10-7

Each library is suited to a range of graphics projects_ CGL 1s
appropriate where industry-standard graphics and ease of programming are concerns- Specialized software such as terminal
emulators and interactive graphics editors require the lower-level
routines available from PRO/GIDIS. See Chapter 3 for more information on these libraries. All of the languages supported by the
PRO/Tool Kit can access GGL. MACR0-11 and all PRo/Tool Kit
languages except DIBOL can access PRo/ GIDIS.
MACRo-11 and high-level languages that use MACRO subroutines
allow direct register 1/o and thus give you full access to the video
bit-map. The PRO/Tool Kit documentation set includes the
Terminal Subsystem Manual, the CORE Graphics Library Manual,
and the PROIGIDIS Manual to help you take advantage of these
graphics took

The PRO/Tool Kit Supports the Professional's Optional
Hardware.
The PRo/Tool Kit includes or supports libraries to help you
develop applications for the Professional's sophisticated hardware
options. Whether you decide to develop for Digital' s PRO/ DECnet,
Realtime Interface (Rn), or Telephone Management System
(TMs)-or even if you obtain the no-cost bus license and develop
your own hardware-the PRo/Tool Kit can provide the resources
you need to develop efficient applications quickly.
PRO/Tool Kit support for PRO/DECnet includes transparent file
access to remote RSX-based DECnet systems, task-to-task communication, transparent network file access for several DCL commands, and access to the Network File Transfer Facility. It also
provides direct-line access to Ethernet that bypasses the DECnet
software, so you can write applications that interface with a nonDigital system on the Ethernet. For the RTI, the PRo/Tool Kit
supports the optional Professional Realtime Interface Library
(PRTIL) that facilitates your development of applications for device

10-8 •Development Tools and Languages for the Professional Series

control and realtime data acquisition. The PRo/Tool Kit includes
routines that help you use TMS for exciting applications that
integrate voice communication with text and graphics.

The PRO/Tool Kit Development Cycle.
The PRo/Tool Kit development cycle is very similar to the
development process under VMS or RSX. The PRO/Tool Kit and one
or more PRO/Tool Kit languages fit on the Professional 350 or 380
hard disk. After installing the PRo/Tool Kit on a p/ os menu, you
complete all of your development using an extended subset of the
Digital Command Language (ocL) that is used on VMS and RSX11M/M-PLUS systems. This subset includes such features as commands for file manipulation and logical name assignment, the
SHOW command for debugging, and the new single-line editor
that remembers the last several DCL commands you typed and lets
you repeat or edit them without retyping. With DCL you can
write, compile, taskbuild, execute, and debug applications without using menus.
Your first step in the PRo/Tool Kit development cycle is to create
the source file using Digital's interactive keypad editor, EDT. Next,
compile the program and use the Professional Application Builder
(PAB) to collect object modules into an executable task. You can test
and debug the application using DCL or you can prepare an
installation file and use the Fast Install utility that lets you bypass
the application diskette building process and quickly integrate the
application into a menu for testing. When the application is fully
tested and debugged, use the Application Diskette Builder (ADB)
to build the application diskettes for distribution to end-users.
The extensive documentation set accompanying the PRo/Tool Kit
explains and provides reference material for all stages of application
development on the Professional.

10-9
From P/OS Main Menu,
Enter PRO/Tool Kit

Select desired Tool

Use FDT to
Create and Edit Menu,
Message. Help
Frame Files

PRO/FMS-11

Use EDT to
Write/Edit
Source COde

Conven For
Application
Execution

Create/Edit
Forms

Compile
Source Program

Task Build
Program
With PAB

Oefmition Files

Application
Task lmage(s)

Form Files

YES

Run Application
Diskette Burlder

DISKETTE

YES

The PRO/Tool Kit Development Cycle. All
development is accomplished on the Pnif{?ssional.

10-10 •Development Tools and Languages for the Professional Series

The Tools.
The PRO/Tool Kit has everything you need-from editors to create
the source files to a utility for building application diskettes for
distribution to end-users. It also includes several resources to help
you debug code more efficiently. The remainder of this section
gives brief descriptions of the more notable components of the
PRo/Tool Kit.
• MACR0-11 . This PDP-11 assembly language is included with the

PRo/Tool Kit: you do not order it separately. (You can order
optional PRo/Tool Kit languages.) You can use this powerful
assembly language to develop Professional applications that move
smoothly to other PDP-11 computers. MACR0-11 is particularly
important on the Professional because it gives you direct access to
r/ o registers and therefore to the video bit-map hardware.
·EDT. This interactive, full-screen keypad editor enables you to
create and modify files. The EDT in PI os is the same EDT that is
popular on the larger VMS and RSX systems. The PROSE editor can
be used as an alternative to EDT.
·Professional Record Management Seroices (PRO/RMS). PRO/RMS is a

powerful set of service routines that offer efficient and flexible data
storage, retrieval, and modification. These service routines provide a file and record management interface between p/os and
application programs. PRO/RMS supports sequential, relative, and
multikey indexed file organizations. All of the PRo/Tool Kit highlevel languages contain PRO/RMS interfaces.
·Professional File Control Seroices (PRO/PCS). PRO/Fcs, with named

directories, is included so that existing RSX applications that use
FCS will run on p/ os. (Note: FCS will not be enhanced to support
full p/ os capabilities so, in general, applications should be converted to RMS.)

10-11

---

MENU DEFINITION FILE

FRAME1
"MAIN"

FORMS
Profile for Single Choice Menu MAIN

FRAME2
Global Help Frame [MENU]

DefaultOption{J

Global Action String

[ ClA.T>.BASE = ELEM

FRAME3
Display for Single Choice M<mu MAIN

EID!EHTARf [l)'JCATION APPLICATION

FRAME4

FRAMES

COMPUTER SCIENCE

GEOGRAPHY

FRAMES
[Make a selection and press the DO

FRAME7

ke~"

ActionNumberJ forS!ngleChoioei'!enuMA!N
Descriptlon

FRAMES

Ac:ionDescri>:\or.

[This is the description of the ~ography option.

Option Keyword (GEO
OptionHelpframe [HELPCEO]

FRAME9

( GE000010

Optlon Action String

FRAME 10

MENU
. .- - - - - - E L E M E N T A R Y EDUCATION APPUCAT!ON - - - - - -. .

FRAME 11

Thisappllcationofferselementaryeducation insevenfleldsofstudy
one of the courses listed here·

COMPUTER SCIENCE

GEOGRAPHY
GOVERNMENT

Additional Options available
Makeaselectlonand1>resstheDOkey:

The Frame Development Tool lets you create
menu, Help, and message frames. This figure
shows the forms for a single-choice menu.

10-12 • Development Tools and Languages for the Professional Series

·Professional Forms Management System (PRO/PMS). PRO/FMS is a
forms-oriented video 1/ o system that lets you build ''fill in the
blanks" data entry screens into your application without having
to consider the intricacies of video 1/ o. FMS is widely used on
Digital's systems and uses RMS for handling the data it reads.
Designed to be used as an independent front-end, PROIFMS gives
you flexibility while helping you create applications that are highly
compatible with other systems. Call statements are provided for
the supported languages.
• Frame Development Tool (PDT). FDT helps you create menus and help
and message frames. Use of this resource ensures that your
application's user interface will be consistent with the PI os human
interface standard. Further, FDT separates menu, help, and message
text from code, thus making it easier for you to support your
application in an international market.

·PIGS User Interface Services Library (POSRES). This cluster library
contains the service routines that retrieve and display menu, help,
and message frames and process function keys. Routines in POSRES
enable you to display the frames you develop with FDT.
· Callable Services. The PRo/Tool Kit offers several callable services
that are available to all of the PRO/Tool Kit languages. You can use
the callable PI os system services to include standard PI os functions as part of your application. These callable services include
Callable Print Services (cPRINT), Callable PROSE Text Editor (cET),
Callable Communications Facility (coMLIB), and Callable Sorting
Task (PRo/soRT).
·Professional Application Builder (PAB). This utility takes compiled
source code as input and produces a task image that can be executed
on p/os. PAB is derived from the RSX-11MIM-PLUS Task Builder

(TKB).

10-13

• Fast Install. This utility provides a quick and easy way to integrate
an application stored on the Professional' s hard disk into a PI os
menu for testing and debugging. Your alternative to Fast Install is
to create an application diskette and install the application on the
hard disk using PI os Disk/Diskette Services.
·Application Diskette Builder (ADB). ADB loads newly debugged
applications onto application diskettes for distribution to endusers. The utility supports multiple diskettes so that large application programs targeted for PI os Hard Disk operating system
environments can be built on more than one diskette.

10-14 • Development Tools and Languages for the Professional Series

·Indirect Command File Processor. An indirect Command File Processor is part of the PRO/Tool Kit so that you can automate some of
the repetitive aspects of application development.
• File Utilities. Several RSX utilities important to application development are included in the PRO/Tool Kit. These familiar tools
include:
File Compare Utility (CMP). CMP compares the contents of two
ASCII files on a line-by-line basis, determining whether parallel
records are identical.
File Dump Utility (DMP). DMP enables you to examine the contents
of a specific file or volume of files. You can format the output in
ASCII, octal, decimal, hexadecimal, or Radix-SO form, and dump it
to any suitable device such as a terminal screen or disk.
Lihrarian (LBR). LBR enables you to create, update, modify, list, and
maintain library files.
Resource Monitor Display (RMD). RMD displays information about
the resources in your system, including the active tasks, their
locations and sizes in memory, and the available pool space.
Task/FilePatch Program (ZAP). ZAP allows you to examine and
modify task image and data files directly on a Files-11 volume.
Many of the functions performed by RSX Online Debugging
Technique (oDT) are performed by ZAP.
Online Debugging Technique (ODT). ODT is an interactive program
you can link to a user program to find and correct program errors.
All addresses and data are communicated in octal notation.
Source Language Input Program (SLP). SLP enables you to maintain
and audit source files.
Minimum System Requirements
· Professional 350 or 380
· 10- or 33-Mbyte hard disk with 5,000 free blocks
· p/ os Hard Disk, Version 2.0 or later

10-15

· Professional Host Tool Kit
Order Code: RSX-11M and RSX-11M-PLUS: QT071
VAX-111730: QC350
VAX-111750: QD350
VAX-111780: QE350
The Professional Host Tool Kit offers the special utilities and
services you need to use your VMS or RSX-11M/M-PLUS system to
develop applications for Professional p/ os systems. With the Host
Tool Kit you can use your familiar large system to create applications that optimize p/os system features and the Professional's
hardware capabilities. But the Host Tool Kit doesn't desert you
when you leave the host computer; it includes resources that run
on a properly configured "development" Professional to help you
debug and later distribute the application.
The Host Tool Kit is designed to supplement rather than duplicate
the development resources already on your larger computer. For
this reason it does not have the editors and utilities already present
on the host system, but instead concentrates on utilities to tailor
your applications for P/os. The Host Communications Facility is
included to move the code to the development Professional for
debugging and subsequent distribution to end-users.

The Old and the New.
The full documentation set accompanying the Host Tool Kit
explains the use of both its mature, familiar tools and its new,
Professional-specific utilities. Retraining time is minimized for
experienced RSX developers because the basic development toolsincluding PROIRMS, PRO/Fcs, and PROIFMS-are simply tailored
versions of those standard VMS/RSX resources. Tools specially
designed to optimize the Professional' s architecture and PI os

10-16 • Development Tools and Languages for the Professional Series

system features include the Frame Development Tool (FDT) and the
Application Diskette Builder (ADB). An overview of each of these
tools is given later in this discussion.
The Host Tool Kit provides utilities that help you produce userfriendly applications for end-users. With the Frame Development
Tool (FDT), you can easily include menus, help, and messages in
your applications to guide the user through your program.
Because yoµ are using the same facilities that were used to develop
the p/os human interface, you can easily create applications that,
when installed on a p/os system, present a consistent interface to
the end-user. FDT is particularly important if you are developing for
an international market because it keeps the menu, help, and
message text separate from the code. Instead of having to rebuild
the application each time you bring it to a different country, you
can simply translate the text files.

10-17

The Host Tool Kit Supports Several Languages.
The Host Tool Kit supports several powerful language environments tailored to PI os. The MACR0-11 assembly language comes
standard with the Host Tool Kit and need not be ordered
separately. Optional languages for the Host Tool Kit include Host
Tool Kit versions of COBOL-81, DIBOL, FORTRAN-77, Pascal, and
BASIC-PLUS-2. Unlike products offered for other single-user workstations, these compilers meet industry standards. In fact, the
Host Tool Kit languages are syntactically the same as RSX languages, and are subset compatible with VMS languages. Whitesmiths C, available from the developer-Whitesmiths Ltd. of
Concord, MA-also runs under the Host Tool Kit. For more
information on a particular language, see the appropriate language
description later in this chapter.
Graphics and the Host Tool Kit.
The Host Tool Kit lets you integrate impressive visual effects into
your applications. To let you take advantage of the Professional's
outstanding video bit-map hardware, the Host Tool Kit gives you
access to the CORE Graphics Library (ccL) and to the Professional
General Image Display Instruction Set (PRO/ GIDIS). These deviceindependent graphics libraries contain subroutines that let you
draw lines, curves, and polygons; set colors and gray shading;
control viewing transformations and automatic scaling using
windows and viewports; and display text in various font styles.

10-18 • Development Tools and Languages for the Professional Series

The same line of CCL code generates graphics
on the LVP16 Six-Pen Plotter as well as on the
video display.

10-19

The graphics library you select depends on the intricacy of your
project. If your application needs industry-standard graphics
routines, CGL is your answer. Specialized projects such as terminal
emulators and interactive drawing packages require the more
detailed routines available from PRO/ GIDIS. For further discussion
of these libraries, see the graphics discussion under the PRO/Tool
Kit in Chapter 3.
All of the languages supported by the Host Tool Kit can access
CGL. MACR0-11 and any Host Tool Kit language except DIBOL can
access PRO/ GIDIS. MACR0-11 and high-level languages that use
MACRO subroutines also allow direct register 1/ o and thus give you
full access to the video bit-map. The Host Tool Kit documentation
set includes the Terminal Subsystem Manual, the CORE Graphics
Library Manual, and the PRO/ GIDIS Manual to help you take
advantage of these graphics tools.
Host Tool Kit Supports the Professional's Optional
Hardware.
The Host Tool Kit includes or supports libraries to help you
develop applications for the Professional's sophisticated hardware
options. Whether you decide to develop for Digital's PRO/DECnet,
Realtime Interface (Rn), or Telephone Management System
(TMS)-or even if you obtain the no-cost bus license and develop
your own hardware-the Host Tool Kit has the resources you need
to develop efficient applications quickly.

Host Tool Kit support for PRO/DECnet includes several facilitiestransparent file access to remote DECnet systems, task-to-task
communication, transparent network file access for several DCL
commands, and access to the Network File Transfer Facility-that
you can incorporate into your applications. It also provides directline access to Ethernet that bypasses the DECnet software, so you
can write applications that interface with a non-Digital system on
the Ethernet. For the RTI, the Host Tool Kit supports the optional

10-20 •Development Tools and Languages for the Pn!fessional Series

HOST SYSTEM

WORKSTATION

u.e FOT to
Crn!eBndEdHMenu
Mnsage. Help
Frame Files

u,. Edrtorto
DelinrtiOl'I F1i.s

Wrtta{Ed~

CMO. OOL and
INS F<les

The Professional Host Tool Kit Development
Cycle. Applications are created on the host
then transferred to the Professional for testing,
debugging, and application diskette building.
Professional Realtime Interface Library (PRTIL) that facilitates your
development of device control and realtime data acquisition
programs. The Host Tool Kit includes routines that help you use
TMS to create exciting applications that integrate voice communication with text and graphics.

10-21

The Host Tool Kit Development Cycle.
The Host Tool Kit development cycle takes advantage of the
resources on the host machine and on the development Professional. First, you use the editor of your choice on the host system
to create the source file for the language you are using. Next, you
compile the program and use the Professional Application Builder
(PAB) to taskbuild the application. After creating the application
installation file, you use the Host File Transfer Utility to transfer
the files to the Professional 350 or 380 for testing and debugging.
Fast Install on the Professional provides a quick and easy way to
install the application onto a p/ os menu for debugging. If there are
problems, return to the host machine to make corrections. When
the application executes correctly, use the Application Diskette
Builder (ADB) utility to build the application diskettes for distribution to end-users.
The Tools.
The Host Tool Kit includes all the resources you need, ranging
from Professional versions of RMS, FCS, and FMS on the host to the
Professional-resident utility for building the application diskette
for distribution to end-users. This section provides brief descriptions of the more notable components of the Host Tool Kit.
• MACR0-11. This PDP-11 assembly language comes with the Tool
Kit for your host system: you do not order it separately. (You can
order optional Host Tool Kit languages.) You can use MACR0-11,
in combination with the Host Tool Kit, to develop applications to
run on the Professional. MACR0-11 is particularly important for the
Professional because it gives you direct access to 1/o registers and
therefore to the video bit-map hardware.
•Professional Record Management Services (PRO/RMS). PRO/RMS is a

powerful set of service routines that provide efficient and flexible
data storage, retrieval, and modification. These service routines
provide a file and record management interface between the
Professional Operating System (PI os) and application programs.

10-22 •Development Tools and Languages for the Professional Series

PRO/RMS supports sequential, relative, and multikey indexed file

organizations. All of the Host Tool Kit high-level languages
contain PRo/RMS interfaces.
•Professional File Control Services (PRO/PCS). PRO/FcS, with named
directories, is included so that existing RSX applications that use
FCS will run on PI os. (Note: FCS will not be enhanced to support
full p/ os capabilities so, in general, applications should be converted to RMS.)
·Professional Forms Management System (PRO/PMS). PROIFMS is a
forms-oriented video r/ o system that helps you build ''fill in the
blanks" data entry screens into your application without having
to consider the intricacies of video r/o. FMS is widely used on
Digital's systems and uses RMS for handling the data it reads.
Designed to be used as an independent front-end, PROIFMS gives
you flexibility while helping you build applications that are highly
compatible with other systems. Call statements are included for
the supported languages.
·Frame Development Tool (PDT). FDT lets you create menus, help and
messages easily. Use of this resource ensures that your application
will be consistent with the Professional's human interface standard. Further, by maintaining the text separately from the code,
FDT makes it easy for you to bring your application to the
multinational market. To convert an application to a foreign
language, you simply translate its text files: you do not have to
rebuild the entire application.
• PIOS User Intetface Services Library(POSRES). This library contains
the service routines that retrieve and display menu, help, and
message frames and process function keys. Routines in POSRES let
you display the frames you developed with FDT.

10-23

Profile for Help Text [IDENTIFER]
Frame Description

[
Frame Location [FULL]

Previous Help Frame

[

Next Help Frame [

The Frame Development Tool lets you easily
incorporate Help into your applications. This
figure shows a profile form for a Help text
frame.
· Callable Services. The Host Tool Kit offers several callable services
that are available to all of the Host Tool Kit languages. You can use
the callable PI os system services to include standard PI os functions as part of your application. These callable services include
Callable Print Services, Callable PROSE Text Editor, Callable PRO/
Communications, and Callable PRo/soRT.
·Professional Application Builder (PAE). This utility takes compiled
source code and produces a task image that can be executed on
p/ os. PAB is derived from the RSX-11MIM-PLUS Task Builder (TKB).
·Professional Host Communications. This utility runs on the host VAX
or PDP-11 to allow complex ASCII, binary, or RMS files to be
transferred to the Professional for testing and debugging. The
Professional must be running PRo/Communications.
·Fast Install. The Fast Install utility on the development Professional
gives you a quick and easy way to install an application on the
Professional hard disk into a p/ os menu for testing and debugging.
Your alternative to Fast Install is to build an application diskette
and use p/ os Disk/Diskette Services to install the application on
the p/os menu.

10-24 • Development Tools and Languages for the Prefessional Series

·Application Diskette Builder (ADB). ADB runs on the Professional to
load debugged applications onto application diskettes for distribution to end-users. The utility supports multiple diskettes so that
large application programs targeted for p/ os Hard Disk environments can be built on more than one diskette.
Minimum System Requirements
• Host, either VAX or PDP-11
VAX: VMS, VAX-11 RSX (vAx-11 RSX runs under VMS to emulate a
PDP-11 running RSX)
PDP-11: Extended Instruction Set (ms), RSX-11MIM-PLUS
• Any Professional configured with hard disk storage, PI os Hard
Disk, PRO/Communications

·PRO/Tool Kit FORTRAN-77
Order Code: QBA15

·Professional Host Tool Kit FORTRAN-77
Order Code: RSX-11M and RSX-11M-PLUS: QJ074
VAX-11/730: QC353
VAX-11/750: QD353
VAX-11/780: QE353
PRo/Tool Kit FORTRAN-77 and Host Tool Kit FORTRAN-77,
extended implementations of the ANSI FORTRAN-77 standard (x3.91978), are specifically designed to be used for developing applications for the Professional systems. PRO/Tool Kit FORTRAN-77 runs
directly on the Professional; Professional Host Tool Kit FORTRAN77 runs on VMS or RSX-11MIM-PLUS systems.

10-25

Both versions of Tool Kit FORTRAN-77 contain a subset of the ANSI
FORTRAN-77 standard, many of the full-set language features, and
extensions that are not included in the ANSI FORTRAN-77 standard.
Switch-selectable support is provided for use with programs based
on the previous ANSI FORTRAN standard (x3.9-1966).
Both PRo/Tool Kit and Host Tool Kit FORTRAN-77 meet the
Federal Information Processing Standard Publication (FIPS PUB-69)
requirement for a flagger. The flagger optionally produces diagnostic messages for syntax and source form elements that do not
conform to the full-level ANSI FORTRAN x3.9-1978 standard.
Major features defined by the 1978 ANSI subset-language FORTRAN
standard include CHARACTER data type and the block IF construct
for conditional execution of blocks of statements, including
IF ... THEN, ELSE IF, ELSE, and END IF statements.

10-26 •Development Tools and Languages for the Professional Series

The Tool Kit FORTRAN-77 products provide the following extensions to the ANSI standard: language elements for keyed and
sequential access to RMS multikey ISAM files; DEFINE FILE, FIND,
DELETE, REWRITE, and UNLOCK statements; TYPE and ACCEPT
input/ output; comments permitted at the end of source lines;
INCLUDE statement; BYTE data type; ENCODE and DECODE statements; explicit specification of storage allocation units for data
types (for example, INTEGER*4); hexadecimal and octal constants;
0 and Z format edit descriptors; and virtual array support for
systems with memory management directives. Virtual arrays are
memory-resident and require enough main memory to contain all
elements of all arrays. In a distributed development environment,
applications not requiring these extensions can be developed with
PRO/Tool Kit FORTRAN-77 to run under any standard FORTRAN-77
implementation.
Both Tool Kit FORTRAN-77 compilers produce direct PDP-11
machine code optimized for execution-time efficiency on the
Professional.
The Tool Kit FORTRAN-77 compiler optimizations include the
following: optimizations of arithmetic and logical IF statements;
common subexpression elimination; removal of invariant expressions from DO loops; and allocation of processor registers across
block IF constructs and DO loops.
The Tool Kit FORTRAN-77 Object Time System (ms) is a set of
object modules that are shared by FORTRAN-77 applications from a
clustered library in p/ os, the operating system on which the
program will execute. The OTS is based on the Record Management System (RMS), and therefore allows access to sequential,
relative, and indexed organization files.

10-27

Minimum System Requirements
PRO/Tool Kit FORTRAN-77:
• Professional 350 or 380
· 10- or 33-Mbyte hard disk with 5,000 free blocks
• 48 Kbytes of user memory
· p/os Hard Disk
· PRO/Tool Kit
Professional Host Tool Kit FORTRAN-77
·Host, either VAX or PDP-11
VAX: 2,000 contiguous free blocks, asynchronous terminal port,
VMS, VAX-11 RSX, Professional Host Tool Kit. A VAX-11/730
requires an R80/RL02 configuration.
PDP-11: 256 Kbytes of memory, 2,000 contiguous free blocks on
public disk, asynchronous terminal port, Extended Instruction
Set (Eis), RSX-11MIM-PLUS, Professional Host Tool Kit
· Professional 350 or 380 with hard disk storage, p/ os Hard Disk,
PRO/Communications, components of the Host Tool Kit that
reside on the Professional.

·PRO/Tool Kit FORTRAN-77 DEBUG
Order Code: QBA21-A3

·Professional Host Tool Kit FORTRAN-77 DEBUG
Order Code: RSX-11M and RSX-11M-PLUS: QJ079
VAX-11/730: QC421
VAX-11/750: QD421
VAX-11/780: QE421

10-28 •Development Tools and Languages for the Professional Series

PRo/Tool Kit FORTRAN-77 DEBUG and Professional Host Tool Kit
FORTRAN-77 DEBUG are fully symbolic debuggers for Tool Kit
FORTRAN-77 and MACR0-11. PRO/Tool Kit FORTRAN-77 DEBUG runs
on a development Professional to help you locate logic and
programming errors in PRO/Tool Kit FORTRAN-77 and MACR0-11
programs that compile successfully but do not execute correctly.
Professional Host Tool Kit performs the same function on a
properly configured VAXIVMS or RSX-11MIM-PLUS system. DEBUG
increases your debugging efficiency by giving you tight control
over program execution and by enabling you to monitor and
change location contents.
PRo/Tool Kit FORTRAN-77 DEBUG and Professional Host Tool Kit
FORTRAN-77 DEBUG run as two-task debuggers, with a small
portion of the code linked with the user task and the major portion
of the debuggers executing as a separate task. This design means
low overhead added to your task size, so even large programs can
be debugged.
You can use the Tool Kit FORTRAN-77 DEBUG products either
interactively or in batch mode. You can drive a debugging session
using indirect command files and can record the results of a
debugging session by command logging. Online Help is available
to give you information on the commands you can use for
debugging.
Tool Kit FORTRAN-77 DEBUG includes the following features to
enable you to monitor and control program execution:
• DEPOSIT and EXAMINE commands. DEBUG lets you look at and
modify location contents. It supports all data types supported by
Tool Kit FORTRAN-77 (except virtual array elements).
·EVALUATE command. DEBUG's EVALUATE command allows you to
compute the value of source language expressions or address
expressions.

10-29

• Tracepoint and breakpoint facilities. DEBUG includes tracepoint and
breakpoint facilities that enable you to monitor program execution. You can delay activation of a tracepoint or breakpoint until
after it has been encountered a specified number of times and you
can specify an action to perform when DEBUG encounters a
breakpoint or tracepoint.
· Execution control. DEBUG gives you control over the program
execution with commands to STEP by LINE, STEP by INSTRUCTION,
STEP INTO routines, and STEP OVER routines. When used in
conjunction with the GO command, these commands let you move
through a program at your own pace.
• Support of overlaid code. DEBUG provides full support of overlaid
programs and can therefore handle large programs. DEBUG can
consider and reference all elements of a FORTRAN-77 program, even
those not currently residing in main memory. For example, you
can set breakpoints and tracepoints in overlay segments that are
not currently resident.
Minimum System Requirements
PRO/Tool Kit FORTRAN-77 DEBUG:
· Professional 350 or 380
• 10- or 33-Mbyte hard disk with 5,000 free blocks
· 48 Kbytes of user memory and 4.2 Kbytes of memory in the user's
task space
• PI os Hard Disk
· PRo/Tool Kit
Professional Host Tool Kit FORTRAN- 77 DEBUG:
·Host, either VAX or PDP-11
VAX: 2,000 free blocks, asynchronous terminal port, VMS, VAX-11
RSX, Professional Host Tool Kit. A VAX-111730 requires an R80/
RL02 configuration.

10-30 •Development Tools and Languages for the Professional Series

PDP-11: 256 Kbytes of memory, 2,000 free blocks on public disk,
asynchronous terminal port, Extended Instruction Set (ms), RSX11MIM-PLUS, Professional Host Tool Kit.
• Professional 350 or 380, hard disk storage with 300 contiguous free
blocks for the debugger task, 48 Kbytes of user memory, 4.2
Kbytes of memory in the user's task space, p/os Hard Disk,
components of the Professional Host Tool Kit that reside on the
Professional.

·PRO/Tool Kit Pascal
Order Code: QBA18-A3

· Professional Host Tool Kit Pascal
Order Code: RSX-11M or RSX-11M-PLUS: QJ082
VAX-11/730: QC715
VAX-11/750: QD715
VAX-11/780: QE715
PRO/Tool Kit Pascal and Professional Host Tool Kit Pascal,
extended implementations of the Pascal language, are designed to
take advantage of the Professional's architecture and the p/os
operating system. PRo/Tool Kit Pascal is available for the Professional 350 and 380. Professional Host Tool Kit Pascal is available for
a VAX/VMS or RSX-11MIM-PLUS system.
The Tool Kit Pascal products are true, optimizing compilers that
generate PDP-11 instructions for eventual execution on the Professional Series. The generated code has full access to the graphics
library, menu services, and communications services. Tool Kit
Pascal is highly compatible with VAX PASCAL and the ISO and ANSI
Pascal standards.

10-31

Professional Tool Kit Pascal offers several extensions to standard
Pascal, including extended integer type LONG INTEGER representing
a 32-bit real value; indexed sequential (ISAM) files (Pl os Hard Disk
only); separately compiled procedures; sets of up to 256 elements;
dynamic sizing of formal array parameters; identifiers that can
include dollar sign ($) and underscore (-); OPEN and CLOSE I/ o
procedures; nonpositional and default values for procedure parameters; FIND and LOCATE II o procedures for direct read access of files
with fixed-length records; % INCLUDE directive for additional
input files; structured constants; OTHERWISE clause for CASE statement; global and external variables and procedures for modular

10-32 •Development Tools and Languages for the Professional Series

programming; binary, octal, hexadecimal, and RAD50 specification of constants; declaration "attributes" allowing greater control over a program's execution environment; and use of runtime
expressions as actual parameters to formal VAR parameters declared
with the READONLY attribute.
At compile time, you have the option to generate MACR0-11 source
files, generate source listings, flag statements outside the Pascal
standard as syntax errors, and perform runtime checking with full
execution traceback.
Minimum System Requirements
PRO/Tool Kit Pascal:
• Professional 350 or 380
• 10- or 33-Mbyte hard disk with 1,500 free blocks
• PI os Hard Disk
. PRO/Tool Kit
Professional Host Tool Kit Pascal:
• Host, either VAX or PDP-11
VAX: 2,000 contiguous free blocks, asynchronous terminal port,
VMS, VAX-11 RSX, Professional Host Tool Kit. A VAX-11/730
requires an R80/RL02 configuration.
PDP-11: 256 Kbytes of memory, 2,000 contiguous free blocks on
public disk, asynchronous terminal port, Extended Instruction
Set (ms), RSX-11MIM-PLUS, Professional Host Tool Kit.
• Professional 350 or 380 with hard disk storage, p/ os Hard Disk,
PRO/Communications, components of the Host Tool Kit that
reside on the Professional.

10-33

·PRO/Tool Kit COBOL-81
Order Code: QBA19-A3

· Professional Host Tool Kit COBOL-81
Order Code: RSX-11M/M-PLUS: QJ081
VAX-11/730: QC714
VAX-11/750: QD714
VAX-11/780: QE714
PRO/Tool Kit COBOL-81 and Host Tool Kit COBOL-81 are Digital's
versions of COBOL, the world's most widely used commercial
programming language. PRo/Tool Kit COBOL-81 runs directly on
a Professional running the p/ os Hard Disk operating system.
Professional Host Tool Kit COBOL-81 runs on a VAxlvMs or RSX11MIM-PLUS system. COBOL-81 for the Professional Tool Kits are
fully featured compilers that bring to the personal computer user
capabilities that once were available only to users of large mainframe computers.
COBOL-81 is based on the ANSI-74 standard and includes many
features proposed for the next COBOL standard. It has been
validated by the U.S. Government's Federal Compiler Testing
Center as meeting all of the low-intermediate level requirements of
the United States government, as described in FIPS PUB21-1. Many
of the individual modules are designed to meet the high-level
requirements, as described on the following page.

10-34 •Development Tools and Languages for the Professional Series

ANSI MODULE

COBOL-81

HIGH LEVEL

Nucleus
Table Handling
Sequential 1/ o
Relative r/ o
Indexed 1/0
Segmentation
Library
lnterprogram
Communications
Debug
SORT/MERGE
Communications

2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2
2
2
2 (hard disk)

zb
le

1
-

2
2
2
2

'The Nucleus module compiles at level 2, except that the ALTER statement and
the ALPHABET IS literal clause are not included.
bThe Segmentation module compiles at level 2, except that independent
segments· from level 1 are not included.
cThe Library module includes full level 1 support and a partial level 2 replacing
facility.
dAn interactive symbolic debugger, which is easier to use than the standard
COBOL debugger, has been substituted.

The PRO/Tool Kit COBOL-81 and Host Tool Kit COBOL-81 compilers protect your COBOL investment should you decide to move
applications to a MicroPDP-11, PDP-11, or VAX/VMS system.
COBOL-81 for the Professional is the same fully featured product as
COBOL-81 on RSTS and RSX, except that the SORT and MERGE
statements are not available. It is also a strict subset of VAX COBOL.
This similarity means that syntax developed for the Tool Kits can
be used on RSX-11MIM-PLUS, Micro/RSX, RSTS/E, and Micro/RSTS
systems. Likewise, if COBOL syntax developed for the Tool Kits
passes the provided VAX COBOL flagger, the syntax can be used on
all VAX/VMS systems as well.

10-35

Many tools and ease-of-use features have been added to COBOL-81,
making the creation and debugging of code more interactive than
many COBOL users have ever experienced. One way in which Tool
Kit COBOL-81 increases your ability to develop interactive COBOL
programs is by making it easy to create forms and to display
reports.
Specific screen-handling extensions to the ACCEPT and DISPLAY
statements allow full-screen forms for both input and output of
data. Extensions for input (ACCEPT) include direct positioning of
the cursor to any row or column; automatic conversion of input to
any valid COBOL data type; definition of a fixed-field width;
prevention of data from appearing on the screen (a password, for
example); creation of default values; and definition of specialfunction keys and the auxiliary keypad.
Screen output (DISPLAY) supports direct positioning of the cursor
to any row or column; formatted display of any COBOL data item of
----- any data type; bolding, blinking, and automatic underlining;
reverse video, erasure of the entire screen, of the entire line, from
the cursor to the end of the screen, or from the cursor to the end of
the line; and ringing of the terminal bell.

Minimum System Requirements
PRO/Tool Kit COBOL-81:
• Professional 350 or 380
• 10- or 33-Mbyte hard disk with 2,000 free blocks
• PI os Hard Disk
· PRo/Tool Kit

10-36 •Development Tools and Languages far the Professional Series

Professional Host Tool Kit COBOL-81:
• Host, either VAX or PDP-11
VAX: 5,000 contiguous free blocks, asynchronous terminal port,
VMS, VAX-11 RSX, Professional Host Tool Kit. A VAX-111730
requires an R80/RL02 configuration.
PDP-11: 256 Kbytes of memory, 5,000 contiguous free blocks on
the public disk, asynchronous terminal port, Extended Instruction Set (ms), RSX-11M/M-PLUS, Professional Host Tool Kit.
• Professional 350 or 380 with hard disk storage, PI os Hard Disk,
PRO/Communications, components of the Host Tool Kit that
reside on the Professional.

· PRO/Tool Kit DIBOL
Order Code: QBA16-A3

· Professional Host Tool Kit DIBOL
Order Code: RSX-11M or RSX-11M-PLUS: QJ369
VAX-111730: QC356
VAX-111750: QD356
VAX-111780: QE356
PRO/Tool Kit DIBOL and Professional Tool Kit DIBOL are high-level
languages designed for developing business data processing applications for the Professional systems. These products take extensive
advantage of the Professional's architecture, allowing for the use
of p/ os system services while maintaining many of the standard
DIBOL features found on VMS, RSX-11M-PLUS, Micro/RSX, RSTS/E,
cTs-300, and cos-310 systems.
PRO/Tool Kit DIBOL lets you develop programs directly on a
Professional running p/ os Hard Disk. Professional Host Tool Kit
DIBOL enables you to use a VMS or RSX-11MIM-PLUS system to
develop applications for the Professional. Because the DIBOL

10-37

debugging tool is part of the runtime system, debugging is always
done on the Professional. Both products produce code that can be
run under p/ os on any Professional system. In a distributed
development environment, DIBOL source programs that do not
access Professional-specific features can be moved to other operating systems to run under any standard DIBOL implementation.
Both versions of DIBOL for the Professional consist of a compiler, a
runtime system (RTS) implemented as a clusterable resident library,
and the symbolic program debugging aid DDT (DIBOL Debugging
Technique). DIBOL programs for the Professional can use such p/ os
system services as the menu, help, graphics, SORT, FMS, and
message facilities. The language also uses the Professional's
Record Management System (PRO/RMS) to support a powerful,
flexible file system.

10-38 • Development Tools and Languages for the Professional Series

Minimum System Requirements
PRO/Tool Kit DIBOL:
• Professional 350 or 380
• 10- or 33-Mbyte hard disk with 1,500 free blocks
· p/ os Hard Disk
• PRo/Tool Kit
Professional Host Tool Kit DIBOL:
·Host, either VAX or PDP-11
VAX: 1,500 contiguous free blocks, asynchronous terminal port,
VMS, VAX-11 RSX, Professional Host Tool Kit. A VAX-111730
requires an R80/RL02 configuration.
PDP-11: 256 Kbytes of memory, 1,500 contiguous free blocks on
the public disk, asynchronous terminal port, Extended Instruction Set (ms), RSX-11MIM-PLUS, Professional Host Tool Kit.
• Professional 350 or 380 with hard disk storage, PI os Hard Disk,
PRO/Communications, components of the Host Tool Kit that
reside on the Professional.

· PRO/Tool Kit BASIC-PLUS-2
Order Code: QBA17-A3

·Professional Host Tool Kit BASIC-PLUS-2
Order Code: RSX-11M and RSX-11M-PLUS: QJ073
VAX-11/730: QC352
VAX-11/750; QD352
VAX-11/780: QE352
PRo/Tool Kit BASIC-PLUS-2 and Professional Host Tool Kit BASICPLUS-2 are significantly extended BASIC language compilers for
developing applications to run on the Professional. PRO/Tool Kit

10-39

BASIC-PLUS-2 compiles and executes on the Professional. Professional Host Tool Kit BASIC-PLUS-2 runs on a VMS or RSX-11M/MPLUS system, with debugging performed on the Professional.
Both PRo/Tool Kit BASIC-PLUS-2 and Professional Host Tool Kit
BASIC-PLUS-2 are syntactically the same as the BASIC-PLUS-2 supported on the rest of Digital's PDP-11 family. The Tool Kit BASICPLUS-2 products differ from other Digital implementations only in
that the Tool Kit versions do not support immediate mode or the
RUN command. In a distributed development environment, programs or modules compiled on a PRO/Tool Kit BASIC-PLUS-2
system can be transported to PDP-11 operating systems and be
compiled and executed there.
BASIC-PLUS-2 takes full advantage of floating-point and integer
instructions, and uses call-by-reference to access p/ os services and
graphics. It provides a high-performance program execution
environment for applications development by generating threaded
code. Using the best of both worlds, BASIC-PLUS-2 combines
interactive program debugging with the power of a structured
programming language.
Minimum System Requirements
PRO/Tool Kit BASIC-PL US-2:
· Professional 350 or 380
• 10- or 33-Mbyte hard disk with 3,000 (2,500 contiguous) free
blocks
· p/ os Hard Disk
• PRo/Tool Kit
Professional Host Tool Kit BASIC-PLUS-2:
• Host, either VAX or PDP-11
VAX: 3,000 (2,500 contiguous) free blocks, asynchronous terminal
port, VMS, VAX-11 RSX, Professional Host Tool Kit.

10-40 •Development Tools and Languages for the Professional Series

PDP-11: 64 Kbytes of memory, 3,000 (2,500 contiguous) free blocks
on the public disk, asynchronous terminal port, Extended Instruction Set (Eis), RSX-11MIM-PLUS, Professional Host Tool Kit.
·Professional 350 or 380 with hard disk storage, p/ os Hard Disk,
PRO/Communications, components of the Host Tool Kit that
reside on the Professional.

·PRO/Tool Kit Realtime Interface Library
Order Code: QBA58-A3
· Professional Host Tool Kit Realtime Interface Library
Order Code: RSX-11M and RSX-11M-PLUS: QT076
VAX-11/730: QC355
VAX-11/750: QD355
VAX-11/780: QE355
The Professional Realtime Interface Library (PRTIL) gives you
high-level support for your development of programs for the
Realtime Interface (Rn). An efficient alternative to working in
MACR0-11, PRTIL is a set of callable subroutines that provide access
to a PI os driver for the RTL You can call PRTIL subroutines from
Tool Kit BASIC-PLUS-2, FORTRAN-77, or Pascal. PRTIL is packaged
separately from the RT! hardware; applications developed using
PRTIL will run on any Professional configured with PI os Hard Disk
and the RT!.
The required PRTIL subroutines are linked selectively to the calling
application tasks. PRTIL supports 1/ o operations that are synchronous with the calling task (that is, the task waits to continue
execution until the r/ o is complete) as well asynchronous with the
calling task (that is, task execution may proceed independent of the
completion of 1/ o operations).

10-41

PRTIL provides four major types of operation: hardware initialization, determination of handshaking or flow control protocols,
data transfers, and utility routines.
Minimum System Requirements
PRO/Tool Kit Realtime Interface Library:
• Professional 350 or 380
• 10- or 33-Mbyte hard disk with 550 free blocks
• PI os Hard Disk
• PRO/Tool Kit
Professional Host Tool Kit Realtime Interface Library:
·Host, either VAX or PDP-11, with 550 free blocks on public disk,
Professional Host Tool Kit
·Professional 350 or 380 with p/os Hard Disk, PRO/Communications, components of the Host Tool Kit that reside on the
Professional.

10-42 •Development Tools and Languages far the Professional Series

· Whitesmiths C for the Professional Tool Kits
Available from: Whitesmiths, Ltd.
97 Lowell Road·
Concord, MA 01742
(617) 369-8499

Whitesmiths C is available in two versions to let you develop C
programs to run on the Professional. The Whitesmiths C Compiler works with the PRo/Tool Kit; the Whitesmiths C Cross
Compiler works with the Professional Host Tool Kit. Both
products support the full C language and offer an extensive library
of support functions. A variety of features have been added to
Whitesmiths original PDP.-11 C compiler to help you tailor
applications to PI os.
Both the C compiler and C cross compiler accept as input
programs written in the C programming language. They make
three sequential passes through the code, with each pass producing a file comparable in size to the original C source file. The final
output is MACR0-11 code, which is suitable for assembly and
taskbuilding on the host. In the case of the cross compiler, the
program can be transferred to a Professional 350 or 380 for testing
and debugging. These programs can also be used for native
operation on the host system, simply by compiling and linking
with different system interface libraries.
Both versions of Whitesmiths C offer an extensive library of
support features including string manipulation functions, extensive r/o formatting support, test pattern matching facilities, and
mathematical functions.
Special features added to Whitesmiths C to aid developers using
the Professional Tool Kits include a system interface library
tailored top/ os; additional library functions that aid migration of

10-43

programs from the UNIX environment; a universal interface function for calling Professional Library subroutines; provisions to
allow C and MACR0-11 files to be intermixed to compose a single
program; and provisions for use of standard overlay facilities and
cluster libraries.
Differences between these implementations and the C language
definition are documented in the C Programmers's Manual, which is
included with the compilers.
Minimum System Requirements
Whitesmiths C for PRO/Tool Kit:
· Professional 350 or 380
• 10- or 33-Mbyte hard disk with 1,500 free blocks
• PI os Hard Disk
• PRO/Tool Kit
Whitesmiths C Cross Compiler:
. Host, either VAX or PDP-11
VAX: 1,500 contiguous free blocks, asynchronous terminal port,
VMS, VAX-11 RSX, Professional Host Tool Kit. A VAX-111730
requires an R80/RL02 configuration.
PDP-11: 256 Kbytes of memory, 1,500 contiguous free blocks on
public disk, asynchronous terminal port, Extended Instruction
Set (ms), RSX-11MIM-PLUS, Professional Host Tool Kit.
· Professional 350 or 380 with hard disk storage, PI os Hard Disk,
PRO/Tool Kit, PRO/Communications, components of the Host
Tool Kit that reside on the Professional.

10-44 • Development Tools and Languages for the Professional Series

·PRO/BASIC for the Professional
Order Code: QBA04-A3
PRO/BASIC single-use license

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-

PRO/BASIC is a highly interactive BASIC interpreter for use on p/os

systems. Geared toward the casual or novice programmer, PRO/
BASIC emphasizes ease of use while retaining a rich set of features.

This interpreter is comparable in function to the microcomputer
industry-standard BASIC yet is highly compatible with Digital's
BASIC on larger PDP-11 and VAX systems.
PRO/BASIC is installed as an application under p/ os. It provides

extensive error messages and online help. To aid in debugging,
it includes the Trace and Step modes as well as the SHOW command,

10-45

which displays all the variables used, their values, the program
size, the number of lines, and the amount of free memory. In
immediate mode, PRO/BASIC can function as a calculator.
PRO/BASIC gives access to the Professional's graphics capabilities.
Working within the PRO/BASIC user-friendly interface, you can
create customized, general purpose graphics displays. Instructions
in PRO/BASIC allow you to position the cursor and draw from any
screen location; draw lines and curves; use different character
fonts; and adjust character size, angle, and spacing. You can create
your own simple graphs, charts, and designs without having to
spend the time learning the details of graphics production. With
the Extended Bit-Map Graphics Option and color monitor, you
can choose from 256 colors and display 8 colors simultaneously.
PRO/BASic's chaining feature allows a program to be much larger
than the user workspace. You can use this feature to divide a large
program into smaller segments that use the workspace as required.

Minimum System Requirements
· Professional 325, 350, or 380
• PI os Diskette or PI os Hard Disk
System Options
·Extended Bit-Map Graphics Option and RGB Color Monitor can
be added for color graphics

· FORTRAN-77 for p-System
Order Code: QA114-c3
FORTRAN-77 for p-System is one of the most up-to-date FORTRAN
compilers available for microcomputers. It runs on the p-System
that runs under the p/ os operating system, and produces p-code

10-46 • Development Tools and Languages for the Professional Series

that can be executed on any microcomputer that has a p-machine
emulator. FORTRAN- 77 is a subset of ANSI standard FORTRAN and
includes many of the full language features. To comply with pSystem programming requirements, FORTRAN-77 also offers extensions to the full language standard.
FORTRAN-77 is fully compatible with ucsD Pascal. You can write a

program using both languages, thus taking advantage of the
strengths of both FORTRAN-77 and ucsD Pascal.
FORTRAN- 77 includes several features that were removed from the
ANSI-77 Standard Subset. These features allow: function calls and
array element references in subscript expressions; full integer
expressions in defining the limits of the DO statement; expressions
in the II o list of the WRITE statement, providing that the expressions do not begin with an initial left parenthesis; formatted and
unformatted sequential and direct access files; and integer expressions for II o unit specification.
FORTRAN- 77 also includes extensions to the full language standard.

These extensions include: new compiler directives and a Compiler
Directive type of line; backslash edit control; an end-of-file
intrinsic function; and support for input of uppercase and lowercase characters.
The FORTRAN- 77 package for p-System includes the FORTRAN
Users Rqerence manual.
In two areas, FORTRAN-77 for p-System diverges from the standard
subset. First, procedures cannot be passed as parameters. Second,
INTEGER and REAL data types do not occupy the same amount of
storage. Programs written to comply with the ANSI Standard
Subset that don't use these two unsupported features will compile
and execute properly.

10-47

Minimum System Requirements
· Professional 325, 350, or 380
• Either:
p/ os Diskette with diskette version of p-System, or
p/os Hard Disk with hard-disk version of p-System

· UCSD Pascal
Order Code: QA113-c3
UCSD Pascal provides key features of the Pascal language as defined
by Niklaus Wirth, plus portability across different microcomputer environments. UCSD Pascal programs are compiled into a
universal pseudocode, called p-code, that can be executed on any
microcomputer with a p-machine emulator. Applications developed in ucsD Pascal on one microcomputer can run on other
microcomputers without recompilation.
ucsD Pascal is fully compatible with FORTRAN-77 running under pSystem. With this compatibility, you can develop a program using
both languages, thus taking advantage of the most powerful
features of each language.
ucsD Pascal differs from other Pascal implementations in five areas:

• String handling. ucsD Pascal supports the STRING type and includes a
number of intrinsic functions for string manipulation.
· 1/0 intrinsics. Several intrinsics have been added to facilitate
handling of files and peripheral devices. Standard Pascal r/o

intrinsics have been slightly modified to make them more useful in
an interactive environment.
·Separate compilation and memory management. Segment routines and
units have been added. Segment routines are parts of the program
that are swapped in and out of memory. Units allow separate
compilation of Pascal routines and data structures. p-Systcm

10-48 • Development Tools and Languages for the Professional Series

features dynamic memory management that permits segments to
be swapped in and out of memory as needed. With dynamic
memory management you can write a program of virtually any
size because the entire program need not reside in memory at the
same time.
• Concurrency. To support the use of concurrent processes, ucso
Pascal includes syntax extensions and a few additional intrinsics.
The concurrency features permit asynchronous 1/ o processing,
foreground and background processes, and more structured processing.
• Symbolic debugger. The Pascal Symbolic Debugger for p-System
makes debugging compiled programs easier. The debugger can be
invoked from the main system promptline or when a breakpoint is
encountered during program execution. Using the debugger, you
can single-step through p-code, display and alter memory, and
display program context.

The ucso Pascal package includes the UCSD Pascal Handbook,
which contains a reference description of ucso Pascal and an
extensive set of annotated example programs that show how the
language can be used.
Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 325, 350, or 380
·Either:
p/os Diskette and the diskette version of p-System, or
p/ os Hard Disk and the hard disk version of p-System

·PRO-IV
Order Code: QA880-c3 (Professional 350)
QA881-c3 (Professional 380)
PRO-IV Version 1.0 for the Professional 350 and 380, developed by

DTA, Inc., is an applications processor that replaces conventional

10-49

development techniques to provide a structured, efficient development environment for commercial applications. PRO-IV applications created for the Professional 350 and 380 transport easily to
PRO-IV systems running on Digital's larger VAX and PDP-11
computers.
Development under PRO-IV is straightforward and efficient. The
processor provides well-defined, structured development procedures that cut development time while giving developers the
flexibility to create a wide range of commercial applications.

10-50 •Development Tools and Languages for the Professional Series

Conventional programming techniques are left behind as developers complete a series of menu-driven interactive steps that set up
databases, create input screens, and define output reports. PRO-IV
interactively checks for interprogram interfaces, program control
logic, database structure, and application consistency.
PRO-IV applications are easy to maintain and update. PRO-Iv's selfdocumenting feature is a primary reason for this maintainability.
Developers can generate documentation for new and even existing
applications at any stage in the development cycle.
Transportability is a hallmark of PRO-IV applications. Import/
Export commands on all current PRO-IV packages facilitate transferring PRO-IV applications from computer to computer and from
operating system to operating system.
PRO-IV applications make efficient use of the Professional. As an
applications processor, PRO-IV is an operating subsystem that
processes applications by executing machine-language runtime
modules based on the descriptions and parameters the developer
sets up. PRO-IV offers over 100 such modules, each of which defines
a basic commercial function.
PRO-IV comes in two packages: the development system and the
runtime-only system. Both products contain the PRO-IV Security
System that allows for the creation and maintenance of user
categories, security levels, and passwords.

Minimum System Requirements
· Professional 350 or 380
• 36 Kbytes of user memory
• 2,000 free blocks of online storage
· p/os Version 2.0

10-51

·PRO/FORTRAN IV (RT-11)
Order Code: QB813-A3
brings FORTRAN IV capabilities to the
Professional RT-11 environment. Designed specifically for the RT11 environment, FORTRAN IV (RT-11) enables your programs to
work efficiently with and take advantage of the full RT-11 monitor.
FORTRAN IV (RT-11) is the same on the Professional as it is on any RT11 system.
PRO/FORTRAN IV (RT-11)

The PRO/FORTRAN IV (RT-11) compiler is a fast, one-pass compiler
that lets you make tradeoffs between program size and execution
speed. Compiler optimizations include common subexpression
elimination, local code tailoring, array vectoring, and optional inline code generation for integer and logical operations.

10-52 •Development Tools and Languages for the Professional Series

PRO I FORTRAN IV (RT-11) is an extended implementation of the ANSI
FORTRAN x3.9-r966 standard. Extensions to the standard include:

general expressions in all meaningful contexts; comments at the
end of each source line; mixed-mode arithmetic; BYTE data type for
character manipulation; ENCODE and DECODE statements; PROGRAM statement; PRINT, TYPE, and ACCEPT input/ output statements; list-directed input/ output; direct-access unformatted
input/ output with the DEFINE FILE statement; and OPEN and CLOSE
file access control statements.
PRO I FORTRAN IV (RT-11) includes a set ofobject modules, called the

Object Time System (oTs), that is selectively linked with
compiler-produced object modules to produce an executable
program. Alternatively, programs can be output in absolute
binary format for execution on a standalone PDP-11 system with
minimal peripherals or for loading into ROM or PROM.
The RT-11 FORTRAN system subroutine called SYSLIB gives your
PRO/FORTRAN IV (RT-11) programs access to all features of the RT-11
monitor. SYSLIB also has subroutines that support extensive character string manipulations in which characters are stored as variable
length strings in BYTE arrays.
PRO/FORTRAN IV (RT-11) can optionally generate code for the EIS,
FIS, EAE, and FPU arithmetic instruction sets.

Minimum System Requirements
·Professional 325, 350, or 380
• RT-11

10-53

· FORTRAN- 77 for RT-11 on the Professional
Order Code: QA609-c3
FORTRAN-77 for RT-11 on the Professional is based on the FORTRAN77 IRsx available on Digital's larger PDP-11 systems. It features
switch-selectable support for ANSI FORTRAN standard x3.9-1966 and
x3.9-r978 program code. With FORTRAN-77 for RT-11 on your
Professional, you have a compact, powerful development environment on your desktop.

Standard ANSI features offered in FORTRAN-77 for RT-11 on the
Professional include CHARACTER data types; the block IF construct;
double precision and complex data types; intrinsic functions;
exponential forms; format edit descriptors; generalized DO loop
parameters; generic function selection; lower and upper bound
specifications in array declarations; optional syntax for 1/ o statements; and substring manipulation for both character variables
and character array variables.
FORTRAN-77 for RT-11 on the Professional offers extensions to the
ANSI standards. These features include DEFINE FILE, FIND, DELETE,
REWRITE, UNLOCK, and INCLUDE statements; TYPE and ACCEPT 1/ 0

statements; BYTE data types; virtual array support under XM
monitor; o and z format edit descriptors; hexadecimal and octal
constants; explicit allocation for data types; and ENCODE and
DECODE statements.

10-54 •Development Tools and Languages for the Professional Series

This FORTRAN- 77 compiler produces optimized code for execution
time efficiency. The OTS supports sequential and random access o
seq uen ti al files.
Minimum System Requirements
· Professional 325, 350, or 380
• 48 Kbytes of user memory
• 390 contiguous free blocks for compiler task
• 150~250 free blocks for the OTS library file and auxiliary support
files

· PRO/BASIC-11 (RT-11)
Order Code: QB913-A3
PRO!BASIC-11 (RT-11) brings the popular, easy-to-use BASIC programming language to Professional computers running RT-11. An
incremental, interactive, interpretive compiler, BASlc-11/RT-11
provides the fundamental features of BASIC to the Professional RT11 user.

The PROIBASIC-11 language offers a variety of program manipulation commands, including commands for saving, editing, running, and retrieving BASIC programs; support for real, integer,
double-precision, and string data types; immediate mode statements for debugging and desk calculator use; sequential data
storage using the RT-11 file system; string capability, including
string arrays and functions; disk virtual arrays for string, integer,

10-55

and real data types; chaining with COMMON to accommodate large
programs; a CALL facility for invoking assembly language subroutines using a PDP-11 FORTRAN-compatible call interface; and formatted output using the PRINT USING statement.

Minimum System Requirements
· Professional 325, 350, or 380
• RT-11

10-56 •Development Tools and Languages far the Professional Series

· COBOL-PLUS for RT-11
Available from: S&H Computer Systems, Inc.
1027 17th Ave. South
Nashville, TN 37212
(615) 327-3670
COBOL-PLUS is a high-performance, mainframe-level implementation of ANSI-74 COBOL that runs underRT-11 on the Professional. In
addition to a compiler that supports programs of almost unlimited
size, COBOL-PLUS includes the COBOL-PLUS Screen Layout System
(CLASS), a fully symbolic interactive debugging facility, and the
RTSORT disk sort utility program.
COBOL-PLUS implements various levels of the ANSI '74 COBOL
standard and offers several enhancements. It supports relative,
sequential, ISAM, and indexed organization files. With its automatic program segmentation feature, COBOL~PLUS can support
programs of almost unlimited size.

Minimum System Requirements
• Professional 325, 350, or 380 ·
• RT-11

. Pascal-2 for RT-11
Available from: Oregon Software
2340 S. W. Canyon Road
Portland, Oregon 97201
(503) 226-7760
TWX: 910-464-4779
Pascal-2 for RT-11 on the Professional is a powerful development
package consisting of an optimizing Pascal compiler, an interactive

10-57

source level debugger, a Profiler that pinpoints execution bottlenecks, and other utilities to aid program development. Written in
Pascal and designed with structured methods, Pascal-2 comes to
the Professional as a proven, mature product.
The Pascal-2 language conforms to the draft proposed Pascal
standard (International Standards Organization dp7185.1). ISO
conformance is Level 2: conformant array parameters are included.
All standard Pascal capabilities are supported, as are several extensions for programmer convenience, II o flexibility, and low-level
operations. A standard compilation switch disables all of the
compiler's extended language features and allows only standard
ISO statements to be compiled.

· Development Tools for PRO/VENIX
The PRolvENIX operating system provides a complete set of
application development tools. The system includes C, FORTRAN77, and Pascal compilers, as well as a RATFOR preprocessor, a BASIC
interpreter, and an assembler. It also includes the lint C-program
checker, the yacc compiler-writing language, and the lex lexical
analysis language. For more information on development opportunities under PRo/vENIX, see Chapters 3 and 8.

10-58 •Development Tools and Languages for the Professional Series

· Optional Development Tools for XENIX
Available from: The Santa Cruz Operation
500 Chestnut Street
Box 1900
Santa Cruz, CA 95061
(408) 425-7222
Level II COBOL is a mainframe-level COBOL implementation that
has been certified by the U.S. Government as meeting the highest
level of the ANSI 1974 standard. A multikey indexed sequential
access method allows COBOL programs and Informix (see the
XENIX Software Library in Chapter 9) to share the same data. The
product's dynamic subprogram loading allows the creation of
programs that would not ordinarily fit in system memory.
Development Tools is a two-part package that is of
tremendous value in the creation and debugging of COBOL programs. The first part, Forms-2, speeds the development of
interactive, screen-oriented programs. You simply paint a form on
a CRT screen and Forms-2 automatically generates COBOL source
code to handle the screen data entry and display. The second part of
the package, Animator, is a symbolic debugger that displays the
source code for a COBOL program on the screen and gives you lineby-line control over program execution.
COBOL

· Optional Development Tools for Idris
Available from: Empirical Research Group (Developer)
P.O. Box 1176
Milton, WA 98354
(206) 874-4844
or
Logos Information Systems, Inc.
P.O. Box 500
Flemington, NJ 08822
(201) 782-1533

10-59

The Alpha Basic Compiler is a compiler for 68K Basic and contains
several powerful extensions_ No line numbers are required; they
can be replaced by alphanumeric labels of any length. Variables can
be of any length with upper/lower case significance. TAB commands handle tabs, so you have terminal-independent screen
handling. Multiple variables may be mapped over the same
memory space. The Alpha Basic Compiler supports the ISAM file
structure.

10-60 •Development Tools and Languages for the Professional Series

· Development Tools for MUMPS
The primary development environment for STANDARD MICRO
MUMPS is the SMM 300 ANSI-standard high-level language. This
interpretive language streamlines your development time by giving you one tool to complete the tasks you usually do with editors,
compilers, linkers, and loaders. It also includes powerful debugging routines that help you isolate and correct errors quickly.
SMM 300 is available from the vendor either separately or as part of a
turnkey package. See Chapter 8 for more information on STANDARD MICRO MUMPS 300.

· Development Tools Ordering Information
Operating System

Product

p/os
PRO/Tool Kit

RSX-llM/M-PLUS

VAX/VMS

QJ071-AD

QC350-AG

QJ071-AH

QD350-AG

QJ071-AM

QE350-AY

QBA14-A3

Professional Host Tool Kit

QJ071-AV

Professional Tool Kit

QBA15-A3

FORTRAN-77

QJ074-AD

QC353-AG

QJ074-AH

QD353-AG

QJ074-AM

QE353·AY"

QJ074;AV

Professional Tool Kit
FORTRAN-77 DEBUG

QBA21-A3

QJ079-AD

QC421-AG

QJ079-AH

QD421-AG

QJ079-AM

QE421-AY

QJ079-AV

10-61

Operating System

Product
Professional Tool Kit Pascal

QBA18-A3

QJ082-AD

QC715-AG

QJ082-AH

QD7l5-AG

QJ082-AM

QE715-AY

QJ082-AV

Professional Tool Kit

QBA19-A3

COBOL-81

QJ081-AD

QC714-AG

QJ081-AH

QD714-AG

QJ081-AM

QE714-AY

QJ081-AV

Professional Tool Kit

QBA16-A3

DlllOL

QJ369-AD

QC356-AG

QJ369-AH

QD356-AG

QJ369-AM

QE356-AY

QJ369-AV

Professional Tool Kit

QBAl 7-A3

BASIC-PLUS-2

QJ073-AD

QC352-AH

QJ073-All

QD352-All

QJ073-AM

QD352-AM

QJ073-AV

QD352-AV
QE352-AM
QE252-AV

Professional Realtime
Interface Libraries

QBA58-A3

QJ076-AD

QC355-AG

QJ076-All

QC355-AG

QJ076-AM

QC355-AY

QJ076-AV

10-62 • Development Tools and Languages for the Professional Series

Operating System

Product
PRO/BASIC

QBA04-A3

FORTRAN-77 for p-System

QA114-c3

UCSD Pascal

QA113-C3

PRO-IV for Professional 350

QA880-c3

PRO-IV for Professional 380

QA881-C3

PRO/FORTRAN-IV (RT-11)

QB813-A3

PRO/BASIC-11 (RT-11)

QB913-A3

FORTRAN-77 (RT-11)

QA609-c3

Key:

AD
AH
AM
AV
AG
AY
QC
QD
QE

9-Track Magtape
RL02 Disk Cartridge
1600 BPI Magtape
RK07 Disk Cartridge
TU58 Kit
RXOl Kit
Products run on VAX-111730
Products run on VAX-111750
Products run on VAX-111780

Appendix I· IVIS-Digital's Interactive Video
Information System

I-2 • IVIS-Digital's Interactive Video Information System

· PRO !VIS/Videodisc System
Order Code: Pc35v-vc

· PRO !VIS/Videodisc System with Touch Screen
Order Code: Pc35v-vc
Training programs are vital in today's climate of rapid technological and manufacturing change. There is more to learn-and less
time to spend learning-than ever before. It's no surprise that
consistent, cost-effective education and training is one of the most
pressing needs in business, manufacturing, and government.
As the demand for training and education increases, so does the
need for more efficient teaching systems. One solution is Digital's
rvrs-the Interactive Video Information System.
Digital has combined an interactive computer, live video, twochannel audio, and high-resolution text and graphics to create one
of today's most advanced system-based education (sBE) tools. rvrs
is designed primarily for corporations, institutions, and government agencies with large requirements for training and presentations in fields such as electronics, computer programming and
maintenance, auto sales and repair, robotics, and aeronautics.
rvrs is particularly effective in situations where large numbers of
people will receive the same training, or where the same training
program takes place on a continuing basis. Digital, for example,
uses rvrs to train and update Field Service technicians throughout
the U.S.

A Complete System with Complete Support.
rvrs capitalizes on the Professional's power and graphics to create a
versatile, multimedia training system. rvrs comes as a complete,

1-3

user-installable learning station. The basic hardware includes a
Professional 350 with a 10-Mbyte hard disk storage system, an
audio/videodisc player, supporting hardware and software, and
your choice of conventional or touch screen color monitors.
Digital's remarkable DECtouch screen allows you to completely
eliminate the traditional keyboard interface.
But 1v1s is more than a sophisticated collection of hardware. It is a
complete training solution. In addition to the 1v1s system itself,
Digital provides worldwide technical support, a library of off-theshelf training courses, course development tools, even consulting
and custom course development services.

IVIS Makes Learning More Interesting.
As a standalone training station, 1v1s actually approximates a' 'live
teaching" environment. Students are able to interact with lesson
material as it is being presented. They can choose the specific
material they wish to cover and the speed at which they cover it.
Any given lesson might include video segments, text or graphic
overlays, a voice-over narrative, question and answer situations,
reviews or examinations.
The experience is dynamic. Live video segments can demonstrate
real situations. The student can stop, back up, even zoom in for
additional detail. Since 1v1s uses a laser videodisc system, any
portion of the program can be accessed almost instantaneously.
And the video image is five to six times sharper than a conventional color television picture.
As the video segments present realistic demonstration, text and
computer generated graphics add clarity and detail to the lesson.
Words, graphs, tables, symbols, drawings or diagrams can be
superimposed over live video segments without obscuring the
video. In addition to the full-color video segments, the monitor can display eight additional colors simultaneously, from a
range of 256.

I-4 • IVIS-Digital's Interactive Video Information System

The visual message is reinforced by an audio message. Through
either a stereo headset or amplified speakers, one or both of two
audio channels provide synchronized accompanying sound: narrative, instructions, sound effects, music, or several in combination.
DECtouch Makes IVIS More Accessible Than Ever
Before.
Touch screen technology is the simplest way for people to
communicate with computers. There are no control commands,
no cursors, no arrow keys-not even a keyboard. A simple point of
the finger-a touch of the screen, actually-and the computer
responds immediately.
Using the DECtouch Touch Screen system, inexperienced computer users can take full advantage of !VIS courseware without first
learning the fundamentals of using a computer keyboard.
DECtouch makes the user interface virtually transparent.
Digital uses resistive membrane technology to create DECtouch.
This membrane, mounted over the CRT screen itself, translates a
touch to input commands that the application software can
understand. The DECtouch monitor also allows the use of other
input devices such as joysticks, a mouse or a graphics tablet.
VAX Producer-A Breakthrough in Interactive
Courseware Development.
Digital has created a powerful, easy-to-use courseware development system for organizations ready to produce their own interactive training programs. Using a vAxlvMs host, VAX Producer
provides a new approach to creating 1v1s interactive courseware,
computer-based instruction programs and other visually-based,
interactive applications.

I-5

Course Menu

Introduction

Final Exam

tolVIS

Module
Introduction

Module
Exam

Summary

Video

Presentation
Simulation
Pass

Reference
Remediation

!VIS offers a highly interactive combination of

video, audio, and computer-generated text and
graphics.
The most unique feature of VAX Producer is that it separates the
process of creating the visuals from the process of programming
the interactive logic and branching. So graphic designers and
programmers can each concentrate on their own jobs.
The two major components of VAX Producer are VAX Design and
VAX Draw. VAX Producer uses streamlined programming routines

to generate both interactivity and computer graphics within a
course. VAX Design is a highly structured language with special
features to support visually-based, highly-interactive programs.
VAX Draw is a graphics editor used to create computer-generated
color graphics, animated graphics sequences, text, and menus.

I-6 • IVIS-Digital's Interactive Video Information System

A computer-based instruction (cm) program, included with VAX
Producer, teaches the use of the VAX Design language and the VAX
Draw graphics editor. Users can begin creating simple lessons very
quickly, and will master all of the basics of using VAX Producer by
the end of the two-day CBI course.

The IVIS Educational Courseware Library.
Digital's Educational Services Courseware Group publishes and
supports an ever-growing library of !VIS courseware. The !VIS
Educational Courseware Library includes a list of introductory,
conceptual, and general interest educational subjects from electronics and computer-related offerings to factory and office automation. All are subjects that lend themselves to !VIS course
treatment.
An !VIS courseware package consists of a videodisc or series of
videodiscs, diskettes containing the course's interactive logic and
computer-generated graphics software, a trainer's guide, a learner's guide, and a variety of course-specific training materials,
depending on the courseware design and subject material.

Digital Supports IVIS with Everything from Consulting
to Custom Courseware Development.
Digital offers a variety of consulting and courseware development
services to U.S. customers looking for systems-based solutions to
specific needs.
Consulting services typically fall into the categories of planning
and design. Planning services assist the customer in assessing the
economic, technical and operational feasibility of large-scale SBE
programs before a major investment is made. Design services offer
advice on the development, implementation, and maintenance of
SBE projects. This could range from needs analysis and preliminary
design studies to programming, production, and project management.

I-7

Custom courseware development services offer four levels of
support. At the highest level, Digital supplies all services, management, and resources required to produce a finished, turnkey
training solution. All the customer supplies is the subject-matter
expertise.
The second level calls for a collaborative effort by Digital and the
customer, allowing the customer to learn IVIS courseware production and personnel training procedures during the development
process.
At the third level, Digital furnishes courseware warranty services
for ongoing maintenance and updates of custom courseware
developed at either of the two preceding levels.
Finally, a selection of SBE training programs on courseware
production for IVIS and other delivery systems will become part of
Digital's Educational Services standard customer training program.

I-8 • IVIS-Digital's Interactive Video Information System

IVIS Specifications
· Analog "Backpack"
Dimensions
Height

63 cm (24~ in)

Width

19.9 cm (7~ in)

Depth

10.8 cm (41fo in)

Weight

6.3 kg (13 lbs, 14 oz)

Environment
Operating

15° to 40° C (54° to 104° F)

Relative Humidity

20% to80%

Electrical
AC Input

120 V nominal
Single phase, 3-wire, 87-128 V rms
at 47-63 Hz
220-240V nominal
Single phase, 3-wire, 174-256 V rms
at 47-63 Hz

Input Current

120 V AC .SA rms
220 VAc .25A rms

Serial Port

EIA asynchronous
RS232C
50 to 19,200 baud

IVIS Video Mode
Refresh Rate

60 Hz interlaced

Scan Lines

525 lines interlaced

Displayed Resolution

960 horizontal by 240 vertical pixels
(interlaced)

Dot Pitch

0.31mm

I-9

Video Signals
Output Video Signal

RGB analog video signal with RS170
composite sync on green

Output Video Signal

RB video _7 V p-p positive

Detail

G video _7 V p-p positive, plus
0.34V sync

Output Load

75 ohm termination

Video Input Voltage

1.0V p-p nominal with 0.3 V
negative sync tip

Voltage Variation

0.47 V to 1.21 V p-p

External Sync Output

RS170 composite sync with negative
sync tip. 4.0 V p-p into 75 ohms

External Subcarrier

Frequency, 3.579545 MHz
Voltage, 1.0 V p-p continuous into
75 ohms

Black Burst Output

Voltage, 286 m V composite sync
+ 286 m V p-p subcarrier burst
into 75 ohms

Audio Signals
Stereo Inputs

SOK ohms input impedance

Auxiliary Audio Output

1000 ohm output impedance

Audio Output

1 watt/ channel into 8 ohm load,
1 amp current limit

Overlay Enhancement
Drop Shadow Width

1 to 15 pixels (programmable)

I-10 • IVIS-Digital's Interactive Video Information System

· Videodisc Player
Dimensions

Width

54.2 cm (2178 in)

Height

16.0 cm (6¥i in)

Depth

41.5 cm (1678 in)

Weight

19.6 kg (43 lb, 3 oz)

Operation

Pick-up Method

Laser beam (reflective)

Maximum Playing Time

CAV: 30 min/ side

Spindle Revolution

CAV: 1800 rpm

Power Consumption

HOW

Operating Temperature

10° to 35° C (40° to 95° F)

Video

Signal

EIA standards, NTsc color

Output

1.0V (p-p), 75 ohms unbalanced,
sync negative

Resolution
Signal-to-Noise Ratio

Color: 360 lines
42dB

VHF Output

Channel 3 or 4, 75 ohms, unbalanced

Input Signals

Sync 4 V (p-p) ± 1 V (p-p), 75 ohms
SC 2 V (p-p) ± 0.5 V (p-p), 75 ohms

Audio

Output

Line out: less than 2k ohms
0 ± 2 dB v (100% MOD, 47 k ohms
load), unbalanced
Phones: 8 ohms, - 19 ± 2 dB V

Signal-to-Noise Ratio

More than 50 dB

Frequency Response

40Hzto20kHz(± 3dB)

I-11

· DECtouch Touch Screen
Activation Force

28 to 56 grams (1-2 oz) nominal

Resolution

1.0 mm (.04 in)

Sampling Rate

10-400 samples/ second
(programmable)
100 ms-2.5 ms/ sample corresponds
nominally to 10 in/ sec drawing speed

Ports

2 serial positional device attachment
ports with graphics tablet and serial
mouse support
2 parallel positional device attachment ports with joystick or single
quadrature mouse support
1 keyboard port
Baud rate (programmable) of 5 to
19.2K

Software support

DEctouch requires p/os Version 1.7
or later. A special r/ o positional
device driver is included with the
DEctouch Control module to interface the applications software to the
keyboard.

I-12 • IVIS-Digita/'s Interactive Video Information System

PRO !VIS/Videodisc System (PC35V-VB) and PRO !VIS/Videodisc
Touch screen System (PC35V-VC) include:

• 1v1s Interactive Video Option, including: Analog "Backpack"
Box, 1v1s Extended Bit-map Module,1v1s Bit-map Single Plane
Video Module, IVIS System Module, universal power control,
cable set, software device drivers and subroutine libraries, headphones, IVIS installation, and verification videodisc
• Professional 350 system unit
• Keyboard Country Kit
• VDP40 Videodisc Player*
• 10-Mbyte Hard Disk
• Professional Operating System (Pl os)
· PRO Interpreter, including binaries, documentation, and license
• Vertical Floor Stand
· 13-inch RGB Color Monitor (for PRO 1v1s/Videodisc System) or
• DECtouch Color Monitor, including DEctouch alternate input
device cable (for PRO 1v1s/Videodisc Touch System)
*Certain other videodisc players are plug-compatible with 1v1s,
but are not supported by Digital service agreements.

Appendix II· The Professional as a Technical and
Commercial OEM Computer

II-2 • The Professional as a Technical and Commercial OEM Computer

The Professional 300 Series of computers lend themselves well to
the Original Equipment Manufacturer (oEM) marketplace. The
Professionals offer you, the OEM, the advantages of a full-scale PDP11 computer, including easy migration of your existing products
to this lower-cost PDP-11. At the same time, these systems offer
your end-user all the appeal of an approachable personal computer.
The Professional can put your products within financial reach of a
whole new market segment. Many companies that previously
could not invest in a minicomputer can afford a Professional
personal workstation. What's more, the Professional will attract
many prospects who shied away from the additional expense of the
special environment controls that are necessary for larger computers. This desktop PDP-11 fits comfortably into almost any environ-·
ment, from business office to laboratory.
With a choice of the Professional 325, 350, and 380 you can design a
package to meet a range of processing, expansion, and price
requirements. The Professional 300 Series also provides a simple
migration path, both within the series and to larger PDP-H's and
VAXes, to keep pace with the growth your product can stimulate.
A PDP-11 at a Personal Computer Price.
Digital' s PDP-11 family has long been a favorite among OEMS. The
thousands of PDP-11-based products testify to the flexibility and
reliability of this proven computer. line. The Professional 300 Series
now extends the line by offering mature PDP-11 capabilities for the
price of a personal computer.

Like other PDP-11s, the Professional supports 22-bit addressing.
The floating-point processor is standard equipment to assure you
efficient processing. Professional 325 and 350 systems are based on
the F-11 chip set which features PDP-11/23 capabilities and a subset
of PDP-11/70 memory management. At the heart of Professional
380 systems is the J-11 chip set, with its PDP-11/70 Extended
Instruction Set capabilities and even faster processor operation.

II-3

t
The Professional 380's J-11 chip
set implements the PDP-11/70
instruction set.

For a complete discussion of the Professional 300 Series system
units, see Chapter 6_
Digital offers several powerful system options for the Professional
300 Series, including the Realtime Interface (RTI) and DECnet
support. These user-installable options fit easily into the Professional's option slots. The Professional 325 has one slot available for
a customer's choice of options or an OEM's custom-designed
option; the 350 offers three open slots. With its higher degree of
system integration, the 380 makes five option slots available. In the
family tradition, the Professional also offers a no-cost license to let
you integrate your own options into its Computer Terminal
Interconnect (en) bus_

11-4 • The Professional as a Technical and Commercial OEM Computer

Your Choice of Operating Systems.
The Professional leaves the choice of operating system up to you. If
your products currently run under RSX, the Rsx-based p/ os is the
natural selection. For RT-11 devotees, Good Old RT is there to
provide a familiar home for your applications. If you prefer a UNIXbased operating system, select from PRO/VENIX, XENIX, and Idris.
MUMPS is available for medical and general database management
products, and p-System provides the "universal micro" environment on the Professional.
For industry-standard business applications, use the cPIM option
module. And the Pc-Bridge is available for customers who want to
run your product but also need to run an MS-DOS application.
P/OS~For You, For Your Users.

The PI os operating system was designed for both you and your
customers. For you, there's the familiar PDP-11 working environment, complete with powerful utilities and a subset of the Digital
Command Language (DcL). For your computer-naive customers,
there's the easy-to-use, helpful p/ os menu interface that guides
users through the system. Using the Forms Development Tool in
the Professional Tool Kits, you can tailor your product to this
friendly environment, so your users see a consistent interface from
the moment they turn on the system until they finish their work
for the day.
You can easily move your existing RSX-based applications to the
p/ os environment, in some cases with little or no modification.
The Differences Between RSX/VMS andP!OS manual is available to
help you use either the PRo/Tool Kit or the Professional Host Tool
Kit to optimize your RSX or VMS code to run under p/os.

II-5

p/os is a general purpose operating system and therefore may not
be optimized for your more specific uses. So, Digital offers PI os as
an open system. TheP/OS Internals Manual, with its microfiche of
the p/os executive, gives you all the information you need to
optimize the executive to your requirements. This information is
particularly important if you are developing device drivers for
options to install on the CTI bus.

11-6 • The Pr'!Jessional as a Technical and Commercial OEM Computer

Good Old RT-11 At Home on the Professional.
The compact, versatile RT-11 operating system is particularly wellsuited to the smaller Professional environment. Your interface to
the system is the familiar Digital Command Language (DcL)
available on other RT-11 systems. Many RT-11-based applications
will move directly to the Professional with no modifications
required.
Applications that ran under RT-11 in a nonextended memory
environment can easily be converted to use memory above 32
Kwords. The Programmer's R<:fi'rence and System Utilities manuals
give you all the help you need to optimize your product to the
Professional RT-11 environment.
PROIVENIX Supports a Multiuser Realtime Product.
The Professional running PROIVENIX can support both multiple
users and realtime data acquisition. A second user can be connected
directly through the Professional's communications port or
remotely using a modem. VenturCom's realtime enhancements,
including shared data segments, preemptive priorities, and
"clock-tick" process timing, handle high-speed data throughput
without substantial hardware support. Add its strong communication capabilities, and PRolvENIX is one of the most powerful,
most versatile UNIX systems on the market.
Impress Your Customers with the Professional's Graphics.
Graphics are becoming an increasingly important prerequisite in
many computer purchases_ The Professional makes it easy for you
to integrate memorable graphics into your product-and all with
graphics facilities that are standard system components. The
Professional's video bit-map, with a standard display of 960 by 240
pixels, will support virtually any graphics package you design. In
interlaced mode, the Professional 380 doubles your vertical resolution with its 960 by 480 display, to provide the heightened
resolution so important in the engineering and graphic arts fields.

II-7

The Projessional's video bit-map
allows you to produce sophisticated
graphics~even natural images.
The Extended Bit-Map option adds two additional layers to your
video display. On the monochrome monitor, the EBO gives you
eight distinct shades of gray. The optional color monitor displays
up to eight colors simultaneously from a palette of 256 for the
Professional 325 and 350, or eight from a palette of 4096 for the
Professional 380. You can even integrate text with graphics on the
screen.
The PRO/Tool Kit and the Professional Host Tool Kit provide
access to the CORE Graphics Library (cGL) and the Professional
General Image Display Instruction Set (PRO/ Grms) that supply the
graphics routines you need to develop applications for the Professional' s hardware. Full explanations of these graphics features are

II-8 • The Professional as a Technical and Commercial OEM Computer

included with the Professional Tool Kit documentation set. For
even greater control over the graphics performance, the MACRO
assembly language that comes with the Professional Tool Kits and
withRT-11 gives you direct access to the video bit-map. The System
Reference Manual explains how to approach graphics programming
at the hardware level.
Offer Your Customers Ethernet-Based Networking.
Customers are increasingly aware of networking and the importance of having computer systems capable of working together.
The Professional fills this need with its DECNA Ethernet controller
and PRO/DECnet software. This hardware/ software combination
allows you to create Local Area Networks (using the DELNI) or tap
into existing DECnet networks (using the H4000 Ethernet Transceiver).
PRO/DECnet support in the Tool Kits lets you develop fully
distributed applications that communicate transparently with
other network members. Your customers can have all the benefits
of network processing without having to learn about networking.
And you can offer networking capabilities without having to
invest the time and money in developing specific networking
solutions for each customer. See Chapters 2 and 6 for more detailed
information on the Professional's networking options.
Provide Data Acquisition Systems with the RTL
The Professional configured with the RTI is a low-cost realtime
processor. Connect laboratory or test instruments for data acquisition. Or connect sensors, motors, and actuators for process
control.
With its 1978 Standard IEEE-488 General Purpose Instrument Bus,
two EIA Rs232/ 423 serial asynchronous ports (50 to 9600 baud,
selectable), and 24 bidirectional parallel 1/0 lines, the Realtime
Interface gives you the freedom to select from a wide variety of

II-9

industry-standard devices. Each RTI function can be used separately, in combination, or simultaneously. See Chapter 6 for a
complete description of the RTI and its cables.
The Professional Realtime Interface Library (PRTIL) is available for
the PRo/Tool Kit and the Professional Host Tool Kit to let you
develop your own software for the RTL This optional set of
subroutines provide access to a PI os driver for the RTI and are
callable from Tool Kit FORTRAN-77 and BASIC-PLUS-2. Applications
developed with PRTIL under either of the Tool Kits will run on any
Professional system configured with p/ os Hard Disk and the
RTL An alternative to PRTIL is to program the RTI using Tool Kit
MACR0-11. RT-11 also supports development for the RTL

The Professional's Rea/time Interface opens the door to many
realtime data collection products.

11-10 • The Professional as a Technical and Commercial OEM Computer

Develop for Digital's Innovative Communications
Options.
Digital realizes that the traditional combination of keyboard and
terminal is not always the most effective way for people to
communicate using computers. With this awareness, we've developed several innovative devices that you can integrate into exciting
new products for the Professional.
The Telephone Management System (TMS) with its voice recording and playback capabilities gives you the opportunity to experiment with new forms of voice and data communication. Exciting
possibilities include voice annotation of text and simultaneous
transmission of voice and data. The Professional Tool Kits provide
routines to support development for TMS.
DECtalk is a voice synthesjs unit that translates ASCII text into
words then speaks those words in the user's choice of voices and
speeds. The unit accepts a text string from either the keyboard or a
program. DECtalk is an ideal tool for communicating operating
and control information in production environments, for providing emergency instructions and warnings, and for audio reinforcement in learning situations.
The Professionals also offer you the opportunity to develop
products based on state-of-the-art touch screen technology: DECtouch. DECtouch is a modified VR241 color monitor that uses
resistive membrane technology to translate the precise position at
which you touch the monitor screen into input commands that
the application software can understand. DECtouch's Positional
Device Library (PDL) includes alternate positional input device
commands that let you integrate DECtouch and your own options,
such as a joystick, mouse, or graphics tablet, into your applications. DECtouch features are supported by IVIS (Interactive Video
Information System), which is described in detail in Appendix I.

11-11

Integrate Your Own Options into the CTI Bus.
Digital offers a no-cost license for the Professional's Computer
Terminal Interconnect (en) bus. This licensed-bus policy means
that third-parties and OEMS can obtain a license to design, manufacture, and sell add-on options that plug into the option slots on
the CTI bus on Professional 300 Series units. The end-user does not
have to purchase a separate license to use the optional equipment.
The Professional' s option cardcage is designed with zero-insertion
force connectors, so nontechnical users can easily install options
with a minimal chance of damage or error. No special tools are
required for installation. And third-party options are slotindependent, so the user does not need special configuration
information.

II-12 • The Professional as a Technical and Commercial OEM Computer

To be able to sell options for the Professional, all you have to do is
sign and execute a no-cost license_ Licensed customers can order a
documentation package for complete information on CTI bus
specifications, CTI bus architecture for the Professional 300 Series,
design guidelines for Professional 300 Series options, connector
and cable availability, terms and conditions for third-parties and
end-users, and Digital's Service policies regarding third-party
options_
Digital also offers telephone support for all aspects oflicensing, for
technical questions, and for parts procurement. The number for
this support is (617) 493-3567. Personnel at this support center
route detailed technical questions on such topics as timing and
architecture to appropriate support engineers who will contact
you directly, if necessary. Technical questions are limited to
explaining the meaning or intent of the CTI bus specifications and
architecture documents.
The Professional-Designed for You and Your Users.
The Professional would be a good candidate for an OEM computer
even if it were simply a smaller, lower-cost PDP-11. But in fact it is
even more. By combining the processing power of the PDP-11
family with personal computer friendliness and ergonomics, the
Professional makes your product attractive to a whole new market
segment. Minicomputer processing with a personal computer
package and price tag: the Professional offers the best of both
worlds.

Index

A
Access Technology, Inc., 9-64,
9-197
accounting applications
for CP /M operating system,
9-206
for PI OS operating system,
9-3-9-19
for RT-11 operating system,
9-178-9-181
see also database management,
decision support,
spreadsheets
ACIBEAM, 9-93-9-94
ACM SIGGRAPH CORE, 3-8
Administrative Planning System
(APS), 9-212-9-213
ADMPC-AA (Analog Data
Module), 6-71, 6-73
ADR/DATA, 9-59-9-61
Advanced Interactive Systems,
Inc., 9-86
Advanced Systems Concepts, 9-32
aerospace design applications,
4-19-4-24
agricultural applications,
9-164-9-165
Airplane Landing Simulation
Game, 9-186
airtravel program,
FLIGHTMASTER,
9-148-9-149
ALL-IN-1, see VAX ALL-IN-1

Alpha Basic Compiler (Idris),
9-221, 10-59
amber monochrome video
monitor, 6-10, 6-28, 6-37
AMS Realstar, 9-213
Analog Data Module, 6-71-6-73
antiglare coating on screen, 6-29,
6-32
Application Design Tool (ADT),
9-45
application development,
1-14-1-15, 3-2-3-22,
10-1-10-62
for CP IM operating system,
9-208
distributed, 3-12-3-13
under Idris operating system,
3-19-3-20
under MUMPS operating
system, 3-20-3-21
for P/OS operating system,
3-13-3-15
under PI OS operating system,
3-4-3-12
under PRO/VENIX operating
system, 3-17-3-19
under p-System, 3-15
Robinson Nugent Designer's
Kit for Professional 300
Series CTI Bus for,
6-76-6-78
under RT-11 operating system,
3-15-3-17
services for, 5-5-5-6
tools and languages for,
10-2-10-3

Index

using host computers,
3-13-3-15
under XENIX operating
system, 3-19
see also development tools,
languages
Application Diskette Builder
(ADB)
in Professional Host Tool Kit,
10-21, 10-24
inPRO/ToolKit, 10-8, 10-13
applications, 2-12-2-13
warranty for, 5-2
see also accounting,
broadcasting,
communications, database
management, decision
support, educational,
government, graphics, legal,
medical, office productivity,
personal productivity, retail,
spreadsheets, statistical,
word processing, vertical
market
Applied Information Systems,
Inc., 9-38, 9-56
Applied Software Development
Corporation, 9-18, 9-164
assembly language (MACR0-11 ),
see MACR0-11
asynchronous communications
Mini-Exchange for, 6-53
poly-XFR for, 9-39
port for, 6-14
see also communications
ATHENA/ graph, 4-30,
9-109-9-111 in
FASTPROl, 9-69

ATS Data Processing, Inc., 9-39
Australia, keyboard country kit
for, 6-27
AutoScript Pharmacy System,
9-191
AVID, 9-86

B
backplane module slots,
6-14-6-15
banking applications, 9-165
bar code reader, 9-171
BASIC
Alpha Basic Compiler (Idris),
9-221, 10-59
BASIC-PLUS-2 for Professional
Tool Kits, 3-7, 10-38-10-40
PRO/BASIC, 3-3, 3-15,
10-44-10-45
PRO/BASIC-11 (RT-11),
10-54-10-55
Basic System Support, 5-5
battery for clock, 6-9
BCCl0-03 (Y-cable for serial I/O
for RTI), 6-68-6-71
BCCll-03 (IEEE standard
connector for RTI),
6-68-6-71
BCC12-03 (parallel I/0 cable
RTI), 6-68-6-71
Belgium, keyboard country kit
for, 6-27
bell, 6-24
BETA Computer Corporation,
9-18, 9-166
Billing Accounts Receivable for
Retailers (BARR), 9-195

Index

Billing, Inventory Control, and
Accounts Receivable, 9-195
Bill of Material Processor
(BOMP-11), 9-195
Binary Synchronous Data Link
(BSC) protocol, 2-21, 9-29,
9-31, 9-32
bit-mapped graphics, 2-21, 2-23
see also graphics
bit-mapped video controller, 6-10
BLAST (Blocked Line
Asynchronous
Transmission), 9-182
bootstrapping ROM, 6-9
Boston Systems Office, 9-92,
9-177
broadcasting applications, for
RT-11 operating system,
9-181-9-182
Budget and Planning for Grain
Crops, 9-165
BURCOM-11, 9-38
Burroughs computers,
BURCOM-11 for
communications with, 9-38
bus
CTI, 6-14
CTI, Robinson Nugent
Designer's Kit for,
6-76-6-78
open policy on, 2-28-2-30,
11-11-11-12
original equipment
manufacturers (OEMs) and,
11-11-11-12

business applications, see database
management, decision
support, financial analysis,
personal productivity, and
spreadsheets
Business Modeller, 9-71

c
C (language)
applications of, 4-9-4-10
C LANGUAGE SYSTEM
(DECUS), 9-187
in Idris operating system, 3-20
PHACT-dbrum for, 9-224
in PRO/VENIX operating
system, 3-19, 10-57
Whitesmiths, for Professional
Tool Kits, 10-42-10-43
in XENIX operating system,
8-43
cables, 6-68-6-71
CADMATICS, 9-191
CALC-11, 9-71, 9-176, 9-196
calculator programs, 2-11, 9-130,
9-143, 9-154
calendar and appointment
programs, 9-53, 9-142,
9-153
callable services
in Professional Host Tool Kit,
10-23
in PRO/Tool Kit, 10-12
Canada, keyboard country kits
for, 6-25, 6-27
Canberra Industries, Inc.,
9-98-9-99

Index

CANCEL key, 2-6
carry-in system support, 5-4
CATHCOM, 9-167
C-CALC (spreadsheet),
9-69-9-70
central processing units (CPUs),
6-6
F-11, 2-2, 6-2, 6-6
J-11, 2-3, 6-3, 6-6
character cell graphics, 2-22
characters
foreign language keyboard
country
kits for, 6-27
scientific, in CT*OS, 9-159
video display of, 6-28-6-29
chemical analysis applications,
4-2-4-7
chess program, Synergy Chess,
9-130
Civil and Structural Engineering
Software, 9-189
C LANGUAGE SYSTEM
(DECUS), 9-187
Clinical Data Design,
9-176-9-177
CUN-TEAMS/PRO, 9-167
clocks
in Analog Data Module, 6-72
nonvolatile, 6-9
CMP (File Compare Utility),
10-14
CMPS (Creative Medical Practice
System), 9-217

COBOL
COBOL-81 for Professional
Tool Kits, 10-33-10-36
COBOL-PLUS for RT-11
operating system, 10-56
under XENIX operating
system, 9-220-9-221
Cognition, 9-166
COGO (Engineering Systems,
Corp.), 9-94
COGO (Technical Information
Systems, Inc.), 9-189
Collage Module, 6-77
college computer centers,
4-7-4-13
color graphics, 1-13, 2-23
in IVIS, I-3
see also graphics
color monitors
Extended Bit-Map Graphics
Module for, 6-35-6-37
for Professional 380, 6-10,
6-37-6-38
RGB, 6-31-6-34
COM624, 9-93-9-94
COMET (Creative Occupational
Medicine and Environmental
Tracking), 9-217-9-218
commands
in Digital Command
Language, 8-8, 8-10
in RT-11 operating system,
8-20
in TSX-Plus, 8-40
communications, 1-5, 1-10-1-11

Index

DECNA Ethernet Controller
for, 6-55-6-57
DELNI for, 6-58-6-60
H4000 Ethernet Transceivers
for, 6-61-6-62
with IBM systems, 2-21, 4-28
Mini-Exchange for,
2-16-2-18, 6-51-6-54
original equipment
manufacturers (OEMs) and,
II-10
in P/OS Operating System,
8-9-8-10
in RT-11, 8-21
Telephone Management System
for, 2-14-2-16, 6-45-6-51
UNIX-to-UNIX, in
PRO/VENIX, 8-15
communications port, 6-14
communications applications for
P/OS operating system,
9-20-9-40
for PRO/VENIX operating
system, 9-176
for RT-11 operating system,
3-17,9-182-9-185
with Telephone Management
System, 6-49
COMPAG, 9-187
compatibility, 3-2
application compatibility under
P/OS, 8-8-8-9
CP /M option module for,
6-63-6-64
with MS-DOS, PC-Bridge for,
6-65-6-68, 8-27-8-32
of operating systems, 8-3

COMPOSBM, 9-93
COMPOSE CHARACTER
key, 6-24
COMPOSE indicator light, 6-24
Compuflex, 9-181
Compu-Share General
Accounting, 9-3-9-8
computer-aided design (CAD),
4-19-4-24
DESIGN GRAPHIX for,
2-24
DGX/Exec for, 9-113-9-115
Palette for, 9-123-9-124
Symbolic Drawing Machine
for, 9-191
see also graphics applications
Computer-Based Instruction
(CBI), 2-8-2-9, 5-8-5-9
AVID for, 9-86
for IVIS, 1-6
for PRO/Communications,
9-28
for PRO/DATATRIEVE, 9-50
for Supercomp-Twenty, 9-68
for TK!Solver, 9-80
Computer-On Accounting
System, 9-19
Computer Systems Corporation,
9-71, 9-176, 9-196
Computing Terminal Interconnect
(CTI) bus, see CTI Bus
Compu-Tome, Inc., 9-193
connector pod for RTI,
6-68-6-71
Contel Information Systems,
9-185, 9-194

Index

CONTROL (CTRL) key, 6-21
controllers
bit-mapped video, 6-10
DECNA Ethernet, 6-55-6-57
Ethernet Controller Modules,
9-22
CORE Graphics Library (CGL),
2-28, 3-8, 6-32, 8-12, II-7
LVP16 Six-Pen Graphics Plotter
supported by, 7-32
Professional Tool Kit support
for, 10-5, 10-17-10-19
CORGRAPH, 9-111-9-113
Cortex Desk Set, 9-141-9-144
Cortron Corporation, 9-168;
9-170
country kits (keyboards), 6-27
courses
from Educational Services,
5-8-5-12
IVISfor, 2-26, I-2-I-12
CPA-11, 9-179
CPA Time and Billing System,
9-18
CP/M operating system, 1-4,
1-10
applications for, 9-205-9-212,
see also word processing
CPIM-80, 1-4
layered onto Professional
Operating System, 8-12
option module for, 6-63-6-64
PRO/CP/M-80, 8-33-8-35
Creative Socio-Medics, Inc., 8-38,
9-217-9-219

CTI bus, 6-14
open policy on, 2-28-2-30
original equipment
manufacturers (OEMs),
II-11-II-12
Robinson Nugent Designer's
Kit for, 6-76-6-78
CTI Bus Extender Board, 6-77
CT*OS Word Processing System,
4-24, 9-158-9-160, 9-193
CTS-300 operating system
(Professional CTS-300),
8-24-8-27
applications for, 9-197~ 199,
see also government
Curriculum Management System
(CMS), 9-213-9-214
cursor control keys, 6-22
Customer Return Centers
(CRCs), 5-5
Customer Services, 1-16, 5-2-5-5
CVLLIB, 9-187

D
DABL (Data Base Language),
9-181
daisywheel printers
LQP02, 7-13-7-18
LQP03 Letter-Quality Printer,
7-24-7-30
daisywheels (printwheels), 7-19,
7-21, 7-25, 7-28

Index

database management applications
for CP /M operating system,
9-205
for PI OS operating system,
9-41-9-63
for RT-11 operating system,
9-185-9-188
in Standard MICRO
MUMPS-300, 8-35-8-39
databases, 4-5
airline schedules,
FLIGHTMASTER for,
9-148-9-149
Dow Jones News/Retrieval,
9-150, 9-152
PRO/Communications for
access to, 9-24
in PRO/Videotex,
9-118-9-122
DataCalc, 9-72, 9-196
data communications
Mini-Exchange for, 6-51-6-54
Telephone Management System
for, 6-46-6-47
see also communications
data dictionary, 9-46-9-4 7
datamanagers, see database
management applications
Data Processing Design, Inc.,
9-163
Data Trend, 9-72, 9-196
DATATRIEVE
PRO/DATATRIEVE, 4-30,
9-41-9-50
PRO/RDT used with,
9-50-9-52

Dawn Computer Corporation,
9-162
DEBUG (PRO/Tool Kit
FORTRAN-77
DEBUG), 10-27-10-30
debugging
FORTRAN-77 DEBUG for
Professional Tool Kits,
10-27-10-30
Online Debugging Technique
(ODT) for, 10-14
in Professional Host Tool Kit,
10-21, 10-37
in PRO/Tool Kit, 10-8
decComp, 9-13, 9-179
decision support applications, for
P/OS operating system,
9-72-9-85, see also
spreadsheets
DEClander, 9-138
DECmailer service, 5-5
DECNA Ethernet Controller,
6-55-6-57
network interconnect port for,
6-14
original equipment
manufacturers (OEMs) and,
II-8
PI OS operating system and,
8-9
DECNA-K (DECNA Ethernet
Controller), 6-55, 6-57
DECnet, 1-10
DECNA Ethernet Controller
for, 6-58-6-60
original equipment
manufacturers (OEMs), II-8

Index

PRO/DECnet for, 2-19,
9-20-9-23
PI OS operating system and,
8-9-8-10
DECOD2, 9-187
DECservice, 5-4
DECstart Services, 5-5
DECsupport Service, 5-5
DECtalk, 11-10
DECtouch Touch Screen system,
I-3, I-4, I-11, II-5
DECUS (Digital Equipment
Computer Users Society),
5-14, 9-139, 9-163
RT-11 Applications from,
9-186-9-188
DELNI Local Network
Interconnect, 2-19,
6-58-6-60, 9-22, see also
networks
Dendrite Systems, Inc., 9-169,
9-170
Denmark, keyboard country kit
for, 6-27
design applications, 4-19-4-24
DESIGN GRAPHIX, 2-24,
9-115
DESIGN GRAPHIX/Executive
(DGx/Exec), 4-24, 4-32,
9-113-9-115
Design Professional Management
Systems, 9-93, 9-94
DeskTop Software Corporation,
9-52
development, see application
development

development cycle
in Professional Host Tool Kit,
10-21
in PRO/Tool Kit, 10-9
development tools, 1-14-1-15,
10-2-10-3
for CP IM operating system,
9-208
for Idris operating system,
10-59
for MUMPS operating system,
10-60
for P/OS operating system,
10-3-10-50
for PRO/VENIX operating
system, 9-177, 10-57
Robinson Nugent Designer's
Kit for Professional 300
Series CTI Bus, 6-76-6-78
for XENIX operating system,
9-220-9-221,
10-58-10-59
see also application
development, languages,
PRO/Tool Kit, Professional
Host Tool Kit
DFMSA-AA (Mini-Exchange),
6-51, 6-54
diagnostics
in LA210 Letterprinter, 7-13
in LASO Personal Printer, 7-6
inROM,6-9
self-test, 2-7-2-8
DIBOL, 3-7
DIBOL for Professional Tool
Kits, 10-36-10-38

Index

DIBOL-83, 8-24-8-25
Extended Memory Time
Shared DIBOL (XMTSD),
8-25-8-26
DIGlmail, 9-38
DIGlspread, 9-72
Digital Classified Software (DCS),
5-7-5-8, 9-2
Digital Command Language
(DCL), 8-8, 8-20
PRO/Tool Kit and, 3-6, 10-8
Digital Equipment Computer
Users Society, see DECUS
Digital Network Architecture
(DNA), 2-19, 9-20
Digital Perspectives Ltd., 9-180
Digitec Corporation, 9-69
DIGitext, 9-161-9-162 .
DIGlspread used with, 9-72
DIGltrieve used with, 9-63
SIMCALC used with, 9-154
DIGitrieve, 9-63
Disco-Specs, 9-210
Disco-Tech, 9-209-9-211
disk drives, 2-2, 2-7
5-Mbyte hard, 6-39
hard, 6-42
10-Mbyte hard, 6-40
33-Mbyte hard, 3-8, 6-41
diskette drive, RX50, 6-16-6-17
diskettes
in CP/M format, 6-64, 8-35
dual-density, 6-16-6-17
in MS-DOS format, 6-67, 8-30

display screens
bit-mapped video controller
for, 6-10
in IVIS, 1-3
touch screens, 1-4, 1-11, 11-10
distributed data processing
systems, 1-6-1-7
computer-aided design (CAD)
applications of, 4-21-4-22
educational applications of,
4-10-4-12
PIOS operating system for,
8-8-8-9
PRO/Tool Kit for application
development for, 3-12-3-13
Distribution Primary Analysis
(DPA), 9-190
Distribution Transformer
Management (DTM), 9-190
DMP (File Dump Utility), 10-14
DO key, 6-24
documentation, 2-9
available to third-party
hardware developers, 6-78
for Digital Classified Software,
5-7
updates and support for, 5-6
Dog License System, 9-199
dot-matrix printers, 7-2-7-3
LA210 Letterprinter 100,
7-10-7-17
LASO Personal Printer,
7-4-7-9
Dow Jones News/Retrieval,
9-150, 9-152
DTA, Inc., 10-49

Index

DTC11-A (Telephone
Management Module),
6-45, 6-50
DTC11-B (Telephone
Management Voice Unit),
6-45, 6-50, 6-51
DTS-11, 9-196
dual-diskette drives, 6-16-6-17
DX protocols, 9-26
Dynamic Control Systems, 9-214

E
EasyEntry, 9-56-9-59
ECO Freedom System (banking
application), 9-165
Economic Optimization of
Distribution Losses
(EODL), 9-190
editors
EDT, 9-154, 10-10
FASTEXT, 9-193
PRO/ED, 9-226
in PRO/Office Workstation,
9-127
PROSE, 9-137-9-138, 9-154
PROSE PLUS, 2-11
TECO, 9-188
VED, 9-226
EDT (text editor), 9-154
in PRO/Tool Kit, 10-8, 10-10
educational applications
AVID for, 9-86
in college computer centers,
4-7-4-13
for CP/M operating system,
9-206

IVIS for, 2-26, 1-2-1-12
for p-System, 9-213-9-214
see also Computer-Based
Instruction
Educational Services, 1-16,
5-8-5-12
IVIS courses from, 1-6
EEC Systems, Inc., 9-160, 9-193,
9-223
80-column displays, 6-29, 6-32
electronic mail
applications of, 4-22
DIGimail for, 9-39
PRO/DECnet MAIL for, 2-19
PRO/Office Workstation for,
4-24
Empirical Research Group, 9-221,
9-226, 10-59
enclosures, for system unit, 6-18
engineering applications
for PI OS operating system,
9-87-9-99
for RT-11 operating system,
9-189-9-191
Engineering Systems Corp., 9-94,
9-115
equation-solving applications
TK!Solver, 9-76-9-80
TK!SolverPacks, 9-80-9-85
Ethernet., 2-2
DECNA Controller for,
6-55-6-57
DELNI for, 6-58
H4000 Ethernet TI-ansceivers
for, 6-61__:6-62
network interconnect port for,
6-14

Index

original equipment
manufacturers (OEMs) and,
11-8
PRO/DECnet and, 2-19, 9-20,
9-22
supported by Professional Host
ToolKit, 10-19
supported by PRO/Tool Kit,
3-10, 10-7
Ethernet Controller Modules,
9-22
Exceptional Business Solutions,
9-212
Extended Bit-Map Graphics
Option(EBO), 1-13, 6-10,
6-35-6-36
applications of, 4-17, 4-24
for color display, 2-23, 6-33
for monochrome display, 6-29
original equipment
manufacturers (OEMs) and,
11-7
for Professional 380,
6-36-6-38
Extended Memory Time Shared
DIBOL (XMTSD),
8-25-8-26

F
F-11 microprocessor, 2-2, 6-2, 6-6
FASTEXT, 9-193
Fast Install utility
in Professional Host Tool Kit,
10-21, 10-23
in PRO/Tool Kit, 10-8, 10-13
FASTPR02, 9-75-9-76
FASTTEST, 9-168

FEADAM, 9-94-9-95
Field Service, 1-16
File Access Listener (FAL), 9-21
File Compare Utility (CMP), 1014
file conversion services, 9-26
File Dump Utility (DMP), 10-14
FileLink utility, 6-66
File Transfer Facility, 3-13
file transfers, 2-14
BLAST (Blocked Line Asynchronous Transmission) for,
9-182
from MS-DOS, 6-66
PhoneLink for, 9-39
in PRO/Communications, 925-9-26
inRT-11, 8-22
UAP-LINK for, 9-184
VX for, 9-176
XOREN IPL-11 for, 9-185
XO REN IPL-11 File Transfer
Package for, 9-40
see also communications applications file utilities, 10-14
FinalWord, 9-175
financial analysis applications
for Idris operating system, 9221
for P/OS operating system, 969-9-70, 9-72-9-76, 981-9-83, 9-85
Financial Management
TK!SolverPack, 9-81-9-83
FINAR (Financial Analysis and
Reporting System), 9-85

Index

FINGRAPH, 9-106-9-108
Finland, keyboard country kit for,
6-27
5-Mbyte hard disk drive, 6-39, 642
512-Kbyte Memory Option, 6-44
flaggers, 10-25
FLECS, 9-187
FLIGHTMASTER, 9-148-9149
floating-point processor, 2-2, 6-6
floorstands, 6-5, 6-75-6-76
floppy disk drives, 6-16-6-17
FLOW,4-10
FODT, 9-187
fonts, see characters
foreign language keyboard country kits, 6-27
Forms Management System
(FMS), 3-5
in Professional Host Tool Kit,
10-12
in PRO/Tool Kit, 10-22
FORTRAN
applications of, 4-23, 4-24
DECUS RT-11 Applications
for, 9-187-9-188
FORTRAN-77 for Professional Tool Kits, 10-2410-27
FORTRAN-77 DEBUG for
Professional Tool Kits, 1027-10-30
FORTRAN-77 for p-System,
10-45-10-47
FORTRAN-77 for RT-11,
10-53-10-54

FORTRAN IV for RT-11,
10-51-10-52
PRO/FORTRAN IV (RT11), 10-51-10-52
PRO /Tool Kit and, 3-7
Foundation Design Package, 9210
Frame Development Tool (FDT),
3-5
in Professional Host Tool Kit,
10-16, 10-22
in PRO/Tool Kit, 10-4, 10-12
France, keyboard country kit for,
6-27
Franklen Computer Systems, Inc.,
9-179
function keys, 1-13, 2-5-2-6, 624

G
GABA, 9-193
games
Airplane Landing Simulation
Game, 9-186
DEClander, 9-138
Synergy Chess, 9-130
general ledger programs
in Compu-Share General
Accounting, 9-7
in Multi-Journal Accounting,
9-10
in PRO-Accountant, 9-13-915
geometry programs
COGO (Engineering Systems
Corp.), 9-94

Index

COGO (Technical Information
Systems, Inc.), 9-189
in Henderson and Bodwell
Civil Engineering Applications, 9-96
GeoTrak IMS, 9-95
Germany, keyboard country kit
for, 6-27
GIDIS, see PRO/GIDIS
Glenn A. Barber & Associates,
Inc., 9-178, 9-183
Global Health Systems, Inc., 9170
Gold Key Keyboard Country Kit,
6-25-6-27
government applications, for PI
OS operating system, 9197-9-199
Grade Design, 9-165
Grain Elevator, 9-164
graphic information systems, '.226-2-27
graphics, 2-21-2-23
applications for, 2-23-2-27
in applications, 2-27-2-28
color, 1-13
displayed on monochrome
monitor, 6-29
displayed on RGB color monitor, 6-31, 6-32
Extended Bit-Map Graphics
Module for, 6-35-6-37
in IVIS, I-3
interlaced, 2-22, 6-36-6-37
LVP16 Six-Pen Graphics Plotter
for, 7-30-7-36

original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) and, II-6II-8
on Professional 380, 6-3
PIOS operating system and, 812
in PRO/Tool Kit, 3-8
support in Professional Tool
Kits, 3-8, 10-5-10-7, 1017-10-18
PRO/VENIX operating system and, 8-15-8-16
ReGIS emulation for, 9-24
videotex applications of, 4-18
graphics applications for PI OS
operating system, 9-1009-123, 9-140-9-141
for RT-11 operating system, 9194
see also computer-aided design
Graphics Kernel Systems (GKS),
3-9
Graphics Plotter (LVP16), 7-3, 730-7-36
green monochrome video monitor, 6-28

H
H4000 Ethernet Transceivers, 661-6-62
hard-disk drives, 1-4, 2-2, 6-42
5-Mbyte, 6-39
as option for Professional 350,
6-2
10-Mbyte, 6-40
33-Mbyte, 3-8, 6-41

Index

hardware
Analog Data Module, 6-716-73
Bar Code Reader, 9-171
color monitors, 6-31-6-34
in comparison of Professional
300 series, 6-3-6-4
CP IM option module, 6-636-64
DECNA Ethernet Controller,
6-55-6-57
DELNI, 6-58-6-60
dual-diskette drives, 6-16-617
Extended Bit-Map Graphics
Option, 6-35-6-37
512-Kbyte Memory Option,
6-44
H4000 Ethernet Transceivers,
6-61-6-62
hard-disk drives, 6-39-6-42
in IVIS, I-3, I-8-I-12
keyboards, 6-20-6-27
Mini-Exchange, 6-51-6-54
monochrome monitors, 6-286-30
options, 1-4
original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) development
of, 11-2-11-12
PC-Bridge, 6-65-6-68, 827-8-32
power supply, 6-17-6-18
printers, 7-2-7-36
Professional 325 to 350 upgrade
kit, 6-74

Professional 350 to 380 upgrade
kit, 6-74
PRO/Tool Kit for application
development for, 3-10
Realtime Interface, 6-68-6-71
Robinson Nugent Designer's
Kit for Professional 300
Series CTI Bus, 6-76-6-78
supported on Professional Host
Tool Kit, 10-19-10-20
supported on PRO/Tool Kit,
10-7-10-8
system enclosure, 6-18
system units, 6-3, 6-5-6-15
Telephone Management System, 6-45-6-51
TEMPUS-11, 9-172
256-Kbyte option, 6-43
warranty and service for, 5-25-5
HEC-1, 9-95-9-96, 9-189
HEC-2, 9-189
HELP key, 2-6, 6-24
Henderson and Bodwell Civil
Engineering Applications,
9-96-9-97
HOLD SCREEN indicator light,
6-24
Hollis Geosystems Corp., 9-95
Home Health Management Sys-,
tern, 9-168

Index

Horizon Data Systems, 9-194
Horizon Design, Inc., 9-222
Horizon Spreadsheet, 9-222
Horizon Word Processor, 9-222
Host Communications Facility,
10-15
Host File Transfer Facility, 3-14,
10-21
Host Tool Kit, see Professional
Host Tool Kit

I
IBM systems
communications with, 2-21
LA210 Letterprinter
compatibility with, 7-12
PC-Bridge for MS-DOS
compatibility with,
6-65-6-68, 8-27-8-32
PRISM for communications
with, 4-28, 9-32-9-34
PRO 2780/3780 for
communications with,
9-29-9-32
PRO/SNA Remote Job Entry
for communications with
9-37-9-38
'
PRO/SNA Terminal and
Printer Emulator for
communications with,
9-35-9-36
IDEAS (Interactive Data
Entry/ Applications System),
9-222

Idris operating system,
8-43-8-44
applications for, 9-221-9-226,
see also legal development
packages for, 3-19-3-20
Idris Plus, 9-223
IEEE standard connector for RTI,
6-68-6-71
INDEX (FORTRAN
Cross-Referencer), 9-188
indicator lights, 6-24
Indirect Command File Processor
10-14
,
Individualized Planning System
(IPS), 9-214
Informix, 9-220
installation, 2-3
of Digital Classified Software,
5-7
of PC-Bridge control trip, 6-67
ofRT-11, 8-20
integrated application packages,
see office productivity
applications
Intel 8086 microprocessor, 6-66,
8-29
Intel 8087 floating point
processor, 8-29
INTELLECT-UL (LISP
interpreter), 9-215
Intelligent Industrial Systems,
9-92
Interactive Technology, Inc.,
9-185
Interactive Video Information
System
(IVIS), 2-26, 1-2-1-12, 11-10
interfaces

Index

Analog Data Module,
6-71-6-73
ports for, in system unit, 6-14
Realtime Interface (RTI)
option, 1-12-1-13,
6-68-6-71, 10-7-10-8,
f0-20, 10-40-10-43
user, in PI OS operating
system, 8-6-8-8
InterSystems Corporations, 9-169
Inter-task Communication
Facility, 9-34
inventory and order entry
applications
for PI OS operating system,
9-12, 9-16-9-17'
9-172-9-174
for RT-11 operating system,
9-181, 9-19S-9-196
Italy, keyboard country kit for,
6-27
IVIS (Interactive Video
Information System), 2~26,
I-2-I-12, 11-10

J
J-11 chip set, 2-3, 6-3, 6-6
Jeppson, Ronald W., 9-97

K
Kermit (PRO-Kermit),
9-39-9-40
keyboards, 2-S-2-7, 6-4,
6-20-6-27

keyclick, 6-24
keypad, 2-S, 6-21
KMKEnterprises, Inc., 9-197
Kuberman, Inc., 9-226

L
LASO Personal Printer, 7-2-7-9
LASO-RA (Personal Printer), 7-4,
7-9
LASO-RB (Personal Printer), 7-4
LASO-RC (Personal Printer), 7-4
LASO-RD (Personal Printer), 7-4
LA210-AA (LA210
Letterprinter), 7-10
LA210 Letterprinter, 7-2-7-3,
7-10-7-17
laboratory applications, 4-2-4-7
laboratory data analysis package
(RS/1), 2-24, 9-87-9-90
languages, 1-1S, 10-2-10-3
for CP IM operating system,
9-207
for Idris operating system,
3-20, 9-221, 10-S9
for MUMPS operating system,
3-21, 10-60
for PI OS operating system,
3-7, 3-1S, 10-24-10-SO
for PRO /VENIX operating
system, 3-19, 8-16, 10-S7
for p-System operating system,
10-4S-10-49
for RT-11 operating system,
3-16, 8-21, 9-187-9-188,
10-S1-10-S7

Index

for TSX-Plus operating system,
8-41
for XENIX operating system,
10-58-10-59
see also BASIC, COBOL,
DABL, DIBOL,
FORTRAN, LISP, Pascal,
PRO-IV,RPL
laser videodisc system, in IVIS,
1-3
Learning Tools, Inc.,
9-212-9-214
LedgerCalc, 9-214-9-215
legal applications, 9-166, 9-223
letter-quality printers, 7-3
LQP02, 7-18-7-23
LQP03 Letter-Quality Printer,
7-24-7-30
Level II COBOL, 9-220
Leverage, 9-175
LEX-11 Word Processing,
9-160-9-161, 9-193,
9-223-9-224
Librarian (LBR), 10-14
libraries
CORE Graphics Library, 10-5
Operating System Specific
Library, 8-25
in P/OS operating system,
8-11, 10-12, 10-22
Professional Realtime Interface,
10-40-10-41
licensing policy, 6-78, II-3,
11-11-11-12
Lifeboat As~0c1ates, 9-205-9-209
lights, indicator, 6-24

LISP (language),
INTELLECT-UL
interpreter for, 9-215
list manager, Leverage, 9-175
local area networks (LANs), 2-2,
2-3
applications of, 4-3-4-4
DECNA Ethernet Controller
for, 6-55-6-57
DELNI for, 6-58-6-60
H4000 Ethernet Transceivers
for, 6-61-6-62
network interconnect port for,
6-14
original equipment
manufacturers (OEMs) and,
11-8
PRO/DECnet for,
2-18-2-19, 9-20
PI OS operating system and,
8-9-8-10
Local Network Interconnect
(DELNI) star couplers,
6-56
LOCK indicator light, 6-24
Logos Information Systems, Inc.,
10-59
Logsys (USA) Inc., 9-71
LQP02-AA (letter-quality
printer), 7-18, 7-23
LQP02-HD (letter-quality
printer), 7-18
LQP02 Letter-Quality Printer,
7-3, 7-18-7-23
LQP03-A (LQP03 Letter-Quality
Printer), 7-24
LQP03-B (LQP03 Letter-Quality
Printer), 7-24

Index

LQP03 Letter-Quality Printer,
7-3, 7-24-7-30
LVP16-AA (Six-Pen Graphics
Plotter), 7-30
LVP16 Six-Pen Graphics Plotter,
7-4, 7-30-7-36

M
MACR0-11 (assembly language)
in Professional Host Tool Kit,
10-17, 10-21
PRO/GIDIS and, 3-9
in PRO/Tool Kit, 3-10, 3-7,
10-4, 10-10
PRO/Tool Kit FORTRAN-77
DEBUG for, 10-28
mailing list applications,
9-61-9-63, 9-194, 9-207
MAIL utility (PRO/DECnet),
2-19
main logic module, 6-6-6-15
main memory, 6-7-6-8
MAIN SCREEN key, 2-6
maintenance, Customer Service
for, 5-2-5-5
management information system
(AMS Realstar), 9-213
management seminars, 5-12
manufacturing applications,
4-25-4-32
Manufacturing Resource Planning
(MRP II), 4-28-4-32
MAPS/PRO Financial Modeling,
9-72-9-75
MAPS/PRO Graphics, 9-75,
9-104-9-105

MicroMAGIC, 9-92-9-93
microprocessors, 6-6
F-11, 2-2, 6-2
Intel 8086, 6-66, 8-29
J-11, 2-3, 6-3
in Mini-Exchange, 6-52
UMD (Universal
Microprocessor
Development Systems) for,
9-92, 9-177
Z-80A, 8-34
Midcom C•)rporation, 9-40,
9-182, 9-185
migration
of applications to PI OS
operating system, 3-11
ofRT-11 applications, 8-19
using PRO/Tool Kit, 3-11
Mini-Exchange, 2-16-2-18,
4-30, 6-51-6-54, 8-10
modems
Mini-Exchange connected to,
6-52
in Telephone Management
System, 6-46
modular design, 6-6
monitors, 1-4
Extended Bit-Map Graphics
Option for, 6-35-6-37
graphics on, 2-23
long-persistence, 6-37-6-38
monochrome, 2-5, 6-4,
6-28-6-30
for Professional 380, 6-10,
6-37-6-38

Index

MARC Software International,
9-164
Materials Management System-1,
9-172-9-174
MBSI RealWorld Accounting,
9-178-9-179
Ml)X:,9-176-9-177
Mechanical Engineering
TK!SolverPack, 9-83-9-85
medical applications
in MUMPS, 3-20-3-21
MUMPS/PRO, 9-169
for PI OS operating system,
9-167-9-171
for PRO/VENIX: operating
system, 9-176-9-177
for RT-11 operating system,
9-191-9-192
MEM0-11, 9-153
memory
in Analog Data Module, 6-72
in DECNA Ethernet
Controller, 6-57
512-Kbyte option, 6-44
main, 6-7-6-8
options for, 1-4
256-Kbyte option, 6-43
memory management unit, 6-7
menu systems, 8-8
Office Menu Tool, The, 9-175
MHMIS (Mental Health
Management Information
System), 9-218-9-219
Micro-Area Load Forecast (MLF),
9-190
MicroArt, 9-211

RGB color, 6-31-6-34
slow phosphor, 6-37-6-38
monochrome monitors, 1-4, 2-5,
6-4, 6-28-6-30
Extended Bit-Map Graphics
Option for, 6-35-6-37
for Professional 380, 6-10
MSC11-B (512-Kbyte Memory
Option), 6-44
MSC11-CK (256-Kbyte memory
option), 6-43
MS-DOS operating system, 1-4,
1-10
applications for, 9-200-9-204
layered onto PI OS operating
system, 8-12
PC-Bridge for, 6-65-6-68,
8-27-8-32
Multi-Journal Accounting (MJA),
9-9-9-12
multitasking
during communications, 2-13
in Idris operating system, 8-43
in CTS-300 operating system,
8-24
in P/OS operating system,
1-5, 8-6
in PRO/VENIX:, 8-15
in RT-11 operating system,
8-21
in STANDARD MICRO
MUMPS 300, 8-39
in TSX:-Plus, 8-40-8-41
in X:ENIX: operating system,
8-42

Index

multiterminal operations
in Idris operating system, 8-43
in PRO/VENIX, 8-14, 8-15
in STANDARD MICRO
MUMPS 300, 8-39
in XENIX operating system,
8-17
multiuser operations
applications of, 4-9
under Idris, 8-43
on Professional 380, 6-3
under Professional CTS-300,
8-25-8-26
under PRO/VENIX, 3-18,
8-14, 8-15
SHARE-eleven for, 9-195
under STANDARD MICRO
MUMPS-300, 8-38-8-39
under TSX-Plus, 8-40-8-41
under XENIX, 8-42, 8-43
MUMPS operating system , see
STANDARD MICRO
MUMPS300
MUMPS/PRO, 9-169

N
NAPLPS (North American
Presentation Level Protocol),
9-116
Netherlands, keyboard country
kit for, 6-27
NETWK,9-97
Network File Transfer Facility,
10-7, 10-19
network interconnect port, 6-14

Network Management Listener·
(NML), 9-21
networks
DECNA Ethernet Controller
for, 6-55-6-57
DELNI for, 6-58-6-60
H4000 Ethernet Transceivers
for, 6-61-6-62
interconnect port for, 6-14
Mini-Exchange for, 2-16-2-18
original equipment
manufacturers (OEMs) and,
11-8
PRO/DECnetfor, 1-10,
2-18-2-19, 9-20-9-23
PI OS operating system and,
8-9-8-10
nonvolatile RAM, 6-9
Norway, keyboard country kit
for, 6-27
NPL Information Management
System, 9-52-9-55
numeric control program,
UCC/CAM-100, 9-99
numeric keypad, 2-5, 6-21

0
Object Time System (OTS)
in PRO/FORTRAN IV
(RT-11), 10-52
in PRO/Tool Kit
FORTRAN-77, 10-26

Index

Office Menu Tool, The, 9-175
office productivity applications
for PI OS operating system,
9-124-9-141
for RT-11 operating system,
9-192-9-194
see also personal productivity
Official Airline Guide (OAG),
9-148-9-149
132-column displays, 6-29, 6-32
On-Line Accounting, 9-18-9-19
Online Debugging Technique
(ODT), 10-14
on-site warranty, 5-2, 5-3
open bus policy, 2-29-2-30,
II-6-II-7
operating systems, 1-3,
1-9-1-10, 6-2, 8-2-8-5
see also CP/M, CTS-300, Idris,
MS/DOS, MUMPS,
Professional Operating
System, PRO/VENIX,
p-System, RT-11,
SHARE-Eleven, TSX-Plus,
UNIX, XENIX
Operating System Specific Library
(Professional CTS-300), 8-25
options
open bus policy on,
II-11-II-12
services, 5-6
slots for, 6-14-6-15
warranty for, 5-3
see also hardware
order entry programs, see
inventory and order entry
applications

Oregon Software, 10-56
original equipment manufacturers
(OEMs), 2-28-2-30,
11-1-11-12
Outage Reporting and Analysis
System
(ORS), 9-190

p
Packet Assembler and
Disassembler (PAD), 9-24
Palette, 9-123-9-124
parallel I/O cable for RTI,
6-68-6-71
Pascal, 8-37
in Idris, 3-20
Pascal for the Professional Tool
Kits, 10-30-10-32
Pascal-2 for RT-11,
10-56-10-57
UCSD Pascal, 10-40-10-49
Patient Management System
(PMS), 9-170
PATS (Patient Analysis and
Tracking System), 9-170
payroll programs, 9-8,
9-11-9-12, 9-198
PC35V-VB (PRO !VIS/Videodisc
System), 1-2, 1-12
PC35V-VC (PRO IVIS/Videodisc
System with Touch Screen),
I-2, I-12
PC325-AA (Professional 380
system unit), 6-5
PC325-D2 (Professional 325
system unit), 6-5

Index

PC325-UG (Professional 325 to
350UpgradeKit), 6-74
PC-350 Bar Code Reader, 9-171
PC350-D2 (Professional 350
system unit), 6-5
PC350-UG (Professional 350 to
380UpgradeKit), 6-74
PC3K1-BA (USA and Canada
keyboard country kit), 6-20
PC3K1-BB (Belgium keyboard
country kit), 6-27
PC3K1-BC (Canada [French]
keyboard country kit), 6-27
PC3K1-BD (Denmark keyboard
country kit), 6-27
PC3K1-BE (United Kingdom
keyboard country kit), 6-27
PC3K1-BF (Finland keyboard
country kit), 6-27
PC3K1-BG (Germany keyboard
country kit), 6-27
PC3K1-BH (Netherlands
keyboard country kit), 6-27
PC3K1-BI (Italy keyboard
country kit), 6-27
PC3K1-BK (Switzerland [French]
keyboard country kit), 6-27
PC3K1-BL (Switzerland
[German] keyboard country
kit), 6-27
PC3K1-BM (Sweden keyboard
country kit), 6-27
PC3K1-BN (Norway keyboard
country kit), 6-27
PC3K1-BP (France keyboard
country kit), 6-27
PC3K1-BS (Spain keyboard
country kit), 6-27

PC3K1-BZ (Australia keyboard
country kit), 6-27
PC3K1-EA (USA and Canada
Gold Key Keyboard),
6-25-6-27
PC3XS-AA (CP/M-80 Option
Module), 6-63, 6-64, 8-33
PC3XX-AA (Realtime Interface
Module), 6-68, 6-70
PC3XX-AB (connector pod for
RTI), 6-68
PC4014 Terminal Emulator, 2-25,
9-122-9-123
PC-Bridge (MS-DOS),
6-65-6-68, 8-27-8-32
PCD Systems, Inc., 9-215, 216
PCXXF-AA (floorstand), 6-5,
6-75, 6-76
PDP-11systems,1-5-1-6
application development for
Professional series on larger,
3-2
developing PI OS applications
using, 3-13-3-15
migration of applications from
larger, 3-11, 11-2
pens, in graphics plotter, 7-31
per call support, 5-4
peripherals see hardware, options
personal productivity applications
for PI OS operating system,
9-141-9-154
for RT-11 operating system,
9-192-9-194
see also office productivity
applications

Index

Personal Profile Data Base, 9-146
personnel programs, in
Multi-Journal Accounting,
9-11-9-12
Perspective, 5-3
PETRO-PC, 9-98
Pl-IACT-dbrm,9-224
pharmacy program, AutoScript
Pharmacy System, 9-191
Phase IV Ethernet, 9-22
PhoneLink, 6-67, 9-39
Pl-IONE utility (PRO/DECnet),
2-19
pixels, 2-21-2-22, 10-6
planning
Individualized Planning System
(JPS) for, 9-214
Manufacturing Resource
Planning for, 4-28-4-30
plotter (LVP16 Six-Pen Graphics
Plotter), 7-4, 7-30-7-36
PLUS Accounts Payable System,
9-225
PLUS Financial Management
System, 9-225
PLUS Information System, 9-225
PM Computer Services Company,
9-198, 9-199
Polygon Associates, 9-39
poly-XFR, 9-39
ports, in system unit, 2-7, 6-14
PI OS, see Professional Operating
System
Positional Device Library (PDL),
11-10

POSRES, 10-12-10-22
post-warranty service, 5-3-5-5
P/OS User Interface Services
Library(POSRES), 10-12,
10-22
Power Distribution Engineerng
Software, 9-190
power supply, 6-17-6-18
Practice Management System
(PMS; Cortron
Corporation), 9-170-9-171
Practice Management System
(Smith, Abbott and
Company, Inc.), 9-171,
9-192
printer port, 6-14
printers, 7-2-7-4
emulation of, 9-35-9-36
graphics printed on, 2-23
spooling of output from, 8-22
see also LA210, LASO, LQP02,
LQP03, LVP16
printwheels (daisywheels), 7-19,
7-21, 7-25, 7-28
PRISM, 2-21, 4-28, 9-32-9-34
PRO 2780/3780, 2-21,
9-29-9-32
PRO-Accountant, 9-13-9-18,
9-179-9-180
PRO/ Applications Starter Kit,
9-133-9-138
PRO/BASIC, 3-3, 3-15,
10-44-10-45
PRO/BASIC-11 (RT-11),
10-54-10-55

Index

PRO-CEBAS, 9-98-9-99
processors, 6-6
F-11, 2-2, 6-2
Intel 8086, 6-66, 8-29
J-11, 2-3, 6-3
in Mini-Exchange, 6-52
UMD (Universal
Microprocessor
Development Systems) for,
9-92, 9-177
Z-80A, 8-34
PRO/ Communications,
2-13-2-14, 6-48,
9-23-9-28
applications of, 4-24, 4-30,
4-32
PI OS operating system and,
8-10
PRO/Tool]{itand,3-13
used with PRO/NAPLPS,
9-117
Pro Computing, 9-138
PRO/CP/M-80, 8-33-8-35
PRO/DataManager, 9-137
PRO/DATATRIEVE, 4-30,
9-41-9-50
Pro/DBA,9-131-9-133
PRO/DECnet, 1-10, 2-18-2-19,
8-6, 9-20-9-23
DECNA Ethernet Controller
used with, 6-55
original equipment
manufacturers (OEMs) and,
11-8

PI OS operating system and,
8-9
supported by Professional Tool
]{its, 3-10, 10-7, 10-19
PRO/DECnet MAIL utility,
2-19
PRO/DECnet PHONE utility,
2-19
PRO/DIGICALC (spreadsheet),
9-70-9-71
production applications,
4-25-4-32
productivity applications, see
office productivity; personal
productivity
PRO/ED, 9-226
Professional 300 Series, 1-3,
2-2-2-3, 6-2-6-4
see also applications, hardware,
options, operating systems
Professional 325 computers, 2-2,
6-2-6-4
upgrading to Professional 350,
6-74
see also Professional 300 Series
Professional 325 to 350 Upgrade
]{it, 6-74
Professional 350 computers, 1-3,
2-2-2-3, 6-2-6-4
upgrading Professional 325 to,
6-74
upgrading to Professional 380
from, 6-74
see also Professional 300 Series
Professional 350 to 380 Upgrade
]{it, 6-74

Index

Professional 380 computers, 1-3,
2-3, 6-3-6-4
see also Professional 300 Series
Professional Application Builder
(PAB), 3-5
in Professional Host Tool Kit,
10-21, 10-23
in PRO/Tool Kit, 10-8, 10-12
Professional Communications
Phonebook, 9-26
Professional CTS-300 operating
system, 8-24-8-27
applications for, 9-197-9-199
Professional File Control Services
(PRO/FCS), 10-10, 10-22
Professional File Transfer utility,
3-13, 9-25
Professional Forms Management
System (PRO/FMS), 10-12,
10-22
Professional General Image
Display Instruction Set,
see PRO/GIDIS
Professional Host
Communications, 10-23
Professional Host Tool Kit 1-14
3-3, 10-2, 10-15-10-24 '
graphics in, 10-17-10-19,
11-7-11-8
languages supported by, 10-17,
10-24-10-43
menus available for, 8-8
required for Analog Data
Module, 6-73
services for, 5-5-5-6

see also application
development, PRO/Tool
Kit
Professional Host Tool Kit
BASIC-PLUS-2,
10-38-10-40
Professional Host Tool Kit
COBOL-81, 10-33-10-36
Professional Host Tool Kit
DIBOL, 10-36-10-38
Professional Host Tool Kit
FORTRAN-77,
10-24-10-27
Professional Host Tool Kit
FORTRAN-77DEBUG
10-27-10-30
'
Professional Host Tool Kit Pascal
10-30-10-32
'
Professional Host Tool Kit
Realtirne Interface Library,
10-40-10-43
Professional Operating System
(P/OS), 1-3, 1-9, 8-3-8-12
applications for, 9-3-9-175,
see also accounting,
communications, database
management, decision
support, engineering,
graphics, legal, medical,
office productivity, personal
productivity, statistical,
vertical market, word
processing
application development tools
under, 3-4-3-15,
10-3-10-50
communications under, 2-13
CP IM option module used
with, 6-63-6-64, 8-34

Index

menu tree in, 1-13
migration to, 3-11
multitasking on, 1-5
PC-Bridge for MS-DOS
compatibility with,
6-65-6-68, 8-27-8-32
p-System running under, 3-15
Professional Presentation System,
8-10
Professional Realtime Interface
Library (PRTIL), 3-10,
10-7-10-8, 10-20,
10-40-10-43
Analog Data Module and,
6-72, 6-73
original equipment
manufacturers (OEMs) and,
11-9

Professional Record Management
System (PRO/RMS),
10-10, 10-21-10-22
PRO/FORTRAN IV (RT-11),
10-51-10-52
PRO/GIDIS (General Image
Display Instruction Set),
2-28, 8-12, II-7
Professional Tool Kit support
for, 3-8-3-10, 10-5-10-7,
10-17-10-19
programming, see application
development
programming languages, see
languages
programs, see applications
PRO/Graph, 9-136
PRO-IV, 10-49-10-50
PRO !VIS/Videodisc System,
I-2-I-12

PRO !VIS/Videodisc Touch
System, I-2-I-12
PRO-Kermit, 9-39-9-40
PRO/NAPLPS, 2-25,
9-116-9-117
PRO/Office Workstation,
9-124-9-128
applications of, 4-24, 4-28;
4-30, 4-32
Propel, 9-138-9-140
PRO/RDT, 9-41, 9-50-9-52
PROSE, 9-137-9-138,9-154
PROSE PLUS, 2-11, 9-129,
9-154-9-155 '
PRO/SIGHT, 2-24,
9-100-9-101
PRO/Smart Mailer, 9-61-9-63
PRO/SNA Remote Job Entry
(PRO/SNA/RJE), 2-21,
9-37-9-38
PRO/SNA Terminal and Printer
Emulator (PRO/SNA/TE),
2-21, 9-35-9-36
PRO/Spreadsheet, 9-135-9-136
ProtoCall 350, 6-48,
9-144-9-145
ProtoCall 1000, 6-48,
9-146-9-147
protocols
for graphics and videotex, 2-25
for IBM systems, 2-19
North American Presentation
Level Protocol (NAPLPS),
9-116

Index

PRO/Tool Kit, 1-14, 3-4-3-13,
10-3-10-14
graphics support in, 3-8-3-10,
10-5-10-7, Il-7-11-8
languages supported by, 10-14,
10-24-10-43
menus available for, 8-8
required for Analog Data
Module, 6-73
services for, 5-5-5-6
used with Professional
Operating System, 8-10,
8-12
used with PRO/Office
Workstation, 9-126
see also Professional Host Tool
Kit

PRO/Tool Kit BASIC-PLUS-2,
10-38-10-40
PRO/Tool Kit COBOL-81,
10-33-10-36
PRO/Tool Kit DIBOL,
10-36-10-38
PRO/Tool Kit FORTRAN-77,
10-24-10-27
PRO/Tool Kit FORTRAN-77
DEBUG, 10-27-10-30
PRO/Tool Kit Pascal,
10-30-10-32
PRO/Tool Kit Realtime Interface
Library, 10-40-10-43
PRO/VENIX operating system,
1-3, 1-9-1-10, 3-17-3-19,
8-13-8-17
applications for, 9-175-9-177,
see also, communications,
decision support, medical,
spreadsheet, word processing

development tools for, .
original equipment
manufacturers (OEMs) ..nd,
II-6
on Professional 380, 6-3
PRO/Videotex, 2-26-2-27
PRTIL, see Professional Realtime
Interface Library
PSYCHOSYSTEMS, 168
p-System (operating system),
8-35-8-37
applications for, 9-212-9-216,
see also educational
developing applications
using, 3-15
FORTRAN-77 for,
10-45-10-47
purchasing applications,
4-25-4-32

Q
QA111-C3 (UCSD p-System),
8-35
QA112-C3 (UCSD p-System),
8-35
QA113-C3 (UCSD Pascal), 10-47
QA114-C3 (FORTRAN-77 for
p-System), 10-45
QA117-C3 (NPL Information
Management System), 9-52
QA176-C3 (PRISM), 9-32
QA180-C3 (TK!Solver), 9-76
QA184-C3 (Cortex Desk Set),
9-141
QA185-C3 (CORGRAPH),
9-111

QA384-C3 (MJA General
Ledger), 9-9
QA385-C3 (MJA Payroll and
Personnel), 9-9
QA386-C3 (MJA Accounts
Receivable), 9-9
QA387-C3 (MJA Accounts
Payable), 9-9
QA388-C3 (MJA Order
Entry/Inventory), 9-9
QA431-C3 (MAPS/PRO
Financial Modeling), 9-72
QA432-C3 (MAPS/PRO
Graphics), 9-104
QA434-C3 (Financial
Management
TK!SolverPack), 9-81
QA435-C3 (FINGRAPH), 9-106
QA442-C3 (Mechanical
Engineering
TK!SolverPack), 9-83
QA476-C3 (Supercomp-Twenty),
9-64
QA497-C3 (RS/1), 9-87
QA526-C3 (ProtoCall 1000),
9-146
QA527-C3 (ProtoCall350), 9-144
QA538-C3 (Compu-Share
General Accounting General
Ledger), 9-3
QA550-C3 (ATHENA/ graph),
9-109
QA560-C3 (Materials
Management System-1),
9-172
QA564-C3 (ADR/DATA), 9-59

QA566-C3 (Compu-Share
General Accounting
Accounts Receivable), 9-3
QA567-C3 (Compu-Share
General Accounting
Accounts Payable), 9-3
QA569-C3 (PRO/Videotex),
9-118
QA579-C3 (UCSD p-System),
8-35
QA585-C3 (EasyEntry), 9-56
QA609-C3 (FORTRAN-77 for
RT-11), 10-53
QA-684-C3 (DESIGN
GRAPHIX/Executive
[DGx/Exec]), 9-113
QA700-C3 (RDM 300), 9-55
QA718-C3 (PRO/VENIX), 8-13
QA719-C3 (Wall Street
Connection), 9-150
QA720-C3 (FLIGHTMASTER),
9-148
QA753-C3 (PRISM), 9-32
QA761-C3 (PC4014 Terminal
Emulator), 9-122
QA765-C3 (FASTPROl), 9-69
QA766-C3 (FASTPR02), 9-75
QA767-C3 (CT*OS Word
Processing System), 9-158
QA880-C3 (PRO-IV), 10-49
QA881-C3 (PRO-IV), 10-49

Index

QAAB6-C3 (Pro/DBA), 9-131
QB354-H3 (Professional CTS-300
operating system), 8-24
QB813-A3 (PRO/FORTRAN
IV [RT-11]), 10-51
QB913-A3 (PRO/BASIC-11
[RT-11]), 10-54
QBA02-H3 (Professional
Operating System), 8-3
QBA04-A3 (PRO/BASIC), 10-44
QBA05 (PRO/Communications), 9-23
QBA11-A3 (PROSE PLUS),
9-154
QBA13-H3 (Professional
Operating System), 8-3
QBA14-A3 (PRO/Tool Kit),
10-3
QBA15 (PRO/Tool Kit
FORTRAN-77), 10-24
QBA16-A3 (PRO/Tool Kit
DIBOL), 10-36
QBA17-A3 (PRO/Tool Kit
BASIC-PLUS-2), 10-38
QBA18-A3 (PRO/Tool Kit
Pascal), 10-30
QBA19-A3 (PRO/Tool Kit
COBOL-81), 10-33
QBA21-A3 (PRO/Tool Kit
FORTRAN-77
DEBUG), 10-27
QBA24-A3 (PRO/NAPLPS),
9-116
QBA25-A3 (PRO/ Applications
Starter Kit), 9-133
QBA26-A3 (PRO/ Applications
Starter Kit), 9-133

QBA35-A3 (PRO/SIGHT),
9-100
QBA39-H3 (RT-11), 8-18
QBA42-A3 (PRO/Smart Mailer),
9-61
QBA43-A3 (PRO/DATATRIEVE), 9-41
QBA44-H3 (PRO/DECnet),
9-20
QBA45 (PRO/Communications), 9-23
QBA47-A3 (PRO 2780/3780),
9-29
QBA48-A3 (PRO/SNA Remote
Job Entry
[PRO/SNA/RJE]), 9-37
QBA49-A3 (PRO/SNA Terminal
and Printer Emulator
[PRO/SNA/TE]), 9-35
QBA58-A3 (PRO/Tool Kit
Realtime Interface Library),
10-40
QBA64-A3 (PRO/Office
Workstation), 9-124
QBA71-A3 (PRO/RDT), 9-50
QBA76-A3 (Synergy), 9-129
QBE05 (PRO/Communications),
9-23
QBE45 (PRO/Communications),
9-23
Q-bus, 6-14
QC350 (Professional Host Tool
Kit), 10-15
QC352 (Professional Host Tool
Kit BASIC-PLUS-2), 10-38
QC353 (Professional Host Tool
Kit FORTRAN-77), 10-24

Index

QC355 (Professional Host Tool
Kit Realtime Interface),
10-40
QC356 (Professional Host Tool
Kit DIBOL), 10-36
QC421 (Professional Host Tool
Kit FORTRAN-11
DEBUG), 10-27
QC714 (Professional Host Tool
Kit COBOL-81), 10-33
QC715 (Professional Host Tool
Kit Pascal), 10-30
QD350 (Professional Host Tool
Kit), 10-15
QD352 (Professional Host Tool
Kit BASIC-PLUS-2), 10-38
QD353 (Professional Host Tool
Kit FORTRAN-77), 10-24
QD355 (Professional Host Tool
Kit Realtime Interface),
10-40
QD356 (Professional Host Tool
Kit DIBOL), 10-36
QD421 (Professional Host Tool
Kit FORTRAN-11
:DEBUG), 10-27
QD714 (Professional Host Tool
Kit COBOL-81), 10-33
QD715 (Professional Host Tool
Kit Pascal), 10-30
QE350 (Professional Host Tool
Kit), 10-15
QE352 (Professional Host Tool
Kit BASIC-PLUS-2), 10-38
QE353 (Professional Host Tool
Kit FORTRAN-77), 10-24

QE355 (Professional Host Tool
Kit Realtime Interface),
10-40
QE356 (Professional Host Tool
Kit DIBOL), 10-36
QE421 (Professional Host Tool
Kit FORTRAN-11
DEBUG), 10-27
QE714 (Professional Host Tool
Kit COBOL-81), 10-33
QE715 (Professional Host Tool
Kit Pascal), 10-30
QJ071 (Professional Host Tool
Kit), 10-15
QJ073 (Professional Host Tool
Kit BASIC-PLUS-2), 10-38
QJ074 (Professional Host Tool
Kit FORTRAN-77), 10-24
QJ076 (Professional Host Tool
Kit Realtime Interface),
10-40
QJ079 (Professional Host Tool
Kit FORTRAN-11
DEBUG), 10-27
QJ081 (Professional Host Tool
Kit COBOL-81), 10-33
QJ082 (Professional Host Tool
Kit Pascal), 10-30
QJ369 (Professional Host Tool
Kit DIBOL), 10-36
Q'TEST, 9-162
quality control applications,
4-25-4-32
QUEUE,8-22
Quick/Connect wiring system,
6-77

Quick Mail, 9-194

Index

R
Radio Computing Services, 9-181
Radiology Management System,
9-219
Radio Station Management
Packages, 9-181-9-182
random-access memory (RAM),
6-7-6-8
512-Kbyte option, 6-44
nonvolatile, for clock, 6-9
in PC-Bridge, 6-66, 8-29
256-Kbyte option, 6-43
RCD50-A (5-Mbyte hard disk
drive), 6-39, 6-42
RCD 51-A (10-Mbyte hard disk
drive), 6-40, 6-42
RCD52-A (33-Mbyte hard disk
drive), 6-41, 6-42
RDM 300, 9-55-9-56, 9-185
read-only memory (ROM)
character sets and fonts in, 7-12,
7-14
on-board diagnostics in, 6-9
real estate applications, AMS
Realstar for, 9-213
realtime applications, 4-3
under P/OS, 3-10,
10-40-10-43
under PRO/VENIX, 8-17
underRT-11, 8-18-8-23
Realtime Interface (RTI) option,
1-12-1-13, 6-68-6-71
Analog Data Module connected
to, 6-71
original equipment
manufacturers (OEMs) and,
II-8-II-9

Professional Realtime Interface
Library (PRTIL) for,
10-7-10-8, 10-20,
10-40-10-43
Record Management System
(RMS), 3-5
ReGIS (Remote Graphics
Instruction Set), 2-25, 9-24
Remote Job Entry, 2-21,
9-37-9-38
RENUM, 9-188
report generation
in MAPS/PRO Financial
Modeling, 9-75
in NPL Information
Management System, 9-54
in PRO/DATATRIEVE, 9-46
in Supercomp-Twenty,
9-66-9-67
Research Programming Language
(RPL), 9-89
Resource Monitor Display
(RMD), 10-14
RESUME key, 2-6
Retail Billing Systems,
9-195-9-196
Retailing Inventory Management
System (RIMS), 9-196
REWALL, 9-189
RGB color monitors, 6-31-6-34
Extended Bit-Map Graphics
Option for, 6-35-6-37
for Professional 380,
6-37-6-38
RGTI Systems Software, Inc.,
9-173

Index

Robinson Nugent Designer's Kit
for Professional 300 Series
CTI Bus, 6-76-6-78
ROM (read-only memory), 6-9
RS/ 1 laboratory data analysis
package, 1-9, 2-24,
9-87-9-90
RS232C interface, 6-14
RS423C interface, 6-14
RSX-1 lM operating system, 3-14
Professional Host Tool Kit for
development on, 10-15
RSX-HM-PLUS operating
system, 1-9, 3-14, 8-6, 8-11
Professional Host Tool Kit for
development on, 10-15
RSX-11 operating system, 1-9
utilities for, in PRO/Tool Kit,
10-4
RT-11 Accounting Modules for
the Professional, 9-180
RT-11 operating system, 1-3,
1-10, 3-4, 8-18-8-23
application development under,
3-15-3-17
applications for, 9-178-9-197,
see also accounting,
broadcasting,
communications, database
management, decision
support, engineering,
graphics, medical, office
productivity, personal
productivity, retail,
spreadsheets, \Vord
processing

included in Professional CTS300, 8-24-8-25
languages supported by, 10-3
TSX-Plus running under, 8-40
RT-11 Virtual Communications
Package (VTCOM), 3-17,
8-21
RTEM-11 (RT"ll emulator),
8-22
RTFILE, 9-185-9-186
RUNOFF, 9-163, 9-188
runtime systems, in Professional
CTS-300, 8-25-8-26
RX50 dual-diskette drive,
6-16-6-17

s
S & H Computer Systems, Inc.,
8-40, 10-56
Santa Cruz Operation, Inc., 8-42,
9-220, 10-58
SATURN-CALC, 9-140, 9-194
SATURN-DIARY, 9-153
SATURN-GRAPH,
9-140-9-141, 9-194
Saturn Systems, Inc., 9-140,
9-153, 9-194
SATURN-WP, 9-141, 9-194
scientific applications, see
engineering
Scott & Scott Consultants, Inc.,
9-190
screen/ cursor control keys, 6-22
screens
antiglare coating on, 6-29, 6-32
bit-mapped video controller
for, 6-10

Index

Frame Development Tool for,
3-5
in IVIS, I-3
touch screens, I-4, I-11, II-10
scrolling, 6-29
self-maintenance service, 5-5
self-test diagnostics, 2-7-2-8
serial ports, 6-14
serial Y-cable for Realtime
Interface, 6-68-6-71
services
Customer Service, 5-2-5-6
DECUS, 5-14
Digital Classfied Software,
5-5-5-8
Educational Services, 5-8-5-12
support, 1-16
SETUP program, 8-22
shadow holding, 7-19
SHAKE, 9-94-9-95
SHARE-eleven (operating
system), 9-194-9-195
SHOW command, 10-8
SIMCALC, 9-154
Six-Pen Graphics Plotter (LVP16),
7-4, 7-30-7-36
slots, 6-14-6-15
Small Business Systems, Inc.,
9-168, 9-192
Smith, Abbott and Company,
Inc., 9-171, 9-192
SNA (Systems Network
Architecture) protocol, 2-21

PRO/SNA Remote Job Entry
(PRO/SNA/RJE) for,
9-37-9-38
PRO/SNA Terminal and
Printer Emulator
(PRO/SNA/TE) for,
9-35-9-36
SofTech Microsystems, Inc., 9-212
software, see applications
Software Insights, Inc. , 9-144
Software Services, 4-17
SORT, 9-188
Source Code Control System
(SCCS), 3-19
Source Language Input Program
(SLP), 10-14
Spain, keyboard country kit for,
6-27
speaker, 6-24
special characters
COMPOSE CHARACTER
key for, 6-24
foreign language keyboard
country kits for, 6-27
scientific, in CT*OS, 9-159
special command and function
keys, 2-5-2-6, 6-24
SPOOL (Transparent Spooling
Package), 8-22
spreadsheets
for P/OS operating system,
9-64-9-72
for PRO/VENIX operating
system, 9-176
for RT-11 operating system,
9-196-9-197
see also decision support

Index

SPSS/Pro, 9-90-9-92
STADIA, 9-210
STANDARD MICRO MUMPS
300, 1-3, 3-4, 8-38-8-40
applications for, 9-217-9-219,
see also database
management, medical
application development using,
3-20-3-21
MUMPS/PRO for, 9-169
statistical applications
for quality control, 4-31
SPSS/Pro for, 9-90-9-92
Statistical Package for Social
Sciences (SPSS), 9-90-9-92
Steinhauer Group, The, 9-172
storage
dual-diskette drive, 6-16-6-17
hard disk drives, 6-39-6-42
STRESS, 9-189
Structured Data Systems, Inc.,
8-38
SUD (Single User DIBOL), 8-26
Supercomp-Twenty (spreadsheet),
4-18, 4-24, 9-64-9-68
inFASTPROl, 9-69
for RT-11 operating system,
9-197
support, 1-16
Customer Service, 5-2-5-6
DECUS,5-14
Digital Classified Software,
5-6-5-8
Educational Services, 5-8-5-12
forlVIS, 1-3, 1-6-1-7

Survey 80, 9-210
Survey 2000, 9-210
survey application programs
for CP /M operating system,
9-210
PETRO-PC, 9-98
Sweden, keyboard country kit for,
6-27
Switzerland, keyboard country
kits for, 6-27
Symbolic Drawing Machine
(SDM), 9-191
syn~hronous communications
DTS-11for,9-196
port for, 6-14
Synergy, 2-10-2-11,
9-129-9-130
Calculator, 2-11, 9-130
Chess, 9-130
Communications, 9-130
Datamanager, 2-11, 9-129
File Services, 9-130
Graph, 2-11, 9-130
Spreadsheet, 2-11, 9-130
system enclosure, 6-18
system services, 8-10
Systems Network Architecture
(SNA), 2-21
PRO/SNA Remote Job Entry
(PRO/SNA/RJE) for,
9-37-9-38
PRO/SNA Terminal and
Printer Emulator
(PRO/SNA/TE) for,
9-35-9-36
system units, 2-7, 6-3, 6-5-6-19

Index

T
Task/File Patch Program (ZAP),
10-14
TBS Accounting Packages,
9-180-9-181
TCB-11, 9-179
Technical Information Systems
Inc., 9-189
TECO, 9-188
Tektronix 4014 Terminal
Emulator, 2-25,
9-122-9-123
Telephone Advisory Service, 5-8
telephone call handling, 6-47
telephone directory systems
in PRO/Communications,
9-26-9-27
ProtoCall 350, 9-144-9-145
ProtoCall 1000, 9-146-9-147
Telephone Management System
(TMS), 2-14-2-16,
6-45-6-51, II-10
PRO/Communications used
with, 9-27
Pro/DBA used with, 9-131
Propel used with,
9-138-9-139
ProtoCall 350 used with, 9-144
PRO/Tool Kit routines for,
3-10
telephone support, 5-6
TELTEX-11, 9-40
10-Mbyte hard-disk drive, 6-40,
6-42

terminal emulation, 2-14, 2-21
for graphics, 2-25
PC4014 Terminal Emulator
for, 9-122-9-123
PRISM for, 9-32-9-33
PRO 2780/3780 for,
9-29-9-32
in PRO/Communications,
9-24
PRO/DECnet for, 9-21
PRO/NAPLPS for, 9-116
PRO/SNA Remote Job Entry
for, 9-37-9-38
PRO/SNA Terminal and
Printer Emulator for,
9-35-9-36
in RT-11, 8-19
VX for, 9-176
XOREN IPL-11for,9-185
text editors, see editors
Theta Business Systems, 9-180
third-party developers, 2-28-2-30
Digital Classified Software
from, 5-7-5-8
documentation available to,
6-78
original equipment
manufacturers
(OEMs), II-2-11-12
33-Mbyte hard disk, 3-8, 6-41
TIM: The Information Manager,
9-181
time and billing programs, 9-18,
9-179
time attendance system,
TEMPUS-11, 9-172

Index

timesharing
Extended Memory Time
Shared DIBOL (XMTDS)
for, 8-25-8-26
RT-11for,8-18-8-23
TSX-Plus for, 8-40-8-41
see also multiuser operations
TK!Solver, 9-76-9-80
Financial Management
TK! SolverPack, 9-81-9-83
Mechanical Engineering
TK!SolverPack, 9-83-9-85
TK!SolverPacks, 9-80-9-81
TMS, see Telephone Management
System
Tool Kit PRO/DATATRIEVE,
9-47-9-48
tool kits, see Professional Host
Tool Kit, PRO/Tool Kit
touch screens, I-3, I-4, I-11, II-10
TPS Electronics, 9-171
training applications
AVID, 9-86
IVIS, I-2-I-12
see also Computer-Based
Instruction
transceivers
in DELNI, 6-58
H4000 Ethernet, 6-61-6-62
TRANSF utility, 3-17
Transparent Spooling Package
(SPOOL), 8-22
travel applications, 9-148-9-149,
9-172
TSLOPE/TSTAB, 9-183-9-184
TSX-NET, 9-183-9-184

TSX-Plus operating system,
8-40-8-42
TTLIB, 9-188
tutorial, 2-8
2780/3780 terminal emulation
PRO 2780/3780 for,
9-29-9-32
in PRO/Communications,
9-24
PRO/SNA Terminal and
Printer Emulator for,
9-35~9-36

256-Kbyte memory option, 6-43
typing keys, 2-5, 6-14

u
UAP-LINK, 9-184
UCC/CAM-100, 9-99
UCSD Pascal, 10-47-10-49
UCSD p-System, 1-3, 8-35-8-37
developing applications using,
3-15
layered onto Professional
Operating System, 8-12
ULTRIX environment,
8-14-8-16
ULTSCOL, 9-50-9-93
UMD (Universal Microprocessor
Development Systems), 9-92
for PRO/VENIX, 9-177
Uniplex, 9-220
Unique Automation Product~.
9-184
Unisource Software Corp., 9-17 5

Index

United Kingdom, keyboard
country kit for, 6-27
United States, keyboard country
kit for, 6-25-6-27
Universal External Subroutine
Library (Professional CTS300), 8-25
University Computing Company,
9-99
UNIX-based operating systems,
1-9-1-10
applications development using,
3-17-3-20
as development environments,
10-3
educational applications of,
4-7-4-13
Idris, 8-43-8-44
PRO/VENIX, 6-3,
8-13-8-17
XENIX, 8-42-8-43
see also Idris; PRO/VENIX;
XENIX
updates for documentation, 5-6
upgrade kits
of Professional 325 to 350, 6-74
of Professional 350 to 380, 6-74
user interfaces, 8-6-8-8
users' groups, see DECUS
utilities
for CP IM operating system,
9-209
Frame Development Tool, 3-5
in PRO /DECnet, 2-19
in Professional CTS-300,
8-26-8-27

Professional File Transfer, 9-25
in Professional Host Tool Kit,
10-22-10-24
in PRO/Tool Kit, 3-6-3-7,
10-4, 10-14
in PRO/Videotex,
9-121-9-122
WPS file conversion, 9-26

v
VAX-11/750 systems, 4-12
VAX-11/780 systems, 4-17, 4-24,
4-30
VAX ALL-IN-1, 4-24, 4-28, 4-32,
9-9-9-127
VAX Producer, I-4-I-6
VAX systems
application development for
Professional series on, 3-2
as host computers for
Professional workstations,
4-12
PRO/Tool Kit and, 3-13-3-15
VAX/ULTRIX environment,
8-14-8-15
VC241-A (Extended Bit-Map
Graphics Option), 6-29,
6-33, 6-35-6-36
VC241-B (Extended Bit-Map
Graphics Option), 6-29,
6-33, 6-36-6-38
VED, 9-226
VENIX operating system, see
PRO/VENIX
VenturCom, 8-13

Index

vertical market applications, see
agricultural, banking, legal,
medical
video controller, 6-10
videodiscs, IVIS on, 1-2-1-12
videotex, 2-25-2-26
applications of, 4-17-4-19
PRO/NAPLPS for,
9-116-9-117
PRO/Videotex for,
2-26-2-27' 9-118-9-122
ViewComp, 9-176
Village Systems Workshop, The,
9-222, 9-223, 9-225, 9-226
Virtual Communications Package
(VTCOM; RT-11), 3-17
Virtual Device Metafile (VDM)
Interpreter, 8-12, 9-101
virtual floppy disks, 8-29
Virtual Microsystems, Inc.
MS-DOS applications from,
9-200-9-203
PC-Bridge from, 6-65, 8-27,
8-28
PhoneLink from, 9-39
Virtual Terminal Communications
Package (VTCOM; RT-11),
3-17, 8-21
Virtual Terminal Emulator (VTE),
9-32-9-33
VMS operating system, 3-14,
10-15
voice communications, 6-46, 6-4 7
voice recognition, 2-16
voice synthesis, DECtalk for, 11-10
Voter Registration System,
9-198-9-199

VR201-A (white monochrome
video monitor), 6-28
VR201-B (green monochrome
video monitor), 6-28
VR201-C (amber monochrome
video monitor), 6-10, 6-28,
6-37
VR241-AA (RGB color video
monitor), 6-31, 6-34
VT100 terminal emulation, 8-19
VT125 terminal emulation, 9-24
VTCOM (RT-11 Virtual
Terminal Communications
Package), 3-17, 8-21
vx, 9-176

w
WAIT indicator light, 6-24
Wall Street Connection,
9-150-9-153
warehouse applications, Materials
Management System-1 for,
9-172-9-174
warranties, 1-16, 5-2-5-3
service after, 5-3-5-5
white monochrome video
monitor, 6-28
Whitesmiths, Ltd., 8-43, 10-42
Whitesmiths C
for Professional Tool Kits,
10-42-10-43
for PRO/Tool Kit, 3-7
WHY Systems, Inc., 9-70
windows, see Synergy
Wirth, Niklaus, 10-47
WORD-11, 9-163

Index

WordMARC, 9-164
word processing applications
for CP IM operating system,
9-205
for P/OS operating system,
9-154-9-164
for PRO/VENIX operating
system, 9-175
for RT-11 operating system,
9-193
workstations
architectural applications of,
4-15-4-19
in college computer centers,
4-7-4-13
computer-aided design
applications of, 4-19-4-24
laboratory applications of,
4-2-4-7
manufacturing applications of,
4-25-4-32
PRO/Tool Kit and, 3-12-3-13
PRO/Workstation for,
9-124-9-128
Realtime Interface option for,
1-12
UNIX, PRO/VENIX for,
8-14-8-15, 8-17
WPS-80, 9-212
WPS conversion utilities, 9-26

x
X.25 protocol, 9-24
XENIX operating system, 3-19,
8-42-8-43
applications for, 9-220-9-221

development tools for,
10-58-10-59
XMTSD (Extended Memory
Time Shared DIBOL),
8-25-8-26
XNET (communications
package), 4-18
XOREN IPL-11, 9-185
XOREN IPL-11 File Transfer
Package, 9-40

y
Y-cable for serial 1/0 for RTI,
6-68-6-71

z
Z-80A processor, 8-34
ZAP (Task/File Patch Program),
10-14

NOTES

Reader Comments

~
~dbook

We welcome your comments and suggestions, as they provide essential feedback to help us
improve the quality and usefulness of this handbook. Please take a moment to fill out this
questionnaire. Thanks for your help.
What is your general reaction to this handbook (organization, format, accuracy, completeness,
etc.)?------------------------------

What features are most u s e f u l ? - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

What features are least u s e f u l ? - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Does this publication meet your need? And if not, why? - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

What would make this handbook more useful? How could it be improved?-------

Additional c o m m e n t s : - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Name: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ T i t l e : - - - - - - - - - - - Company=-----------------------------Address=----------------------------City: _______________ State: ________ Zip: _____
Telephone:---------

EB-26251-55

~D~DDmD

Digital Equipment corporation

(staple here)

(please fold here) -

111111

No Postage
Necessary
if Mailed in the
United States

BUSINESS REPLY CARD
FIRST GLASS

PERMIT NO. 33

MAYNARD, MASS.

POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE

DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
200 BAKER AVENUE
ATTENTION: MEDIA RESPONSE MANAGER
CF01-1/M94
CONCORD, MASS. 01742